LIBRA*! DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE or THE OSTEOLOGICAL SERIES CONTAINED IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. VOLUME I. PISCES, REPTILIA, AVE8, MARSUPIALIA. LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. RID LION COURT. FLEET STREET. 1853. OlOLOUr LIBRARY BIOLOGY LIBRARY G PREFACE. THE Catalogue of the Osteological Series published in the year 1831 contained descriptions of 1936 specimens; of these 963 fonadd part of the Hunterian Collection, and 973 were added by the College. In the present Catalogue are descriptions of 5906 specimens ; of which 1431 were collected by Hunter, and 4475 by the College. The additional Hunterian specimens have been derived from the stores of the original collection, which contained skeletons, more or less complete, of animals dissected by Hunter and preserved in an un- articulated state. These have been carefuUy examined and com- pared ; and every specimen in a condition to illustrate the Series, for the completion of which it had been preserved, has been articu- lated or otherwise made suitable for display in the Museum. These specimens are marked " Hunterian." The remaining 4475 specimens added by the College have been acquired, with few exceptions, either by donation or purchase, and the liberality of donors is acknowledged in each instance by the affix 02 IV of the donor's name to the description of the specimen presented. A list of Donors is placed at the end of this Catalogue, amongst whom the following should be specially mentioned. Henry Cline, Esq., a Member of the Council of the College, early contributed a choice series of the skeletons and skulls of many of our native Mam- mals. The numerous and valuable donations by Sir T. Stamford Raffles, P.Z.S., include skeletons and parts of skeletons of rare Mam- mals and Birds from the islands of the Indian Archipelago. The liberal contributions by the Admiralty of specimens collected by the Officers of the Northern Expeditions, especially by Captains Sir Ed- ward Parry, C.B., Sir John Franklin, C.B., Sir James Clarke Ross, C.B., and Sir John Richardson, M.D., have furnished many rare and instructive additions of the osteology of Arctic Mammals. To Robert McCormick, Esq., F.R.C.S., Surgeon to the Antarctic Expe- dition, the ;M-useum is indebted for skeletons of some rare Antarctic aiHtoaisj.:, Messrs. George and Frederic D. Bennett, Members of the College, have increased the Mammalian, and more especially the Ornithological series by their liberal donations of skeletons of Tro- pical, Australian, and Marine species, collected during voyages in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836. The -Zoological Society of London have liberally added to the Osteological as well as to the other depart- ments of Comparative Anatomy in the Museum. Sir Joseph Banks, Bart, P.R.S., the late Sir Everard Home, Bart.,V.P.R.S., Governor Sir George Grey, C.B., Dr. N. Wallich, F.R.S., Dr. Henderson, Dr. Leach, F.L.S., Capt. Harris, Ronald Gunn, Esq., and William Bullock, Esq., have also contributed, by donation, valuable additions to the Osteolo- gical collection. Purchases have been effected whenever suitable opportunities pre- sented themselves ; and have principally accrued from the Museums of Messrs. Brookes, Heaviside, Langstaff, De la Fons, South, and Gould ; such purchase* are indicated in the Catalogue by the words '• M,is>inn tini'ik'-s," M Mas. llnnisiil,." \c.. iv-prct \\ c\\ . Souir -pr- rtiurii- have been obtained from the British Museum by exchange, and are marked " Mus. Brit" The skeletons of several rare African animals have been procured 1>\ purchase ; and other remarkable specimens, as the skeletons of the adult Chimpanzee, of the Giraffe, of the Hippopotamus, and of the largest Elephant exhibited alive in this country, have been secured at a cost commensurate with their rarity. All such specimens arc marked "Purchased." When an instructive and well-defined series of preparations had been left incomplete by Hunter, it has been completed so far as the duplicate materials at command would allow, and the date of the pre- paration added to its description. In the Catalogue of 1831, the specimens of Human Osteology were first described, and those of the lower animals followed in the descend- ing order. The ascending order having been followed in the original arrangement of the Hunterian Physiological specimens, and adhered to in the Catalogues of that and the Zoological departments of the Collection, has been adopted in the arrangement of the Osteological specimens described in the present Catalogue. In the description of each specimen, the species from which it was derived and the name of the part or bone are mentioned. When the specimen consists of a skeleton, a skull, or other part including several bones, the names thereof are indicated by numerals attached to them, answering to the numerals in the first column of the appended TABLE OF SYNONYMS. By reference to that Table will be found not vi only the name of the bone, but the views of its homology as indicated by the names or phrases designating it in some of the most esteemed Works on Osteology. Names of bones and parts, applicable to the Vertelrata generally, are, in this Catalogue, applied to the same bones or parts in the Human Skeleton. The ' os innomi- natum ' is a single bone in adult Man ; but special names are given, in Human Anatomy, to the three distinct bones of which it originally consisted : these remain distinct in many of the lower animals. As the constituents or ' elements ' of other Human compound bones, such as the ' occipital,' ' temporal,' ' sphenoid,' remain ununited in many lower Vertebrata, and have received distinct names, these names are also applied to the corresponding bones which, when united, form those compound bones in Man. The power of identifying any bone, under the variations of con- figuration which it presents in the different classes of Vertebrate animals, depends upon the principle that the skeletons of the Verte- brata consist of segments, each of which is constructed according to the pattern of a vertebra. And in order to facilitate the recog- nition of these divisions in the different classes of Vertebrata, the labels on the component portions of the same segment are of the same colour. Thus, in the skull, the labels on the hindmost or occi- pital segment are ' yellow,' on the next or parietal segment ' green,' on the frontal segment ' blue,' on the nasal segment * red.' The component portions or ' elements ' of each segment or * vertebra ' are distinguished by numerals, or, in some instances, indicated by the initial letters of their names. For example, c is the centrum ; w, the neurapophysis ; pi, the pleurapophysis ; h, the hsemapophysis : and besides such proper elements which are developed from distinct centres of ossification, the more constant processes which grow out from them are indicated in some instances by the initials of their VII such, AS p, the parapophysis ; rf, the diapophysis ; z, the zyg- apophysis ; m, the metapophysis ; a, the anapophysis ; hy, the hyp- apophysis : the synonyms of these processes, whether single- or many- worded, by which they have been indicated in Human and Compara- tive Anatomy, being also given in the TABLE OF SYNONYMS, and in the subjoined note *. The sole responsibility for the contents of the present Catalogue belongs to Professor Owen, to whom the formation of it was entrusted by the Council with entire confidence in his eminent qualifications for the important duty. • Centrum (ftrrpov, centre) Neurapophysis (revpor, nerve, and arofvott, a process of bone). Pleurapophysis (vXmpo, » rib, and o»of van) . . Haemapophysis ; by syncope for htemato-apo- physis (a i/io, blood, and Arofviu. Order X. HOLOCEPHALI . . 382—388 XI. PLAGIOSTOMI. Family Cestracionida 384 — 387 Notidanida . . . T 388 Spinacida 389—393 Scyl/iida 394—396 Nictitantes (Galeida, Carchariadee) . . 397 — 417 Lomnida 418-^29 Alopeciida 430 Selackida 431—438 Scymniida 439 Squatinida 440—442 Zygatnida 443—444 Prutidte . 445 — 495 Rhinobatida 496 Raiida 497—534 Myliobatida 535 — 560 Cephalopterida 561—562 Miscellaneous and Undetermined . . 563 — 575 Class REPTILIA. Order BATRACHIA. Genus Siren 576 — 579 Proteus 580 Axolote» 581 Menobranchut '>»-.' Menopoma 583 — 588 Triton ....'.... 589 Rana 590 — 596 Bufb 597 Cyttignaikus .....,,.. 598 Ccratophry* . ..,- • • • 5" — 60° Pipa . . ':. ' f "'.... 601 Xll No. of Preparations. Order OPHIDIA. Genus Python 602—629 Soa 630—682 Natrix 633—637 Deirodon 638 Eryx 639 Crotalus 640—643 Naja 644—645 Vipera 646 Hydrus 647—649 Species indeterminatae . . 650 — 652 Genus Anguis 653 Amphisbeena 654 Order LACERTILIA. Family Scinco'ida. Genus Cydodus 655 — 661 Family Geckotidae. Genus Rhynchocephalw 662 — 663 Family Cham • HARRIS, Captain. 'Nos. 5086, 5178, 5179. HARRISON, C. H. Rogers, Esq. No. 5564. HAWKINS, C. H., Esq. No. 916. HELPMAN, Lieutenant, R.N. No. 2632. HENDERSON, B. C., Esq., F.R.S. No. 751. HENDERSON, Dr. Nos. 724, 1306, 2417, 2657, 2661, 2676, 2774, 2776, 2792, 2798, 2799, 2803, 2804, 2805, 2810, 2814, 2815, 2822, 2823, 2824, 2826, 2827, 2828, 2830, 2831, 2832, 2833, 2835, 2836, 3248, 3692 to 3695 inclusive, 4484, 4512, 4560, 4561, 4562, 4827, 5026, 5028, 5543, 5566, 5737. HILLS, Robert, Esq., F.L.S. No. 3548. HOBSON, Dr. Nos. 1703, 1707, 1708, 1778, 1841, 1842, 1855, 1856, 1860, 1861, 1873, 1875, 1878, 1887, 1894, 1895, 3964, 3965, 5304, 5308, 5314, 5318, 5328, 5388. HOME, Sir Everard, Bart., F.R.S. Nos. 276, 431 to 438 inclusive, 631, 707, 721, 756, 960, 1248, 1258, 1307, 1330, 1333, 1359, 1562, 1563, 1701, 1792, 1793, 1794, 1844 to 1848 inclusive, 1972, 2093, 2249, 2378 to 2386 inclusive, 2420, 2465, 2482, 2489, 2630, 2631, 2467, 2777, 2780, 2782, 2843, 2849, 2850, 2863, 2864, 3075, 3076, 3077, 3162, 3167, 3168, 3169, 3256 to 3264 inclusive, 3348, 3360, 3443, 3500, 3508, 3569, 3610, 3840, 3909, 4038, 4389, 4519, 4536, 5057, 5322, 5732, 5876, 5906. HOME, Captain Sir Everard, Bart., R.N., F.R.S. Nos. 191, 474, 922 to 954 inclusive, 1094. HOWSHIP, John, Esq. No. 2483. tarn IEIBH, Captain W., B.N. No. 817. JOHNS-TONE, Sir Alexander. No. 488. JUEBB, J. B., Esq., P.G.8. No.. 2634 to 2646 inclusive, 6809, 5817, 5880, 5885 to 5848 inclusive, 5846 to 5852 incluwve, 5854. KBANB, William, Eaq. No. 3988. KEATB, Robert, Eaq. No*. 1971, 5894. KEATE, Thomas, Eaq. Noa. 639, 2247, 2766, 3844. KINO, Captain, R.N. Noa. 2012, 2013, 2014, 2052, 5319. LEACH, Dr., P.L.8. Noa. 88, 74, 82, 83, 228, 237, 388, 419, 420, 421, 666, 1168, 1193, 1285, 1249, 1268, 1270, 1274, 1275, 1276, 1800, 1886, 1889, 1340, 1417, 1480, 1535, 1539, 1551, 1558, 1567 to 1570 indium-, 1578, 1574, 1575, 1579, 1581, 1582, 1592, 1593, 1594, 1625, 1680, 1651, 1969, 2232, 3981, 5719 to 5730 incluaive, 5750, 6800, 5893. LEADHEATER, William, Eaq. No. 8616. LBFEBVBE, M. B., Eaq. Noa. 901, 902. LONO, William, Eaq. No. 8346, 3836. LOWB, The Rev. R. T., M.A., P.L.S. Noa. 210, 252. LYNN, William, Eaq. Noa. 93, 5713. ,, Robert, Esq., F.R.C.8., Surgeon R.N. Noa. 1 1 18, 8987. MANTBLL, Gideon, D.C.L., P.R.S. No. 3849. MAELBOEOUOH, His Grace the Duke of. No. 8540. M ARTI x, The Hon. William, Chief Justice of New Zealand. No. 5108. MAWE, Lieutenant, R.N. No. 1056. MOOEE, Daniel, Eaq. No. 3341. f MOENAT, Mr. No. 1728. MORRISON, Robert, Esq., Surgeon R.N. No. 5378. NASMYTH, Alexander, Eaq. Noa. 5422, 5423. NOEEIS, William, Eaq. Noa. 286, 629, 3656. OTTO, Professor. No. 3818. OWEN, Professor Richard, P.R.S. Noa. 28, 52, 61, 151, 152, 255, 281, 290, 8O2, 807, 311, 312, 318, 820, 846, 850, 351, 852, 378, 374, 381, 892, 395, 398, 407, 418, XXXIV 416, 422, 423, 428, 429, 447, 508, 511, 512, 561, 580, 581, 582, 586, 610, 611, 612, 616, 617, 626, 627, 637, 641, 645, 647, 648, 662, 663, 668, 669, 674, 675, 683 to 701 inclusive, 712, 727 to 730 inclusive, 746 to 749 inclusive, 774 to 777 in- clusive, 1012 to 1017 inclusive, 1101, 1102, 1104, 1109, 1192, 1363, 1385, 1386, 1387, 1475, 1706, 1727, 1735, 1779, 1791, 1796, 1797, 1900, 1946, 1947, 1948, 1976, 2040, 2051, 2074, 2162, 2166, 2200, 2201, 2230, 2231, 2292, 2293, 2294, 2295, 2391, 2421, 2441, 2488, 2510, 2548, 2626, 2627, 2628, 2758, 2771, 2772, 2773, 2775, 2974, 3358, 3413, 3501, 3542, 3940, 3941, 4068, 4080 to 4084 inclu- sive, 4200, 4217, 4237, 4439, 4474, 4539, 4568, 4569, 4676, 4717, 5056, 5080, 5316, 5877, 5878, 5879, 5882, 5884. PARRY, Captain Sir Edward, C.B., R.N. Nos. 464 to 472 inclusive, 3816, 3817, 4367, 4370, 5474, 5475, 5476. PATERSON, Dr. G. M. Nos. 5541, 5551, 5552, 5559, 5560. PEEL, The Right Hon. Sir Robert, Bart., M.P., F.R.S. No. 46. PENTLAND, J. B., Esq. Nos. 2016 to 2038 inclusive, 5414. PORTIS, Mr. No. 3910. PRATT, S. P., Esq., F.R.S. Nos. 2257 to 2260 inclusive. PRETTY, William, Esq. No. 1966. RAFFLES, Sir T. Stamford, F.R.S. Nos. 31, 705, 1493, 2111, 2112, 2136, 2397, 2543, 2544, 2546, 2547, 2550 to 2625 inclusive, 2629, 2745 to 2752 inclusive, 2866 to 2878 inclusive, 2933, 2934, 2935, 2937 to 2940 inclusive, 3494, 3495, 3590, 3591, 3608, 3616, 4366, 4513, 5050, 5059, 5538. REEVES, J., Esq. Nos. 5492, 5493. RETZIUS, Professor. Nos. 5708, 5709. RICHARDSON, Sir John, M.D., F.R.S. Nos. 2135, 2159, 3877, 3884, 4169, 4170, 4334. ROBINSON, Mrs. Nos. 393, 1019, 2755, 2808. Ross, Captain, R.N. No. 4012. Ross, Sir John, C.B., R.N. Nos. 5442 to 5473 inclusive. RUSHWORTH, Edward E., Esq. Nos. 3534, 3936. RUSSELL, Dr. Patrick. No. 2236. SABINE, Colonel, R.E., F.R.S. No. 3860. SABINE, Joseph, Esq., F.L.S. No. 3713. SALT, Henry, Esq. Nos. 1504, 1505, 2962, 2963, 2965, 3684, 3691, 3853, 4359. SCHOMBCROK, Sir Robert. Nos. 5365, 5366, 5367. \\\\ SCOTT, Thomas Hobbt, EM). Not. 5345, 5390, 5801, 5903. SILKIEK, The Earl of. No*. 3580 to 3584 inclusive. SMITH, Dr. Andrew. No. 698. SMITH, Colonel Hamilton, F.R.S. No. 5539. SMITH, Thomas, B»q. No. 649. SPENCER, The Earl. No. 5171. STA.VLIT, Edward, Esq., F.R.S. No«. 7, 5803 to 5805 inclusive. STEWAET, J. H., Esq., F.R.S. No. 1554. STOKES, Charles, Esq., F.R.S. Not. 1519, 1520, 2043. STOREY, William, Esq. No. 3429. STEACHIY, Captain, R.E. Nos. 8778, 3779, 3851 to 3859 inclusive. STCTCHBCEY, Samuel, Esq. Not. 667, 2367, 4046, 4050. SULIVAN, Captain, R.N. No. 362. STMB, James, Esq., F.R.S.E. No. 176. THOMPSON, William, Esq. No. 55. THUENAM, Dr. No. 5712. TOYNBEE, Joseph, Esq., F.R.S. No. 5899. TEAVEES, Benjamin, Jun., Esq. No*. 1040, 5360. TVCKEE, Captain, R.N. No. 5419. TCENEE, H. N., Jan., Esq. No. 75. TYEEELL, Frederick, Esq. No. 5413. VAUOHAV, Sir R. W. No. 4093. VEENON, Joseph, Esq. No. 3338. WALLICH, David, M.D. No. 2481. WALLICH, Nathaniel, M.D., F.R.S. Not. 603, 651, 702, 704, 709, 722, 750, 2093 to 2110 inclusive, 3250, 3336. WEEKES, Hampton, Esq. No. 1970. WEIR, Thomas, Esq. No. 380. WELBANK, Richard, Esq., F.R.C.S. No. 3407. WHITE, Anthony, Eaq. Nos. 5488, 5489. WILBRAHAM, Koger, Esq. No. 1967. WILLIAMS, The Very Reverend Archdeacon. Nos. 1388, 3922. WILLIS, Dr., F.R.S. Not. 1577, 2225. WILSON, Sir Thomas Marion, Bart. Not. 3512, 3518. XXXXV1 YARKELL, William, Esq., F.L.S. No. 4233. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Nos. 762, 1881, 1977 to 2000 inclusive, 2291, 2387, 2549, 3114, 3115, 3483 to 3487 inclusive, 3587, 3640 to 3647 inclusive, 3819, 4016 to 4036 inclusive, 4286 to 4303 inclusive, 4358, 4581 to 4584 inclusive, 4855 to 4917 inclusive, 5148. TABLE OF SYNONYMS. xxxvm BONES OF THE VERTEBRATA, ACCORDING CATALOGUE. CUVIER. GEOFFROY. A'os. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 6'. 7- 8. y. 9'. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 16'. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. •21. 25. 26. 27. Names. Basioccipital ... Exoccipital Superoccipital... Paroccipital Basisphenoid ... Alisphenoid Columella Parietal Nos. 6. 10. 8. 9. 6. 11. \ 12. 6. Names. Basilaire (in perch1 and crocodile8); occipital infe'rieur (in cod and python4). Names. Basisphenal and otosphenal (in fishes)18; sous- occipital " and basisphenal *" (in crocodile); occi- pital infe'rieur (in birds)21. Ex-occipital " (in fishes) ; plur-occipital " and ex- occipital20 (in crocodile); occipital lateral (in birds)31; Interparietal (in fishes); rupeal unique" and inter- parietal20 (in crocodile); occipital superieur (in birds)21. Sur-occipital (in fishes) >s; plur-occipital " and ex- occipital20 (in crocodile); occipital lateral (in birds)21. Hyposphenal (in fishes and crocodile); basilaire (in birds)21. PteVeal (in fishes)18; prerupeal20 (in crocodile) ... Interparietal, ou occipital superieur (in perch3); interparietal unique (in cod4); occipital superieur (in reptiles* and birds); partie grande et mince de 1'occipital (in mammals). Occipital externe (in perch3 and reptiles) ; occipital superieur (in cod4); apophyse mastoid (in many mammals'). Spheno'ide principal (in fishes) ; spheno'ide unique (in reptiles and birds) ; spheno'ide posterieur (in mammals). Grande aile ou aile temporale du sphe'uo'ide (in fishes, birds and mammals); rocher (in reptiles). Parietal Parietal (in fishes and crocodile) ; interparietal (in birds)21. Ex-rupe'al (in fishes); temporal19 & " (in crocodile); parietal (in birds)*1. Hyposphenal (in fishes)18; entosphdnal19 (in croco- dile) ; os basilaire ante'rieur (in birds)21. Entosphenal (in fishes)18 Masto'idien (in fishes and reptiles); temporal (in birds and monotremes6). Spheno'ide principal (in fishes) ; spheno'ide unique (in reptiles and birds') ; spheno'ide anterieur (in mammals). Presphenoid ... Orbitosphenoid.. Frontal 14. 1. 4. 16. 2. 3. 13. Aile orbitaire (in fishes, birds and mammals) ; aile temporale et une grande partie de 1'aile orbitaire (in crocodile7). Frontal principal (in fishes and reptiles); frontal ou frontal unique (in birds and mammals). Frontal posterieur (in fishes and reptiles) ; borde externe ou posterieur de 1'arcade sourciliere du frontal (in mammals). Ingrassial (in fishes) ; pte'real20 (in crocodile) ; rocher (in birds)*1 ; pi. 27. fig. 2. p. Frontal (in fishes and birds); frontal unique (in crocodile). Temporal (in fishes)18; jugal19*20 (in crocodile)... Ulmnisjilimal (in fishes)18; herisseal (partly, in crocodile); vomer (in birds)11. Lacrymal (in fishes)18; ethmophysal (in crocodile); nasal ethmoidal (in birds)21. Nasal (in fishes18 and crocodile); nasal maxillaire (in birds). In-rupeal (in fishes)18; post-rupeal (in part, in cro- codile)20. Postfrontal 1 'iv frontal Frontal anterieur (in fishes, tailed batrachians and crocodiles) ; os en ceinture (in tail-less batrachians8) ; cornets inferieurs (in ophidians) ; ethmo'ide (in birds and mammals). Ethmoide (in fishes) ; frontal anterieur (in tail-less batra- chians); nasal (in ophidians, saurians, birds and mammals). Nasal Petrosal Otosteal Osselets de 1'oreille .. Sclerotal Kt h tut it urbi i i»l . . 15. 20. 22. 18. 17. 25. 24. /. 9- I. Partie cranienne de I'ethmo'ide (in birds) ; comets superieures et cellules ethmo'idales (in mammals). Ethmosphenal (in crocodile)20; rhinosphe'nal 19 ... Ethmophysal (in fishes)18; rhinosphe'ual (in cro- codile)*. Palatal (in fishes and crocodile) ; palatin ante'rieur (in birds)". Addental (in fishes18 and crocodile)20; maxillaire sup6rieur (in birds)21. Adnasal (in fishes and crocodile)20 ; inter-maxillaire (in birds)21*22. HeVisseal (in fishes)18 Palatine Palatin ... . Premaxillary ... Entopterygoid. . . Pterygoid Ectopterygoid... Malar Transverse (in fishes8); pterygo'idien (in batrachians and sau- rians8) ; pterygo'idien interne (in ophidians4). Transverse (in ophidians4, x in lizards8, d in crocodiles") Jugal (in lizards *, c in crocodiles8,/". &c. in mammals6). Cuvier includes the squamosal with the jugal in birds". Temporal, ou partie Icailleuse (in lizards8, p in crocodiles, e, &c. in mammals) ; jugal (in birds and monotremes9). Adgustal (in fishes) 18 ; he'risse'al (in crocodile) ; pa- latin posterieur (in birds)21. Adorbital (in crocodile)20; piece anteneure de 1'os jugal (in birds)21. Cotyle'al (in crocodile)20; piece posterieure de 1'os jugal (in birds)21. Squamosal J 8 ', ", These and following small numerals refer to the notes at pp. xlii. and xliii. XXXIX TO THEIR SPECIAL HOMOLOGIES. IIALLMANN" MECKEL»-WAGXER». AGARSIZ". 80EMMF.RRING". Nam*. Ntmtt. Nam,*. lUulaire Namet. Pars prior sire basilaris partis orri- (iitalii oasis spheno-orripitalis. Pan Uteralis sire condyloidea, &r. Pars ompitalis stricte tie dicta, &c. Kminentia aipera musruliim rrrtum lateralem rxrinien., &c. Basis sire corpus parti* sphenoidalii ossu ifibeno-ocripitaJis. Ala media sive major partis spbe- noidaus, &c. Not. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ff. 7. 8. 9. y. 10. 11. 12. IS. 14. IS. 16. 19. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. ( irlcnkthril. oder Scitlif hen untern Hinterbauptbein. Orripital lateral ... ... Interptfital Jcnpital externe ......... Spheno'ide piineipil jrande aile du sphr'no'ide *•§(*). Sphf noulnim haiiUrr and procearas un-nilrnt pismim. Petroaum (in n»hes and reptile*); ala mapna iphenoidri (in bird* and mammals). Columella Pebenbein" (in fiahei and reptile*); gro**e Krilbeinflii^l (in birds and mammals)". Rro««er Keilbein6ugrl (in liiards). . Srhiitvlbein Parietal Ziuenbein" Bcaille du temporal Spheno'ide principal Processus mastoideus ouit tem|»rU Pan prior sire rostrum basis partis O« mnominatum (in perch); ala parrs iphrnoi.ln (in emrp). Ala m«jfn« (phenoidei (in nine* and reptiles) ; ala parra (in birds and mammals). Vordere oder kl.-nu-r Kt-ilbciiitlu^i-l (in Ashes). Groiae Kfilbriiiflugrl*1 Ala superior sire minor partis spbe- noidalis, &r. O» frontii Srhlaft>einschuppe, oder rordere do. Pateartitr \ •• - Vomer .. Vomer Frootale anterius17 (in fishes and Mariana); aHhmoideum (in batra- ehians and binb). jEthrooideum* (in fUhe*); frontak anterioi (in batnrbiani); naaale (in ««"p«"«1 birds and mam- •!•). Oi innominmtum (in fishes); petro- suni (in birds and mammals). Otnrul* mditus Frontal ant^rimr Nasal Os n**i Febenbon (in fiabes, Oken; not Wagner-). Patiknknorhen .. Rorber rudimentaire U-mporis. FlfealMb awStfls w , , Obrn? Miucbcln und Labyrinth dw Na-wnbetn (in ftsbe*); ontere Mns- chcln < in mammals). Paries lateralea, sen celluUc et eon. rha: ethmoidei. Os spongiosum sire turbinatum in- fierms. 4h palati .........I.........,.,,,. Naaale (in ftshft) «. Cartilage mobile dn net .. Palatin *. Obrrkieferbein ..... Pan ineishra ™«Tilh» mperiohs AusMTerFlii{telfort«at»,W.(iBnahe*) InDCTcrFlu«-eKort««U,W.(u>nsbe«); Untere KnlbeinflOgel*4 (in other Tertebrmtesi. Aiuserer Flup-lfortsati (in reptiles). Jorhbein (in reptiles, bird* and mam- Hintere Sehlafbemseboppe (in rep- tiles) ; Scheibeiirormigestiick des Schlafbeins (in mammals). Lamina exteraa ale infrnoru ai«« ptenrgoideoiB (in other verte- brate*). Quadrmto-j ugale andqujulnuo-in&ul- Ure ( in rr|>tilet and buti> ^ ; tqiuuna temponlu (in mammals*1'). Pan sqnainosa o«*u tempons xl BONES OF THE VERTEBRATA, ACCORDING TO CATALOGUE. CUVIER. GEOFFROY. - Nos. 28. 28a. 286. •28c. 28rf. 29. 29'. 30. 31. 31'. 32. 33. 34. 35. ;i6. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. Names. Tympanic Spitympaiiic ... Vfesotympanic... Pretympanic ... [lypotvm panic . . Mandible Nos. k. 23. 31. 27. 26. Le caisse (in oph (in lizards); os du temporal (ii Temporal (in fish Symplectique (in Tympanal (in fist Jugal (in fishes3 i Machoire inferieu Articulaire Names. dians and o in croc ;arr£ (in birds11); ca i mammals). es3) ; tympanique ( fishes3) odiles) ; r os tympanique sse, ou partie tympanique Names. Snosteal (in crocodile)30; tympano-stylo'ide (in birds). es3) re (in birds and ma 35. & 37. c. 34. 30. 28. 32. 33. 29. 37. 38. 39, 40. 41. 42. 43. 53, 54, 55. 57. 58. 61. 62. 46. 47. 48. Submalleal (in fishes) ; subrupeal (in crocodile)20.. Surangular Surangulaire (in lizards, x in crocodi es8) . Mibcotyleal (in fishes); subtemporal (in crocodile) " Subvomdral (in fishes); sublacrymal (in crocodile)19 Operculaire (in n Complementaire ptiles) . .... in lizards, z in croc Preopercular ... Stapdal18 Subopercular ... Interopercular . . . Inceal18 Malleal18 Osselet stylo'ide^ (in fishes3) ; jrande piece la- terale (in fishes) ; Grande piece la- te'rale (in fishes) ; Petites pieces lat 1'os hyo'ide (in batrachians8) ; chelonians", in Os lingual (in fish (in batracbians Queue de 1'os hy paire de 1'os h; Rayon branchiosi > Chatne interim Piece interne dep branche latera batracbians); li corne and corn rieure (in birds Piece externe de os pharyngien Partie superieure Os pharyngien si Surscapulaire (in 1'omoplate (in 1'omoplate (in culiers dans le Scapulaire (in fis part ii-. b, de l'( llmnrnil (in fist apophyse on ti branche suspen- soire, ou corne anterieure de 1'os hyo'ide (in • batrachians) ; • grande corne and corne moyenne (in some chelo- nians12) ; Talcs (in fishes3) ; siren8) ; piece impai corps de 1'os hyo'i< birds and mammal es and birds3); carti ') ; os particulier de Vide (in fishes3 and roide (in siren8). <5,,ftl " Os stylo'idien (in lizards8 and mammals). Seconde piece de la corne anterieure (in lizards8 and mammals) ; petit appendice cartilagineux (in crocodiles8). Premiere piece de la corne anterieure (in li- zards8 and mammals) ; corne anterieure (in . crocodiles). >remiere piece impaire de re de 1'os hyo'ide (in other le (in saurians and some s). age qui soutient la langue la langue (in chelonians8). birds) ; seconde piece im- Hyposternal (in fishes) ; cerato-hyal (in mammals)22 Hyo-sternal (in fishes) ; glosso-hyal (in birds) ; apo-hyal (in mammals)5'. Apo-hyal and cerato-hyal (in fishes) ; basi-hyal (in birds and mammals)22. 31osso-hyal (in fishes and some birds) ; ento-hyal and uro-hyal (in mammals)22. Episternal (in fishes); uro-hyal (in birds)22 Urohyal .. Branchiostegal . . Basibranchial •< Hypobranchial (in tislirs i ; Thyrohyal (in other verte- brates1). Ceratobranchial Epibranchial ... Pharyn go- branchial. Basi-hyal and uro-hyal (in fishes)22 irtie inferieure del'ai e and corne poster i deuxieme paire de e moyenne (in some *) ; corne posterieui la partie inferieure < imeneur (in fishes), de I'arceau branchi reau branchiate (in fishes); ieure14 de 1'os hyo'ide (in comes (in lizards); grande chelonians) ; corne ante'- •e (in mammals). le I'arceau branchiate, and ale Thyreal and arytheneal (in fishes)23 ; apo-hyal and cerato-hyal (in birds)23; glosso-hyal (in mam- mals)23. Pharyngeal28 islics::! ; lame cartilagineuse du bord spinal de urodeles and saunans); partie spinale de anourans) ; un et meme deux petits os parti- ligament de 1'omoplate (in chelonians8). bes) ; col de 1'omoplate (in proteus) ; 1'autre >moplate (in anourans). es); og coracoidien (in reptiles and birds) ibercule coracoide (in mammals). Omoplates< ••• ' ... Furculaire (in fishes) ; coracoide (in reptiles, birds and mammals)24. xli THIIR SPECIAL HOMOIXX5IES. (Continued.) HALLMANN". MECKEL".— WAGNER*. AOA88IZ". SOEMMERRINO". Namtt. )• qtuulnUum mi t\ni|Muiirum )» quailratum wu tvmpwunim (in nines). N*mn. (irlkrnthril lies Sehlaflx-uu oiler I'.uu. Obere (ielenkbcin" Nmmtt. No**. Lamina osica uoii temporu e qua mealiu autlitonui rxtrruiu oritur. AM. M. 38« Mmctotdien , GnnrlfumignSturkdesSchla/brins >••!.! ill. ill. .••.:•.'. « »!.,. N .!. - .'. i JHA. JXr. am. 29. &. JO. 31. 31'. 3-J. :«. 34. 35. 36. 37- 39. :». HI 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 53. •ten piiili-um posterius (in fiibes).. )• i)ii»• deiiulr T,, -T1 Zahutuck tin I'ntcrkirfen Apophvw itylolilc du tern- ponl. hjp-nthrh Kirmendcckelttiirk klniu- Miletformigc Knocben da bBgenbein (in nibes) ; (inffrl- (bruiiu dec Schlifi-nbciiu (in Stylo'ide de 1'os hyoiiic ... Stilut lire prorcuui itilifonnu |iart u |tyramidalii .. Obente Knorben der Schultrrthril Cm fttbei). Obere Knorben denelb. oder Schul- terblatt (in fitbe*) ; SrbultcrbUtt (in otber Tcrtebrates). Dntcnte Knorhen der Srhultrrtbeil. Vordere Srhliuwlbein (in fishes); Hintere Schliiiselbein (in other leitebiilcs). n.iviraU xlii BONES OF THE VERTEBRATA, ACCORDING TO CATALOGUE. CUVIER. GEOFFROY. Nos 52'. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 66'. 67. 67'. 68. 69. 71. 72. 73'.. 73. 74. Names. Nos. Names. Piece anteVieure du sternum (in batrachians40) ; os allonge^ et os en fleche du sternum (in lizards41); os impaire du plastron (in chelonians42) ; piece osseux du sternum plate, allongee, &c. (in crocodiles43) ; os impaire auquel appartient la crete (in birds44) ; os a la forme d'un T (in monotremes45). Troisieme os de 1'avant bras qui porte la nageoire pectorale9 (in fishes) ; humerus (in reptiles, birds and mammals). Radial (in fishes); cubitus (in reptiles, birds and mammals)... Cubital (in fishes) ; radius (in reptiles, birds and mammals) ... Names. Furculaire (in reptiles and monotremes); ento- sternal (in chelonians and birds)24. Humerus (in reptiles, birds and mammals)24 Radial?34 (in fishes); cubitus (in reptiles, birds and mammals). Humerus24 (in fishes); radius (in reptiles, birds and mammals). Radius and cubitus24 (in some fishes) ; os du carpe (in reptiles, birds and mammals). Carpe and phalanges24 (in some fishes) ; os du metacarpe and phalanges (in reptiles, birds and mammals). Coraco'ide24 (in fishes) ; furculaire (in batrachians and birds); acromion (in lizards and mono- tremes)24. Entosternal (in lizards and monotremes) ; sterna] claviculaire (in mammals)24. Ulna 52. 51. 64. 65. 49, 50. b. Carpal Metacarpal1, phalanx3. Rayons de la pectorale (in fishes) ; metacarpiens and phalanges (in other vertebrates). Os coracoidien3 (in fishes) ; acromion de 1'omoplate (in chelo- nianss) ; clavicule (in other reptiles, birds and mammals). Cartilage rhombo'idal (in saurians48) ; deuxieme os du sternum (in monotremes47) ; premier os du sternum (in other mam- mals48). Cartilage en languette (in crocodiles49); pieces impairs du sternum (in monotremes50); pieces intermediaires du ster- num (in other mammals61). Cartilage xyphoide (in batrachians52) ; os xyphoide (in mosl mammals53). Os des lies (in reptiles64); 1'os ileon (in birds and mammals56). Manubrium I'uliis Tibia Tibia Patella Fibula Fabella Tanal Metatarsal, pha- lanx. Rayons de la ventrale (in fishes) ; metatarsiens and phalanges (in other vertebrates). Supratemporal. . . Suborbitals 21. 19. 19. Labial Labial3 (in fishes) 1 These bones are indicated by Roman nume- rals, counting from the one on the radial side, or innermost, and by the usual names, e. g. i pollex, ii indfjr, iii mediia, iv annular**, v minimus. * These bones are specified by Arabic nume- rals, as, 1 the proximal, 2 the middle, 3 the distal or lingual phalanx, added to the symbol of the digit they belong to. * Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, t. i. (1828). 4 Regne Animal, t. iii. (1830) pp. 431, 432. In this work the bones are indicated by letters : the numbers cited are those used in the ' Histoire des Poissons.' • Ossemens Fossiles, 4to, t. i. p. 287, " 1'apo- physe masto'ide et pointue et courte, et appartient a I'occipital." The same confusion of the par- occipital with the true mastoid process pervades the work. • Lecons d'Anatomie Comparee, t. ii. (1837). 7 Owemens Fossiles, v. part ii. p. 76. Aile temporale et 1'aile orbitaire (in lizards). Ibid. p. 252. ' Ossemens Fossiles, 4to, t. T. part ii. (1824). 8 Hist. Nat. des Poissons, t. i. p. 151. 10 The term " intermaxillare" had previously been applied by Schneider to the so-called " os quadrature) " in birds, or " os tympanicum." 11 Cuvier, in his description of the " interparie'- tal" of the horse, alludes to it as a bone "que certains hippotomistes out appele ' os carre '." — Oss. Foss. Ho, ii. p. 101. Cuvier gives distinct names to the subdivisions of the tympanic bone in fishes and batrachians, which, with those ap- plied to them by Geoffroy and Agassiz, will be found after Nos. 28 a. to 28 d. IJ Cuvier adds, that this pair of horns is " celle qui represente les os styloi'diens." — Oss. Foss. v. part ii. p. 193. But they answer to the epi- and cerato-hyals. The epi-hyal of the Chelyi he describes as " une piece osseuse et pointue de la come moyenne." — Ibid. p. 194. The totality of Nos. 38, 39 and 40 is sometimes called " corne styloi'de " in mammals by Cuvier. " Cuvier specifies the Chclonian genera in which the " corps de 1'os hyo'ide " is " subdivise en plusieurs pieces." — Oss. Foss. v. part ii. p. 192. This modification repeats that in many fishes ; but in Trionyx and Chelyi Cuvier calls the an- terior of these subdivisions " les petites cornes anterieures." — 1. e. p. 1 94. 14 Meckel recognised the homology of the posterior bony appendages of the hyoid of the adult frog with a part of the branchial apparatus of fishes, and thought them the probable " ana- loga" of the pharyngeal bones (schlunflkopf- knochen). — Archiv fur Physiologic, iv. (1818) p. 240. Cuvier described these parts of the hyoid as " cornes osseuses posterieures," in the ' Lecons d'Anatomie Comparee,' iii. (1805) p. 252, but afterwards adopted Meckel's view of their homo- logy, and observes that " ils pourroient bien correspondre aux pharyngiens inferieures." — Oss. Foss. v. part ii. p. 397. In fact, the thyro- hyals of higher reptiles and birds do frequently include the homologous elements of that modified branchial arch, viz. the cerato-branchials with the hypo-branchials. •• Die Vergleichende Osteologie des Schlafen- beins, 4to, 1837. vim THEIR Sl'KCIAL HOMOLOGIES. (Co*ti»*t. 67. 67'. 68. 69. 71. 72. 7*. 73. 74. Uomcnu Of humm . 1 VordmmBknocbo, f EU«b<*«> J (iniUk«>' ISpeich, ... landwuntelknoehen Radial Ulum. Cubital Kjuliui ....,, . Carpe and mrtarmqw Rayon* de la peetonle ... Cormcoidc JrustdoMcnftrnhle (in fltbea) ; Mit- telhandknorhen und Phalangcn (in othrr vertebrates). Vordere Schluaelbein (in reptile*, birds and »ti«m^pal«) ScMiiMcIbetne aufnehmemlrn theile (in saunani) ; bandhabe (in mam* raali). Owa metmcmrjii et phalange* digito- nm. Iiiftbein O* iicbii •A^V,-- Of pubif . . Tibia Patella Fibula RsjaWUTTHkn"rhni ,, , ,, Otaa tarai ...,n,. .. iti „ .. MittelfuMknocbcn und PhaUngen... Ofi> metatani et phalange* digito- nun pedit. )benui{ienhdhlenbein 'ocnbein (in fianei); Lnteraugen- hohlenbem (Boj.). tique. i 3 jiDumbcin Labial " " AhfaoidewB eribrofum." Bojanoi. UU, Seitenstuck de* Keilbeint" (in batnehia; Vent. » Dt Corporb hnmani Fabric*. 8ro, 1*94. p. Ji3. '• /M4 ui. (1824) p. 196. » Mteoire* de 1'Acad. Korale de. SdeDCef, t. lii. (1833) pp. 1-138. " * •«•>.• da Uoafem, 1. 1. (1807) pp. 342- 360. » PMllltMl llMdalyi. 1818. p. 158. pL3*4. » ft*, p. 80S. pL 8. »• HU. p. 408. pL 9. »"• JogmU peMriw." Boj. /*. • Siftua der Verstekheada Aaalonie. 8ro, Th.L4u.1821. » Uhrbuch der Zootomie, 8ro. 1843, 1844. •"Hinterrr SchU/eafcgel," Kotdm; Der IttU .Ir. K-. . ' . - • K B| -. Hf), 1-1 I » Thi. i. from Wagner. Meekel more trul.T. jet Tagverjr, deieribe* the alifpheaoid •* " da* ophidia; Und. p. 516) : but be abo'ateribe* a dittinct petroul (FeUentheil der Seblafbeia) to fhelofrtaiu. ophidUai and uuhaiu (/HtL p. S07), which mutt be either part of the exoccipital or M "Of trMnrnwn," Koctlte. » -GeleaktheU do SchUfrafbeta." KiMlia ; " Paakrnrinicknorhen." Bokan*. » GaamaJifel det KeUbein, BOJMD*. " Jochforuatt. Paftej IMgift*. Bajawa. • n •••>• aw IN PaiatoM F " 1. 1. 1843. » "Schuppentheil de* Schlifrntx-int" (in fabet, reptile* and binli) ; hinlrirAtithnlaacdef Bralltiaiigili (in monotretM*), Kottlin : - FeU •entbeil dotelhen (o* petronm)," bojano*. " " Klenw FUgd det KeilheiM, - Vordere SehUfcnflugel," Kottlio, • SiebbeU, Koetlia ojantn and Kottlio. « 7M. pp. 204, 291. « /M. p. 100. 44 LecoD* d'Aaatomie Comparee. i. (Ic.li) p. 241. « ItitL p. 239. <• OttoMW FoatOea, t. T. part 2. pp. 1 00, Ml * LeroM d'Aaat. Coup. i. (183ft) p. 239. • im. p. 336. " Oilman FoatOa*. t. v. part S. p. 100. •* L*roM d'Aaat. Ceaip. i. (1834) p. 2». " /M.p.t9». . « ffiimrai Foatilea, t. ». part 2. p. 401. •» Lecoo* d-Aut. Comp. L (183S) p. 238. M OmnfM FowUea, T. part 2. pp. 102. 294, 403. <* LeeoM d'Aaat. Coap. i. (183») pp. 474, 481. «• Md. p. ill. xliv ELEMENTS AND PARTS OP THE TYPICAL VERTEBRA. CATALOGUE. GEOFFROY1. CARDS'. MULLER4. CUVIER5. SOEMMERRING8. Autogenous Elements. Centrum (icevrpov, centre). . . . Neurapophysis (vtiipov, nerve, and dirt'xpvtris, a process of bone). Pleurapophysis (ir\evpa, a rib, and u7r<»$v(m). Haemapophysis ; by syncope • I'm- liicuiiito-apophy sis (at/ui, blood, and diro^vo-it). Cycle"al Wirbel-korper. . Oberer sahluss- stiicken der Wirbelbogen. Corps de vertebre . . Partie annulaire, ou lames verteTirales. C6tes vertel>rales . . C6tes sternales (in thorax); c&tesab- dominales, ou car- tilages ventraux (in abdomen); os ploye en chevron (in tail). Apophyse epineuse . Apophyse Epineuse inferieure. Apophyse transverse Apophyse transverse Apophyse articulaire Seconde apophyse articulaire, apo- physe stylo'ide. Apophyse articulaire ordinaire prolon- gee (in the lum- bars of armadillo). Apophyse e"pineuse inferieure. Corpus vertebrae. Arcus posterior vertebrae, seu radices arcus pos- terioris. Processus transversus ver- tebrae cervicalis. Costa, seu pars vertebralis, seu ossea, costae. Cartilago costae seu pars sternahs costae ; in- scriptiones tendineae niusculi recti (in the abdomen). Processus spinosus ver- tebrae. Ossa sterni et processus ensiformis; hnea alba (in the abdomen). Radix prior seu antica processus transversi vertebrae. Radix posticus proces- sus transversi vertebrae, (and) processus trans- versus. Processus obliquus ver- tebrae. Processus accessorius. Processus accessorius pro- cessui transverso ct ar- ticulari superior! inter- positus. Perial Deckplatten and Gruiul- platten. Riickentheil and Ober- sternal-theil des Ur- wirbelbogens. Unter-sternal-theil des Urwirbelbogens. (Its base is the) Oberer Tertiar-wirbel, (its apex is the) Oberer Dorafbrtsatz. Sternal-wirbel Korper . Paraal Cataal Unterer Wirbel- bogen. Oberer Dorn- fortsatz. Unterer Dorn- fortsatz. Unterer Quer- fortsatz. Oberer Quer- fortsatz. Gelenk-fortsatz Perial (in fishes); epial (in other vertebrates). Paraal (in fishes); cataal (in other vertebrates)2. Paraal (in the tail of fishes). Paraal (in rep- tiles and mam- mals). Haemal spine Exogenous Parts. Parapophysis (wapa, across, and aTri'irpvms). Diapophysis (Ilia, across, and dirovi:\HTI<>\ IN m> l>l!MIYOl>O\T \1\M\I\I.1\ CATALOGUE. CUVIER1. DE BLAINV1LLE'. SOEMMERRINO'. Drni incitor mcdiui. Drill inruor rxlrrnui. Drnt cmniDiu. Duo pnom ilentr* moUm I birtupidrt). Tertiiu '.'..< »:\ r* r Canine La faune molairc ru Jimcntairr ' . - I-r* fauatrt raobum • Le* arant-molairta. p '2. Second pmnolmr .... y< 4. Fourth premolar ..... m 1 Pint molar " La naJe molaire canuatiere * La rraie molaire caraaanere * : la - rraie molaire tuberculeuae '. Le» rraies tnolaim L> principtle ' ; U premiere ami-n- | moUire. i ct Od ograp CUM) Aninuux Vert^brtt. ' DeCofpofi»llum«niF»brie4,8To,1794,toiD.i. 4 CuriCT. tf. tit. t. hr. p. 254. 'AM.p.261. This toochil to called, ia the •far jaw of the Cunrrora. * rttf . p. 261. TTiU tooth to to called, b the low taw of UM Cami*«», • nu. p. 263. Thu tooth u w called, in the upper jaw of the geaui fWu, and the tame term it applied to the molar teeth which iiieeeed it in other CarniTora. • De lilainvillr, op. al. Thii tooth to M callr«l. in the upper jaw of the genui Frta, in the MHteographie de* Camauien,' p. 69; bat the name u applied \of S in both jawt, in the •Oi*.de*/Mu,'p. Si. • IM. Thii tooth ii M called, in the lower jaw, in the • Ott. de» Camauien.' p. 69 ; hot it U docribed ai " la premiere arriere molaire," in the'OM.deaMif.'p. 55. M IH4. This tooth U w called, in both j«» » of the Hainan infaiect, in the First PaKiculut. • Mammifera en general,' p. 43. For the principle* on which the homQtogte* of th* teeth, a* «gni«ed by the ijmboU aad MMi in the Ant column, have beea determined, refer- ence mar be made to the Author's 'Odoato- . 514-522, and to the Article T«an«. of Anatomy, roL hr. p. 905. CATALOGUE. OSTEOLOGY. SYSTEMS OF THE SKELETON. 1. A Human os sacrum, as an example of the vertebral system of bones, called the internal skeleton, or ' endo-skeleton.' Hunterian. 2. A bony ganoid plate of a Sturgeon (Acipenser Sturio), as an example of the dermal system of bones, called the external skeleton, or ' cxo-skeleton.' Hunterian. 3. The osseous tessellated carapace of an Armadillo (Da*ypug miHutus), as an example of an exo-skeleton. Presented by Charles Darwin, Esq., F.R.S. 4. The bone of the heart of a Bullock (Bos Taurus), as an example of the visceral system of bones, or ' splanchno-skeleton.' Purchased. 5. The bony sclerotic of the Sun-fish (Orthayorucus Mold), as an example of the same system of bones. Hunterian. CONSTITUENTS OF OSSEOUS TISSUE. 6. The shaft of the femur of an Ostrich (Strulhio Camelus), which has been steeped in dilute acid in order to remove the earthy salts ; the animal or gelatinous B basis having been afterwards dried : this basis consists of the proximate organic principles called ' glutin ' and ' chondrin.' Hunterian. 7. The shaft of the Human humerus, from which the animal or gelatinous matter has been driven off by heat, and the incombustible earthy hardening salts left behind. Presented by Edward Stanley, Esq., F.R.S. The following gives the average result of the chemical analyses of Human bone : — Phosphate of lime, with a trace of fluate of lime 59'63 Carbonate of lime 7'33 Phosphate of magnesia 1-32 Sulphate, carbonate and chlorate of soda 0'69 Glutin and chondrin 2970 Oil . 1-33 100-00 THE VERTEBRA, OR PRIMARY SEGMENT OF THE ENDO-SKELETON. A. Permanent or arrested conditions illustrative of stages of development of the vertebra. 8. A Lancelot (Branchiostoma lubricum, Costa ; Amphioxus lanceolatus, Yarrell), with the integuments and muscles of the right side removed, together with the viscera, exposing the continuous cylindrical gelatinous chord (' chorda dorsalis,' or notochord) : this, with its fibro-membranous sheath, represents the bodies or central elements of the vertebrae, and the aponeurotic processes, sheathing the neural axis and forming intermuscular septa, represent the peripheral elements of the vertebrae. Prepared by Mr. George Hansbrow, Anatomical Student. 9. A transverse section of the caudal portion of the vertebral column of a Lamprey (Petromyzon marinus), showing the persistent notochord and its double aponeu- rotic sheath, with two of the pairs of cartilaginous laminae developed upon the aponeurotic wall of the upper (neural) canal, representing the ' neurapophyses' of ossified vertebras ; and with two of the pairs of cartilaginous laminae developed from the aponeurotic wall of the lower (haemal) canal, representing the ' haem- apophyses ' of ossified vertebrae. Prepared by Mr. George Hansbrow, Anatomical Student. 10. An abdominal vertebra of a Sturgeon (Afipenttr Stvrio), showing the centrum or body still represented by a segment of the persistent continuous noto- chord : the inner layer of the fibrous capsule of the notochord has increased in thickness, and assumed thu texture of tough hyaline cartilage. In the outer layer are developed distinct, firm, and opakc cartilages — the ncurapo- physes, which consist of two suporim]x>scd pieces on each side, the basal por- tion bounding the neural canal, the apical portion the parallel canal filled by fibrous elastic ligament and adi|>ose tissue : above this is the single cartila- ginous neural spine. The para|K>physes arc now distinctly developed, and joined together by a continuous expanded base, fonning an inverted arch be- neath the notochord, for the vascular trunks. Short and simple plcurapo- physes are articulated by ligament to the ends of the laterally projecting parapophyses. There is a small accessory (intcrneural) cartilage at the fore and back part of the base of the ncurapophysis , and a similar (interlurmaJ) one at the fore and back part of the parajxiphyscs. Prepared by Mr. George Jlansbrov, Anatomical Student. 11. A section of the abdominal part of the vertebral column of the Lfpidorire* aiinfctfju. The continuous notochord still represents the vertebral bodies, but its capsule is thickened. The neurapophyses, the neural spine, and the parapophyses are ossified ; the latter arc of great length, and resemble ribs, but there arc no true or distinct plcurapophyscs, as in the Sturgeon or Siren. Prepared by Prof. Otcen. 12. A series of the semi-ossified portions of the vertebral bodies of the Spotted Dog- fish (Scyllium Ca*icu/a) -. they consist each of two conical pieces confluent at their apices, which ore perforated : each cone forms a concave articular extremity of the vertebral body, which contained a remnant of the primitive gelatinous notochord. This was continued through the central perforation, and had been reduced by the ossification of the biconical plates to a moniliform figure, or chain of semifluid gelatinous beads. The exterior of the ossified part of each centrum was occupied by a clear cartilage developed from the primitive fibrous capsule of the notochord. Iluntcrian. 18. A vertebral centrum of the Porbeagle Shark (Lamna contained). Ossification B 2 4 has extended along the terminal concave plates so as to reduce the central communication to a very small foramen : osseous plates have, also, been developed in the exterior hyaline cartilage : these plates are triangular, and parallel with the axis of the vertebra, their apices converging towards its centre : the interspaces were filled by the cartilage : and the two widest (marked n, n), at the upper part of the centrum, were closed by the bases of the neurapophyses. Hunterian. 14. A vertebral centrum of a Blue Shark (Carcharias glamus). Ossification has extended along the terminal articular cones so as to obliterate the central com- munication and reduce the primitive notochord to a series of detached semi- fluid gelatinous balls filling .the capsules that united together the opposite concave surfaces of the centrums. Ossification has, also, extended through the exterior cartilage, except at the parts (marked n, n) which supported the neurapophyses, and at those (marked p, p) which supported the parapophyses : these parts are hollow in the present dried vertebra. Hunterian. 16. Two caudal vertebrae of the Gray Shark or Tope (Galeus communis), showing a similar progress of ossification of the bodies : the neural canal is protected not only by the proper neurapophyses, but by interneural plates resting upon the interspace of the vertebrae : the haemal arches are slender, and there is a single pair for each centrum. , Hunterian. B. Characteristic ossified vertebra of the different classes of Vertebrata. 16. Five vertebras of a bony Fish, vertically bisected, showing the articular cavities formed by the opposite terminal conical surfaces. Each vertebral centrum has a very deep and large depression opening behind the parapophyses ; there are smaller depressions at the base of the neurapophyses. Hunterian. 17. A caudal vertebra of an Angler (Lophius piscatorius). The concave articular ends of the centrum, characteristic of the vertebrae of Fishes, are formed by smooth compact bone ; the exterior of the centrum consists of light reticular osseous texture, continued from the neural arch above to the haemal arch be- low : both arches have coalesced with the centrum. Hunterian. 18. A caudal vertebra of a Tunny (Thyitntu vulgarix), in which all the osMt'x-d part* present a smooth surface and compact tissue ; each side of the centrum show s two wide and deep depressions : smaller but deep unossifiod portions — vacui- ties in the dried vertebra — extend from the neural and h:rmnl surfaces into the substance of the centrum. Both neural and ha-inal arches have coalesced with the ossified centrum. lluntman. 19. The last abdominal and the anterior caudal vertebrae of a lx>ny Fish, showing a remarkable compression of the bodies of the vertebra?, which have a strong longitudinal ridge on each side. Tin- bent-down but diverging parapophyses are united in each of the abdominal vertebrae by a transverse osseous ridge in the caudal vertebrae they converge and coalesce as usual to form the ha-mal canal. J/unferian. 20. The caudal vertebrae of a bony Fish with cylindrical centrums, having a finely - reticulated exterior : the neural and lurmul arches and spines are symmetri- cally developed. Hunterian. 21. The terminal caudal vertebrae of a bony Fish, in which the neural and haemal spines of the last two vertebrae are supported by a single centrum upon a com- pressed and expanded triangular bony plate. Hunterian. •J •-' The terminal vertebrae of the same species of bony Fish, showing the same de- gree of coalescence and metamorphosis of the neural and haemal arches for the support of the rays of the caudal fin. llunltria*. 23. A vertebra of a Reptile — the fourth cervical of a Crocodile, — in which the com- pletely ossified centrum (r) presents an anterior concavity and a posterior con- vexity, the vertebrae being united by ball-and-socket joints. The centrum sends out a short inferior transverse process or ' parapophysis ' (pp) on each side ; and a ' hypapophysis' (hp) or spinous process from its under part : the neurapophyaes (**) have coalesced with their spine (//*), but still continue ar- ticulated by suture with the centrum ; each developes a superior transverse process or ' diapophysis ' (opliYsis, which is hen- niiu- logoua to, but not homologous with, the lucnial arch in the tail of the cro- codili- : tin- body of the vertebra forms the common centre of these four canals. Huntrriatt. 28. A typical vertebra of a Bird — from the thorax of a Wild Swan (Cyynut fertu). The DempOfAjMI and spine have coalesced with each other and with th«- centrum : a short parapophysis is developed from the base of the neuraj>o- physis, and a broad diapophysis from near the summit. The plcurapophysis remains distinct, and articulates by its head to the parapophysis, and by it* tubercle to the diapophysis. The hxmapophyscs (k) arc articulated to the extremities of the pleurapophyscs, and the ca|iacious haemal canal or arch IK completed by the expanded haemal spine (h«) or ' sternum,' from which a me- dian crest is developed. Thus the body of the vertebra is still the common centre of an upper and lower and two lateral canals . but the lower or hu-mul one has undergone an extraordinary expansion in relation to the lodgement and protection of the great centres of the vascular system. Presented by Prof. Chcen. 29. A typical vertebra from the thorax of an Ostrich, wanting the sternum or hirmal spine. The parapophyses (p), to which the heads of the pleurapophyses (pi) are articulated, are developed from the sides of the centrum ; the diapophyse* (erforated cartilagi- nous case, which is lined by the pericardium, and contains and protects the heart. Prepared by Mr. George Hambrow, Anatomical Student. 35. The dried conical lip, with the labial cartilages and teeth of a Lamprey (Petro- tHjrzo* mariiuu). Purcka*ed. In all the skeletons and skulls in which the individual bones are numbered, the numbers answer to those in the first column of TABLE I. of SYNONYMS, and the names under which such bones are noticed or described are those given in the second column of the same TABLE, under the head CATALOGUE. The synonyms are chosen from the Works of the two great French Anatomists, CCVIER and GEOFFROY- ST. HILAIRE, who have most advanced Osteological science; from Dr. HALLMANN'* elaborate 'Treatise on the Temporal Bone;' and from two comprehensive German Works on Comparative Anatomy, viz. those of MKCK.EL and WAGNER. The syno- nyms of the bones of the head of Pishes are taken from the celebrated Work on Fossil Fishes by the distinguished Ichthyologist of Ncuchatel ; and the Anthropoto- mical terms have been chosen from SOEMMERRING'S classical Work, ' De Corporis 1 1 ii i nan i Fubrica.' 14 Order II. MALACOPTERI. Suborder I. APODES. 36. The skeleton of a Mediterranean Sea-eel (Murcend). There are no ribs in this genus. The number of abdominal vertebrae, characterized by prominent par- apophyses, in the present specimen is 72 ; that of the caudal vertebrae, cha- racterized by the coalescence of the parapophyses below the haemal canal, is 64 ; but some are wanting. Hunterian. 37. The skeleton of the Muraena Helena, wanting the lower jaw and opercular bones. The number of the abdominal vertebrae is 72 ; that of the caudal, 72 : these latter are characterized by transverse processes, in addition to the bent-down and coalesced parapophyses. The caudal transverse processes are due to a progressive bifurcation of the parapophyses, which, in the present skeleton, commences at the end of those of the twenty-fifth vertebra : the divisions diverge as the fissure deepens, until, at about the seventy-third vertebra, the lower portion descends at a right angle to the upper one, which remains as the transverse pro- cess, and meets its fellow, with which it coalesces to form the haemal arch : from the point of coalescence is developed the antero-posteriorly expanded haemal spine. Hunterian. 38. The skull of a large species of Muraena (Mureena tigrina), wanting all the oper- cular bones except the preoperculum on the right side ; the outer surface of this bone is excavated by large cells. The pterygoids are closely attached behind to the hypotympanics, but appear to have been loosely connected by ligament with the vomer and palatines anteriorly. The jaws are up- wards of four inches in length ; they are armed with a row of close-set strong conical teeth, with the base extended transversely, and firmly anchylosed to the alveolar margin of the jaw, and the apex narrowed off to a pointed and somewhat trenchant edge set lengthwise ; on the outside of this row there is an irregular series of small conical teeth, and on the inside a broader stripe of small granular teeth. At the extremity of the lower jaw two of the conical teeth are developed to a size much exceeding the rest ; they are surrounded by smaller coni- cal teeth which spread out like the prongs of a grappling-iron. These large terminal teeth of the lower jaw are opposed to four similar large, conical, sharp-pointed, divergent fangs on the expanded anterior extremity of the vomer. A longitudinal oval plate on the vomer sup- ports twelve large and strong conical teeth, anchylosed by transversely extended bases ; these 15 teeth are arranged in alternate pain in the middle of the group, but the rest form a single longitudinal row, decreasing in liie M they are placed anteriorly. The whole dentition pre- funniilablc armature for selling and lacerating a resisting prey. Tin- -|" i -IMII n «:i> caught Ml' Mali nili.i, iliinn- ihr |'.\|M iliti. .n \<* r\|,|,,i, tin ri\er Congo, under the command of Captain Tuckcy, in 1816. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. ','.» Tin r".llr-i , ,1 i ; lltnmi- :ilhl lirimil :iri'li« - "I" tlir -kllll. \\llll tlir ItTt nilllll- nt ll,. lower jaw, of a large species of Munmoid Fish. It differs from the preceding in the minor development of the prefrontal processes for the attachment of the palatines, in the greater length of the dentigerous groove of the vomer, and in the greater length and slendcmess of the entire nasal segment of the skull. The crown* of the teeth are subcompreased laterally, and have an anterior and posterior dentated edge. Mat. tint. 40. The skeleton of a small Eel (Anptilla). The number of abdominal vertebra- is 47 ; that of the caudal vertebra; is 70 : total, 117. Hmtteria*. 41. The skull, wanting the scapular arch, of the Conger Bel (Anyuilla Conger). The prefrontals have coalesced with each other and with the nasal, which, in like manner, has coalesced with the vomer. The parictala here meet and form a sagittal suture, Helta- rating the occipital from the frontal. The mastoids extend forwards and divide the pont- frontals from the frontals. The tympanic pedicle has coalesced into two pieces ; the \\\>\*-t piece, answering to the epitympanic, pretympanic and mesotympanic, articulates above by two widely separated condyles with the postfrontal and mastoid. The parocripital* an- un- usually small, the scapular arch being very feeble and not directly articulated with them in the Eel-tribe. The opercular bone articulates with a convex condyle at the back of the epi- tympank. It is narrower than usual and curved upwards, showing its primitive character as a modified ray of the tympano-mandibular arch. The subopercular retains still more the character of a ray, and closely resembles one of the branchiostegal appendages of the hyoid arch. The preopercular and interopercular bones have the ordinary form. Both glossohyal and urohyal bones are much elongated. Huttterian. 42. Eight abdominal vertebrae of the Conger Eel. The ncurapophyies rise vertically, parallel with each other, and arc connected together by transverse osseous bridges : each neurmpophy «i» terminates in a free bifurcate extremity, so that each centrum supports four spinous processes. The parmpophyses are large, triangular, with plicated exterior surfaces resembling leaves. Hunlfria*. 16 43. Three vertebrae of the Conger Eel. Hunterian. 44. Several abdominal and some caudal vertebrae of an Eel; showing the pro- gressive bifurcation of the parapophyses at the beginning of the tail, the lower forks descending and forming the sides of an open haemal canal, like that in the tail of Serpents (see No. 26). Hunterian. 45. The left ramus of the lower jaw of the Electric Eel (Gymnotus electricus) : it supports a single series of small, equal, triangular, compressed, recurved and sharp-pointed teeth. Hunterian. Suborder II. ABDOMINALES. 46. The skeleton of a Bull-trout (Salmo eriox, Linn.). It is of a male, with the up- turned cartilaginous prolongation or appendage of the lower jaw, character- istic of the sex : its weight when caught was 22 Ibs., and the skeleton measures 3 feet 4 inches in length. Number of abdominal vertebrae, 28 ; of caudal vertebrae, 32 : total, 50. The neurapophyses have not coalesced with the centrum in the anterior abdominal ver- tebra, nor do they blend with each other until the last abdominal vertebra. In the pre- ceding vertebrae each neurapophysis is produced into a long and slender spine, and the neural spines in these vertebrae thus appear to be double, or in transverse pairs. The epineural rays begin to be developed from the second, and are continued to the antepenultimate, abdo- minal vertebra. They diverge outwards and backwards from the base of the neurapophysis *. The neural arch again becomes distinct from the centrum in the last six caudal vertebrae, and the penultimate one has its base unusually extended, both forwards and backwards, so as to clamp together the four terminal vertebrae. The neurapophyses have not united to- gether above the neural canal in any of these vertebrae. The three terminal vertebrae with neurapophyses, and the last rudimental one, which consists of the modified centrum, bend upwards, and manifest, with the different proportions of their neural and hcemal arches and spines, a certain retention of the primitive heterocercal structure. The last caudal vertebra departs, like that which commences the vertebral column, from the typical cylindrical form of the centrum, and beyond its articulation with the penultimate centrum becomes compressed and vertically expanded, and transformed into a triangular bony plate, embraced by the split proximal ends of five or six of the caudal rays. The first and * These diverging rays, are the superior costae or ribs, ' obere rippe,' of Meckel and other German anatomists. 17 •sound abdominal vertebrae have no parapophyses, nor have they any pleurapophyscs eon- neetod with them. Tin- (larapophyses begin to br deve loped from the lower part of the tide of the centrum of thr third vertebra, and gradually increase in size to the tenth. They con- tinue short and thick to the antepenultimate abdominal vertebra, suddenly increase in the penultimate one, where they present a triangular form with an excavated base, project down- wards and backwards in this and the last abdominal vertebra, and are united together by a transverse bony bar across their lower extremities in the first caudal vertebra. In this and the second they descend parallel with each other from the under surface of the centrum, begin to converge in the third caudal, and unite together at an acute angle in the fifth ; the spine beyond the union progressively increasing in length to the tenth caudal, and thence slightly dimiuiahing to the twenty-fifth. This begins to increase both in length and antero- postehor breadth. The hirnial arches in the succeeding caudal vertebrae arc joined by suture to their respective centrums, increase in thickness and in autero-postcrior extent, and are suturallr articulated together with a slight degree of imbrication. A ridge is developed from each side of the base of the fourth of these three inverted arches. The six last contribute to support the rays of the caudal fin, the rest being supported by the modified centrum of the last caudal and by the neurapophyses of the five preceding caudal*. The pleurapophyses * are long and slender: they rapidly increase in length to the sixth, and gradually diminish after the twentieth. Their proximal end is slightly expanded and articulated to the parapophysis, to which they continue to be articulated after the |>ara|>ophyses have bent down and united together to form the hicmal arch. There are thirty-two pairs, the last pair being articulated to the sixth caudal vertebra. The iutenieural spines which form the basis of the dorsal fin are twenty-three in number, and extend from thr fifth to the twenty-fifth neural spine inclusive : the ten anterior iiiter- neural spines terminate freely ; the first is of moderate length, compressed, but expanded from before backwards. This dimension decreases and the spine elongates, until it assumes the form of a simple ray in the fourth. The thirteen posterior intemeural spines are expanded and united together at their distal ends, where they articulate with fourteen dermonrural spines or rays of the dorsal fin. These rays are essentially double, or consist of a pair, dis- united though in contact in the first and second, but joined together at their distal portions in the rest, where they are divided into several soft-jointed filaments in the last eleven rays. Prom the first to the fourth of the dermoneiiral rays, these very rapidly increase in length ; from the fourth they diminish, but less rapidly, to the last. From the end of the premaxil- laries to the first dermoneural ray is 1 9 inches. From the origin of the last dennouriiral ray to the first ray of the caudal fin is I'.'J inches. The small adipose fin is here preserved : its base lies over the 1 8th caudal vertebra. The number of caudal rays is 34, of which 1 7 are attached to the neural spines ami the hut caudal vertebra, and 1 7 to the haemal spine*. These Utter, however, form two-thirds of the straight vertical border of the caudal fin, in consequence of their larger size. The ischial boon, which are joined by a thick cartilaginous srmphysis at the median line, he underneath and parallel with the last six abdominal vertebrae. Each ischium support* • These elements are the inferior cost* or ribs, • umtere rippt ' of Mcckel. D 18 nine rays of the ventral fin. There are ten interim-null spines, articulated to the tenth and fourteenth heemal spines inclusive. The first of these interhsemal spiues is very short and much expanded transversely at its distal end : the rest are less expanded there, and are modi- fied to articulate with dermoheemal spines, which form the eleven rays of the anal fin. The first four of these rapidly increase in length, and in the first and second the lateral moieties have not coalesced. The bones of the head are numbered on coloured labels showing their special and general homologies, according to the Tables I. and II. The basisphenoid underlaps the basioccipital as far as its articulation with the atlas, with the centrum of which the bases of the exoccipitals likewise articulate. The supraoccipital is a short thick spine, and the paroccipitals develope similar rough processes for the attachment of the suprascapulars ; each of these bones likewise sends a short straight process to join the mastoids. The petrosal appears externally at the back part of the skull, wedged between the exoccipital, paroccipital and mastoid. The parietals are small and divided from each other by the interparietal portion of the superoccipital, which joins the back part of the large frontals. There is a wide vacuity between the parietal, paroccipital, mastoid and frontal, analogous to that which is closed by the squamosal in mammals : it is filled up by cartilage in the recent fish. There are two small dermal ossicles on each side between the superoccipital spine and the suprascapula. The scapula, as in other osseous fishes, is a simple rib-like bone : the cora- coids are long, expanded, and unite together below to complete the scapular arch, without the intervention of a median piece. The humerus is articulated to the middle of the back part of the coracoids by a transversely elongated extremity. It is also expanded at the distal end where it articulates by cartilage with the ulna and radius. The ulna is a semicircular plate of bone perforated in the centre, and, besides its articula- tion with the humerus, the radius and the ulnar carpals and metacarpal ray, it also directly joins the broad coracoid. The radius, after expanding to unite with the humerus, the ulna and the radial carpals, sends a long and broad process downwards and inwards which is united by ligament with its fellow and with the lower termination of the coracoid. A basis of adequate extent and firmness is thus ensured for the support of the pectoral fins. The carpal bones of these fins are four in number, progressively increasing in length from the ulnar to the radial side of the wrist. The metacarpo-phalangial rays are thirteen in number ; the uppermost or ulnar one being the strongest and articulating directly with the ulna. The base of each ray is expanded and bifurcate. They slightly increase in length from the first to the third, and then gradually diminish to the lower or radial border of the fin. The broad epitympanic articulates by a continuous joint with both the mastoid and post- frontal. It presents an articular surface at its posterior margin for the opercular bone which is subquadrate ; the two posterior borders meeting at a right angle to form the obtuse posterior angle. The convex margin of the subopercular is directed as much backwards as downwards ; the vertical diameter of the interopercular is the longest ; the posterior border of the preopercular is gently and almost equally convex. The short stylohyal is attached to the cartilaginous interspace between the epi- and meso- 10 tympanic*. The glossohyal supports • pair of strong recurred pointed teeth nc*r iu extre- mity, and one of • similar pair remain* attached at iu middle part. The pharyngeal bone* lupport several smaller teeth of the laniary kind. The cartilage representing the orbitosphenoid showi a very alight extent of reticulate os*i- ••txm. The ossification of the prefrontal* U of the same incomplete character, and in two detached portion* on each side ; one surrounding the olfactory nerve or ' cnu rhinrnrephali,' the other supporting the back part of the nasal. The nasal bone is a single subcircular flat reticular ^^ disc. The Tomer supports at its expanded anterior extremity a group of three strong laniary teeth. The premaxillaries are short and thick ; each supports six or seven short thick laniary teeth. The long maxillary has a row of from sixteen to eighteen smaller teeth ; each palatine has a row of fifteen or sixteen smaller teeth of the same shape. Each ramus of the lower jaw consists of an articular and dentary portion, the Utter having from fourteen to sixteen teeth. The branchiostegal rajs are ten in number, and progressively increase in length and breadth as they approach the opercular bones, which they closely resemble in their scale-like character. The formula of the fin-rays is: — D. 14, P. 13, V. 9, A. 11 : that assigned to the Salmo eriox in ' Van-ell's British Fishes' is :— D. 11, P. 14, V. 9, A. 11. C. 19. The fine specimen from which the skeleton above described was prepared, was taken in the river Thame, at Drayton Manor, near Tamworth, November 1848. Pretexted by the JtyAl Hon. Sir Robert Peel, Bart., M.P., F.R.S. 47. The dried head of a Trout (Salmo fario) \ apparently of the variety called 'Gillaroo': showing the position of the teeth upon the premandibular, palatine, hyoid, vomerine, premaxillary and maxillary bones ; which- latter is a very rare position for the teeth in the class of Fishes. Hunterian. Family Ettocida. 48. The skeleton of a Pike (Etox Lvciiu). Number of abdominal vertebrae, 41 ; of caudal vertebrae', 21 : total, 62. Small exogenous transverse processes are developed from the six last abdominal and eight first caudal vertebrae, like those in the Angvillida : the terminal centrums of these vertebra o2 20 decrease almost to a point, and incline towards the upper lobe of the tail, indicating the hetero- cercal structure : the neural spines of several of the anterior vertebrae coalesce, and form a continuous ridge : superorbital as well as suborbital scale-bones are present in the skull. Hunterian. 49. The skeleton of a larger Pike (Esox Lucius). The number of the vertebrae is the same in this as in the preceding skeleton. Notwithstanding the superior age of this specimen, most of the neural arches remain unanchylosed to the centrums : the sutures of many of the parapophyses may also be seen : both epipleural and epineural accessory spines are here present. Mm. South. 50. The skull of a Pike (Esox Lucius], with the integuments, and the branchiae injected. Hunterian. 51. A similar specimen. Hunterian. 52. A longitudinal vertical section of a skull of a Pike (Esox Lucius), showing the cranial and subcranial canals. The long posterior process of the epitympanic for the articulation of the large subopercular bone may here be noticed : the four branchial arches of the left side are preserved. Laniari- form and villiform teeth are supported by the vomer, as well as by the palatine, premaxillary, and premandibular bones. The edentulous maxillary forms a larger proportion of the upper border of the mouth than in most osseous fishes, and the affinity to the Salmonidce is hereby indicated. Presented by Prof. Owen. 53. The palatal and premandibular bones of a large Pike (Esox Lucius). The palatines show a coarse variety of the rasp-like teeth. In the lower jaw some new-formed teeth may be observed, the ligamentous bases of which have not been affixed by ossification to the substance of the jaw. Hunterian. 54. The palatine and one of the pterygoid bones of a large Pike (Esox Lucius). Purchased. 55. The lower jaw of a large Pike (Esox Lucius'), which weighed 16£ Ibs. Presented by William Thompson, Esq., 1820. 21 "•<; Tin- premandibular bones of a Pike. 1/wUfrian. 57. Tin- >k. I. t.in of the Gar-pike (Be/one vulgarit). Number of abdominal vertebrae. 52; of caudal vertebra1, 29: total, 81. The ribs and epiplcural spines arc numerous, long and slender : the green colour of the osseous texture is a peculiarity of this fish, which is still exhibited in the skeleton ; but it fades by long exposure. Mta. South. 58. The skull and a considerable portion of the vertebral column of a Gar-pike The bodies of the rertebne are elongated and excarated at their middle ; they three longitudinal ridge*, one inferior and two lateral ; the parapophyBe* are continued from the fore-part of the sides of the centrum* ; and, before they bend down to form the hn-iunl canal in the tail, they derelope a small transverse process. Some of the original green colour peculiar to the bone* of the species still remains in this specimen. Hmiterian. 59. The skeleton of a Flying-fish (Exoctettu volt tans). This is chiefly remarkable for the enormous development of the rays of the pectoral fins . those of the ventral fins being also of unusual length. The pectoral rays increase in strength from the lower or radial to the ulnar or upper border of the fin. The lower lobe of the tail is longer than the upper one, and there is a small ridge on each side of the anchylosed bodies of the last caudal vertebra-. The spines of the anterior abdominal vertebrae form a continuous bony crest. The number of the abdominal vertebrae in this skeleton is 81 ; that of the caudal vertebrae is 18 . total, 49. Purchased. Family Cyprinida. 60. The skeleton of a Carp (Cyprian* Carpio), showing the peculiar form and deve- lopment of the parapophyses of the first three abdominal vertebne and the expansion of the spine of the atlas. The ribs are long. The first dermal spine of the dorsal and that of the anal fin fonn dense osseous serrated weapon*. The number of abdominal vertebrae is 18 ; that of the caudal vertebra? is also 18 : total, 36. Mut. Soutk. 22 61. The right moiety of the skull of a Carp (Cyprinus Carpio). The numbers upon the bones indicate their names according to Table I. In this specimen may be noticed the position and size of the parietal bone ; it meets its fellow at a sagittal suture on the upper surface of the head, which is a rare structure in the class of Fishes, although the normal one in the Vertebrate Series. Here also may be seen the superorbital scale-bone, and the perforated hypapophysis of the basioccipital, which supports the peculiar large brown-coloured dental plate. The opercular bones present a remarkably dense osseous texture. The ordinary bones of the mouth are all edentulous. Presented by Prof. Owen. 62. The two inferior pharyngeal bones and the upper pharyngeal tooth, with the portion of the basioccipital bone to which it is attached, of a Carp (Cyprinus Carpio), said to have been fifty years old. The teeth are of the molar type, and present a complicated triturating surface : they are attached to the inner side of the pharyngeal bones by a confluence of their base with the osseous sub- stance. The bones supporting them are modified hypobranchial elements of the fifth pair of arches : they are smaller, stronger, and more curved than the true branchial arches which are anterior to them. Purchased. 63. The separated and artificially articulated bones of the head of a Carp (Cyprinus Carpio), in which the bones are indicated by numbers according to Table I., and the natural segments of the skull by the colours of the labels according to Table II. Yellow denotes the occipital segment or vertebra; green the parietal one ; blue the frontal, and red the nasal segments. The following peculiarities may be noticed in this specimen. The under part of the basi- occipital (i) either developes a large hypapophysis, or by the confluence therewith of a pharyngobranchial bone, is converted into a longitudinally perforated process, the under part of which expands into a broad triangular plate, and supports the upper pharyngeal grinding tooth. The exoccipitals (n, i) are perforated by unusually large foramina. The superoccipital (3) is triangular ; but its base is formed by the superior border which articulates with the parietal bones. The alisphenoid (a) is perforated at its centre by the facial nerve, or oper- cular branch of the trigeminal : a more posterior foramen gives exit to the glossopharyngeal : the third division of the fifth escapes from a foramen common to the alisphenoid and orbito- sphenoid (10). The orbitosphenoids are large, as in most Malacopteri. The entosphenoid (»') is unusually large in the Carp. The premaxillary (s») and premandibular (32) are small and edentulous. There is a small prenasal bone (is') ; and a superorbital (ri) as well as subor- bital bones (71). Purchased. 23 64. An inferior pharyngcal bone of a large Cyprinoid fish, with four molarifonn Uvth having smooth crushing surfaces. Prnentedby Sir Anthony Carlisle, F.Jt.S 65. An inferior pharyngcal bone and teeth of a Tench (Tinea vtdgarvt). 66. The two inferior pharyngcal bones and teeth of a Roach (Lenri*cu* rutilus). Huntcria*. 67. The two inferior pharyngeal bones and teeth of a Barbel (Barbun r«( iii|Munc j»edicle »rtirul«tes by an upper partially divided ball to • socket formed by the post- frontal, by the orbito-sphenoid, and by the mastoid. The upper and posterior articular tubercle of the tympanic pedicle supports the operculum. The upper fork of the supra - icapula hat coaletced with the paroccipital : the lower fork articulate* with a transverse pro- ce« of the basiorcipiul. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 75. The left half of a vertically bisected skull of a large Siluroid fish (Bagrtu tachy- pomtu). In this specimen the articular surface for the tympanic pedicle is formed by the mastoid and pout frontal exclusively, and chiefly by the latter : the up|*r prong of the lupraicapula again bifurcates to unite with both paroccipital and mastoid ; the long and slender lower prong is joined by suture to a lateral process of the banioccipital. The fire anterior vertebne of the trunk are anchylosed together and to the basioccipital by a continuous hypapophysial plate developed from their under part, which is perforated lengthwise for the beginning of the aorta, and expands upwards and outwards where it is closely applied to the under surface* of the co-expanded parapophyse* of the same vertebra-. It is remarkable that the concave articular surfaces of the bodies of these coalesced vertebra have been preserved by a retention of the interposed gelatinous remains of the primitive ' notochord.' The body of the atlas is short ; it is quite detached from its broad parapophy- se*, which are wedged between those of the occiput and axis : they are much expanded, and terminate backwards each in a pointed process. The body of the axis is six times as long as that of the atlas ; but the apirai of the two deep hollow terminal articular cones meet in the centre : it* parapophysis is expanded, like that of the atlas, to which it articulates anteriorly by a suture, as it does posteriorly to the co-expanded parapophysis of the third vertebra. The gradual resumption by the para|>ophyses, in the succeeding vertebra-, of their normal form and position establishes the serial homology of those of the three posterior cranial vertebne, which parapophyses have received, on account of their special modifications, the special names of ' paroccipital,' ' mastoid,' and ' postfrontal ' bone*. The axis, also, sends upwards a strong spinous process : the bodies of the third and fourth vertebne are elongated like that of the axis, but in a lew degree. That of the fifth vertebra is singularly modified ; its anterior half presenting the long and slender character of the antecedent vertebne, whilst the posterior half is suddenly shortened and developed in depth and breadth, like the short and broad centrums of the succeeding free vertebne of the trunk. The nerves quit the spinal canal by directly perforating the neurapophyses, and the anterior roots separately from the posterior ones, as in the similarly coalesced vertebne forming the sacram of birds. Presented by //. N. Turner, jun., Esq. 76. Tin- cranium, or neural arches, of the skull, with the three anterior trunk-ver- tebra? of a large Siluroid fish. The bodies of the vertebne of the trunk and occiput have been horizontally bisected, ex- posing the biconical cavities between them. They are, however, firmly interlocked together I 26 by the same kind of deeply indented suture as that which unites the bodies of the occipital and parietal vertebrae in this and other fishes. The posterior articular surface of the third trunk-vertebra is as remarkable for its shallow- ness and breadth as the anterior one for its narrowness and depth. The parapophyses of this vertebra are of great length, are depressed, flattened and extended outwards, and suturally united by the whole of their anterior margin with those of the second vertebra. The neur- apophyses are distinct from one another ; each sends off a zygapophysis, looking upwards from the back part of its base, and terminates above in a short thick triangular spine, which arti- culates anteriorly with the neurapophyses of the second vertebra. The centrum of the second vertebra is twice the length of the third, and is irregularly excavated laterally, as well as before and behind. The parapophysis is enormously developed in length and breadth, and its anterior margin is bent upon itself, so as to circumscribe a deep canal leading outwards. It extends outwards and upwards, and articulates not only with the parapophysis of the atlas, but with the extremity of that of the occipital vertebra. The neurapophyses each send upwards a separate spinous process, which rise parallel with each other, but are united together above the neural canal ; and their interspace receives the hind margin of an enormous compressed neural spine, the base of which extends along the neural arch of the atlas, and the anterior border of which articulates with the posterior border of the spine of the occiput. Purchased. 77. The dried skin of a Siluroid fish (Arius crutiger), showing the large denno- placoid plates of the exo-skeleton, and the proportions and position of the strong pectoral and dorsal spines. The broad patches of tessellated small hemispheric teeth upon the palatines are worthy of notice ; and the transverse group of short setiform teeth upon the premaxillaries. In the lower jaw the setiform denticles are gradually transformed into the hemispheric tubercles, as they are situated further back in the mouth. The cranial ganoid plate is cruciform, with a granular surface, the granules running together into striae at the middle of the plate ; the short arms of the cross touch, but are not confluent with, the scapular plates. The humeral plates extend almost as far back as the strong pectoral spine which they assist in supporting, and are rounded at their extremities as in the Anus rita. The dorsal plate is formed by four bones ; its pointed anterior end penetrates a notch in the contiguous end of the cranial one. The first short and strong dorsal spine overlaps the base of the second enormous one which constitutes the chief weapon of defence of this Siluroid fish. The anterior border of this spine has a fine ridge lodged in a slight longitudinal groove : some small teeth are developed from the posterior margin, which is attached to the dorsal fin. This species of Arius is from the Ganges ; the native name is ' Bilgugra.' Purchased. 78. The interneural and dermoneural spines, forming the first ray of the dorsal fin of a large Siluroid. The summit of the interneural spine expands into a broad 27 heart-shaped scute with a granular and reticulate external surface. A bony ring U formed at its |M»ta.-i of the spine; which base reciprocally traverses the interneural ring, so that the spine and plate are locked together like the links of a chain. The spine is grooved and den tat ed posteriorly. Presented by William Chamber*, Esq. • ?!..•'•>',. •!•- \*> ; i 79. The corresponding parts of a smaller Siluroid. Huiterian. SO. The dcrmoncural spine and articular part of the interneural plate of a Siluroid , showing the linked articulation of the two parts : the base of the spine is con- vex at the middle, and plays in a corresponding concavity of the interneural plate ; its sides expand into two flattened surfaces which rest in corresponding surfaces of the interneural plate. Hunferia*. 81. A dennoneural osseous serrated spine of a Siluroid. Hunt man. 82. The right coracoid bone with the anchyloscd radius and ulna, and the first ray of the pectoral fin of the Silum« congen*i». This ray is completely ossified, thick, and strong: serrated on its anterior and posterior borders. Its ex- panded base is articulated by a double, interlocking, oblique trochlea. The movements of flexion and extension can only be performed when the spine is maintained by muscular action in a certain oblique position; any direct attempt to bend back the spine, when it is at any stage of the erection, is opposed by the nature of the joint. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 83. The corresponding bones of the left side of the same fish. The expanded inferior border of the coracoid is deeply notched or indented, and U articulated with the opposite coracoid by suture. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 84. The right coracoid bone of another species of Siluroid; showing larger and deeper notches at the lower sutural margin of the bone. llunterian. 85. Serrated spine* of the pectoral fins of a Siluroid. Mm. Brit. 28 Order III. PHARYNGOGNATHI. Suborder I. MALACOPTERYGII. 86. The anterior part of the skull of a species of Scomber esox • it is remarkable for the long and slender muzzle, formed principally by the premaxillary and dentary bones. Hunterian. Suborder II. ACANTHOPTERYGII. Family Labridce. Wrasses. 87. The dried head of a large species of Wrasse (Labrus), showing, even in their present shrunken state, the unusual development of the external lips, to which the name of the genus refers. The relative position, and the form of the single lower pharyngeal bone, and of the two upper pharyngeals, are well shown in this specimen : the latter play backwards and forwards upon articular surfaces of the basisphenoid, which are concave mesially, convex laterally : the upper pharyngeals show co-adapted convexities and concavities. Mm. Brit. 88. The dried head of a small Labroid fish, showing the four laniary teeth at the fore-part of the premandibular and premaxillary bones, the two smaller laniary teeth at the posterior part of each premaxillary, and the intermediate row of minute subequal teeth. The corresponding teeth of the lower jaw are rather larger : on the inner side of these in both jaws there is a narrow band of villiform teeth. The two triangular superior pharyngeal bones with their pavement of rounded molars are preserved in this specimen. Hunterian. 89. The dried head of a small Wrasse (Julis). Hunterian. 90. The dried head of the same species of Wrasse. Hunterian. 91. One premaxillary and both premandibular bones of a Wrasse (Mis), showing a similar type of dentition, but with a larger proportional size of the posterior teeth in the lower jaw. Hunterian. M '.'•.' The premandibular and premaxillary bones of a large fish of the geium Cottypkiu. Htmterian. 98. The premaxillary and prcmandibular bones of a large fish of the genii* CoMgpkiu. There are two large laniariform teeth at the fore-part of each prv- inuxillary . and one such tooth at the fore-part of the premandibular lx>nc : H few small conical teeth represent the rest of each series, which is not ter- minated by any larger laniary. The inner side of the alveolar border of the jaw is paved by a broad band of small tubercular teeth. Presented by William Lynn, 94. The superior and inferior pharyngcal bones of a Labroid fish. Huntcrian. 95. The two superior pharyngcal bones of a Labroid fish, with their pavement of molar teeth. The whole of the unattached surface of the pharyngeals is covered with these teeth, which vary in sue and shape in different parts of the pharyngeal bone* ; many are round, some are angular, and some of the smaller ones at the external angles present a conical form. Each tooth is attached by the circumference of a slightly contracted base to the margin of a shallow alveolus ; this margin is indented by fine rcrtical grooves, the plates between which are mor- ticed into corresponding grooves in the osseous margin of the base of the tooth. The floor of the alveolus is a thin plate, perforated by numerous foramina, and does not become anchy- losed to the base of the tooth ; nor indeed does it sustain any of the superincumbent pressure. The pharyngeal tooth, when first in place, has its base excavated by a wide but shallow pulp- cavity. This is gradually diminished by a formation of dentine from the margins of the base, which encroaches towards the centre, until it finally forms a partition between the pulp-cavity and the alveolus. In most of the specimens of the pharyngeal bones of the Wrasse- tribe some of the alveoli are empty, and the crown of a new tooth is seen protruding for a greater or less extent through the cribriform base. Miu. Brit. 96. The two superior pharyngeal bones of a large Labroid fish. Hunteria*. 97. The two superior pharyngeal bones of a large Labroid fish. HutUerian. US. The two superior pharyngeal bones of a large Labroid fish. Mtu. Brit. 99. One of the pharyngeal bones with its pavement of large obtuse teeth of a Labnu. Two of the cavities of reserve are exposed which contain the germs of succea- sional teeth. llunteria*. 30 100. The left superior pharyngeal bone of a large fish of the genus Cossyphus. It is paved with rounded or flattened molars of different sizes. Some of these have been shed, and the germs of their successors are exposed in the closed alveoli, which are immediately above the teeth that are shed. Hunterian. 101. A right superior pharyngeal bone of a large fish of the genus Cossyphm; it is vertically bisected, showing the mode of attachment of the teeth in use, and the cavities of reserve with the germs of the successional teeth beneath them. The centre of the pulp of the pharyngeal molar remains uncalcified long after the tooth has taken its place, and the circumference only of the base of the tooth rests upon the raised margin of the alveolus. The part of the tooth which sustains and transmits the pres- sure is strengthened by the development of a strong convex ridge projecting from its inner surface into the pulp-cavity ; and the calcigerous tubes of this ridge, while simply following the ordinary course of development, acquire a direction the best adapted for diffusing the pressure equally to every point, by radiating from the plane of resistance. The pressure received by the border of the alveolus is transferred to the walls which divide the subjacent vaulted cavities containing the germs of the new teeth. The roof of these cavities, which forms at the same time the floor of the alveolus above, being thus relieved from the superin- cumbent weight, freely yields to the absorbent process consequent on the growth of the new tooth ; and before the latter becomes subjected to any pressure from above, its formation has been sufficiently perfected to enable it to sustain that pressure without injury. The lateral walls of the cavities containing the reserve teeth, to which the pressure is transferred from the margins of the sockets of those in use, consist of a much denser osseous tissue than the other parts of the pharyngeal bone. Hunterian. 102. An inferior pharyngeal bone of a Labroid fish, longitudinally bisected, show- ing the cavities of reserve of the successional teeth. Hunterian. 103. The upper and lower pharyngeal bones and teeth of a small Labroid fish, called the ' Red-mouthed Grunt ' on the original label. Hunterian. 104. The basibranchials and hypobranchials of the third and fourth gill-arches, and the coalesced basibranchials of the fifth arch, which form the basis of support for the inferior pharyngeal teeth, of a small Wrasse or Labroid fish. Hunterian. 31 105. The two siip-rior pharyngeal bones and the inferior pharyngeal bone of a Wrasse or Labroid fish : the dentigerous surface is paved by close-Ret and for the most part hemispherical molars, those of the upper pharyngealu differing from each other considerably in sue. Ihntn-ia*. 106. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. 107. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. Iftmlfrian. 108. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. tfmiteria*. 109. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. Jltmtenan. 110. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. JIunterian. 1 1 1 . An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. HmUeriait. 112. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. llunleriax. 113. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Labroid fish. Hunterian. Family Scarida. Parrot-fishes. 114. The skeleton of a Parrot-fish (Scams), belonging to that section of the genii* characterized by two pointed denticles projecting from the back part of the alveolar border of the premaxillary bone. The number of abdominal vertebra- is 11 ; that of the caudal vertebrae, 12 : total, 23. The abdominal parapophyses are well developed : the ribs hare an overlapping articulation with their extremities. The parapophyses from and after the terenth abdominal vertebra bifurcate, and the median prongs coalesce and form a bridge beneath the abdominal aorU : at the thirteenth vertebra they are wholly bent down and anchylosed together to form the lucmal canal. The epicoracoids are of unusual breadth, and the pubic bones are of great length, at in most thoracic fishes. Purchased. 115. The skull, with the dried integuments, of a small Parrot-fish. It belongs to that section of the genus Scartt* which is characterized by a single pointed tooth, projecting outwards from the back part of the dentigcrous plate of each premaxillary bone. The relative position of the single inferior dentigerous 32 pharyngeal plate, and of the two superior pharyngeal plates is well shown in this specimen. The inferior plate is supported by the two confluent basi- branchial bones of the last branchial arch : the superior plates are supported by the pharyngobranchial pieces of the three posterior branchial arches. Hunterian. 116. The skull of a large Parrot-fish (Scarus), with the integuments remaining on the right side. The numbers indicate the names of the bones according to Table I. The suspension of the maxillary arch through the medium of the palatine from the pre- frontal is well shown, and the correspondence of the articulation between the maxillary and the premaxillary with that between the articular and dentary pieces of the lower jaw, is very close and illustrative of their serial homology. The pretympanic and hypotympanic bones are of great breadth. The borders of the premaxillary and dentary pieces are paved with hard enameled denticles, so placed that they oppose each other by their sides instead of by their summits. This specimen was formerly preserved in the museum of the Royal Society ; and is figured in " WilluglMi de Historia Piscium, Joannes Raius, 1686, tab. X. ii : — Ingentis cujusdam piscis Indici caput, an e'Turdorum genere ? e M. S. R." Mm. Brit. 117. The right halves of the maxillary and mandibular arches, with a portion of the tympanic pedicle of the same side of a large species of Scarus. The consti- tuent bones are indicated by the numbers affixed to them according to Table I. Hunterian. 118. The bones of the head of a small species of Scarus. The anterior expansion of the vomer, and the lateral processes of the basioccipital and basi- sphenoid, which form the articular cavities for the superior pharyngeals, are worthy of notice in this specimen ; as also the depression above the nasal and fore-part of the frontal bones, upon which the long nasal processes of the premaxillary bones play backwards and forwards in the protractile and retractile movements of the jaws. Hunterian. 119. The premaxillary, premandibular, and pharyngeal bones and teeth of a small Parrot-fish, of that section of the genus in which there are no lateral out- standing pointed premaxillary teeth. Hunterian. 33 120. The premaxillary and prnmmdibular bones of a species of Scant* \ the denticles composing the apparently continuous enamel-casing of the beak-shaped jaws are unusually large and well defined. lluttrria*. 121 . The premandibular and preinaxillary bones and teeth of a species of Scartu. \-2~2 Tin- premaxillary luid premandibular lx>ne of a large Parrot-fish (Scant* mitricatiu). The maxillary bone it teen from iu outer side where the beak-fthapcd portion presents • Mirfarr checkered by small loscitge-shaped plates of an enamel-like substance, arranged in a quincunrial order. The premandibular bone is teen from iu inner side which exposes thr marginal raw of procumbent denticle*, the crowns of which form the lozenge-shaped plate* above mentioned. A longitudinal section ha* been removed from this bone to show the vertical series of twelve successive denticle* anchyloted to each other and to the dense texture of the jaw, of which series the apparently enameled tessellated covering of the jaws consists : below this series one of the alveoli of a denticle not yet anchylosed is exposed ; and beneath this the cavity or closed alveolus common to the germs of several succeni-m- il< ntirles. It will be seen by the relative position of the teeth to the jaw, that the marginal scries in use in the upper and lower mandibles oppose each other by their sides instead of their clonus. Hunlerian. \-l'-\. The section removed from the preceding prcmandibular bone, showing some of the separate denticles in the dentiparous cavity. These denticles present the form of short, thick and conical, four-sided columns, the base forming the crown : the opposite contracted end is excavated, and contained the remains of the formative pulp. The ossification of the capsule of each matrix, by which the general confluence of the teeth with the jaw is effected, has already commenced in the cavity, and has produced a honeycomb character of the posterior surface of the outer alveolar wall : this wall is absorbed as the jaw rises in the progress) of its growth, and the crowns of the denticles are thus exposed. The symphysial surface of the premandibular bone is remarkable for the regularity of the vertical series of rugged, chevron-shaped ridges by which the firm inter- locking of the two pretnandibulara is effected. The complexity of the dental apparatus and the concomitant strength of the jaws of the Parrot-fishes (Scartu) relate to the peculiar nature of their food. These, for the most part tropical, fishes frequent the vast coral reefs which are in course of formation in those Latitude*, and they browse upon the polypes of the lithophytes and their new-formed cells, as the ruminant quadrupeds crop the herbage of the dry land. The irritable bodies of the gelatinous polypes when touched retract into their cells, and the Seari consequently require a dental apparatus strong enough to detach and r 34 reduce to a pulp those calcareous habitations. The gelatinous matter of the polypes is dis- solved and digested, but their calcareous parts are cast out, in the condition of nearly pure chalk, with which the intestines of the Parrot-fishes are found laden ; whence these fishes ' have been classed amongst the geological agents by which the skeletons of the lithophytes are converted into chalk *. Hunterian. 124. The premandibular and premaxillary bones of the Scarus rivulatus, Cuv. et Val. The exposed crowns of the denticles in these jaws are not so distinctly tuber- culate as in the preceding species. Hunterian. 125. The premaxillaiy and premandibular bones of apparently the same species of Scarus. 126. The maxillary, premaxillary and premandibular bones of apparently the same species of Scarus. The bases of the dentigerous portions of the jaws present a green colour. Hunterian. 127. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a species of Scarus. Hunterian. 128. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a small species of Scarus. The symphysial surfaces of the lower jaw present a series of parallel oblique ridges. Hunterian. 129. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a species of Scarus. The sym- physial ridges decrease in size more rapidly towards the summit of the joint than in the preceding specimen. Hunterian. 130. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones and teeth of a species of Scarus. The superior dentigerous pharyngeals present the form of an elongated, vertical, inequi- lateral triangular plate : the upper and posterior margin is sharp and concave ; the upper and anterior margin forms a thickened articular surface, convex from side to side, and playing in a corresponding groove or concavity upon the base of the skull ; the inferior boundary of the * Darwin, Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. 'Adventure' and 'Beagle,' vol. iii. p. 553. triangle is the longest, and also the broadest ; it is convex in tho antcro-posterior direction, and flat from aide to aide. It i« on this lower surface that the teeth are implanted, anil in moat specie* they form two rows ; thr outer one consisting of very small tcrth, the inner onr of large teeth. These present the form of compre*scd conical plates or wedges, witlAhe basis excavated, and the opposite margin moderately sharp and (lightly convex to near the inner angle, which is produced into a point. These plates are set nearly transversely across the lower surface of the pharyngeal bone, and are in close approximation, one behind another their internal angles are produced beyond the margin of the bone, nnd interlock with those of the adjoining bone when the pharyngeals are in their natural position ; the smaller dcn- ticles of the outer row are set in the external interspaces of those of the inner row. The tingle inferior pharyngeal bone consists principally of an oblong dentigcrous plate ; its breadth somewhat exceeds that of the conjoined dentigerons surfaces of the superior pharyngeals, and it is excavated to correspond with their convexity. The lower dentigcrous plate is princi- pally supported by a strong, slightly-curved, transverse caseous bar, the extremities of which expand into thick obtuse processes for the implantation of the triturating muscles. A longi- tudinal crest is continued downwards and forwards from the middle line of the inferior pha- ryngeal plate, anterior to the transverse bar, to which the protractor muscles are attached. A longitudinal row of small oval teeth, alternating with the large lamclliform teeth like then of the superior pharyngeals, bounds the dentigerous plate on each side ; the intermediate space is occupied by the larger lamelliform or wedge-shaped teeth, set vertically in the bone, and arranged transversely in alternate and pretty close-set series. Mwt. Brit. 131. The inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth, with the dentigcrous portions of the superior pharyngeal bones, of a large species of Scant*, showing the interlock- ing of the superior pharyngeal teeth with each other. Huntcria*. 182. The inferior pharyngeal bone and a vertical section of one of the superior pha- ryngeals, of a large species of Scanu. The back part of the inferior pharyn- geal is turned towards the number on the tablet, and exposes the large denti- parous cavity for the supply of new teeth to replace those that have been worn out in front. The pharyngeal denticles are developed in wide and deep cavities in the substance of the posterior part of the lower and of the anterior part of the upper pharyngeal bones. Each denticle is inclosed in its proper capsule, which contains an enamel-forming pulp and a dcn- tinal pulp, in close cohesion with each other and with their common capsule. The teeth exhibit progressive stages of formation as they approach the posterior part of the upper and the anterior part of the lower pharyngeal bones : as their formation advances to completion they become soldered together by ossification of their respective capsules, and soon after- wards are anchylosed by ossification of the base of the dentinal pulp to the pharyngeal bow rS 36 itself. The line of demarcation between the dentified and ossified portions of the pulp is well defined, so that when the pharyngeal bone and teeth are sawn through vertically, the fully formed teeth appear as hollow cones set upon wedges of bone, as shown in the specimen. Mm. Brit. 133. An inferior pharyngeal bone of a large species of Scarus, from the Bermudas. It shows well the effects of the powerful grinding action performed by the posterior jaws of the Parrot-fishes. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 134. An inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Scarus. Hunterian. 135. The superior pharyngeal teeth of a Scarus. Hunterian. • 136. The teeth of the right superior pharyngeal bone of a Scarus. Hunterian. 137. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones and teeth of a Scarus. Mus. Brit. 138. The right superior and the inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a Scarus. , Hunterian. 139. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones of a small Scarus. There are three series of denticles on each superior pharyngeal bone, decreasing in size from within outwards. The gubernacular orifices leading to the dentiparous cavi- ties at the back part of the bones are well seen in this specimen. Hunterian. 140. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones and teeth of a small species of Scarus. The superior teeth are in three series on each pharyngeal bone : the inferior pharyngeal teeth form a disc broader than it is long. Hunterian. 141. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones and teeth of a small species of Scarus ; showing the articular surfaces and the processes for muscular attach- ment. Hunterian. 142. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones of apparently the same species of Scarus. Hunterian. 37 143. An anterior caudal vertebra of a Parrot-fish (Scartu). The trniiiiud conn, of which the posterior is the deepest, are ouified to their centre : they are united by firm bony matter, presenting • reticuUtr or fibrous aspect in the depressions at UM mint and under part of the centrum. The neurapophyses are auchylosed to their mi- tniiii and to their spine ; and the parapophyses, which have aUo united with the centrum, are bent down and have coalesced at their extremities to form the haemal canal. 1 14. A vertical longitudinal section of a dorsal vertebra of a large Parrot-fish (Scariu). The parapophysis (marked />) if long, strong, and twisted : the neural spine is very lung and slender. The osseous texture is not lamellated, but is coarsely and irregularly reticulate. J/tutteria*. 145. A vertical longitudinal section of a caudal vertebra, with the confluent haem- apophyscs and haemal spine, of a large Parrot-fish (Scariu). Hunterian. 146. A horizontal longitudinal section of a caudal vertebra of a large Parrot-fish (Scant). Hunti-riaii. OrderlV. ANACANTHINI. Family Gadida. 147. The skeleton of a Cod-fish (Gadtu morrkua). Number of abdominal vertebrae, 18; of caudal vertebra?, 34: total, 52. This may be regarded as a typical form of the malacopterygian skeleton, although all the (iadida resemble the Aamthopteri, and differ from the Malacojitm in the absence of the ' duct us poeumaticus.' All the rays of all the fins are flexible and jointed. The abdominal rertebne are characterised by the great sue and length of the parapophyses, and by the small sise of the pleurapophyses which are appended to their extremities. Pwcktued. 148. The disarticulated skull of a Cod-fish (Gaebu morrAna), with the branchial •rota. The bones of the endo skeleton are numbered in accordance with Table I. The four ver- tical segments in which they are arranged are distinguished by the colours of the tickets bear- 38 ing the numbers of the hones : the yellow tint indicates the occipital segment or vertebra ; the green the parietal segment ; the blue the frontal segment ; and the red the nasal segment. The sense-capsules are denoted by crimson tickets ; the bones of the splanchno-skeleton by brown tickets ; and those of the dermo-skeleton by white ones. The bones of the occipital segment form an upper, or ' neural,' and a lower, or ' haemal ' arch : those of the neural arch encompass the medulla oblongata and cerebellum in the recent fish, and are six in number. The first and lowest, called basioccipital (i), is a short, strong, subrhomboidal bone, subcylindrical and truncate posteriorly, where it is excavated to form the articular cavity, united with the corresponding hollow cone on the fore-part of the body of the atlas ; the anterior pointed end of the basioccipital was wedged into the basisphenoid, fitting and filling up the deep posterior cleft of that bone. The basioccipital offers on each side a rough articular surface for sutural union with two lateral bones, the exoccipitals (2, 2) ; behind which it received the anteriorly projecting base of the neural arch of the atlas, which was wedged into the posterior angle between the basi- and exoccipitals, and was firmly united to them by broad sutural surfaces. The exoccipitals present the form of oblong, subqua- drate bones, thick, and with two rough, deeply-indented articular surfaces below, but ex- panded and produced outwards above : they encircled the epencephalon, and completed the contour of the foramen magnum. They are perforated for the passage of the nervi vagi, and were articulated below with the basioccipital, behind with the neurapophyses of the atlas, above with the superoccipital (3) and the paroccipitals (4), and in front with the petro- sals (ta). The superoccipital (3) presents an elongated rhomhoidal form, and was articulated by an inferior cellulo-sutural surface with the summits of the exoccipitals and the mesial angles of the paroccipitals, forming the key-stone of the neural arch : it sends upwards and back- wards a strong compressed spine from the whole extent of the middle line, and a transverse 'superoccipital' ridge outwards from each side of the base of the spine to the external angles of the bone. It advanced forwards and joined the frontal, pushing aside, as it were, the parietals. The paroccipitalt (4, 4) were wedged into the angles between the ex- and super-occipitals : they are of a conical form, with the base towards the cranial cavity, and the apex turned out- wards and backwards. Their whole outer surface is here traversed obliquely by a prominent ridge, ending at the lower and hinder projecting angle of the bone. The inner surface of the paroccipital, like that of the exoccipital, is excavated for the lodgement of part of the poste- rior and external semicircular canal of the large internal organ of hearing in Fishes. The outer projecting process supported the upper fork of the first piece of the haemal or ' sca- pular' arch. The second ring of bones, or that which encircled the mesencephalon (lobe of the third ven- tricle and optic lobes), includes the basisphenoid (5), the alisphenoids (e), the parietals (r), and the mastoids (»). The basisphenoid (») is connate with the presphenoid (9), forming with it a long subtriedral bone (basi-presphenoid), usually bifurcate posteriorly, and more or less expanded beneath the cranial cavity : it is then continued forwards along the base of the interorbital space to near the fore-part of the roof of the mouth : its posterior extremity was firmly wedged by a kind of double gomphosis into the basioccipital : its expanded part sup- 30 ported the petrosals and alisphenoids : the prr*phenoidal prolongation (t) articulated with the orbiUwpbenoidn, and it terminates forward* by a cavity which reorirrd the pointed mil of the Tome r. The ali*pkrnoub («,«) were firmly articulated by broad sutural surfaces to the expanded sides of the basiaphrnoid ; above which their bases almost met and immediately (iipportrd ill.- third ventricle or me*enccpha]on, leaving an intenpaoe for it* pituitary prolongation, which retted in a cavity or ' fella' of the basisphenoid. In the Cod the chief part of the in geminal nerve panes out of the cranium by the anterior notch of the aliiphenoid. A part of the vestibule and the anterior lemicircular cmnal of the acoustic labyrinth usually encroach upon its inner concavity, whence some have deemed it to be the petrous bone. Tlir parietal* (r, r) would complete above the osseous cincture of the most expanded wg- ment of the brain, but are separated from one another by the anterior prolongation of thr superoccipital : they are nearly flat, and present a much smaller proportional site than in tin- higher classes of Vertebrata : they were articulated to the mastoids outwardly and below, to the superoccipital above, to the frontal and po*t frontal before, and to the paroccipital behind. The mattoiti* («, •) bear the same relation to the mesencephalic bony girdle, which the par- occipital* do to the epencephalic one ; and they project outwards and backwards further than the paroccipitals, forming the second strong transverse process at each side of the cra- nium. This process is developed from the outer margin of the mastoid : the inner side of the bone is expanded and enters (lightly into the formation of the walls of the cranial, or rather the acoustic cavity ; its inner, usually cartilaginous surface lodging part of one of thr semicircular canals. Each mastoid was wedged into the interspace surrounded by the ex- and par -occipital*, the petrosal, the alisphenoid, the parietal, the frontal and post frontal bones. The projecting process lodged, above, the chief mucous canal of the head, and below, afforded attachment to the epitympanic or upper piece of the bony pedicle, from which the mandibu- lar, hyoid, and opercular bones are suspended : its extremity gives attachment to the strong tendon of the dono-lateral muscles of the trunk. The basal piece of the third cranial cincture, which defends the prosencephalon, or cere- bral lobes, is formed by the pretpkenmd (t), already described as connate with or produced from the basisphenoid. The sides of the prosencephalon are defended by the ordilotptir- nmdt (i», it) : these are small scmielliptic plates, separated from the presphenoid by the ali- sphenoid, to which they were articulated below and behind, whilst above they were joined to the frontal and postfrontal, completing the anterior part of the lateral walls of the cranium. The rhinencephalic crara arc continued forwards above the superior interspace of the orfaito- sphenoids ; and the optic nerves escape by their inferior intenpaoe. The/ron/0/ bone (11) completes the prosencephalic arch above, and enters into the forma- tion of the cranial cavity, though its major part forms the roof of the orbits, which accessory function is the chief condition of the great expanse of this neural spine in Fishes. It is here single and sends up a median crest, which is united with that of the superoccipital. The frontal* rest in a small part of their extent upon the orbitospbenoids, but are more con- stantly articulated, anteriorly, to the nasal and prefrontals, and posteriorly, with the post- frontal*, the parietal*, the mastoids, and the superoccipital. 40 The postfrontals (it, 11) belong to the same category of vertebral pieces as the mastoids, whose prominent crest they partly underlie and complete in the natural skull, lending their aid in the formation of the single articular cavity for the tympanic pedicle. Like the mas- toids their inner surface is expanded, and enters into the formation of the otocranial cavity : they form the posterior boundary of the orbit ; are articulated below to the orbitosphenoid and alisphenoid, above to the frontal, and by their posterior and upper surfaces to the mastoid. The upper or neural arch of the segment which completes the skull anteriorly, consists of the 'vomer' (13) below, the ' prefrontals ' (14) laterally, and the 'nasal' (is) above. The vomer (is) is thick and expanded anteriorly, slender and terminating in a point poste- riorly, where it was wedged into the under part of the presphenoid ; its antero-lateral angles were articulated to the prefrontals ; its upper surface supported the nasal bone by an inter- vening cartilage. The palatine bones abutted against the expanded anterior part of the vomer, the under side of which supports teeth. The prefrontals (14) rested below upon the prespheuoid and vomer, supported above the fore-part of the frontal and the back part of the nasal, and contributed to sustain the palato- maxillary arch ; but their most constant relations and functions are in defence and support of the crura of the olfactory ganglions. The nasal bone (15) is single, and terminates forwards in a thick obtuse extremity. It was articulated above and behind to the frontal and prefrontals, and below, by the medium of a vertical cartilage, to the vomer. Thepetrosal (10) attains an equal size with the alisphenoid, which it resembles in form, ex- cept that the notched margin is posterior. It forms the posterior lateral wall of the cranium, and was articulated below with the basioccipital and basisphenoid, above with the mastoid and paroccipital, behind with the exoccipital, and before with the alisphenoid : it supported the cochlear division of the labyrinth containing the otolithes. The sclerotal consists of two subhemispheric pieces, each with two opposite emarginations : the inner ones circumscribing the hole (analogous to the meatus internus of the petrosal), for the entry of the nerves and vessels to the essential parts of the organ of vision, and the outer or anterior emarginations supporting the cornea. The entire sclerotic, whether bony, carti- laginous, or fibrous, bears the same essential relation to the vascular and nervous parts of the organ of sight, which the petrous bone does to the organ of hearing, and which the turbinate bones do to the organ of smell. The palatine bone (so) is thick and strong at its upper part, which sends off two pro- cesses ; one is the essential point of suspension of the palato-maxillary arch, and articulates with the prefrontal and vomer at their point of union, the other is convex and passes for- wards to be articulated to a concavity in the superior maxillary. The posterior angle of the base of the palatine is attached, in the Cod, by short and strong ligaments to the prefrontal. The thin posterior and inner border of the bone is joined by ligament to the entoptcrygoid, and its outer angle is dovetailed into the pterygoid. The palatine contributes to form the floor of the orbit and the roof of the mouth, but is edentulous in the Cod. The maxillary (»i) is here, as in most Fishes, an edentulous bone, almost wholly concealed in the recent head in a fold of the skin between the palatine and premaxillary : it lies posterior 41 to and parallel with the premaxillary, which it resembles in form, but U longer and thinner. The expanded and bifurcate end of the maxillary U produced inwards rather than upward*, and form* a socket on which the ascending or nasal process of the premaxillary glide* : a tubercle at this end of the maxillary i* attached to the palatine, and ligaments the same expanded end to the naaal, the turbinal, the vomer, and the prcmaxil- lary : the lower and hinder expanded end of the bone is attached by strong elastic liga- ment, in which a labial griitle i* developed, to the coronoid process of the lower jaw. The premarillary (tt), one of a symmetrical pair of bones, is moderately long and slender, slightly curved, expanded and notched at both extremities : the anterior end is bent upwards, forming the naaal process, and is attached in the recent head by lax ligaments to the nasal bone and prenasal cartilage, to the palatine, and to the anterior end* of the maxillary bone*. The premaxillaries are moveably connected to each other by their anterior ends ; the naaal processes are separated by the prenasal cartilage, the lower or outer branches project freely downwards and outward* ; the labial or alveolar border of each premaxillary is beset with teeth. The entopteryyoid (u) is an oblong, thin, scale-like bone, attached to the inner border of the coaiUptcd halves of the palatine and true pterygoid, and increasing the bony roof of the mouth in the direction towards the median line. It is edentulous in the Cod. The ptrrygtnd (t«) form* an inequilateral but more elongated triangular plate than the palatine, with which it is dovetailed anteriorly ; it becomes thicker towards its posterior end, which is truncated and firmly engrained with the anterior border of the hypotympanic and pretympanic bones ; its lower border is smooth, thickened and concave : edentulous in the Cod. The pedicle supporting the lower jaw U divided into four pieces. The superior piece, or rpttympamie (»•), is articulated to the postfrontal and mastoid by a single elongated randy le ; below which it become* compressed laterally, but much expanded from before backward*. Its lower portion is bifurcate. The anterior division articulates with the preopercular (tt), the meaotympanic (»»), and pretympanic (tsr) ; the posterior division is again bifurcate, supporting part of the preopercular and part of the opercular bone. A strong crest projects from its outer surface. The metotympanie (ts»), or 'lymplectic* of Cuvier, i* a (lender, compressed, slightly curved, elongated, triangular bone ; articulated by its upper part or base to the epityropanic and preopercular ; by its lower end to the inner side of the hypotympanic, reaching almost to the mandibular trochlea, and by its anterior border to the pretympanic. The prttympanic (at*), to which part of the suspensory pedicle of the jaw Cnvier re- strict* the name ' caisse ' or ' oa tympanicum,' i* an oblong bony scale, with the posterior margin thickened and grooved for the reception of the fore-part of the meaotympanic and the upper and fore-part of the hypotympanic. The kypolympmmie (*•') i* a triangular plate of bone, like the epitympanic reversed, bear- ing the articular convex trochlea for the lower jaw upon its inferior apex, and having its upper side or base more even than the opposite base of the epitympanic. The posterior margin of the hypotympanic i* grooved for the reception of part of the preopercular (M); 42 its inner side is excavated for the insertion of the pointed end of the mesotympanic, and the anterior angle is wedged between the pretympanic and the pterygoid (24), and is firmly united to the latter : the trochlea is slightly concave transversely, convex in a greater degree from before backwards. The mandible or lower jaw (29, 32) is the lower portion of the tympano-mandibular arch, being articulated to the hypotympanics above, and closed by a ligamentous union or bony symphysis with its fellow at its lower end. The term ' minus ' is applied in Anthropotomy to each half of the mandible, and each ramus consists of two, three, or more pieces in differ- ent fishes. In most fishes it consists of two pieces, one (20) articulated to the suspensory pedicle, and edentulous, and the other (32) completing the arch, and commonly supporting teeth. In the Cod and some other fishes a third small piece (30) is superadded, at the angle of the posterior piece. The diverging or radiated appendage of the tympano-mandibular arch consists of the bones which support the gill-cover, a kind of short and broad fin, the movements of which regulate the passage of the currents through the branchial cavity, by opening and closing the branchial aperture on each side of the head. The first of these opercular bones, which forms the chief medium of the attachment of the appendage to the supporting arch, is the preopercular (34), which is usually the longest in the vertical direction, if not the largest of the bones : it is here, in the Cod, bifurcate above, and the lower slender angle is continued downwards and forwards to beneath the hypotympanic. Three bones usually constitute the second series of this appendage : the upper one is commonly the largest and of a triangular form, thin, and with radiated lines like a scale; it is the 'opercular bone' (35). Below this is the suloper- cular (39). The lowermost bone, called the interopercular (37), is articulated to the preoper- cular above, to the subopercular behind, and usually to the back part of the mandible ; it is attached also, in the recent head, by ligament to the ceratohyoid in front. The third inverted arch of the skull is the ' hyoidean,' and is suspended, in Osseous Fishes, through the medium of the epitympanic bone, to the mastoid. The first portion of the arch, called stylohyal (M), is a slender styliform bone, which is attached at the upper end by ligament to the inner side of the epitympanic, close to its junction with the mesotympanic, and at the lower end to the apex of a triangular plate of bone, which forms the upper portion of the great cornu. To this portion is assigned the name of epihyal (39). The third longer and stronger piece is the ceratohyal (40). The key of the inverted arch or body of the hyoid is here formed by four small subcubical bones on each side, which bear the name of basi- hyals (41). The triangular flattened bone, which expands as it extends backwards, in the middle line, from the basihyals, is the 'urohyal' (43). The diverging appendages of the hyoidean arch have the form of simple, elongated, slen- der, slightly curved rays, articulated to depressions in the outer and posterior margins of the epi- and cerato-hyals : they are called ' branchiostegals ' or gill-cover rays (44), because they support the membrane which closes externally the branchial chamber. The fourth cranial inverted arch is that which is attached to the paroccipital and mastoid in the naturally articulated skull of the Cod. The superior piece of the arch, svprascapula (50), is bifurcate ; one prong was attached anteriorly to the paroccipital, the other and shorter hi prong to the petrosal ; they coalesce posteriorly at an acute angle, to form a slightly n- |*mlrd due, from which the tfcond piece of the arch is suspended vertically. Ikit second piece, called teupala (11), U a slender, straight, stylifonn bone, terminating in a point brlow, and morticed into a groove on the upper and outer side of thr lower and prin- cipal bone of the arch. The pointed upper extremity of thif bone, called the eoracoid (•»), projects behind thr icapula and almost touches the suprascapula : below this part a broad angular plate of thr eoracoid projects backwards and gives attachment to the radiated appendage of the arch : the rest of the eoracoid bends inwards and forwards, gradually decreasing to a point, which it connected by ligament to its fellow, and to the urobyal bone. The inner side of the cora- coid is excavated, and its anterior margin folded inwards and backwards ; it is continued above into the posterior angular process ; but in the rest of the eoracoid it U simply bent upon thr inner concavity of the bone which, in the recent fish, lodges the anterior origin of the great lateral muscle of the trunk. The branchial arches belong to the visceral skeleton and are five in number : the three first consist, first, of a short piece below, the kypobrantlual (»), directly articulated to the median series of bones, called b*nbra*ckiaU ; next, of a long bent portion, the eeratobranehial (47 ), grooved on its outer convex side for the branchial vessels, and supporting dentigerous tubercles oo its inner side ; and, above, of a shorter, similarly formed piece, bent inwards and for- wards, the fpihraiirfiial (««). To the epibranchial of the second and third arches is attached a shorter and broader bone, the pkaryngobranekial, or superior pharyiigral, which is beset with teeth. The fourth arch consists of the ceratobranchial, the epibranchial. and the pha- ryngobranchial pieces. The fifth arch (ib. «') consists simply of the ceratobranchial ele- ment : it is expanded and beset with teeth : it has been termed the inferior pharyiigral bone (at pkaryngit* in/Meur, Curier). 149. The cranium, with the maxillary and mandibular arches and labial cartilages, of a Cod-fish (Gadu« morrkua). The suprascapular elements of the scapular arch are also preserved. The general form of the cranium in this, as in most Osseous Fishes, is conical, the base being behind, and perforated by the foramen magnum, the apex widely and deeply cleft transversely by the aperture of the mouth : the orbits are lateral, large, and communicate freely with one another ; and there are, also, two deep lateral fissures behind, called gill- apertures, with a mechanism for opening and closing them supported by the branrliiostegal rays and the opercular bones. Most of the bones of the skull present the squamous charac- ter and mode of union, being flattened, thinned off, and overlapping one another like scales ; and many of them are endowed with independent movement*. The principal cavities, which are formed by the assemblage of bones, which have been specified in preceding preparations, are, the 'cranium,' lodging the brain and organs of hearing; the 'orbital' and the 'nasal' foes*; the 'bnccal' and the 'branchial' canals. These cavities are not so well defined as in the higher classes, and in no class is the exterior o2 44 of the skull so broken by irregular depressions and prominent spines and protuberances. The upper surface of the cranium is commonly traversed, as in the present specimen, by five longitudinal bony ridges or crests, intercepting four channels : the principal crest is the me- dian one, formed by the frontal and superoccipital bones ; next to this is the pair formed by the parietals and paroccipitals, and the lateral pair of crests is formed by the postfrontals and mastoids : the intervening depressions lodge the anterior origins of the great muscles of the back and of the scapular arch. Hunterian. 150. The cranium of a large Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua), consisting of the centrums and neural arches of the four vertebral segments of the skull. It shows well the cavity circumscribed by the prefrontals and vomer for the elongated crura of the rhinencephalon or olfactory ganglions, and the wide anterior triangular aperture of the chamber lodging the rest of the brain. On the right side the same numbers, on coloured tickets, are attached as in the disarticu- lated specimen, No. 148. On the left side the name is attached to each bone. Hunterian. 151. The cranium of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua), vertically and transversely bi- sected. The bones are numbered according to Table I. Those which enter into the formation of the large cavities for the acoustic labyrinths, together with the form and extent of those cavities, are well displayed ; especially the deep conical excavations of the basioccipital, and the fissures or fontanelles between the paroccipitals and mastoids. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. 152. The cranium of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua), horizontally and longitudinally bi- sected. The bones are indicated by the same numbers and colours as in the preceding specimen. The prefrontals are detached. The vomer and nasal bone are included in the same natural division (neural arches) of the bones of the skull as those regarded as strictly cranial bones in Human Anatomy. The cranial cavity is much contracted beneath the middle of the fron- tal, and gradually expands to where it is encompassed by the vomer, nasal and prefrontals ; it terminates by the junction of the nasal and prefrontals. It is thus divided by the frontal or interorbital constriction into two parts; the posterior, or cranium proper, lodging the epencephalon, mesencephalon and prosencephalon, whilst the anterior division is appropriated to the rhinencephalon. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 45 153. The left moiety of a vertically-bisected posterior division of the cranium of a Cod-fish (Gad** morrkua) ; showing the large cavity or ' otocrane ' lodging the luln nnth. The lower comportment, lodging the sacculus and otolitcs, is formed by the baaioccipital and the largely developed petrosal : the semicircular canalu traverse compartments of the otocrane, formed by the exoccipital, |>oroccipital, superoccipital, mastoid and alisphcnoid. Hunteria*. 154. A natural skeleton of the head of a Cod-fish (Gadua morrhua). On the right side the bones are numbered on coloured tickets corresponding with the dis- articulated specimen No. 146 ; on the left side the suborbital and supratcm- poral and labial scale-bones are preserved, and each bone has its name placed upon it. Hunteria*. 155. The skull of a Cod-fish (Coda* morrkua), with the integuments and branchial arches . showing the premaxillary, premandibular, vomcrine, branchial and pharyngeal teeth. The branchial teeth arc supported on tubercles projecting from the concave sides of the branchial arches. Hnnteria*. 156. The tympano-uiandibular and hyoidean arches, with the pterygoid bones of a Cod-fish (Gadtt* morrkua). The numbers indicate the names of the bones according to Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 157. The left side of the tympano-mandibular arch, with its opercular appendages and the pterygoid and entopterygoid bones of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrkua). These and all the other bones are indicated by the numbers according to Table I. Pretexted by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.Jt.S. 158. The tympanic pedicle with the pterygoid and preopercular bones of the Cod* fish (Gadmt morrkua). All the bones are numbered according to Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.B.S. 159. The opercular, preopercular and subopercular bones of the same fish. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.Jt.S. 46 160. The right ramus of the lower jaw of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). The num- bers indicate the articular, angular and dentary pieces, according to Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Sort., F.R.S. 161. The premandibular or dentary bones of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). Presented by Sir B. C. Srodie, Bart., F.R.S. 162. The premandibular or dentary bones of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua), with the dried symphysial tentacle. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 163. The premandibular or dentary bones of a species of Gadus, with the dried symphysial tentacle. Hunterian. 164. The premaxillary bones of a fish of the Cod-tribe (Gadus). Most of the teeth have been detached from the short hollow pedestals of the alveolar surface of these bones. Hunterian. 165. The right side of the hyoidean arch, with the opercular, subopercular and in- teropercular bones and the branchiostegal rays of a Cod-fish. The bones are numbered in correspondence with those in Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 166. The inside view of the right half of the hyoid arch, and its branchiostegal appendages, of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua, Linn.). The bones are numbered in accordance with those in Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 167. The left side of the hyoid arch, with the branchiostegal rays, of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 168. The hyoid arch and its branchiostegal rays, but wanting the glosso- and uro- hyal elements, of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). The bones are numbered according to those in Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 169. The bones of the four first branchial arches of a Cod-fish (Gadus morrhua). They are indicated by numbers according to those in Table I. The third and 47 fourth reratobranchials arc supported by the same hypobranchial piece. The cpibranchials support two pharyngobrancluals, which are beset with recurved pointed teeth Pretexted by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 170. One of the superior pharyngeal bones of a Cod-fish (Gadtu morrkun}. Pretexted by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 171. One of the inferior pharyngeal bones of a Cod-fish (Gadu* morrhua). Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 17'.' The scapula, coracoids, and pectoral fins of a Cod-fish (Gad** nwrrhun}. The bones are numbered in accordance with those in Table I. Pretexted by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 173. The cranium and a considerable portion of the vertebral column of a Cod-fish (Gadtu morrAna) AM in most Osseous Fishes, the neural arches and parapophysea of the trunk vertebrae have coalesced with the centrums. The parapophrM progressively elongate to the middle of the abdomen : a small supplementary parapophysis is given off behind their base. The gradual change of position until the parapopbyses bend down and unite to form the haemal canal is well shown. There is an anterior and a posterior oblique or articular process ('zygapophysis') developed from each side of the neural arch. The anterior one has its articular surface look- ing downwards and forwards, and rests upon the posterior zygapophysis of the vertebra in advance. The posterior lygapophyses in the tail rise independently of the neural arch. The cranium includes the same vertebral elements, viz. centrums, parapophyses, neurapopbyses, and neural spines, as are shown in the vertebne of the trunk. HtmteriaK. 174. A considerable portion of the vertebral column of a Cod-fish (Gadut morrkua), in which a few of the floating ribs or pleurapophyses are retained in articula- tion with the cavities on the sides of the centrum. fftnUerian. 175. Some of the abdominal vertebrae of a Cod-fish (Gadtu morrhtui). Hunterian. 176. The skeleton of a Haddock (Mertanyiu aglefimui). It is remarkable, as in other fishes of the Cod-tribe, for the great development of the par- apophyses : they form a hsemal arch at the beginning of the caudal region by respectively 48 sending inwards a process from the inner surface, which meets and coalesces with that of the opposite side, and is continued downwards as a haemal spine. The pleurapophyses are very slender, and are appended to the extremities of the parapophyses. The interneural and der- moneural spines form three groups, which are the bases of as many dorsal fins. The inter- haemal and dermohaemal spines are in two groups, which support the two anal fins : the an- terior group extends forwards beneath the abdomen in advance of the caudal region of the vertebral column. The number of abdominal vertebrae is 20 ; that of the caudal vertebrae is 34 : total 54. Presented by James Syme, Esq. 177. The skull of a Haddock (Merlangus aglefinus). The suborbital and supra- temporal dermal bones are preserved in this skull, but the hyoid and scapular arches are wanting. The bones are indicated by numbers according to those in Table I. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.8. 178. The cranium, wanting the left coracoid, of a Haddock (Merlangus ceglejlnus}. Hunterian. Family Pleuronectida. Flat-fishes. 179. The skeleton of the Plaice (Pleuronectes Platessa, Linn.; Platessa vulgaris, Cuv.). Like other fishes of the present family, it is remarkable for the departure from symmetry in the bones of the head. In the present instance only one orbit is completed, and both eyes are on the right side of the head. The teeth, on the other hand, are chiefly developed on the left side ; they form a regular curvilinear series of about twenty in number, shaped like incisors, in the left premaxillary ; and there is a similar series of about thirty teeth in the left premandibular bone : only three or four small and ill-shapen teeth are developed in the right premaxillary and right premandibular. The interneural and dermoneural spines begin to be developed above the frontal bone, and are continued without interruption to near the base of the tail, and they are of great length : there is a similarly uninterrupted series of bony inter- haemal and dermohaemal spines in the caudal region of the trunk : the number of these deve- lopments of the dermal skeleton is nearly twice that of the corresponding spines of the endo- skeleton to which they are attached. The proportions and relative positions of the parapo- physes and pleurapophyses in the abdomen much resemble those in the Cod-tribe : the haemal arches are formed by special processes or divisions of the parapophyses, the external portions of which continue to project outwards, as independent transverse processes, along about the , anterior half of the caudal region, gradually subsiding and disappearing there. The number of abdominal vertebrae in this skeleton is 13 ; that of the caudal vertebrae is 31 : total 44. Purchased. HI The skeleton of a Plaice (Plftirotcctet Plateiua). The number of the abdo- minal and caudal vertebra agrees with that in the preceding skeleton. MM. SoiitJi. 181. The last abdominal and several anterior caudal vertebra; of the Plaice (Pleura- neck* Plate&a). The distinctive character of the caudal vertebrae u shown by the deflection and coaleaefM* of the parapophyses, to form the haemal canal. Both neural and haemal spines are of greet length : the first and tecond haemal arches and spinet have coalesced at their proximal halve*, a abort transverse process if tent out frum the baae of the second caudal parapophysis, and from the sides of the centrum in the succeeding caudal vertebra-. Two interneural spines are attached to the summits of each of the four anterior neural spiur*. and two interhaemal spines to the extremity of the third haemal spine in this specimen. Jlunterian. !-.' The skeleton of the Halibut (Pleuronecfet J/ippoylosau, Linn.; IHppogliixxu* vulyaris, Cuv.). It shows on a large scale the wwyni metrical modification of the bones of the head in the Plevronrttitlit. This is peculiarly manifested in the frontal, postfrontal, prefrontal, nasal and vomerine bones : only one orbit is completed, namely the right, by the great develop- ment and complete ossification of the suborbital bones, which are firmly connected by suture with the prefrontal and postfrontal bones. The arrangement of the teeth is less unsym- iiu-t rical than in the Plaice ; there being as many teeth on the right premaxillariea and pre- niandibulars as on the left : they are all conical, recurved, and sharp-pointed. The branchial arches and pharyngeal bones support similarly shaped teeth. The parapophy sea progres- sively increase in length, bend down and unite at the seventeenth vertebra, where they coa- lesce with those of the eighteenth, forming a broad and deep pervic expansion, concave anteriorly, and firmly articulated with the enormously developed anterior interhaemal spine. The pleurapophyses are short and slender, as in the Cod-tribe : the epipleural spinet are attached to the parapophyses. These do not bifurcate and send out transverse processes, as in the Plaice. The number of abdominal vertebrae in this skeleton is 1 6 ; that of the caudal vertebras, 36 : total, 52. Purchased. 1S3 The separated and artificially articulated bones of the head of a Halibut (Hip- pcylotau vdyaru), wanting the scapular arch and its appendages. The natu- ral segments of the skull and their constituent bones are denoted by numerals on coloured labels, corresponding with those in No. 146, and in Table I. The articular surface which the basioccipital (i) presents to the atlas U almost flat. The supraoccipital (a) is pushed, as it were, bv the parocdpitals upon the upper surface 50 of the skull, where it manifests the loss of symmetry by the absence of the expanded plate on the left side of the spine : this immediately articulates, in the entire skull, with the left parietal, which is broader than the right. The presphenoid (9) is twisted up towards the right side. The frontal (11) has undergone still more distortion : its right posterior angle is truncated, and the rest of that side scooped out, as it were, to form the large orbit of the right side, which is bounded below by an unusually large and well-ossified suborbital bone : the left side of the bone retains its normal form : a median crest which is continuous in the entire skull with that of the supraoccipital divides the two sides. The left side of the expanded fore-part of the vomer (13) is chiefly developed : and The left prefrontal (14) is larger than the right. Purchased. 184. The neural arches of the skull, and the eleven following trunk -vertebrae of the Turbot (Rhombus maximus}. The right suprascapula and scapula are retained, with some of the epipleural spines diverging from the parapophyses, one of the pleurapophyses of the left side, and the interneural spines attached to the tenth and eleventh trunk-vertebrae. Hunterian. 185. Nine anterior trunk-vertebrae of a Turbot (Rhombus maximus) \ showing the progressive elongation and enlargement of the parapophyses, as the vertebrae recede from the head. Hunterian. 186. The last two abdominal and the first three caudal vertebrae of a large Turbot (Rhombus maximus) : showing the formation of the haemal arch by the deflec- tion and confluence of the parapophyses, which are produced downwards into a long and strong spine ; this, in the first caudal, is broad and concave towards the abdomen. Hunterian. 187. The last four abdominal and first twelve sacral vertebrae of a Brill (Rhombus vulgaris], with the interneural and dermoneural spines attached to the last ab- dominal vertebras, and the interhaemal and dermohaemal spines attached to the anterior caudal vertebrae. The foremost interhasmal spine is of great length, curved, and imbedded in the concavity of the first long haemal spine. Hunterian. 188. The first and second caudal vertebrae, anchylosed together and so forming a ' sacrum,' of a large Flat-fish (Pleuronedes, Linn.). The neural spines have suffered fracture. Hunterian. 51 189. The last abdominal and first three caudal vertebrae, vertically and longitudi- nally bisected, of a Flat-fish (Plrttro»ccte$, Linn.) : showing the confluence of the long liu-mol spines of the first two caudal vertebra;. lluntmnn 100. The- basibranchial, hypohrnnchial and ceratobranchial pieces of a Flat-fish (Plewrtmcctet) : showing the Inninrifonn denticles in the ceratobranchials of the first four arches, and the close-set molars on the corresponding elements of the fifth arch, constituting the ' inferior pharyngeal bonefc' Order V. ACANTHOPTERI. Family Pcrcida. 191. The skeleton of a large Sea-perch (CtHtroprufu giga*}. This skeleton well exemplifies the typical structure of the Aoanthopterygian division of Otseou* Fishes in the system of Curier. All the rays of the first or anterior dorsal fin are strong undivided osseous spines ; and the first rays of the anal and pectoral fins are formed by similar spines. The formula of the fin-rays is:— D. 11, 1 + 12; A. 3-1-9; C.19; P. 19; V. I + 5 : that is, there are 1 1 spinous rays in the first dorsal (the fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth being the longest, and the first ray not one-fourth the length of the rest) ; 1 spinous plus 12 soft rays in the second dorsal ; 3 spinous and 9 soft rays in the anal , 19 rays in the caudal ; 19 rays in each pectoral ; and 1 spinous plus 5 soft rays in each ven- tral fin. The absence of any larger conical teeth amongst the denticles of the ru p-like bands which roughen the alveolar borders of the premaxOlary and premandibular bones, removes the pre- sent specimen from the Percoid genus to which the Serrantu giga* belongs; whilst tin- forms of the opercular bones and the formula of the fin-rays distinguish it from any other known specie* of the genus Centroprutu, to the characters of which, as defined by Curier, it strictly conforms. The suborbital bones are five in number, including the anterior large one, or ' lachrymal ' bone : the third bone has a broad orbital plate directed inwards and backwards. The prr- operculum is exclusively suspended from the tympanic pedicle : its lower angle is rounded and obtuse without any notch above it. The whole posterior border of this bone is finely dentated ; the teeth at the angle being very little larger than the rest : the lower border is more curved than in the Serramu gigat, and it is not festooned. The opercular bone terminates behind in two points, the lower one being the largest, whilst in the Cntroprutu nigriraiu the upper one is the largest. A strong ridge croase* the outside of the opercnlum ; the upper border of the bone is entire and convex. The outer surface of the interopercnlar bone is excavated by broad but shallow depressions, as if ii 2 52 the outer layer of the bone had been raised or scooped up at different parts, the raised parts terminating by smooth free concave edges. The subopercular bone shows this character in a slighter degree. The suprascapula presents the form of an oval scale-like bone with a longi- tudinal external ridge, from which two strong processes pass forward and diverge, one to arti- culate with the paroccipital and the other with the mastoid ; it is relatively larger than in the Cod. The scapula is a long, thin, spatulate bone. The coracoids are moderately strong, deeply and widely excavated posteriorly, attached below to each other by a ligamentous sym- physis. The epicoracoid consists of two pieces ; one a broad flattened plate, the other an elongated subcompressed styliform bone. There is a thin, angulolabial scale-bone, two inches and a half in length and half an inch broad, which articulates with the upper part of the broad posterior truncated end of the maxillary. The premaxillaries support a broad band of rasp-teeth, none of which are much larger than the rest : a narrower band of the same kind of teeth is present on the premandibular bones : they are not stronger than those in the upper jaw, and do not diminish in number to two rows at the angles of the mouth. There is a small group of rasp-teeth upon the vomer and upon the fore part of each palatine. The anal fin is rather nearer the caudal than the dorsal fin is. The rays of the caudal are supported on a compressed, vertical, bifurcate basis : the upper division supports ten rays, the first being short and spinous ; the lower division supports nine rays, the undermost being short and spinous. The basis of the upper lobe consists of two strong compressed bones (neural spines) ; that of the lower lobe of four strong inferior or haemal spines ; the three anterior of these are detached from the centrums, and articulate to concavities at the under part of the three last centrums ; two of the corresponding spines above are shorter, more slender, and take no part in the support of the caudal fin ; so that a trace of the embryonal heterocercal form of the tail is here preserved : the third inferior spinous support of the caudal fin sends a short strong process upwards, outwards and backwards from each side of its base. The neural arch of the atlas is detached from the centrum, as is the last free neural spine of the caudal vertebrae. The parapophyses begin to be developed at the eighth abdominal vertebra, progressively elongate and bend down to the fourteenth, where they unite and bend down to form the haemal canal. The pleurapophyses are articulated to depression on the upper part of the sides of the second to the seventh vertebrae inclusive : in the eighth, ninth, tenth and eleventh vertebrae they are articulate to the upper part of the base of the parapo- physes. The number of caudal vertebrae is 13, exclusive of the coalesced mass supporting the caudal fin rays ; the number of free vertebrae being 26. The specimen from which this skeleton was prepared was taken on the coast of New Zea- land, and was Presented by Copt. Sir Everard Home, Bart., R.N., F.R.S. '. < '">!•>') 9'TJ •<-;-..• ' . )• 192. The skull, with part of the dried integuments, of a Sea-perch, of that section of the genus Serranus which Cuvier has called ' Barbieres.' i u 53 In addition to the usiul villifonn teeth of the Perooid fiunily, then are two Mixing laniari- fann tcrth in tin- upper jaw and four iii the lower jaw, two near the symphysis, and two half- way batwHB the syrophyais and the angle of the jaw. The preoperculum i* minutely deii- Uted at it* angle, and the opcrculuni U produced posteriorly into three itrong spine*. Sttmteritm. 198. The premaiulibular bones of a Sea-perch (Serrama, Cuv.). Betides the tenet at rilliform teeth common to most Percoids, it hai two large laniariform teeth at the symphytis, and fire or fix at the middle of the alveolar series, of different length*. //iinferia*. I'.i I The dried head of a small Percoid fish: showing the premaxillary, prcmandi- bular, vomerine, palatal and pluuyngcal teeth : some are laniarifbrm, most an- villiform, but all are small. Both preoperrular and supratemporal bones have a finely dentated free border. Htmterian. 195. The skull of the Barracuda Pike-perch (Sphyrttna Barracuda) ; with the dried integuments remaining on the left side. The premaxillary bones support two strong, compressed lancet-shaped teeth at their ante- rior ends, and a single row of smaller but similarly shaped teeth along the rest of their alveo- lar borders. The lancet-shaped teeth of the lower jaw arc much larger : those on the pala- tine bones are the largest of the serial teeth : there is one tusk at the symphysis of the lower jaw of corresponding sue with those above, and the summit of a second is appearing through the alreolus. Amongst the peculiarities worthy of note in this skull, are the columnar process of the ali- sphenoid. which props up the posUrootal articulation for the epitympanic ; the well-marked dentated suture of the pterygoid with the hypotympanic ; the superior strength and degree of ossification of the pterygoid, as contrasted with the thin lameUiform entopterygoid, indi- cating the more constant and important character of the pterygoid. The ossicle articulated with the upper margin of the hinder end of the maxillary has a short obtuse angular process at its upper part, which bends inwards, and it resembles a rudimental ectopterygoid. The tendinous attachments of the great lateral muscles to the paroccipitals have become ossified, like the bone-tendons of the vertebral muscles of the MotcAiu, and those in the legs of Galli- naceous birds. lluiitfriau. 196. The skull, wanting the scapular arch, of the Mediterranean Pike-perch (Sphy- rena vulgarit, Cuv.). The occipital spine projects simply backwards, and does not encroach upon the upper sur- face of the skull. The serial teeth of the premaiillaries are more minute and numerous than 54 in the Barracuda, and the large compressed, sharp-pointed, lancet-shaped palatine teeth are fewer in number, and are followed by more minute teeth. The glossohyal is of unusual length, as in other species of Sphyreena. The outer wall of the longitudinal foramen of the alisphenoid has a similar slender form to that in the great Barracuda, resembling the simi- larly situated bone called ' columella ' in Lizards. Hunterian. 197. A skull, wanting the occipital segment, and with the dried integuments left on, of the Sphyrtena Barracuda, vertically bisected. It shows well the large size of the subcranial canal, and the position and relative size of the palatal teeth. The valvular fold of gum or buccal membrane behind the premaxillary teeth is preserved. Hunterian. 198. The upper and lower jaws, and the palatine bones, of the Sphyreena Barracuda •. showing the different sizes and numbers of the lancet-shaped teeth on these different bones. Hunterian. 199. One of the palatine bones of the Sphyrana Barracuda. It supports eleven large lancet-shaped teeth. The cavities of the reserve teeth open at the inner side of the bases of those in place : the teeth appear to be shed alternately, so that a serviceable series is always kept up. The teeth in use, though implanted in sockets, are anchylosed to their parietes. Mm. Brit. 200. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a large Barracuda Perch-pike (Sphyresna Barracuda). One of the premandibular bones has been vertically bisected, showing the anchylosis of the base of the teeth with their sockets ; and one of the alveoli of reserve has been laid open : the orifices leading to these alveoli are on the inner side of the base of the teeth in place. Hunterian. 201. The premandibular or dentary pieces of the lower jaw of the Barracuda Perch- pike. The lancet-shaped teeth are in a single row, as on the palatine bones, but are much smaller, and decrease in size as they approach the symphysis, which supports two teeth equalling the palatine teeth in size. Hunterian. II .' " - The dcutary or premandibular pieces of the lower jaw of the Spkyretna Barra- cuda. H ii ii I r r i tin 203. Thf preiuaxillary and prcmandibular bones of a Fish, having a single row of small, subcompressed, pointed and incurved teeth, of nearly equal size, along tin- ulu-oliir border of each of these bands : two of the teeth arc rather larger than the rest at the fore-part of the lower jaw. The teeth are implanted in Mckrts to wUek kfcq m -ii-i.'K ;m< h\l<..-,,! tli,\ an- M|,aratnl iV-mi . a< I, other pretty regularly by alveoli, from most of which the apex of a SUCOM- sional tooth projects. This dentition resembles that of the Acanthoptcrygian • genera, Nonufm and Sphyretna, t-s] it-dally the hitter. JIunteria*. Family Sderoffenida, or Mailed-cheeked Acanthopteri •. 204. The skull, with part of the dried integuments, of the Coitus quadricornu : v showing the situation of the teeth on the prcmaxillary and prcmaudibular bones, on the vomer, the branchial arches and pharyngeal bones. All the teeth are of the villiform kind, those on the jaws being the strongest. The suborbital scale-bones are largely developed. Hunicrian. 205. A similar specimen of the Cot tux scorpitu. In both these skulls the suborbital dermal bones extend backwards to the preopcrcular bone, and in both may be noticed the long and strong spine, developed from the preopercular, the wound from which is much dreaded by fishermen. Httnterian. 206. The skeleton of the long-spined Colin* (Coitus bubali*). It is remarkable for the long and strong spines developed from the opcrcular and preopcrcular bones. The number of the abdominal vertebra- u 11, that of the caudal ver- tebrae, 23 : total, 34. Mtu. South. 207. The skeleton of a Gurnard (Triyla lyrd). The skull is chiefly remarkable for the enormous derelopment of the anterior suborbital bone, which extends from before the premaxillary to the preopercular bone ; defending the ' Car. 56 whole side of the head : whence the name of this family of fishes, Sclerogenidce, or ' Hard- cheeked.' The carpal bones are unusually large, and the first three digital rays of the pec- torals are thicker than the rest, from which they are detached : they are jointed and flexible, and are supplied in the recent fish with nerves, which come off from a special gauglionic swelling of the dorsal or sensory columns of the spinal cord : the summits of the interneural spines are expanded into a series of horizontal, subquadrate, bony plates. The number of abdominal vertebrae is 14 ; that of the caudal vertebrae is 21 : total, 35. Purchased. 208. A dried specimen of the flying Gurnard (Trigla volitans, Linn. ; Dactylopterus communis, Cuv.). The posterior prolongation of the long and pointed bony processes from the postfrontal and mastoid regions of the skull, the large suborbital dermal bones, and the strong serrated spines of the preoperculars, are worthy of notice. The six short anterior articulated rays of the pectoral are united by a membrane through four-fifths of their extent, and are detached from the rest of the pectorals : this forms on each side an enormously expanded parachute, capable of sustaining and carrying the fish through a short flight : the posterior portion of the elongated and divided rays of this part of the pectoral are strongest on the under part of the parachute : they are finely jointed at their extremities. Purchased. 209. The skeleton of a species of Pristipoma. It shows well the serrated margin of the preopercular piece of the gill-cover, a character which is signified by the generic name. The outer surface of the preopercular bone, together with that of the suborbital bones, of the supratemporal and the frontal bones, is excavated or sculptured by a bold reticulate pattern. Both the frontal and superoccipital bones are re- markable for the thickness and density of their osseous texture, which resembles ivory. The third pair of ribs is unusually broad. The anterior dermal spines of the dorsal and anal fins are unusually strong. The number of abdominal vertebrae is 10 ; that of the caudal vertebrae, 17; = 27. The skeleton was brought from the Cape of Good Hope. Purchased. 210. The skeleton of a Scisenoid fish (Trachichthys preliosus, Lowe; Hoplostethus mediterraneus, Cuv. & Val.). The external surface of the cranium is remarkable for the bold reticulate pattern in which it is excavated or, as it were, sculptured : this character is particularly manifested in the large suborbital scale-bones, from the fore-part of which a bony bridge of the same character spans across the united nasal, prefrontal and vomerine bones. The frontal crest bifurcates and diverges posteriorly : the occipital crest is simple ; it is joined to the extremities of the divided frontal crest by two thin plates of bone resembling semilunar valves ; but the chief peculiarity in the skull of this rare fish is the large ' bulla ossea ' or basicranial cavity formed by the enormous expansion of the basioccipital and basisphenoid bones. The ceratohyal is 57 brad and perforated ; the basihyal very null and simple, and the urohyal is much expanded vertically. The parapophytea begin to be dereloped from the sixth abdominal vertebra, are united together to form a harm*! canal at the tevrnth, and contribute to form the posterior boundary of the abdomen at the eleventh vertebra. The ribs are long and alender, and articulated, in the third, fourth and fifth abdominal vertebne, to deep cavities at the tide* of the centrum. Presented by the Rev. R. T. Love, M.A., F.L.S. -II A portion of the skull of a small Scisenoid fish, showing the coarse reticulate structure of the exterior surface of the bones of the head, which characterizes most of the fishes of this family. Hunt man. Family SparitUf. Sea Breams. 212. The cranium (wanting the opcrcular bones and the hyoidean and scapular arches), with seven anterior vertebra; of a Sporoid fish of the genus Sarytut, Cuv. The incisor-shaped anterior teeth are six in the upper and eight in the lower jaw, as in the .Vary** nfttrm*. The tuperoccipital, paroccipital, and frontomastoid crests are strongly developed : and the presphenoid bone send* down a deep crest. The centrum of the atlas U wedge-shaped, and presents eight articular surfaces ; one anterior and concave for the basioccipital ; one posterior and concave for the body of the axis, — these nearly meet below ; two flat surfaces on the upper and fore part on which the exoccipital surfaces rest ; two on the upper and back part on which the anterior xvgapophyses of the axis rest ; and two small deep pits above for its own neurapophyses ; these elements send out short parapophyses and zygapophyses, which latter rest upon the exoccipitals. The parapophyses are developed from the base of the anchylosed neural arch in the axis ; they sink upon the sides of the centrum in the third, and descend lower down in the fourth and fifth vertebra? . The anterior ivgapophyses overlap the posterior ones, their relative positions being the reverse of those in Mammalia. Hunterian. 213. A mutilated skull of a small species of Bream (Sarytui). The occipital, parietal and mastoid crests are strongly developed, and the postfrontal also sends out a projecting process. On the right side the tympanic pedicle and its ap|>endages have been removed to show the form of the basisphenoid and the Urge basicranial canal — the entry to which is divided by a vertical bar or plate ; there are six incisors in the upper and eight in the lower jaw, as in the preceding species and in the Sarytu nfeternt. In Sargm on* there are eight incisors in both jaw*. 58 214. Four pairs of premaxillary bones of the same, or an allied species of Sargus \ two of the successional incisors are shown in one of the specimens : the molariform teeth are in three rows, the middle row being the smallest and least regular in position. Hunterian. 215. The premaxillary and premandibular bones and the teeth of a young individual or small species of Sargus. Hunterian. 216. A similar specimen. Hunterian. 217. The upper and lower jaws of a Sparoid fish, with six incisors above and eight below, succeeded by numerous hemispheroid molar teeth, as in the Sargus rufescens. Hunterian. 218. The premaxillary and maxillary bones of a large Sargw. Hunterian. 219. The premandibular bones of the same fish. In the upper jaw the molars are arranged in three rows, the innermost being the largest, those of the middle row the smallest and least regular. In the lower jaw the molars are in two rows, the middle row not being developed in this jaw. Mm. Brit. 220. The premandibular bones and teeth of a species of Sargus with eight lower incisors. Mus. Srit. 221. A similar specimen. Mus. Brit. 222. The premandibular bones of a Sparoid fish (Sargus) with eight incisive teeth : they singularly resemble the human incisors in the size and shape of the crown ; but their base is anchylosed to the substance of the jaw. Hunterian. 223. A similar but smaller specimen of the premandibulars of a Sargus, showing the crowns of the two median successional incisors protruding on the outer side of the bases of their predecessors. The orifices leading to the concealed alveoli of the successors of the other incisors, are seen in the same relative position to the bases of those incisors. In the human subject, to the incisors of which those of the Sargus bear a close resemblance, the successional teeth appear on the inner side of the bases of the deciduous ones. Mus. Brit. .V.. 224. Several detached incisor and molar teeth of a species of Saryw. Hunterian. 225. The left preinaxillary and prcmandibular hours of a Sparoid fish (Saryut), showing the incisive form of the anterior teeth and the hemispheric tul>crcular crowns of the posterior or molar teeth : the succcssional teeth arc exposed in some of the closed alveoli. In the Catalogue of 1832 it is referred to the •Sjoanu tnfonit<>» of Lacepede. Mu* Brit. 226. The upper and lower jaws of a Sparoid fish from New Holland (Chrytophry* atulralw). The alveolar walls have been removed from the right side of both jaws, to show the genus of the succewional teeth in the cavities of reserve. The section likewise shows the union by anchylosis to the jaw of the teeth in BM Hunterian. 227. The premaxillary bones and left dentary bone of the Gilt head Brcain (Chryso- phrys aurata). The incisors here present the form of obtuse canines ; the molars are arranged irregularly, except those of the outer row: of the inner molars one is remarkable for its superior size and oval shape in each of the three bones. Miu. Brit. 228. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a smaller species of Chrysophryg, from the Cape of Good Hope. Presented by Dr. Leach. 229. The right premaxillary bone of a young Chrysophryt. Hunterian. 230. The lower jaw and teeth of a Sparoid fish of the genus Chrysopkrys. There is a mull bone wedged into the lower angle of the articular piece : the anterior conical teeth are four in number and rather obtuse : the nibhemispberical molariform teeth are in two row* on each denUry bone : minute granular teeth are scattered along the inner side of these teeth. Hunterian. 231. The right premaxillary bone of a Sparoid fish (Chrytopkryal), with one long and strong but obtuse laniarifonn tooth at the fore-part of the alveolar border, succeeded by a second of half its size, and this by a group of nine or ten much smaller and more obtuse teeth. Hunterian. i2 60 232. The left premaxillary bone of a smaller Sparoid fish with a similar type of dentition. Hunterian. 233. The premaxillary and mandibular bones of a Sparoid fish, in which the anterior teeth are shaped like minute canines, the posterior teeth being large and hemispheroidal, as in the foregoing specimens. There are two rows of these molars on each premandibular bone, and three rows on each premaxillary, the inner row being the largest. These numbers of the molar teeth indicate a transitional form between the genera Chrysophrys and Pagrus. Hunterian. 234. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a Bream of the genus Pagrus, and of a species allied to, if not identical with, the Pagrus orfus, Cuv. Hunterian. 235. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of the same species of Payrus. Hunterian. 236. The maxillary and mandibular arches of the Rock Bream, from the Cape of Good Hope, called by the Dutch colonists ' Stein-brass ' (Dentex rupestris). A portion of the outer alveolar wall of the left premaxillary bone has been removed to show the germs of the successional teeth : they make their appearance on the outside of the teeth which they displace. Presented by Wm. Norris, Esq. 237. The premandibular bones of a Sea Bream of the genus Dentex, allied to D. ar- gyrozona, having four long and strong laniary teeth at the fore-part of the jaw. One of these has been shed or broken away from the process of the jaw-bone to which it was anchylosed : the alveolar cavity of its successor is exposed. The fish was caught off Malemba during the Expedition to the Congo, under the command of Captain Tuckey, R.N., in 1816. Presented by Dr. Leach. 238. The left premaxillary bone of a species of Dentex : one of the large anterior tusks has been shed. Hunterian. 239. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a Sea Bream of the genus Den- tex, having in the upper jaw an outer row of moderate-sized conical pointed teeth, with an inner narrow band of villiform teeth ; and in the lower jaw four 61 larger conical teeth, with some very small ones at the symphysis, and a single row of small conical teeth on the rest of the alveolar border. 240. The dried head of a small Sparoid fish of the genus L> thrum*, Cuv. ; showing the preiuaxillary, mandibular and pharyngeal teeth. The anterior teeth on both upper and lower jaws are laniariform, the posterior ones molariforiu. both in a single row : l>ehind them are numerous minute M Hi form teeth. The upper and lower pharyngeals present teeth 'en cardes'; those alwvc curving backwards, those below, forwards. llnntrriaii. 241. The interneural and denuoneural spine of a large Sparoid tish ; showing the peculiar interlocked or linked mode of articulation common to these part* of the dermal skeleton in many other fishes. Hunt, mm 242. The skeleton of a Mackerel (Scomber scomltrim) . The ribs are long and slen- der; the epipleural spines arc continued beyond the ribs from the basis of the parapophyses, after these have bent down to form the ha?mal canal. The number of abdominal vertebra; is 15 ; that of the caudal vertebra-, 16 : total, 81. Mu*. South. 243. The right half of the skull of a Mackerel (Scomber «combru*), with the intvgu- ments and branchial arches ; showing the valvular fringe of long ciliated pro- MBSc> In. in tin- concave -nlr "I" tlir tii^t an h. ami tin- tlc.iil.lr n,u ..I BBBntl Ij dentated tubercles from the concave sides of the succeeding arches. The rasp-like series of teeth on the upper pharyngeal bones are also well shown. 244. The left half of the branchial arches of a Mackerel (Scomber scomonu). Hnnlfrian. 245. The dried head of a Scomberoid fish (Trickiurvt). The maxillary and pre- mandibular teeth are compressed and lancet-shaped : the three vomerine teeth have longer and stronger crowns, and are barbed posteriorly. The integuments are preserved on this skull. Presented by Fr. Bennett, E*q., F.L.S. 62 246. A skull of the same species, vertically bisected. Presented by Fr. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 247. Three caudal vertebrae of the Tunny (Scomber Tfiynnus, Linn.; TJtynnus vul- garis, Cuv.). The bodies are flattened laterally, the neural and hsemal arches depressed and extended horizontally backwards so as to give a four-sided shape to the vertebrae. The flattened neural and heemal spines of one vertebra are pressed, as it were, into the neural and heemal canals of the succeeding vertebra, so as to retain their connection, the series being naturally articulated or interlocked. A line of division may be seen at each articular extremity, be- tween the terminal osseous cones and the intervening part of the centrum ; but a vertical section through the middle of the centrum shows that they have completely coalesced at that part, and also exposes a vascular cavity continued from the haemal canal upwards. Hunterian. 248. The skull of a large Sword-fish (Xiphias gladius). The mesotympanic has coalesced with the epitympanic, but the pretympanic and hypo- tympanic continue distinct. The stylohyal articulates with the upper extremity of the coa- lesced mesotympanic. The wide and shallow form of the basicranial canal is well shown in this specimen. Mus. Brit. 249. The prolonged premaxillary rostrum, or sword, of a Xiphias, with the pre- frontal and part of the frontal bones. Hunterian. 250. A vertically bisected incomplete skull of a Sword-fish (Tetrapturus belone), with the first two vertebrae. The alveolar borders of the upper and lower jaws are beset with minute villiform teeth, and the like extend along the sides and under part of the rostrum or ' sword,' which is formed chiefly by a prolongation of the premaxillaries, and is rounded in the present genus. In both genera of Sword-fishes the whole of the anterior part of the extensive interorbital space is occupied by the prefrontals, which join each other at the median line by an extensive verti- cal cellular surface : they form the anterior border of the orbit, and the posterior wall of the nasal fossa ; they close the cranial cavity anteriorly, and transmit the olfactory nerve to the capsule by a central foramen. They are almost entirely covered by the frontals above, which they support by a broad flat surface ; a very small portion only appearing on the upper sur- face of the skull at the anterior angle of the orbital ridge. Were the frontals separated, the prefrontals would then appear, as hi the frog, at the median line : were the suture between the two prefrontals to be obliterated in Xiphiat, an ' os en ceinture ' would be produced like that of the frog. The nasal bone of the Sword-fish, which Cuvier calls ' ethmoide,' presents a cellular structure of its base, designed to break the force of the concussion arising from the blow which i» delivered by the ' rword.' But the prefrontals manifest more extensively this peculiar cellular structure, which Curier well says, " Too preudrait presque pour Ira cvllule* de lYthnnmlr d'un quadruped*." J/w. Brit. 251. The lower jaw of a Sword-fish, showing the rasp-like disposition of the minute teeth upon its alveolar borders. Mm. firif. 252. The skeleton of the Rote-coloured Dory (Zewt roteui, Lowe). The parapophyse* are drrrloped, and form haemal arches from the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth and tenth abdominal vertebne ; the eleventh arch articulates with a long anterior intertucmal spine, which forms the posterior boundary of the abdominal cavity, and indicate the first caudal vertebra. The stylohyal is articulated to the junction of the epitympanic anil mtHA) inpinii ; the ceratohyal is much expanded, of a subquadrate form ; the glossohyal is of great length ; the urohyal is of great breadth, and bent upon itself upwards on each side, forming a concavity towards the branchial arches articulating with part of the extremity of the eeratohyal. The number of abdominal vertebrae in this skeleton is 1 1 ; that of the caudal vertebne 21, =3'.'. Presented by Ute Rev. R. T. Lowe, M.A., F.L.S. 253. The skeleton of a Dory (Zeiu/aAer). The mouth of this fish being remarkably protractile the tympanic pedicle is of great length, and the nasal processes of the premaxillary surpass the alveolar ones in length : they play upon a smooth concavity above the nasal and frontal bones. The expanded summits of the interueural spines form broad and irregular osseous scales on each side the origin of the dermoneural spines. The same modification is repeated with the intertuemal spines below, and a chain of homotypal osseous scale* is continued from the first caudal interhaemal spine to the pelvic bones, and from these to the urohyal bone. The parapophyses begin to be . developed at the eighth abdominal vertebra, and immediately meet below its centrum, circum- scribing a canal for the aorta : they are continued under the same form, and are similarly united in the succeeding abdominal vertebne to the fifteenth, where they are suddenly pro- duced downwards to the commencement of the anal fin : a pair of very slender pleurapophyse* is continued from the lower united part of the parapophyses of the six posterior abdominal vertebne : similar ribs are continued from the under part of the bodies of some of thr vertebrae anterior to these. The number of abdominal vertebne is 1 2 ; that of the caudal vertebne is 18, =30. Mu». SoxtA. 254. The skeleton of the Opah-fish (Lamptia guttata). The abdominal parapophyse* are short : the pleurapophyses are articulated to depressions at their back part ; they progressively elongate as they approach the posterior part of the abdomen, where they are of unusual length. The fronto-occipital spine rises to a great 64 height, and its base extends from the foramen magnum to the nasal bone. The lateral ridges formed by the cranial parapophyses, viz. the postfrontals and mastoids, are almost equally developed horizontally. The coracoids are much expanded inferiorly, they meet along an extensive symphysial surface, and form a large and equable concavity directed backwards. The ulna is large and perforated ; but the radius is enormously developed and meets its fellow below and behind the coracoids, like a second arch. The epicoracoid consists of two pieces ; the upper expanded portion is attached to the coracoid, the lower elongated and slender portion adheres to the posterior margin of the radius ; it is of very great length. The pubic bones are attached to the lower united ends of the radius. The terminal anchylosed bodies of the caudal vertebrae send out a horizontal ridge on each side. The number of abdominal vertebrae is 20 ; that of the caudal vertebrae is 28, =48. Mus. South. 255. The skull of the Cock-fish (Argyreiosus Vomer, Cuv.). The suborbital bones and the left half of the maxillary and mandibular arches have been removed to show the proper bones of the cranium, the hyoid, and the branchial arches. The silvery pigment is laid upon both the inner and outer sides of the large suborbital, the oper- cular, the subopercular and interopercular bones ; but not upon the preopercular bone. The stylohyal is articulated to the interspace or ligamentous joint between the epitympanic and the mesotympanic, and it is connected by a strong fascia to the pretympanic ; it articulates at an acute angle with the epihyal, which is a flat triangular bone : the ceratohyal is a larger and broader plate. The basihyals form a bony cell, convex forwards, supporting, above, the glossohyal, which is shagreened with minute teeth ; and having articulated to their posterior concavity, the urohyal, which expands into a very broad, thin triangular plate, whose base is attached by ligament to the coracoid symphysis. The first branchial arch sends forwards from its anterior concave border a series of com- pressed, long and narrow triangular ossicles dentated on their inner border : these ossicles are nearly as long as the gill-filaments that project from the opposite border. The inner side o this branchial arch supports a series of tubercles minutely shagreened, and fitting into the intervals of a similar series from the contiguous side of the next arch. No anterior processes are sent off from the second or succeeding arches ; the fifth or pharyngeal arch supports a long inequilateral triangular patch of short villous teeth. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. 256. The skeleton of the Arthritic Chaetodon (Platax arthriticus). Like all deep-bodied fish, it is remarkable for the length of the neural and haemal spines, and of the dermal spines supporting the dorsal and anal fins ; but it is peculiarly distinguished by the development of masses of osseous matter at different parts of the skeleton. The anchylosed spines of the cranial vertebrae form a large compressed triangular piece like the crest of a helmet, thick and convex in front, sharp-edged behind. A second smaller mass of bone is developed at the summit of the first interneural spine. The neural spines of the second, fourth, sixth and eighth caudal vertebrae are similarly developed, and the third caudal spine in a slighter degree. The base of the first interheemal spine swells into a large 65 ..MI! tubercle, and the extremity of the luemal ipine of the eighth caudal vertebra rx|Muid> into i simiUr but smaller tubercle. The two pelvic bone* are expanded into pyriform tu- bercle*, and four of the middle pain of rib* are similarly expanded, but in a slighter degree. Tin- head* of the ribt articulate with deep cavities in the aide* of the bodies of the abdominal vertebne. The teeth of the Plata* are very small and numerous, as in the rest of the Cha*todont family, but are distinguished by their tricuspid summit*. Fig. — Phil. Trans. Ixxxiii. tab. v. and vi. from this specimen. Habitat.— The Indian Seas. Sent to England by William Bell, Esq., and presented to Mr. Hunter by Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. " The skeleton is very singular, many of the bone* hating tumours, which, in the first fish I saw, I supposed to be exostoses arising from disease ; but on dissecting a second, I found the corresponding bones had exactly the same tumours, and the fishermen informed me they were always found in this fish : I therefore conclude them to be natural to it. In Mr. Hun- ter's collection are two or three of these bones, but I never knew wliat fish they belonged to ; they were supposed to be from the back of some of the Urge Rays. What advantage can arise from these Urge tumours is difficult to say. Those on the spine* of the vertebra* seem to answer no evident purpose, nor those at the origin of the dorsal and anal fins. The particular form of the sternum, to which the ventral fins are joined, seems to be intended to give greater surface for the attachment of the muscles, and to increase their action." —Extract from Mr. Btlft paper on tku juk, m tke ' Philosophical Transactions,' reiul January \7th, 1/93. Htinterian. 257. The premandibular and prcmaxillary bones of a Chatodont fish, which, from the trifid character of the -uniiiiits of the teeth, belongs to the genus Plata*. The following are the Hiinterian specimens referred to by Mr. Bell : — 258. One of the expanded ribs of the Plata* artkritictu. Hu*tended from the prefrontal, which is the neurapophysis of the anterior vertebra of the skull. I lu nit-nan. 279. The partially disarticulated bones of the cranium with the larger otolitcs of an Ephippm. They are numbered conformably with Table I. Ilunlerian. 280. A cranium of the Light-horseman fish (Epkipptri), transversely bisected through the middle of the cranial cavity. Presented by George Bennett, Etq., F.L.S. 68 281. A vertical longitudinal section of the cranium of an Ephippm. It shows the three principal divisions of the otocrane ; the upper and posterior excavated in the paroccipital, the upper and anterior in the postfrontal, the lower one in the alisphe- noid and basioccipital : in the middle of these is a portion of the mastoid, which presents two small hut deep depressions, the posterior depression being continued into the exoccipital. This portion of the mastoid, which contributes to form the ' otocrane,' may be regarded as part of the true capsule of the organ of hearing, connate with the proper mastoid, as the entire capsule, or petrosal, becomes in birds and mammals. The alisphenoid gives exit to the chief divisions of the fifth pair of nerves by three or four distinct apertures. It sends a horizontal plate inwards, which meets and unites with a corresponding one of the opposite bone to form the proper floor of the cranial cavity ; and it sends a broad and deep plate down- wards to the basisphenoid forming the antero-lateral part of the basicranial canal. As this canal lodges the origins of the recti muscles of the eye, it may be regarded as a posterior pro- longation of both orbits ; it is partially divided by a descending azygous process from the line of junction of the horizontal plates of the alisphenoids ; the plate is perforated behind this process. In this section the compact and finely granular texture of the large fronto-occipital crest and of the thickened frontal is well shown. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.B.8. 282. The dried head of a species of Chcetodon; showing the numerous rows of bristle-shaped teeth in its jaws, to which the name of the genus relates. Hunterian. 283. The skull of a small Ckatodont fish, with a single close-set row of long slender denticles having simple obtuse summits, and a stronger recurved laniariform tooth terminating the series posteriorly, in each jaw. The orifices of the cavities of the reserve teeth open externally to the bases of those in place. The cranium presents a triangular form ; the occiput is smooth and convex ; the mastoid ridges are thin, but high, and converge and meet upon the parietal region of the cranium. The orbits suddenly expand in front of the contracted cranium ; they intercommu- nicate widely, and are completed below by a slender chain of suborbitals. Hunterian. 284. The premandibular and dentary pieces of a large Chcetodont fish from Sumatra. The teeth, though small, are stronger than usual in this family, and differ from those of the Platax in having simple conical pointed crowns. These and the two preceding specimens were transmitted to Hunter, from Sumatra, by his former assistant and artist, Mr. William Bell. Hunterian. 09 285. A broad inUrneural spine, with a lung dcrmoncural spine, of a large Chatodont fish. HiinfcriaH. 286. A large interncural spine, singularly expanded and excavated, decreasing in size to its articular end, to which a short dcrmoncural spine is articulated by the usual bony link. MM*. Lewria*. 287. A long interncural spine, supporting a still longer dermoneural spine, linked together in the usual way. A short tubular process extends upwards from the base of the interncural spine, behind the articulation. llunierian. 288. Two interueural spines, each supporting two dermoneural spines, by the usual linked articulation. Huntrria*. 280. A similar but smaller specimen of an intcrneural spine supporting two dermo- neural spines, from a Ckattodont fish of the South Seas. 290. A similar specimen longitudinally bisected, showing the thin compact walls, including the coarse cancellous texture, of the proper intcrneural spine : the expanded portion consists of an outer compact and an inner cancellous struc- ture surrounding the compact walls of the spine, the expanded mass resem- bling an exostosis produced by thickening of the periosteum of the proj>er spine. Presented by Prof. Own, F.R.S. 291. A very long intcrneural spine, with two dermoneural spines united to its expanded summit by the linked mode of articulation, of a Cheetodont fish. 'Die first of these spines is very short, and fits into a depression at the fore- part of the base of the longer spine. It probably serves, by the action of muscles, to keep that spine erect, as in the Balintes. lluntvrian. 292. Tin- right coracoid with the radius and ulna of an unknown Chettodont fish. The lower part of the coracoid is characterized by an oblong trihedral mass of bone filling its posterior concavity. llutteria*. 70 Family Tanio'idei. Riband-fishes. 293. The skeleton of the Scabbard-fish (Lepidopm argyreus). The superoccipital is smooth and convex posteriorly ; the spine begins to be developed at its upper and anterior part. The paroccipitals are of great length. Each premaxillary has a row of about twenty compressed lancet-shaped teeth, and there is the same number in the premandibular part of the lower jaw : both are implanted in sockets. Behind the fore-part of the premaxillary row of teeth there are two or three teeth much longer than the rest, compressed, recurved, pointed, and slightly barbed. The anterior suborbital bone is of con- siderable size. The number of abdominal vertebrae is forty-two. The pleurapophyses are moderately long and slender, and articulate with the middle of the sides of the centrum ; the parapophyses do not begin to be developed until the thirty-ninth vertebra. The interneural and dermoneural spines are continued from the superoccipital to the end of the tail, and support a continuous dorsal fin. Interhaemal and dermohaemal spines support a similarly continuous anal fin throughout the region of the tail : fifty-one caudal vertebrae are preserved in this skeleton. Purchased. Family Fistularida. •2!)4. The cranium of the FisMaria tabaccaria. It is peculiar amongst fishes for the convex articular surface presented by the basioccipital for junction with the atlas. Hunterian. 295. The cranium and some of the anterior vertebrae of the trunk, including the first four modified and elongated vertebrae, of the Tobacco-pipe fish (Fistularia tabaccaria) . Hunterian . 296. The four anterior trunk-vertebras of the Fistularia tabaccaria. They are re- markably elongated, the bodies are immoveably joined together by deeply in- dented sutures, and the spines and parapophyses overlap each other and form three continuous ridges, constituting a firm inflexible support to the similarly modified and elongated vertebrae of the skull. Hunterian. Family Gobiida. 297. The skeleton of the Sucking-fish (Echencis Bemora}. The skull is remarkable for the breadth and flatness of its upper surface, which supports the sucking apparatus. The basioccipital offers a small concave surface to the body of the 71 atlaa, but the chief put of the articulation U formed by thr two oblong surfaces presented by the cxoccipitals. The** dement* meet abort the foremen magnum, where they form |>«n of tin- II|I|MT surface of the head. The parocripital* present thr usual concavr surface for the suprascapula. The luperoccipital forms a horizontal (lightly convex plate furrounilrtl by the exoccipitals, paroccipttals, mastoid* and parietal*. The mastoids harr a great trmi»- verae extent. The frontal* are of unusual die, are joined together by the frontal nature, aiul form the middle part of the upper surface of the cranium. The naial bones are of consider- able breadth, and are united by a thin layer of bone at the middle lino. A membranous fontanellc has existed between them and the frontal*. The orbit is completed below by a chain of suborbital bone*. The tympanic pedicle articulate* by the epitympanic with the mastoid, and, apparently, by the pretympanic with the postfrontal. The hyoid arch supports ten branchiostcgal ray* on each side. The ooracoid* are bent upon themselves so a* to form a deep channel on their convex side. The pubic bone*, which are attached to the inner side of the coracoids, send backwards a small process from their symphysial uiu'ou. The neural spine* begin to rise at the sixth and seventh vertebnc, beneath the posterior extremity of the suctorial disk. The osseous basis of this disk is formed by the intcnieural spines, which expand into transverse bar* at their mmmits and receive at their inters|iares the transversely developed dermal spines which overlap each other, and support each a finely denticulated transverse ridge along the middle of their upper surface : these ridges incline backwards, and are flexible. The bodies of the vertebrae are smooth, elongated, and much compressed in the middle. The parapophyses are moderately long, and extend horizontally outwards and a little forwards : the cpipleural spines begin to be developed from those of the alia-, and the pleurapophyte* from those of the third vertebra. The first pleurapophysis U short, increases in breadth a* it descends, and bifurcates at it* lower extremity : the rest of the plrurapn- phy*e» are simple, and progressively decrease in length from the fifth to the tenth : those of the eleventh pair bend inwards and meet below, but the haemal arch of the succeeding verte- bra is formed by a similar disposition of the parapophyses. The epipleural spines continue to be developed from the first five caudal vertebra : in the eight anterior abdominal vertebrar they extend outwards and backwards, and form, with the elongated parapophyses, the basis of rapport to the suctorial disk. Presented by George Bmnetf, Esq., F.L.S. The skull, with the integuments and sucking disk, of a large Remora. The two large exoccipital comlyles and intermediate basioccipital concavity art- well shown, a* also the characteristic extension of the teeth u]>on the exterior surface of the jaws. Presented by George Bennett, £tg., F.L.S. 299. The branchial arches of the Sucking-fish (Eckenei* Remora). The first pair sends off from its anterior border a scries of pointed processes and from it* posterior margin a series of tubercles ; corresponding tubercle* are developed from the side* of the second, third and fourth arches. They interlock with each other like the teeth of a cogwheel, and prevent the entry of food or other foreign irritating matters into the intcnrpare* 72 of the gills. The modified fifth branchial arch, forming the upper and lower pharyngeal jaws, has its inner surface covered with fine villiform teeth. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. Family Blenniidee. 300. The skeleton of a Wolf-fish (Anarrhicas Lupus). The occipital region is smooth and convex ; a very small occipital spine is developed from its upper part. The supratemporal scale-bone presents the form of a mucous tube, and the mucous canal perforates the ridge which divides the occipital from the lateral surfaces of the cranium. The lateral surfaces are smooth, excavated, and almost meet upon the parietal region of the cranium, forming a surface analogous to that for the attachment of the great temporal muscles in the Wolf and other carnivorous quadrupeds. The suborbital bones are well-ossified, and are perforated by mucous ducts. The stylohyal is attached to the fibro- cartilage uniting the epitympanic to the mesotympanic. The parapophyses progressively increase in length as the vertebrse recede from the head, then bend down, and unite below the twenty-fifth vertebra. The short pleurapophyses are attached to the back part of their extremities, and the epipleural spines are sent off near the place of their attachment, and from the parapophyses themselves at the back part of the abdomen. The carpal bones are of unusual breadth. Mm. South. 301. The skull, wanting the hyoid and scapular arches, and with the first four abdominal vertebrae attached, of the Wolf-fish (Anarrhicas Lupus). In this skull may be remarked the extraordinary downward development of the basipre- sphenoid and the expansion of the vomer, which is beset with large crushing teeth. The premaxillary and anterior mandibular teeth are long, strong, pointed and divergent, adapted to grapple with hard shells or crustaceous animals, which the posterior mandibular, the pala- tine and vomerine teeth are adapted to crush. The suborbital scale-bones are thick, strong, well-ossified, and completely circumscribe the orbital cavities. Hunterian. 302. The skull, wanting the hyoid and scapular arches, of a Wolf-fish (Anarrhicas Lupus). Portions of the premaxillary and mandibular bones have been re- moved from the bases of the teeth, showing the absence of cavities and teeth of reserve in the substance of those bones. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. 303. The skull and some of the anterior vertebras of the Wolf-fish (Anarrhicas Lupus), longitudinally and vertically bisected ; showing the short and wide infundibu- lifonn basicranial cavity, and the coarse cellular structure of the strong and 73 il \omer above the denser part to which the large molar teeth are anchy- losed. The names of the bones arc indicated by the numbers according to Table I. I/imtrria*. 804. The vomerine, palatal and premaxillary bones of a Wolf-fish (A*arrHra« showing the laniary teeth on the premaxillaries, the molar teeth on the vomer, and both kinds of teeth on the palatines. Hunt, nun 805. The left ramus and a section of the lower jaw of the same fish. The cut sur- faces show the solid structure and the mode of attachment of the teeth. 806. The right ramus of the lower jaw of a Wolf -fish (Anarrkictu Lvptu). Hmtterian. 307. The right ramus of the lower jaw of a Wolf-fish (.inarrhicns Lupus), from the symphysis of which a vertical section has been removed ; showing the line of separation between the bases of the teeth and the summits of the dentigeroiui processes of the jaw, to which the teeth are partially anchylosed, by root-like divisions of their base. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 808. The premandibular or dcntary pieces of the lower jaw of a Wolf-fish (Anarrki- cat L*pn*). lliinti-ridii Family Lophiida. 809. The skeleton of the Angler (Lopkiu* pigcatoritu). It is chiefly remarkable for the enormous development of the bead, to which both pelvic and pectoral fins are articulated, the great length of the branchioctegal rays, the fin-like de- velopment of the subopercular bone, the raj which extend* from the upper part of the oper- eular bone, the confluence of the nipraxcapular and scapular bone*, the diminutive lize of the ulna and radius, and the great length and strength of the two carpal bones, especially of the one on the radial side of the wrist. The oblique overlapping joint* of the phalangial rays are well shown. There are no vertebral rib* (pleurapopbyses) in the trunk, and the parapo- physes, which begin to be develo|>ed from the lower and lateral angles of the centrum of the seventh abdominal vertebra, do not project outward* : the broad bases of theve procewe* ex- tend before and behind into short angular projections, corresponding with the syga|x>phy»eii developed from the neural arches, and they contribute to the interlocking mode of union of I. 74 the different vertebrae with each other : the bases of the parapophyses are likewise perforated directly for the passage of the blood-vessels, as those of the neurapophyses are for the passage of the nerves above. The terminal coalesced caudal vertebra present a transverse ridge on each side. The number of the abdominal vertebrae is 1 2 ; that of the caudal vertebrae, 1 6 : total, 28. Purchased. Mm. South. 310. The first and second trunk vertebrae of the Angler (Lophius piscatorius). The anterior surface of the atlas presents a middle, almost flat, transversely oblong articulation for the basioccipital, and two lateral vertically elongated and con- cave surfaces for the exoccipitals, besides the two anterior zygapophyses arti- culating with the upper surface of the exoccipitals. The neurapophyses have coalesced with the centrum : the spinal nerves have perforated the bases of the neurapophyses.. Hunterian. 311. A dorsal vertebra, vertically and longitudinally bisected, of the Angler (Lophius piscatorius). Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 312. A more posterior dorsal vertebra of the Angler (Lophius piscatorius). The terminal concave articular surfaces intercommunicate by a minute foramen at the middle of the centrum. The parapophyses form the sides of a deep open groove along the under sur- face of the centrum. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 313. A caudal vertebra of the Angler (Lophim piscatorius). The parapophyses are produced downwards and united together, completing the haemal canal, and then extend obliquely backwards into a spine (marked h in the specimen). The confluent neurapophyses are similarly produced upwards and backwards into a spine (marked n). Both neural and I urinal canals are left, by the oblique position of their pro- tecting arches, open, opposite the centrum, where they are closed by the neural and haemal arches of the vertebra in advance. The bases of the neurapophyses and of the left parapo- physis are perforated. The osseous texture of the vertebrae of the Lophius is reticulate, cellular, and remarkably light. Hunterian. 314. The interneural spine with two of the attached dermal spines of the Angler (Lophius piscatorius). The latter are extremely long, slender and flexible : they are articulated by the same linked articulation as in the more completely ossified fishes. Hunterian. 75 815. The prcmandihular bones of a large Angler (Lopkitu pueatoriiu). lltmterian. 816. A similar specimen of smaller ske. Him I, nun. 817. The prcmandibular Iwnes of an Angler (Lophiut piscatoriiu). The circumstance* undrr which the iprrinien was uki-n to which these bones belonged are worthy of note. The animal wai caught in the North Atlantic Ocean, 1000 miles from land, in a bunch of Sargasso tea-weed, by H'lllium lri*k, Stq., Commander of the ' Admiral Berkeley,' from Rio de la Plata, llith May, 1*09. Pnxented by Capt. W. Iritk, R.N. 818. A transverse section of the prcmandibular bone of a Lophim piscatori**, show- ing the liganientous union of one tooth and the anchylosis to the bone of two other teeth, with the pulp-cavities of the latter still unoblitcratcd. The dental ligaments arc elastic in the recent fish. See the Wet preparation, Physiological Series, No. 381. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 819. The fore-part of the dentary bone of a Lophius piscatoriiu, showing the liga- racntous mode of attachment of the inner row of teeth to the bone. Jlunterian. 320. A section of the right dentary bone of the lower jaw of the Lophius piscatorial. Here, as in the preceding preparation, the largest teeth form the inner row. Presented by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. 321. The left dentary piece of the lower jaw of the Lophius piscatoriu*. Ifunferiau. 322. The superior and inferior pharyngeal bones of the Lophius piscatorius. Hvnterian. 323. The right dentigerous pharyngobranohial bones, apparently of a Lophius. llunteria*. 324. The left inferior pharyngeal bone and teeth of a large Lophius. Humtrria*. 325. The fore part of the dried head of a Lopluoid fish (MaWuca). The fore part of the cranium is prolonged into a rostrum. The premaxillary, premandibular, vomcrine, palatal and pharyngeal bones arc all beset with numerous minute villifonn teeth. Hunieria*. L2 76 Order VI. PLECTOGNATHI. Family Balistida. File-fish. 326. The skeleton of a File-fish (Balistes). The anterior interneural spine is bent abruptly forwards, and its summit is much developed and articulated to the back part of the occipital spine : it is excavated at its upper and poste- rior surface, and in this cavity two dermoneural spines lie concealed when recumbent. These spines are articulated to the fore part of the interneural expanded plate by the peculiar linked form of joint common to such species : when both are erected, the fore part of the base of the smaller anterior spine fits into the back part of the base of the large one, and fixes it in the erect position like the lock of a gun at full cock. The small spine requires to be moved by its muscles before the larger one can be bent back. The orifices for the spinal nerves are pierced through the middle of the base of the neur- apophyses. The pelvic bones and the epicoracoids are both remarkably developed. The number of abdominal vertebra is 6, that of the caudal vertebrae, 1 1 : total, 1 7. Purchased. 327. The skull of a File-fish (Balistes forcipatus) with the skin left on the right side, showing the rough ganoid surface of the scales. The exposed bones on the opposite side are indicated by the numbers, according to those in Table I. The pelvic bones are of remarkable length ; they are attached to the symphysis of the coracoids. The mesotympanic is unusually long and slender, reaching almost to the joint for the lower jaw : it is continuous in the recent fish with the cartilage which enters the cavity of that jaw. The palatine bone is small and hammer-shaped ; one end of its expanded head articulates with the prefrontal, the opposite end with the maxillary : the coalescence of this bone with the premaxillary and of the articular with the dentary piece in the lower jaw are the characters signified by the name ' Plectognathi,' which Cuvier has given to the family of fishes to which the genus Balistes belongs. The extraordinary downward development of the vomer and the large basicranial canal are worthy of notice in this specimen. Mas. Brit. 328. The premaxillary, premandibular, and one of the maxillary bones of the Balixh-x forcipatus. In this species the teeth of the upper jaw are 1 4 in number, and are arranged in two rows, seven in each intermaxillary bone, four in the front row and three behind. In the lower jaw there are eight teeth corresponding with the front row above. The anterior or external teeth of the upper resemble those of the lower jaw ; they are strong, conical, subtrihedral, hollow 77 at the base, which ii obliquely truncated, and rounded and obtute at the apex. The mrwal pair is alight ly curved, and is the largest ; the re*t derreaiie in siie to the outermost. T In- external facet of each tooth is covered with a «mooth, deiue, enamel-like substance, which, towards the apicv* of the teeth, presents a yellow colour, and rails to mind the peculiar colour of the enamel in some of the Rodentia. These outer maxillary teeth are arranged in close contact with one another. The form of the alveolus in which the base of each tooth is fixed, is peculiar in the dental system, resembling rather the surface of attachment for the cUw in the lingual phalanges of the feline quadruped*. A conical process of the bone rises from thr middle of the alveolar depression, and is adapted to the cavity in the base of the tooth. The circumference of the base of the fully-formed tooth is attached by a slight anchylosis to thr margin of the alveolus, but the confluence of the tooth with the bone is much leas complete than in many other fishes. In the left prcmaxillary the successors of the external teeth have been exposed by removing thr outer wall of their alveoli. These cavities communicate with the outer side of the jaw by foramina situated on the outer side of the base of the teeth in place. The teeth of the posterior row, which are peculiar to the upper jaw, are six in num- ber, three in each intermaxillary bone ; they present the form of elliptical plates, compressed laterally, rounded at the base and slightly pointed at the apex. Thr anterior tooth is the largest, measuring six lines in length and three in breadth, but scarcely half a line in thick- ness ; the two other teeth progressively diminish in size. These posterior teeth lie in clow juxtaposition with the outer row, and like the posterior small upper incisors of the hare and rabbit, receive part of the appulse of the inferior teeth. They are affixed by a very obliqnr and slightly excavated base to a shallow alveolus, having a convex rising of bone in its middle. They are also deciduous, and the presence of well-developed reserve teeth in cavities of the jaw, immediately internal to those of the exterior row, would indicate that the succession of teeth of the inner row is likewise unlimited. The foramina leading to the cavities of thr succe&sional teeth are seen immediately above the bases of the teeth in place ; the grrms of the successors of the inner row of teeth are exposed in their alveoli in the left intermaxillary bone. llmttfria*. 329. The branchial and phanngcal arches of the Balitles forcipatiu, with the dried gills. The pharyngeal teeth are small, conical, compressed, curved and sharp-pointed : there are two regular and equal rows above, one on each of the posterior pharyngobranchial bones. The inferior pharyngeal bone supports two unequal rows of teeth, the anterior the smallest . The curvature of the upper and that of the lower pharyngeal teeth are reversed, and they thus form a kind of carding- machine, well-adapted for ' teasing ' the bruised and coarsely divided seal-weeds and other marine nutrient substances. The orifices of the alveoli of thr concealed germs of the succeninnal teeth may be seen behind the bases of the posterior row. and in front of those of the anterior row of the lower pharyngeal teeth. Htmteria*. 78 330. The dried head of a File-fish (Salutes). The oblique shallow sockets, with their basal eminences for the attachment of the teeth by reciprocal gomphosis, are shown in the premaxillary bones : one of the large incisive teeth is in place in the left premandibular : the right has been displaced to show the apex of its suc- cessor. Hunterian. 331. A portion of the skull and dried integuments of a species of File-fish (Batistes). It shows the downward extension of the compressed presphenoid ; the bony projections from the bottom of the shallow sockets of the incisors ; and the rough character of the ganoid scales from which the fish has received its vernacular name. Hunterian. 332. A similar but more mutilated specimen of the same species. Hunterian. 333. The upper and lower jaws of a small species of File-fish (Balistes). The teeth are narrower in proportion to their length and more pointed than in the pre- ceding specimens. Their apices have a reddish brown colour, like that of the enamel of the incisors of some Rodentia. Hunterian. Family Ostrationidte. Trunk-fish. 334. A dried specimen of a small pyramidal Trunk-fish (Ostracion turritus), want- ing the tail, showing the partially ossified ganoid scales of the integuments. Mus. Brit. 335. A dried specimen of the Ostracion nasus. Hunterian. 336. A dried specimen of an Ostracion. Mus. Brit. 337. A dried specimen of an Ostracion. Mus. Brit. 338. A dried specimen of the horned Trunk-fish (Ostracion cornutus). The greater development of the tail relates probably to the more vigorous movements required in the wielding of the peculiar weapons with which this species is armed. Mus. Brit. 79 339. A dried specimen of a smaller Ostraao* COTWK/W. Aftu. Brit. 340. A similar, hut smaller specimen. Mu*. Brit. 341. A similar, but smaller specimen. Hmitcria*. 342. A small dried specimen of a Trunk-fish (Ostracio* mutui), showing the single row of small slender subacute teeth in both jaws. )///«. Bril. Family Gytnnodontida. Globe-fish. 343. A portion of the cranium of a large Porcupine-fish (Diodo* Hytlrijr). The numbers on the different bones indicate their names according to Table I. The three subequal concavities presented by the basioccipital and the exoc- cipitals for articulation with the centrum and neurapophysca of the atlas, and the wide expanse of the roofs of the orbits, are worthy of note. Huntrria*. 344. The skull of a Diodoa, with the skin dried on. Hnnlerian. 345. A mutilated skull of a large Porcupine-fish (Diodoni), with the upper and lower jaws and dental armature. The alveolar border* of both jaw*, which are shaped like the beck of the Parrot, appear to be sheathed with a hard adamantine dentine, which swell* behind into a broad convex tritu- rating mass : a cavity it exposed above the upper and below the lower dental tubercle, which contains in the recent fish the persistent matrix for renewing the dental substance. The com- plex nature of this is demonstrated in the following specimen. lltmtrria*. 346. The upper jaw, consisting of the maxillary and prcmaxillary bones, and the pre- mandibular part of the lower jaw, of a large Diudon. Sections have been removed from the pmnaxillary bone, exposing the pulp-cavities of the marginal denticles which coalesce to form the exposed border of the bone, and of the broad superimposed horizontal plates that coalesce to form the posterior tubercle. PreKntrd by Prof. O*x*. F.R.S. 80 347. The upper and lower jaws of a large species of Diodon, from Sumatra. Part of the left maxillary bone has been broken away. Hunterian. 348. The premaxillary and maxillary bones of a large Diodon. Hunterian. 349. The premaxillary and left maxillary bones of a large Diodon. The pulp-cavity of the lamelliform teeth of the crushing tubercle is laid widely open, and the upper finely-reticulate surface of the last-formed plate is exposed. A vertical section has been attempted, apparently by the common saw, which has been arrested at the dense den- tine of the crushing tubercle, which the saw has not been able to penetrate. Hunterian. 350. The premaxillary and maxillary bones of the Diodon. The outer alveolar border of the beak-shaped premaxillary has been removed to expose the germs of the denticles, which coalesce to form the adamantine dentigerous coating of the mar- gin of that bone. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 351. The preinandibular and articular pieces of the lower jaw of the same Diodon. Fig. in Owen's Odontography, pi. 38. fig. 1. Presented by Prof . Owen, F.R.S. 352. A similar specimen, vertically bisected, to show the order of succession and superposition of the marginal and larger posterior crushing dental plates. Fig. in Owen's Odontography, pi. 38. fig. 2. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 353. The premaxillary and premandibular bones of a small species of Diodon. Hunterian. 354. The premandibular and articular bones of the lower jaw of a large Diodon. Hunterian. 355. A dried skin of a species of Diodon, showing the bony network formed by the overlapping of the triradiate bases of the spiny ganoid scales. The anterior ray in most of these is directed forwards and overlaps the posterior rays of those in advance. Hunterian. 356. A dried and inflated skin of a species of Diodon, in which the spiny osseous scales are smaller and more numerous. Hunterian. 81 357. The skeleton of a Globe-fish (Telrodam). In this may be noticed the absence of rib*, the clamped mode of union of the anterior ab- dominal vertebne with each other and with the ikull, and their double spinou* processe*. » hii-h converge and unite into one at the firth vertebra. The number of abdominal vertebne is 7 ; that of the caudal vertebne, 10 : total. 17. Purchased. 358. A portion of the cranium, including the upper and lower jaws of a small Globe- fish (Telrodom). The four seemingly single teeth are composed of smaller laminated denticles, cemented together by a common outer coat of enamel. The upper ends of the plate* give the appear- ance of a dentated suture to the contiguous margin* of the premaxillary bones, and the same appearance U manifested in a lens degree at the symphysia of the lower jaw. IlunteriaH. 359. The upper and lower jaws, with the interlocked portions of the palatine and tympanic pedicles of a Globe-fish ( Telrodon). The present specimen well illustrates the serial homology of the palatine (20) with the hypo-tympanic (28), of the maxillary (21) with the articular (30), and of the premaxillary (22) with the premandibular (32). Iliinteria*. 360. The upper and lower jaws of a Globe-fish (Tet ' radon). The premaxillary with its beak-shaped dentinal coating represent*, above, the similarly shaped and similarly armed prrmandibular below : the edentulous maxillary with its concave articulation for the palatine represent* the articular piece of the lower jaw with the concave articulation for the tympanic pedicle : the palatine which present* the condyle to the max- illa answers above to the tympanic which presents the condyle to the mandible below : and the palatine and tympanic are connected together by the medium of the pterygoid bone. Jfunterian. 361. The dried skin of a Tetrodon, in which the spines are so small and numerous as to give it a hirsute character. Purchased. 362. The principal bones of a mutilated skull of the Sun-fish (Orthagorinc** mold). They show the light fibrous semioasified character of the bones of this singular fish ; the osseous tissue having the appearance of decayed wood. The premaxillary bone* are auchy- loaed together, and the premaiidibular bones, in like manner, at the xymphysis : the alveolar borders of both bone* are coated with a layer of hard dentine, with trenchant margins, and are shaped like the beak of a Turtle. The name* of most of the bone* are indicated by numbers corresponding with those in Table I. /'retented by Capt. Suliva*. K.A 82 Order VII. LOPHOBRANCHII. 363. A dried specimen of a large Pipe-fish (Syngnathus Typhori), showing the pecu- liar development of its ossified dermoskeleton and the prehensile flexibility of its tail. Presented by Henry Earle, Esq., F.R.S. 364. A dried specimen of the Hippocampus guttulatus, showing the longitudinal series of spines developed from its exoskeleton. Hunterian. 365. A dried specimen of the foliated Hippocamp (Hippocampus foliatus), with the tail mutilated. Hunterian. 366. A dried specimen of foliated Hippocamp, with the head mutilated. Hunterian. 367. A dried specimen of a large Australian species of Hippocampus. Presented by Geo. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 368. A similar specimen. Presented by the Very Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S. Order VIII. GANOIDEI. Family Salamandridee. 369. The skeleton of the Pike-headed Gar-fish (Lepidosteus lucius), showing the pro- gressive diminution of size of the caudal vertebrae, and their continuation into the upper lobe of the tail, together with the great length of the haemal arches and spines which support the rays of the lower lobe : these arches are not anchylosed to the centrums : the number of the abdominal vertebrae is 43, that of the caudal vertebrae, 25 : total, 68. Prepared from a specimen presented by Dr. Bigelow of Boston, U.&. 370. The tympanic pedicle with its opercular appendage and part of the suborbital series of bones of the same Lepidosteus. Presented by Dr. Bigelow of Boston . 371. A dried sepcimen of the slender-nosed Gar-fish (Lepidosteus osseus), wanting 83 the tail, showing the arrangement of the enameled or ganoid osseous scales. Tlii>-i- which form tin- lateral line are perforated by the mucous ducts. JV-— Willoughby : PMC. lab. P. «./. 2. from this specimen. Bloch, IcAtk. vi. /./. 390. Habitat. — The lakes ami riven of the wanner parts of North America. This specimen was formerly preserved in the Museum of the Royal Society at (iresham College. Mia. Brit. 872. The dried skin of a Lepidonleu*, showing the unsymmetrical or heterocercal form of tail. Roth this fonn of tail and the structure of the scales arc extremely rare in existing fishes, the Jsepidotteu* being the only existing genus of osseous fishes which is known to combine them. But the characters arc very common amongst extinct fishes, especially those of the older secondary formations. • fttrchated. Family Sturionida. 373. The mutilated skull of the Paddle-fish (P/anirostra Spatula). It is remarkable for the rostral prolongation of the nasal and vomeriue bones, the rostrum being flattened horizontally and expanded like the mandibles of a Spoon-bill. The sides of the rostrum are strengthened by a reticulate disposition of bony matter in the form of stars, the rays of which anastomose. The upper part of the cranium is also imperfectly ossified. There is a long vacuity between the frontal, parietal, postfrontal and mastoid bones : the tympanic pedicle is a simple elongated piece of bone expanded at both ends. Tin- mandi- bular and hyoidean arches an* suspended by a short cartilage to the end of the tympanic bone: the palatines are extremely small. The prr maxillary and maxillary bones seem to hare coalesced ; they expand as they extend backwards to become attached to the cartilage supporting the mandibular arch. The slightly ossified pterygoids run |>arallel with them along the inner sides to the same part. The articular and dentary pieces of the lower jaw hare coalesced, but there is a trace of a slender splenial piece on the inner side of the man- dible. All the bones of the mouth are edentulous, but the membrane covering the extre- mities of the upper and lower jaw is roughened bv extremely minute denticles in the recent fish. The ceratohyals are partially ossified : the rest of the hyoidean arch is cartilaginous. A branchiostegal appendage in the form of an irregular elongated flattened bone, resolved posteriorly into osseous fibres, extends from each side of the commencement of the hyoidean arch. A similar but larger opercular appendage extends backwards from the extremity of the tympanic pedicle. Presetted by Prof. Oven, F.Jt.S. 374. The skull of a Sturgeon (Acipnter Sturio). The suprascapular dermal plate is supported by a distinct cartilage of a subtrihedral form, with the angles of its base slightly produced and articulated by ligament, the one to the end M 2 84 of the mastoid cartilage, the other to the exoccipital cartilage. The scapulo-coracoid cartilage expands as it descends, sends inwards and forwards a broad wedge-shaped plate, and presents a large perforation at its thick posterior part, immediately above the articulation of the pec- toral fin. The expanded under part of the cartilage sends a thin plate inwards and forwards and another outwards, which forms the lower boundary of a wide smooth groove below the prominence supporting the pectoral fin : above this is another groove communicating by a small foramen with the larger excavation above mentioned. The form of the upper piece and its connections answer to those of the suprascapula, but there is no separate styliform scapular piece, as in the Osseous Fishes. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 375. A dried specimen of a young Acipenser Sturio, showing the external or dermal skeleton. There are five longitudinal rows of dermal bones on the trunk of the Sturgeon, one along the mid-line of the back, two along the sides, and two along the belly ; but the lateral bones are most numerous; these are continued over the operculaj flap to the plate which lies between the eye and the nose. Hunterian. 376. The palate-maxillary, mandibular and hyoidean arches of a large Sturgeon (Acipenser Sturio). These are the only ossified parts of the endo-skeleton in this fish. The bones are num- bered in accordance with those of the articulated skulls, and with Table I. The maxillary (21) is extremely small, as in most osseous fishes. The premaxillaries (22) send a process out- wards and downwards to the mandibular joint, where they are articulated to two small labial bones. Each branch of the mandible consists of a single osseous piece. The palatine (20) and pterygoid (24) bones are confluent. There is a small separate centre of ossification on each side in the soft palate anterior to the pterygoids. The epihyals, ceratohyals and basi- hyals are only partially ossified. Hunterian. 377. The palate-maxillary and maudibular arches of a Sturgeon (Acipenser Sturio). The constituent bones are numbered as in Table I. Hunterian. 378. One of the lateral dermal ganoid plates of a large Sturgeon (Acipenser Sturio). Hunterian. 379. One of the median dorsal dermal ganoid plates of a Sturgeon (Acipenser Stu- rio) •. it is the homologue of the dermoneural spine in ordinary Osseous Fishes. Hunterian. 85 Order IX. PROTOPTERI. Family SirentAe. The skeleton of the African Lcpidosiren (Protopteru* annecfem, Owen). The chief peculiarities of thin skeleton consist in it* imperfect, or rather partial ossification, and in the green colour of thr ossified part*, in which latter respect it resembles the Hrlonr rulgaru. The parts which continue |>ermanently in the cartilaginous condition are the petrous rlemriits of the temporal, containing the auditory vestibule* ; the branchial arches ; and the bodies of the vertebra: : these, moreover, are not separated to correspond with the pairs of neuwpophyses and ribs, as in the Plagioxtomous Cartilaginous Fishes, but retain, as in the Lampreys, their primitive confluent condition as a round continuous chord, extending from the occiput to the end of the tail. This chord consisU of an external, firm, elastic yellowish capsule, enveloping a softer subgelatinous material, a* in the Sturgeon and Cyclostomous Fuh«. The ribs are 36 pairs, in the form of short, slightly -curved, or straight and slender style* . encompassing, with the spine, about one-sixth part of the cavity of the abdomen. Thrw ribs are attached to the lower part of the side of the fibrous sheath of the central vertebral chord ; their pointed free extremities are connected to the intermuscular fasciae. The neural spines are throughout separate from the neurapophyses ; and these, at the anterior and posterior regions of the spinal column, are not anchylosed together at their upper extremities. Haemal spines are developed in the caudal region, and both these and the neural spines have articulated to them dermal osseous spines, of equal length, with their distal ex- tremities expanded. The rudimental filiform fins were supported each by a cartilaginous ray composed of many joints. The Protoptmtt annfrttnt manifests an additional important evidence of its essentially ichthyic nature, by having its scapular arch directly suspended to the skull, but with this peculiarity, that it is connected by a synovia! joint with the exoccipitals only. In all osseous fishes, and in those Ganoids, as the Sturgeons, r. g., that come nearest to the Lepidosiren in some parts of their structure, the scapula is suspended by two processes to the paroccipital and to the mastoid. The Plagiostomous Cartilaginous Fishes on the other hand have no cranial point of sus- pension for the scapular arch, and in the Shark-tribe the arch has no fixed point at all. Hab. The Gambia river. Prepared from a specimen presented by Thomas Weir, Esq. 381. The partly osseous, partly cartilaginous skull of the African Lepidosiren (Pro- topterux annecteiu). With regard to the vertebral bodies, ossification is limited to the cranial end of the noto- chonl, and there extends along the under and lateral part of its sheath forwards to the pi*- 86 sphenoid and backwards to beneath the atlas and axis, the posterior slightly expanded end of this ossified part supporting, as in the Squatina, the neurapophyses of the atlas, the bases of which expand and meet above that end of the ossified chorda, and below the spinal canal. Ossification of the fibrous sheath of the chorda, commencing posteriorly at its under part, ascends upon the sides as it advances forwards, and incloses it above, where it supports the medulla oblongata, and the lateral bony plates (neurapophyses) called ' exoccipitals,' leaving behind a wide oblique concavity lodging the anterior unossified end of the ' chorda,' which does not extend further upon the basis cranii. The exoccipitals expand as they ascend, and converge to meet above the foramen magnum, which they complete. A small mass of carti- lage connects their upper ends together, and with the overhanging, backward projecting point of the occipito-frontal spine. This cartilaginous mass answers to the base of the superocci- pital in better ossified Fishes : a similar cartilage connects the exoccipitals with the occipital spine in the Tetrodon. It is plain, in the Lepidosiren, that ossification, advancing on the com- mon cartilaginous mould of the plagiostomous skull, has marked out the posterior cranial vertebra, and not only its neurapophyses, but also its centrum ; the neural spine being left in a less completely ossified state than in the vertebrse of the trunk. The occipital pleurapo- physes ('scapulae') are much more developed, and appear as two strong, bony, stvliform appendages, articulated by a synovial capsule and joint, one on each side, to the persistent cartilaginous base of the neurapophyses (exoccipitals) and partly to the centrum or basi- occipital. To the lower and less expanded ends of these pleurapophyses are attached the extremities of the hsemapophyses (' coracoids ') ; and thus is completed the haemal arch of the occipital vertebra ; here greatly expanded, as in other fishes, in relation to its office of protecting the heart and pericardium : the hsemapophyses or coracoids belong to the same category of ver- tebral elements as the sternal ribs which protect the heart in higher Vertebrata. The costal or lucnial arch of the occipital vertebra of the Lepidosiren supports an appendage projecting outwards and backwards, like the simple diverging appendages to the abdominal pleurapo- physes of better ossified Fishes, and like the costal appendages in the thorax of Birds ; but it is here cartilaginous, and consists of many segments. It forms, in fact, the rudiment (a soli- tary ray) of the pectoral fin : it is the key to the general homology of the anterior or upper limbs of the higher Vertebrata ; showing them to be appendages of the haemal arch (usually called ' scapular '), of the occipital or posterior cranial vertebra. The suspension of the sca- pular arch directly to the skull is an evidence of the piscine nature of the Lepidosiren. In the second (parietal) and third (frontal) cranial vertebrse, ossification extends along the basal and along the spinal elements, but not into the neural or lateral elements ; these remain cartilaginous in continuation with the cartilage surrounding the large capsule of the internal ear. The basal ossification, representing at its posterior end the body of the atlas, then the basioccipital, expands as it advances along the base of the skull in the situation of the sphe- noids, constituting the floor of the cerebral chamber, supporting the medulla oblongata, the hypophysis, the crura and lobes of the cerebrum, and terminating a little in advance of the olfactory lobes by a broad transverse margin, bounding a triangular space left between it and the converging palatine arches, which space is filled by cartilage, representing the vomer. The occipital part of this basicratiial bone may be defined by a slight transverse depression, where also terminates a median longitudinal groove, traversing the under part of the thus defined 87 portion of the bone ; and indicating, like the corresponding membranous niumrr in tin- Crtlrartim, tin- primitive platv of the cranial end of the uotochord. The expanded side*, originally mAt* of the cart iUginoun portion, bend down to abut against tin- basrs of thr ptr- rygoid plate*. In this expansion of the baaiaphenoid the J^fntlotiren retemblea the I'layit,- •tomn, and alto the Batrarhian Iteptilcs. Two ridge* rue from the upper surface of the occipito-sphenoidal plate, m-nr its outer ••fin, and rapport die cartilaginous lateral wall* of the cranium. The cranial cavity is defended above by a longitudinal bony roof, nearly co-extensive with the bony floor bcnralh . the roof commences behind by the spine or point which overhangs the exoccipitals, gradual!) expands as it advances, resting upon the cartilaginous wall* of the cranium, is tben suddenly contracted, and is united anteriorly by fibrous ligament to the ascending process of thr palato-maxillary arch, and to the base of the nasal plate. A strong sharp crest or spine rise* from above the whole of the middle line of the cranial roof-bone, which may be regarded a* representing the mid-frontal, the parietal, and superoccipital bones, or, in more general term*, the neural spines of the three cranial vertebra* ; but this supra-cranial bone not only covers the medulla oblongata, cerebellum, optic lobes, pineal sac and cerebral hemispheres, but also the olfactory lobrs. The lateral cartilaginous walls of the cranium are continued forwards from the acoustic capsule between the basal and superior osseous plates : the part perforated by the fifth pair of nerves and protecting the side of the optic lobes, represents the great ala of the sphenoid : the next portion in advance, protecting the sides of the cerebral hemispheres and perforated by the optic nerve, answer* to the orbital ala of the anterior Kphcnoid : and the cartilage ter- minate! by a part which is perforated by the olfactory nerve, and which abuts laterally against the ascending or palatine process of the maxillary arch. The outward extension of the lateral cartilages of the cranium downwards, in the form of a broad triangular plate, the apex of which forms the articulation for the lower jaw, is like that which we see in the Chimara ; but ossification has extended along two tracts, which converge as they descend, one from behind to the outer, the other from before to the inner side of the cartilaginous maxillary joint, which these bony plate* strengthen and support like the backs of a bonk. The posterior of these bony arches is obviously the homolnguc of the tympanic pedicle in the Sonatina : the anterior bony arch as plainly answers to the pterygoid buttress in Osseous Fishes ; bat it is here confluent with the coalesced palatine and superior maxillary bones, the dcntigerous part of which extends outwards, downwards, and backward*, but does not reach, as in the Sharks and Kays, the mandibular joint. From the upper part of the palato-maxillary portion a compressed sharp process ascend* obliquely backwards, and terminates in a point ; the inner side of this process is closely- attached by ligament to the fore and outer part of the frontal portion of the epicranial bone . the outer aide of the process is excavated for the reception of the outer and anterior process of the postfrootal bone. This bone, in connection with the ascending process of the maxil- lary, forms the upper part of the orbit, and behind this connection it sends out the post- orbital process, beyond which it extends backwards, freely overhanging the fronto-occipital. and gradually decreasing to a point, which terminates just above the occipital spine, in thr position of the mastoid, in bony Fishes, and giving attachment to the anterior end of the 88 great dorso-lateral muscles of the trunk. This bone is flat above like a scale, and from its superficial position might be classed with the dermal skeleton : the strong temporal muscle is attached to the two surfaces divided by the ridge on its inferior part : it is moveable up and down upon its anterior ligamentous union. In its relative position and functions it combines the characters of postfrontal and mastoid ; and, since the basilar elements of these cranial vertebrae are confluent, and their spinal elements also form one piece, we may here have an example of a similar confluence of the parapophyses of two distinct vertebrae. The midfrontal constitutes the anterior part of the epicranial bone, which is connected with the postfrontals and the cartilage perforated by the olfactory nerves and representing the prefrontals. A more remarkable and less easily determinable bone is that triangular horizontal plate, the broad posterior base of which is attached by a ligament to the midfrontal, to the post- frontal, and to the prefrontal processes of the palato-maxillary arch ; whilst the apex forms the anterior extremity of the cranium, and supports at its under part two vertical sharp- pointed teeth. According to the analogy of the cranial structure of the Mureenidee, in which the intermaxillaries are absent, and the nasal bone dentigerous, this bone should be the nasal. It is moveable, up and down, upon its basal joint. Each ramus of the lower jaw is composed of an articular and a dentary piece, the latter anchylosed together at the symphysis, and completing the inverted tympano-mandibular arch. The articular piece is a simple slender plate, strengthening the outer part of the articular concavity of the jaw, and closing the outer groove of the dentary, along which it is continued forwards to near the symphysis, where it ends in a point. The articular trochlea is formed by a persistent cartilage, which penetrates the cavity in the dentary, escapes from the fore- part of the groove on the outer surface of the dentary, and joins its fellow, in a small cartila- ginous mass, which fills the hollow in front of the symphysis. The dentary piece sends up a strong coronoid process, and has the notched and trenchant dentinal plate anchylosed to it, corresponding with that of the maxillary arch, and playing upon the posterior surface of the edge of that arch. The triangular prefronto-vomerine cartilage closes the anterior and under part of the cranial cavity, and supports the origins of the olfactory nerves, which perforate it in their passage to the cartilaginous nasal capsules. Behind the tympanic pedicle is the preopercular bone, elongated, pointed at both ends, trihedral, with the outer surface concave : its lower two-thirds is attached by ligament to the mandibular or tympanic pedicle. Behind and below this is the interopercular, which is an inequilateral triangular bone closely attached by ligament to the expanded cranial end of the hyoidean arch. Only a single ceratohyal is ossified on each side : they complete the arch by a ligamentous junction of their lower extremities, having no intervening basihyal : their upper expanded ends are suspended by a short ligamentous mass to the cartilage immediately behind the tympanic pedicle. The capsules of the organs of sense are of nearly equal size ; the eye is the smallest, the nose the largest. The acoustic capsules are principally buried in the lateral cartilages of the skull ; but one of the otolithes protrudes through a moderately wide hole into the cranial cavity. The eye-ball occupies the space between the pre- and post-frontals above, and the M outward prolongation of the maxillary below ; iu capsule, the sclerotic, U cartilaginous. The uajttl rapsnlea are also cartilaginous, with vertical tliu elated by membrane ; they are situated a* each ride and below the naial plate. Pretexted by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. Order X. HOLOCEPHALI. The pelvis with the pelvic or ventral fins and claspcrs of a male Chimera. The short narrow processes which extend above the place of articulation of the ventral fins are like rudiinental iliac bones: the expanded portion* which meet below repmrnt the ischb-pubic bones : they are each of them perforated by a large round aperture filled by membrane and resembling the obturator foramen. The claiper* or sexual holders air long, •ubcylindhcal and hollow, communicating in the recent fish with a glandular blind sac open- ing into the base of the clasper. The cartilage, answering to the tibia, supports the rays of the ventral fin and the clasper. Ilunteriait. 888. Part of the dried cartilaginous skull of the Southern Chinurra (Callorhynrkut AtutraKt). The left upper jaw and teeth have been vertically bisected ; each upper jaw has one small anterior dental plate and a large posterior one, of an inequilateral triangular form, with a sinuous crushing surface. The upper surface of each of these teeth is concave from side to side, to that it encases the alveolar border of the upper jaw, in a manner analogous to the broad teeth of the Cut radon. Both the anterior and posterior dental plates in the upper jaw meet at the median line of the mouth. The two dental plate* of the lower jaw are of a subtriaagular form, with tin- posterior and external rides gently curved ; the broad grinding surface is convex on the inner and concave on the outer ride ; a trenchant margin divides this from the lateral surfaces of the dental plate. In the longitudinal vertical section of these teeth their coarse tubular structure is evident to the naked eye. There is a large pulp-cavity at the posterior parts of both the upper and lower dental plate*, and, when the pulp is re- moved, the exposed surface of the base of the tooth presents a reticulate character from the Urge are* of the medullary tubes into which the processes of the pulp are continued. These tube* radiate towards the grinding surface of the tooth, and dichotomize as they proceed. As these tubes advance towards the surface their cavity becomes gradually obliterated by calca- reous salts, deposited in concentric layers and perforated even-where by minute calcigerous tubes ; thus the substance of the tooth increases in density as it approaches the triturating surface. Hunttna*. Order XL PLAGIOSTOMI. Family Cestracionidte. 384. The skull of the Port-Jackson Shark (Cestracion Philippi}. The scapular arch being detached from the occiput and displaced backwards in Plagiosto- mous fishes, is not here preserved. The turbinal capsules of the organs of smell are well shown ; as likewise the characteristic concavity in the basioccipital. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S 385. The tessellated dental covering of the lower jaw of the Port-Jackson Shark (Ces- tracion Philippi). Hunterian. 386. The first, second, and part of the third cervical vertebrae of the Port-Jackson Shark (Cestracion Philippi). The anterior surface of the atlas presents a deep conical cavity, which is applied to a simi- lar cavity in the basioccipital of the skull. The vertical transverse section of the body of the third vertebra shows a series of nine bony plates, radiating from the centre to the circum- ference, disposed in the long axis of the vertebra, and giving off short processes as they diverge. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 387. The maxillary and mandibular arches of the Port-Jackson Shark (Cestracion Philippi). The teeth are arranged, as in the Plagiostomes generally, in several antero-posterior rows, along the margin and inner surface of both jaws ; but the rows are more oblique than in the Sharks, although less so than in certain Rays (Rhino) . The teeth at the anterior part of the jaws are the smallest ; they present a transverse, subcompressed, conical figure, with the apex produced into a sharp point ; these points are worn away from the used teeth at the anterior and outer parts of the jaw, but are strongly marked in those which still lie below the margin. There are six subvertical rows of these small cuspidate teeth on each side of the jaw, together with a median row close to the symphysial line ; and from twelve to fourteen teeth in a row. Behind the cuspidate teeth, the five consecutive rows of teeth progressively increase in all their dimensions, but principally in their antero-posterior extent ; the sharp point is con- verted into a longitudinal ridge, traversing a convex crushing surface ; and the ridge itself disappears in the largest teeth. As the teeth increase in size they diminish in number in each row ; the series of the largest teeth includes from six to seven in the upper, and from seven to eight in the lower jaw. Behind this row the teeth, although preserving their form 91 as crushing JMlrniliMll, progiMrively diminish in siie, while at Uio same time the number composing each row drm-am. From the oblique uul apparently fpirml disposition of thr rows iif til-ill, tin ir >v mini-triad arrangement on the opposite sides of thr jaw, and llu-ir gra- iliiatrd dircniity of fonn, tliry coiwtitute the most elegant tessellated covering of thr jawi which is to be met with in thr whole class of Pishes. By the modifications of the form of the teeth above described, the anterior ones are adapted for sriziiig and retaining, and tin- posterior for cracking and crushing the animal* that become the prey of the Ctttracion, and which chiefly consist of the shell-clad Mollusks and Crustaceans. Hunterian. Family NotidanifUe. 388. A portion of one of the jaws of a Shark (Notiilamis grist**). The number of recumbent or successions! teeth does not exceed two behind each tooth in place : the asygous symphysial tooth deviates considerably from the typical form of the teeth in this genus, as do likewise the small teeth at the extremities of the jaw. PrttCHted by Dr. Leach, F.L.8. Family Sptnacidte. 389. The skeleton of the Piked Dog-fish (Spina* Accattkiat). The number of ver- tebrae is 110, of which 34 support short ribs. Mint. Soutk. 390. A considerable proportion of the vertebral column of a Piked Dog-fish (Spiiuu Lateral sections have been removed from the anterior of some of the middle vertebne, to show the form of the concave articular extremities of the bodies, and the intervening osseous texture. The iuterneural plates equal the true neurapophyses in sice ; these are perforated at their base. Hunierian. 391. A portion of the vertebral column of a smaller Piked Dog-fish (Spimax Aeon- fAia*). Htmtfrian. 392. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a Piked Dog-fish (Spintu Acanthiat). The teeth are alike in both upper and lower jaws ; they are thin triangular plates with the apex inclined backwards, so that the anterior edges are opposed to each other ; the enamel does not terminate below in a horizontal line, but is continued along the middle of the bony base. by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. • I 92 393. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a Piked Dog-fish. Presented by Mrs. Robinson. Family Scyttiidee. 394. A chain of the dried bodies of the vertebrae of a Spotted Dog-fish (Scyttium Canicula). A thin layer of ossific matter, in the form of a hollow cylinder expanded at both ends, has been developed for each vertebra, in the capsule of the gelatinous notochord, constricting it at intervals, but not obliterating it at any part. Hunterian. 395. The upper jaw and teeth of a Spotted Dog-fish (Scyttium Canicula). The teeth in this genus present a triangular form with a large middle cusp, complicated, at least in the young animal, with one or two small cusps on each side of its base ; the base is always more or less furrowed longitudinally. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.S. 396. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a species of Dog-fish (Scyttium Thylu- cina) from South Australia. Presented by Governor Grey. Family Nictitantes. 397. The skeleton of a Tope (Galeus communis). It shows 20 ribs. The number of vertebrae is 140, of which 20 support short straight ribs : the haemal canal begins to be formed at the 43rd vertebra. Hunterian. 398. Four vertebral bodies of a Tope (Galeus communis}. The interspace between the terminal cones is filled by a compact ossification. The parapo- physes have been removed from one side to show the shallow cavities against which their bases are applied. The neurapophyses are supported by processes of the centrum, which arc directly perforated by the motor roots of the spinal nerves. A distinct interneural piece is wedged into each of the interspaces of the neurapophyses. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 399. A series of vertebrae of the Galeus communis. A terminal one has been vertically bisected to show the compact texture of the osseous matter between the terminal cones. The neural cavities extend into the processes supporting the neurapophyses. Mus. Brit. 93 400. A scries of vertebra; from the Galftu eommtmu. Mtu. Brit. 401. Four caudal vertebrae of the Gnleiu commit nit. Mm. Brit. 402. The jaws of a Shark (Galen* ferox). Mtu. Brit. 403. The jaws of a Shark (Gafau ferox). Not any of the erect series of teeth are broken in this specimen, but the place* of attach- ment of the shed teeth are visible exterior to these. The form of tooth characteristic of the genus (ialeut is better adapted to resist fracture, the base being broader and stronger, than in the Carchariat. MK*. Brit. 404. The upper and lower jaws of the same species of Galetu. Mtu. Brit. 405. The upper and lower jaws of a smaller individual of the same species of Gains. Huntrriatt. 406. A portion of one of the jaws of a Galen*/erot, showing the modifications of the characteristic form of the teeth in this genus, observable in those situated at the middle and at the extremities of the jaw. Hunteria*. 407. A section of one of the jaws of a Galeusferox, showing three of the vertical or successional scries of teeth. The middle series consists of one tooth, erect and in use at the margin of the jaw, and four recumbent teeth attached to its posterior surface. They are covered by a fold of the buccal membrane in the recent fish, and show progressive stages of development as they approach the teeth in use. Pretented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 408. The skull and bodies of the anterior vertebra? of the trunk of the Blue Shark ( Car chariot glaiunu) . The pillars of the rostrum, the cartilaginous cavities for the nasal capsules, the wide anterior t'untanclle, the pterygoid arches confluent at both ends with the base of the skull, and other characteristics of the skull of the Shark, are well shown in this specimen. The anterior vertebrae are, as it were, clamped to the skull by the backward extension on each side of firm cartilaginous processes from the occiput. On the summit of the occiput are the 94 « two closely approximated oval fenestrre which lead to the cartilaginous capsules of the organs of hearing : they are covered by the skin in the recent fish. The hyoid arch is suspended from the ends of the tympanic pedicles, behind the lower jaw. The jaws exhibit the modifi- cations of form, the numerous rows, and the mode of succession, of the teeth. Hunterian. 409. A centrum, or vertebral body, of a Blue Shark (Carcharias fflaucus). The intervening ossification between the articular cones has obliterated all the vacuities except the two marked (n) which supported the neurapophyses, and the two marked (p) which supported the parapophyses, and which continue to be filled with clear cartilage in the recent vertebra. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 410. A series of vertebral bodies of the same species of Carcharias. Mm. Brit. 411. A series of vertebral bodies of the same species of Carcharias, showing the dried remains of the cartilage in the neural and ha3mal vacuities. Mus. Brit. 412. A series of the bodies of the caudal vertebras of the same species of Car- charias. Mus. Brit. 413. A series of seven vertebral bodies of a larger species of a Blue Shark (Car- charias vorax). One of these has been vertically bisected, showing the com- pact but somewhat coarse osseous texture, which fills the interspaces between the terminal articular cones and between the neural and haemal vacuities. No distinct concentric cylinders nor longitudinal plates are present in these ossified parts. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 414. One of the teeth of a large Blue Shark (Carcharias vorax). It is from the jaws of a specimen which measured twenty -five feet in length. One of the fossil teeth of an extinct species (Carcharias meyalodon) is preserved with it. Hunterian. 415. The jaws of a Shark (Carcharias vorax), which show that the teeth of the outer row have the crown usually broken off before the base is shed. . Brit, N 410. A section of the jaw of a Carckaria*, in which part of the membranous rover- ing of the recumbent teeth is preserved in a dry state. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.H.S. 417. The maxillary and mandibulor arches of the Long-finned Shark macropler**). The pointed summits of the teeth of the lower jaw arc longer, narrower, and continued wore abruptly from the base, than those of the upper jaw. JIunterian. Family Lamnideaglc Shark (Lamna cornubica). It shows the fractured occipital surface which was anchylosed with the body of the atlas, the wide anterior vacuity in the cartilaginous parietes of the cranium, the pterygoid archen connate at both endt with the basis cranii as in the embryos of Osseous Fishe*, and the three peculiar rostral processes which converge and coalesce at their anterior extremities to form the framework of a kind of cut-water, which prolongs the skull in advance of the jaws. A great proportion of the semioasified cartilage is covered by the pavement of fine ganoid tubercles forming the substance called " shagreen." Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 420. A series of vertebral bodies of the Porbeagle Shark (Lamna ronmbica). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. A series of vertebral bodies of the Lamna commbica. One extremity shows the terminal cone ossified to the centre ; at the other end a vertical section of the centrum shows the longitudinal osseous plates which unite together the ter- minal cone*. Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 96 422. A vertical transverse section of a vertebral body of the Lamna cornubica. A vestige of the concentric cylinders may be discerned near the centre of the body ; but the chief part of the intervening osseous matter is so disposed as to connect the articular cones in the form of longitudinal converging plates, with interspaces, which are filled with clear cartilage hi the recent vertebra, but form vacuities in the dried specimens. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 423. A vertebral body of the Lamna cornubica. There are fewer and wider interspaces between the longitudinal osseous plates in this species than in the Selache maxima ; the widest spaces being the two marked (») which support the neurapophyses, and the two marked (p) which support the parapophyses in the entire vertebra. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.S. 424. The upper and lower jaws of a Shark (Odontaspis) : some of the exterior teeth have had their crowns broken off. Mus. Brit. 425. The upper and lower jaws of another species of Odontaspis, in which the teeth are characterized by a small accessory point on each side of their base. The inner walls of the jaws have been removed near the symphysis of each, to show the series of successional teeth. The teeth decrease in size from this part to the angles of the jaws, where they lose their points and become adapted by their numbers and close arrange- ment for a coarse mastication of the food. Hunterian. 426. The upper and lower jaws of a nearly allied species of Odontaspis. Mus. Brit. 427. The upper and lower jaws of a Shark (Galeolamna Greyi) from South Australia ; the teeth in the upper jaw resemble those of the Galeus ; those of the lower jaw are intermediate in form between the teeth of Lamna and Carcharias. Presented by Governor Grey. 428. A vertical section of the lower jaw, and of one of the vertical series of teeth of a large Shark (Lamna Latro). It shows the progression, calcification and consolidation of the teeth as they approach the alveolar border of the jaw. One tooth is erect, and a second and third are in positions inter- mediate between the erect and the recumbent teeth : these are covered by a duplicature of the thick mucous gum. The exterior layer of each tooth consists of a modification of dentine as hard as enamel, called ' vitrodentine.' Fig. in Owen's Odontography, pi. 5. fig. 1. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 97 429. A section of one of the jaws of a Lamna, with three of the vertical or succes- sional rows of teeth. The change from the recumbent to the erect petition is more gradual and progressive, and the number of teeth in reaerve is greater, than in the preceding genera. Eight teeth may be counted in one of the row* of the present specimen. Prcttnted by Prof. Oven, F.Jt.S. Family Alopeciida. 480. The dried skin of a Fox Shark (Alopiat fulpet). Hunteria*. »• Genus Selacke. The specimen of Basking Shark (Marhe maxima) from which the specimens Xi»s. 431 to 433, pre- sented by Sir Everard Home, were taken, was a male, caught in fishing nets off Hastings, NoTember 13th, 1808. The length of the animal was 30 feet 6 inches. A brief account of its anatomy U given in the ' Philosophical Transactions' for 1809, p. 177. A second example, also a male, was taken on 21st November 1810, in the herring nets off Dieppe, and was described by M. de Blaiaville in the 'Annales du Museum,' t. xriii. (1811) p. 88. Some of its tissues were the subjects of the able ana- lyses of M. Cherreul, which are detailed in the same rolume. ' A third specimen of the Basking Shark, from which Nos. 435 to 438 were taken, was captured at Brighton in the year 1812. 431. A vertebra of a Basking Shark (Selacke maxima). It shows the two deep terminal articular concavities characteristic of the class of Fuhes. The sides of the centrum show the margins of the longitudinal bony plates and their inter- spaces, which were filled in the recent fish by hyaline cartilage. The upper surface is exca- vated by two deep conical depressions here partly filled by the dried remains of the denser cartilage which constituted the neural arch. On the under surface are two similar cavities which were dosed by the similarly dense cartilage forming the haemal arch. Pretexted by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 432. A similar specimen. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.Jt.S. 433. The centrum of a vertebra of the same Shark, from which the cartilaginous neural and haemal arches have been removed, together with some of the lon- gitudinal plates on one side, to show the outermost perforated concentric cylinder. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 98 434. The centrum of a caudal vertebra of the Made maxima, bisected vertically and transversely. This is one of the vertebrae of the animal surmised to be a ' Sea-serpent,' which was cast on shore at Stronsa, in the Orkneys, September 1808 : it is described by Dr. Barclay in the ' Wernerian Transactions,' vol. i., who transmitted the vertebra to Sir Everard Home. It shows the arrangement of the osseous matter between the two terminal bony cones, which chiefly constitute the vertebral centrum. These cones are united together at their circumference by longitudinal bony plates arranged parallel with the axis of the vertebra : the rest of the intervening space between the cones is occupied by concentric circular plates or cylinders of bone, which are minutely perforated : both the longitudinal and cylindrical plates are interrupted by the neural and haemal conical excavations : these and the intervals of the several plates are filled by clear or hyaline cartilage in the recent fish. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 435. The terminal osseous cones of a vertebral centrum of the Selache maxima. The opposite surfaces of each show at their periphery the converging lines to which the longitudinal plates were attached, and at the rest of their surface the concentric lines to which the progressively decreasing bony cylinders were attached. The smooth articular surfaces of the cones show only concentric lines : ossification has obliterated their originally intercom- municating foramen. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 436. A longitudinal section of two vertebral centrums of the Selache maxima. It shows the coarse irregular osseous texture of the terminal cones, the sides of the peri- pheral longitudinal diverging plates, and the cut edges of the central concentric cylinders. One of the centrums has been bisected transversely, to show more clearly the twofold arrangement of the bony laminae between the terminal cones : also the perforations of the cylindrical plates, and the transition from the concentric to the diverging lamellar structure : the outer cylinder being, as it were, broken up into processes which join the irregular inner edges of the longitudinal plates. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 437. A longitudinal section of four vertebral centrums of the Selache maxima, show- ing the dried elastic capsules by which the margins of the terminal coijes are joined together. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 438. The opposite section of the same vertebrae. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. N Family Scymmiidt. 489. A dried specimen of a small Shark of the genus Srymntu. The teeth of the upper j»w are small, conical, subcomprawed, with slightly recurred point*. The teeth of the lower jaw are about eight times larger than those above : they are straight, flattened, symmetrical, lancet -shaped plates, with finely dentated margins: one of them croms the line of the symphysis of the lower jaw. Presented by F. D. Bennett, %., F.L.S. Family Squafinida. 440. The cranium with the maxillary and mandibular arches and the labial cartilages of the Monk-fish (Squatimi Angeltui). MM. lleari*ide. 441. The maxillary and mandibular arches of the Monk-fish (Squatina Angeln9). 442. The skull, with several anterior abdominal vertebrae and the branchial arches, of the Monk-fish (Squat 'JIM Angcluj). This specimen has been vertically bisected, showing the form of the cranial cavity and of the biconcave spaces between the bodies of the vertebra. The body of the atlas has coalesced with the basioccipital, but the neural arch remains distinct ; the gelatinous mass between the atlas and axis has been ossified and has coalesced with the body of the axis. The distinction between the hyoidean and the branchial arches is well shown. The hyoidean arch is sus- pended from the tyrnpano-mandibular joint, and supports six branchiostegal rays. The upper or cpihranrhial element of the first gill-brariug arch almost meets its fellow beneath the an- terior abdominal vertebra, to which it is attached by a ligament. The bases of the cerato- branchials expand into triangular plates which underlie the extremities of the hypobranchial processes. The last arch presents an exception to this structure. Pretexted by Joseph Andre, Esq. 443. The cranium, with the upper and lower jaws, of the Hammer-headed Shark (Xyyerna laticep*. Cantor). It is chiefly remarkable for the extension of two long processes outwards from the antero- laieral parts of the cranium ; which processes bifurcate at the extremity where they form the orbits. On the left side some of the elongated muscles of the eye are preserved. The rostral prolongation is short and obtuse, bat is supported by three processes as in the normal Sharks, of 100 and is connected by the anterior fold of integument to the cartilaginous peduncle of the orbit. The maxillary arch is suspended by its palatal processes to the sides of the vomerine region of the basis cranii : the tympanic pedicles are wanting. The occiput presents three facets for the atlas, one on the basioccipital and two on the exoccipitals. Presented by Dr. Cantor. 444. The dried head of a Hammer-headed Shark (Zygand). The teeth have an in- equilateral triangular crown, bent obliquely towards the angles of the mouth, but sharp-pointed and with a finely serrated margin. Mits. Brit. 445. A dried specimen of a young Saw-fish (Pristis antiquoruni). It shows the equal size of the large rostral teeth, and the very minute size of those of the jaws. Hunterian. 446. A dried specimen of a young Saw-fish (Pristis antiquoruni). Hunterian. 447. The anterior extremity of the prolonged rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis), with three teeth in situ on the left side, and the sockets of the corresponding teeth of the right side exposed. The teeth which are lodged in these sockets are elongated, compressed in the same plane as that of the body of the saw, and the margins converge to a sharp point, which is situated a little behind the axis of the tooth ; the anterior border of the tooth is convex, but grows sharper towards the point ; the posterior margin is concave or grooved, and the groove glides upon a corresponding ridge which projects into the back part of the socket. The rostral tooth is solid, as shown in the posterior one of the right side ; its base is slightly concave and porous, like the section of a cane, but the pores are finer and more numerous. The walls of the socket are formed by ossification of the rostral cartilage to the adequate ex- tent ; but as undue weight under any circumstances, and especially at the fore end of the fish, would be a cumbrous impediment to its motions, the spaces between the sockets are filled with a gelatinous medulla. A large vascular canal, traversed by branches of the facial artery and of the second division of the fifth pair of nerves, and inclosed in a cellular and gelatinous tissue, runs parallel with the axis of the saw along the back part of the alveoli, and supplies the materials for the increase of the teeth, which are not shed and renewed like the maxillary teeth, but grow with the growth of the body by constant addition of fresh pulp-material, progressively ossified at their base. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 448. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis antiquorum). Hunterian. 449. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis antiquoruni). Hunterian. 101 450. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pruti* antiquorum). 451. The head and rostrum of a Saw-fish (Prutu pectinate). 452. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 458. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 454. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 455. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 456. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 457. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 458. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. 459. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. 460. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. 461. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish. 462. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish. 463. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. 464. The rostrum of Pristu pectinate. 465. The rostrum of Pruti* pectinate. 466. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. 467. The rostrum of Prutu pectinaiu*. 468. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. 469. The rostrum of Prutu pectinate. JIuntenan. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunt man. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Hunterian. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. Presented by Capt. Sir IF. E. Parry, R.N. 102 470.. The rostrum of Pristis pectinatus. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. 471. The rostrum of Pristis pectinatus. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. 472. The rostrum of Pristis pectinatus. Presented by Capt. Sir W. E. Parry, R.N. 473. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis cuspidatus). Hunterian. 474. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. Presented by Capt. Sir Everard Home, Bart., R.N., F.R.S. 475. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. Hunterian. 476. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish. Hunterian. 477. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish. Hunterian. 478. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis antiquorum). Hunterian. 479. The rostrum of a Saw-fish, Squalus Pristis (Pristis antiquorum}. Hunterian. 480. The rostrum of a Saw-fish, Squalus Pristis (Pristis antiquorum). Hunterian. 481. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. Hunterian. 482. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. Hunterian. 483. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. Hunterian. 484. The rostrum of a Saw-fish. In this species the rostrum is broad at its base, with from eighteen to twenty-four teeth on each side, thick and channeled at their posterior part, inclining to an edge in front. Mm. Brit. 485. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Pristis pectinatus). The animal was killed near the mouth of the Kaloogungah or Black river, near Caltura, 24 miles south of Columbo. It was about 12 or 15 feet in length, and "as large about the body as a sentry-box !" Presented by Sir Alexander Johnston. 103 486. A similar specimen of the rostrum of the Prutu pertinatm. In this (peck* the rostrum is narrower in proportion to iU length than in thr Priittt a*t\ 7*on>M ; the teeth are longer aud more slender, and are from twenty-five to thirty-six cm each side. JfuHterian. 4S7. The rostrum of a Saw-fish (Prittu ctupidattu). 488. A similar specimen. M**. Brit. t-:i \ siinil •;• s|)( . ::..• 11 In the Prtttii eutjndalta the teeth are broad, flat, and lancet-formed ; and twenty-eight on each tide. Huntcrian. 490. The rostrum of the small-toothed Saw-fish (Priftit mierodon). Mut. Brit 491. A similar specimen. Presetted by Sir WUlia* Blizard, F.R.S. 492. A similar specimen. In the Pritlit mierodon the rostrum is long, and the teeth exceedingly short. The «|ieci- men to which thLt name was applied was but twenty-eight inches in length, and. most pro- bably, immature ; when the shortness of the spines would be the consequence of their being nearly concealed by a membrane that extends itself laterally on each side of the snout, some- times even to the extremity of the spines ; this membrane disappears in the adult. lltutlerian. 498. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish (Pritti* peclinattts). Hu*teriaii. 494. The rostrum of a young Saw-fish (Pristi» pectinattut). Ifimleria*. 495. A dried specimen of the Print i* n'rro/«#. In this specie* the rostral teeth vary in length, there being from three to fire smaller ones interposed between the longer teeth ; these are sharp-pointed and slightly recurred ; their base is expanded and excavated more deeply than in the common Saw-fish, and becomes anrhy lotted to the walls of the alveolus. The rostral series of teeth extends backwards on each side of the head to beyond the angle* of the month. The maxillary teeth are more developed than in the Priitii a»tiq*onm. Fig. — Linn. Trans, ii. pi. 26. f. 6. and pi. 27. Habitat.— Port Jackson, in New Holland. 104 Family Rhinobatida. 496. The maxillary and mandibular arches of the Rhina, showing the quincuncial pavement of obtuse, striated denticles covering the alveolar tract of the jaws, and characteristic of this genus. Hunterian. Family Raiidee. 497. The skeleton of a Homelyn or Sand-Ray (Raia maculata). The skin has been left upon the dorsal aspect. Purchased. 498. The skeleton of a large male Skate (Raia Batis), showing the cartilaginous supports of the claspers continued from the hinder margin of the ventral fins Hunterian. 499. The skeleton of a small male Skate (Raia Satis). Hunterian. 500. The skeleton of a large female Skate (Raia Batis). Mm. South. 501. The skeleton of a female Skate (Raia Batis). Presented by Joseph Henry Green, Esq., F.R.S. In all these specimens may be noticed the confluence of the anterior vertebrae of the trunk and the adhesion of the scapular arch to the continuous spinous ridge of those vertebrae. 502. The cranium with the branchial arches and anterior coalesced abdominal ver- tebrae of a Skate (Raia Batis). The hyoidean arch is extremely slender, is suspended from the back part of the proximal end of the tympanic pedicle, and is attached lower down to the first branchial arch. The rostral process of the cranium is much prolonged. Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 503. The cranium with the anterior coalesced and some of the free vertebrae, and with the maxillary, mandibular, hyoidean, and scapular arches of a small Ray (Raia maculata). Presented by Sir B. C. Brodie, Bart., F.R.S. 105 '"'1 I 111 Ulli livlos.-d c ni .. .:' .! .::i;:,:il .m.l .HiMhT tUtM ipi I'M -', I (Ana Bati«). The niunbcr of nerve-outlets in the coalesced anterior portion of the column indicates that of the vertebrae which form it. The parapophysefl of the anterior vertebrae form articular surfaces for the two condylcs of the occiput. H**teria*. 505. The vertebral column of a young Skate (Raia Bali*). Hunterian. 506. A similar specimen. IIuntcria*. 507. A similar specimen. JInnteria*. In each of these may be noticed the great breadth of the neural and hrmal spinen, which are fewer in number than the bodies of the rertebne themselves. 508. A vertebral column of a young Skate (Raia Balis). A vertical section has been removed from the connate anterior portion, showing the central element modified or metamorphosed as in the cranium of higher vertebrate animals into a flattened bony plate, connate with similarly flattened and expanded walls of the neural canal. Presented by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. 509. The vertebral column of a young Skate. 510. A similar specimen. 511. A longitudinal section of the anterior vertebrae of a Skate (Raia Bali*). The anterior centrums hare coalesced into a flattened plate, continuous with the similarly uniform walls of the neural canal. The section of the posterior vertebrae shows the ossified terminal plates united chiefly by longitudinal plates with interspaces that were filled with cartilage,. The neurapophyses are short and directly perforated by the motor roots of the nerves : the interaeurapophyses are larger and are perforated by the sensory roots. The parapophyses are. beut and interlocked, the anterior angle of one fitting into a posterior notch of the vertebra in advance. Pretexted by Prof. Owen, F.R.ff. 512. A portion of the abdominal and caudal vertebra? of a Skate (Raia Halt*), showing the bending-down of the parapophyses in the first and second caudal vertebrae to form the haemal canal. The neurapophyaes (*)> the interneur- apophyses (0, and the neural spines («), are well shown in this Prncnied by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 106 513. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a Skate (Raia Batis), showing the crucial ligaments which connect them together on each side. Hunterian. 514. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a small Skate (Raia Batis). Presented by William Clift, Esq., F.R.S. 515. The upper and lower jaws of a large Skate (Raia Batis). Hunterian. 515 a. Part of the dental covering of the jaws of a large Skate (Raia Batis). Hunterian. 516. The dental covering of the jaws of a large Skate (Raia Batis). Hunterian. 517. The maxillary and mandibular arches with the teeth of a Thornback (Raia clavatd) . Hunterian . 518. The maxillary and mandibular arches with the teeth of a Thornback (Raia clavatd). Hunterian. 519. The maxillary and mandibular arches with the teeth of a Thornback (Raia clavatd). Hunterian. 520. The mandibular arch and its dental covering, together with that of the maxil- lary arch, of a Thornback (Raia clavata). Hunterian. 521. The dental covering of the maxillary and mandibular arches of a Thornback (Raia clavata). Hunterian. 522. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a species of Ray (Raia acutidens), from South Australia. They are more completely ossified than in the common spe- cies (Raia Batis), and the points of the teeth are more produced. Presented by Governor Grey. 523. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a species of Ray (Raia parvidens), from South Australia, characterized by the minute size of the teeth. Presented by Governor Grey. 107 524. The maxillary and mandilmlar arches of a specie* of Ray (llaia molariden*), from South Australia, charactcriied by the large size and obtuse or flat sum- aite of those teeth which have been in use. Presented by Governor Grey. 585. The maxillary and nmndibular arches of a species of Ray, from South Australia. Presented by Governor Grey. 528. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a species of Ray, from South Australia. The azygous symphysial row of teeth on the mandible are very distinctly shown in this specimen. Presented by Governor Grey. 527. The upper and lower jaws of a species of Ray, from South Australia. Presented by Governor Grey. 528. The upper and lower jaws of a species of Ray. Hunterian. 529. The maxillary and mandibular arches of a species of Ray, from the Cape of Good Hope. Presented by William Norris, K*q. 580. The tail of an exotic species of Ray. Hunterian. 531. The tail and serrated spine of the Fire-flare or Sting- Ray (Trygon pastinaca). Hunterian. 532. A similar specimen. Hunterian. 533. The tail of the Trygon pastinaca, with two serrated spines. Hunterian. 534. The caudal serrated spine of the Trygon pastinaca. Hunterian. 535. The skeleton of a small Eagle Ray (Myliobates AquUa}. Purchased. 536. The tail of an Eagle Ray (Myliobates Aq*tia\ Hunterian. p2 108 537. The tail of an Eagle Ray (Myliobates], showing a series of five serrated spines in succession. The tail measures 7 feet 8 inches in length, from the base of the first spine. Hunterian. 538. The tail of a smaller Myliobates, showing two, fractured, serrated spines. Hunterian. 539. Part of the tail of another species of Myliobates, with a single and longer ser- rated spine. The skin of the tail is granulated with small placoid tubercles. Hunterian. 540. The caudal serrated spine, apparently, of a Myliobates. Hunterian. 541. A portion of the dental pavement of a lower jaw of a true Myliobates: this subgenus is characterized by one broad middle series, and by several narrow lateral series of denticles. Hunterian. 542. The upper and lower jaws of a small specimen of a Myliobates, with the dental plates. The upper series of plates is convex, both transversely and longitudinally, but more so in the latter direction : the plates of the lower series are narrower and are nearly horizontal. Its anterior extremity projects beyond the jaw, and can be used like a spade in digging out shell-fish, crustaceans, &c., from the sandy bottoms frequented by these Rays. Hunterian. 543. A portion of the dental covering of the upper jaw of an Eagle Ray (Zygobatcs). Mm. Brit. 544. A portion of the upper jaw with the dental pavement of a Zygobates. Hunterian. 545. A portion of the upper jaw, with its dental pavement, of a Zyffobates. This genus is characterized by the great breadth of the series of teeth on each side the middle series. The outer rows, two or three in number, are composed of small prismatic teeth. There are two rows on the right and three on the left of the present specimen. Hunterian. 109 'i hi \ |i..rti"ii .-I' th, .1, utal (' ivi OB nt "i tlic II|>|MT uu d .1 / '•/'• - There «re two row* of mull denticle* on both ikies in this specimen. The difference of thickness in the anterior worn denticle*, and the posterior Uter developed one* intruded to replace them, is worthy of notice. The bate* of the denticle* *how the fissure* by wliirh thr vessels and nenre* penetrate the medullarj cavities and canal* of the dental tubstance. 547. A portion of the dental pavement of a lower jaw of a Xygobalr*. The series next the middle one, on the left side, is divided into two, which renders the pavement unsymmctrical, — an anomaly without doubt accidental and peculiar to the individual from which the specimen was derived. //////AT///// 548. A portion of the lower jaw and dental (wvement of the same species of / batf». The abnormal division is not present in either of the lateral series of denticles, and their arrangement is symmetrical. limit- nan. 549. The right moiety of a small, dried, bisected specimen of an Eagle Ray bates), showing the disposition of the massive crushing dental plates of the palato-maxillary and mamlibulur arches. The palato-maxillary series is distinguished by it* greater degree of curvature : it is placed vertically with the convex grinding surface turned backwards and downwards, the lower and anterior border working upon the almost horizontal surface of the mamlibular pavement . Hunterian. 550. A part of the dental pavement of the upper jaw of an dSfo6afe». The grinding surface is convex antero-posteriorly, and sinuous transversely, being slightly concave in that direction at the sides. //un(ehan. 551. Part of the dental pavement of the upper jaw of a very large Brit. 552. A portion of the upper jaw, with the dental pavement, of an jEtobatr*. This subgenus is characterized by the single series of teeth, which are of unusual breadth ; the anterior ones show the effects of attrition depending upon the position of the entire series in relation to those in the lower jaw, as shown in the preceding specimen. Mtu. Brit. 110 553. The dental pavement of the under jaw of an JEtobates; two of the teeth or dental plates have been detached from the anterior worn end, to show their chevron-shape and the grooved basis by which they adhere to the mandibular cartilage. Hunterian. 554. A portion of the mandible, with the dental pavement, of the jfitobates an- gustm. Mm. Brit. 555. Portions of the upper and lower jaws, with their dental pavements, of an JEto- bates. Hunterian. 556. A portion of the dental pavement of the lower jaw of a large Eagle Ray (j&obates). The pores visible on the posterior fractured surface are the orifices of the medullary ca- nals of the minute denticles, the aggregate of which denticles composes each of the transverse dental plates : the antero-posterior parallel grooves on the under or attached surfaces of these plates are well seen in this large specimen, together with the canals continued upwards from the posterior part of the grooves, which canals lead to a continuous transverse channel run- ning along the back part of the grooved basis of the tooth. The vessels and nerves of the denticles pass out of the canal by the pores with which it is perforated. By this arrange- ment the delicate vascular matrix is effectually defended from the superincumbent pressure which is transmitted by the margins of the longitudinal lamellae beneath the dental canal upon the jaw-bone. Hunterian. 557. The dental pavement of the lower jaw of a large ^Etobates. Hunterian. 558. The dental pavement of the lower jaw of an ^tobates. Mm. Brit. 559. The dental pavement of the lower jaw of an ^Etobates. Mm. Brit. 560. Two of the chevron-shaped dental plates of the mandibular pavement of an ^Etobates. Hunterian. Ill Family Ccpkaloptrritltr. 561. A portion of the head of a large exotic Ray (Cephaloptera). It i* remarkable for the complete detachment of the anterior angle* of the pectoral tins from the re*t of those members, and their attachment to the lateral production* of tbr wide anterior rostral portion of the skull ; thus appearing to be cephalic fins, whence the name of the genus. Each of these fins contains 26 jointed rays, which do not bifurcate until near their extremities. The maxillary and mandibular arches present the form of flattened transverse ban of cartilage covered by a pavement of minute ossicles : the dentary border* are coated by a pavement of minute rhoroboidal flattened teeth. Pretexted by Prof. Owen, F.B.S. 562. A portion of the skull of a Cephaloptera, showing the anterior dismember- ments of the great pectoral fins, which are attached to the ends of the- tympanic pedicles and to the sides of the rostral production of tin- skull. The pavement of minute teeth is preserved on both jaws. Pntented by Dr. Biyclotc. MISCELLANEOUS AND UNDETERMINED. 563. The glossohyal, or lingual plate, of the great Sudis (Arapaimn gigari) •. its upper surface is beset with small granular toeth, and the Indians of South America, to the great rivers of which this lish is peculiar, use this part of it for a rasp. In Edwards'* ' Voyage to the Amazon River ' is the following reference to this part : — "A teaspoonful of Guarana grated into a tumbler of water makes a pleasant beverage, but when drunk to excess its narcotic effects greatly injure the system. The grater used for this and other purposes is the rough tongue-bone of one of the large river-fish." (p. 157.) H Hitman. 564. Four epibrauchial bones and three pharyngo-branchials, supporting scries of small conical curved teeth with the same parts of the opposite side, of an Osseous Fish. Jinn/trio*. 112 The following specimens of the Calcareous Concretions from the Ear-sac of Fishes were prepared and presented by Sir Anthony Carlisle, F.R.S. 565. The larger Otolites of the Ling (Lota molvd). 566. The larger Otolite of the Herring (Clupea Harengw). 567. The larger Otolite of the Dace (Leudscus vulgaris). 568. The larger Otolite of the Gudgeon (Gobiojluviatilis). 569. The larger Otolite of the Sole (Pleuronectes Solea). 570. The larger Otolite of the Plaice (Pleuronectes Platessa). 571. The larger Otolite of the Cod (Morrhua vulgaris). 572. The larger Otolite of the Haddock (Morrhua ceykfinus). 573. The larger Otolite of the Sword-fish (Xiphias Gladius). 574. The larger Otolite of the Sturgeon (Acipenser Sturio). 575. The larger Otolite and the two smaller Otolites of some very large Osseous Fish. Presented by Charles Darwin, Esq., F.R.S. us Class REPTILIA. Order BATRACHIA. Genus Sirm. 576. One of the anterior vertcbrse of the Siren (Siren lacrrtina), which supports short plcurapophyscs or costal appendages. The whole vertebra is remarkable for iu itnmgly ridged exterior : the body presents a deep conical excavation at each end : the neural (pine form* a strong ridge above the arch, and bifurcates posteriorly to terminate upon the posterior lygapophries. A strong hrpapo- physial ridge U left, by defect of ossification on each side, to form the under surface of ihr centrum. A parapophysial ridge extends from a short anterior parapnphrsis to the longer parapophysial part of the transverse process at the posterior part of the vertebra. A dimjx>- phyiial ridge extends above and nearly parallel with the former, from the anterior zygapo- physis to the diapophysial |>«rt of the transverse process. A third short ridge is continued from the former to the posterior tygapophysu. The vacuities between these several ridgn resemble those which are common in the incompletely ossified vertebra of fishes. Ilunterian. 576 a. The skull and four following vertebrae of the Sire* lacfrlina. The cranial cavity has been laid open, and the large otolite and vestibular sac are exposed in the right otocrane. The body of the atlas articulates by two almost flat vertical articular surfaces to two similar condylrs from the cxoccipitals. A continuous broad flat expanse of bone represents the bodies of the cranial segments. The confluent pamccipital and mastoid project backwards as a broad compressed plate, from the upper part of which a mastoid ridge extends forwards along the side of the cranium, and gives attachment to the tympanic, which arches forwards and downwards, increasing in thick- new and forming a three-sided cone, the base of which forms the articular cavity for the broad convex ooodyle of the lower jaw : both the frontal and nasal bones are divided by a median suture. The premaxillaries consist of a short, transverse, trenchant, alveolar plate, and a long and slender nasal part, the point of which is wedged between the nasal and frontal. The prefronud, notched by the olfactory nerve, extends from the frontal, which overarches it, to the vomer and palatine below. The palatine is beset with eight short oblique raws of den- ticles, and four similar rows extend backwards on short pterygoids. The lower jaw consists of articular, angular, splenial and dentary piece*. The angular and splenial seem to be confluent. There is no coronoid process. The horny, trenchant covering of the alveolar plate of the maxillary terminates behind in an angular elevation of that mar- 114 gin. On the inner side, between the trenchant plate and the splenial piece, there is a narrow longitudinal patch of denticles. The body of the atlas extends forwards like a short odontoid process above the interspace between the occipital condyles. A short parapophysial and diapophysial plate is developed from each side of the atlas, which has posterior hut not anterior zygapophyses. In the second vertebra, which has increased in length, the par- and di-apophysial plates have united to form a compound transverse process, which supports a short straight pleurapophysis ; and a strong hypapophysial ridge is developed from the whole length of the under surface of the centrum. A ridge is continued from the diapophysial ridge to the posterior zygapophysis. Two vertical ridges diverging to the same processes from the fore part of the neural arch represent the neural spine. In the third vertebra the characters are assumed, which have been noted in the description of No. 576. Hunterian. 577. Five caudal vertebrae of the Siren lacertina. Each vertebra is compressed, and its vertical extent increased, by the bending down of the parapophysial plates, to form two vertical walls, intercepting a hoemal canal which protects the vascular trunks of the tail. The diapophysial ridge is continued outwards from the side of the centrum. The neural arch has coalesced with the centrum in this, as in other Batrachia. Hunterian. 578. A vertically and longitudinally bisected vertebra, from the middle of the back of the Siren lacertina. It shows the depth and shape of the terminal articu- lar excavations of the centrum, which were filled, as in fishes, by unossificd remains of the notochord, in the condition of concentric ligamentous layers, with intervening gelatinous fluid, the whole inclosed in a capsule, and giving a certain elasticity to the vertebral column *. Hunterian. 579. The horny dental sheaths of the jaws, with the palatal villiform teeth of the Siren lacertina. Hunterian. Genus Proteus. 580. A considerable portion of the vertebral column, with the mandible and hyoid apparatus of the Proteus anguinus. In the entire skeleton the third to the ninth vertebra; support minute ribs attached to the lower (parapophysial) half of the transverse process : they are wanting in the twenty-one following vertebrae, and re-appear well developed in the thirty-first vertebra, where they form, with broad cartilaginous hsemapophyses, a pelvic arch. * Sec the Wet Preparation, No. 246. Physiological Series, Gallery. 116 The bodies of the vertebra; are long, •lender, deeply excavated at both end*, and joined together a* in the Sirfn lacrrtina. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.S.S Genus Axolotea. 581. The cranium of the AxolotI (.Ixalotn marmoralmi). Tbe ha«inrci|>ital is represented by • posterior prolongation of the common broad and flat T basicranial bone which represetiU the bodie* of the cranial vcrtebrsr. Thr exooripitala are separated below by the bastoccipital process, and abore by a thin drird cartilaginous repre- seiiutirr of the sapcroccipital. Each rxoccipital derelopc* a mall, alniiMt flattened condyle. anterior to which it is perforated by the eighth pair of nerves ; it articulate* abort with thr parietal and ma*tiiie«e higher-orgaai^ Batraehia. The caudal vertebra are rvpre- Mated by a angle, elongated, cylindrical style, having aii anchylosed neural eanal. In the seven vertebra?, between the atlas and the sacrum, two prczygapophyses looking upward*. two poatsygapophysrs looking; downward*, and a »hort tpioous process, arc developed from •ach Moral arch. Tht boon of the cranium arc numbered according to Table I. of SYNONYMS. UuHtrrian. 591. The scapular arch and sternum of the same Bull-frog (liana boatu). The supraacapula is in great part ossified : the scapula divides at it* humeral end into an aoromial and coracoid proccM ; the latter articulate* with the true coracoid bone, the acromiou with the expanded extremity of the clavicle : the glenoid cavity i* formed by both proOHBM of the scapula, and by the coracoid. An epistemal bone, supporting a broad cartilage, i* articulated to the menial union of the clavicle*, from which a bony bar i* continued backward* between the expanded and partially conjoined end* of the coracoid*. The sternum i* articu- lated to the posterior part of the same extremitie* of the coracoid*. J/ua tenon. 592. The humeri, antibrachial bones, portions of the carpal bones, and some pha- langes, from the same Bull-frog (liana bwnt*}. The proximal end of the humenu if an epiphyn* ; the distal end presents a hemispherical ball between a small external ridge and a large internal condyloid process. Thr antibrachial bones have coalesced, but an anterior and posterior indentation at the ditlal half indicates the radius and ulna ; their distal articular extremities are represented by a single epiphysis. The ulnar portion of the bone developes a short and broad olrcranon. In the carpal series are preserved the Urge scapho-lunar bone, the cuneiform, the magnum and the unciform bones. 593. The bones of the hinder extremities of the same Bull-frog (liana loan*). Both the proximal and the distal extremities of the femur are in the condition of epiphyacs. The tibia and fibula are ronnslr : a longitudinal impression on the front and back part of the expanded distal end indicates their division, but a single epiphysis, partially ancliylosrd, form* the proxiaMl axtreautj, and a similar one the distal extremity, of the connate bones ; they air perforated near their middle, from before backwards, by a vascular canal. The asriagahai and laUaaram are much elongated ; the former is slightly bent, the latter straight ; they have coalesced at their proximal and also at their distal extremities with each other, and with the scaphoid and cuboid bones. Two euaciforas bone* remain detached, and immediately support the three inner toe*. tii — .• — JBMMrWMi 120 594. The skeleton of the common Frog (Rana temporaria). The number of verte- brae from the atlas to the sacrum inclusive is nine ; there are no ossified pleur- apophyses, and in most other respects the skeleton resembles that of the larger species, Rana boans. Presented by Henry Cline, Esq. 595. A skeleton of the common Frog. Mm. South. 596. A skeleton of a species of Rana, apparently the male of Rana temporaria, with the ridge continued from the internal condyle, or the shaft of the humerus, unusually developed. Purchased. Genus Bufo. 597. The skeleton of the common Toad (Bufo vulgar is). The number of vertebrae is the same as in the common Frog, but the diapophyses of the third and fourth vertebrae are relatively longer, those of the sacral vertebrae relatively shorter, broader, more depressed and expanded at their extremities. The modified pleurapophyses of the sacrum, or ' iliac bones,' are relatively shorter and more arched. The femora are shorter than the ilia, and the tibiae are shorter than the femora. The hind-foot is also much shorter than in the Frog. The bones of the fore-extremity are relatively larger ; the deltoid ridge of the humerus is more developed, but those which extend from the outer and inner condyles are less developed than in the Frog. Mm. South. Genus Cystignatlius. 598. The skeleton of the thick-legged Toad (Cystignatlius pacliypus). It differs from the common Toad chiefly by the singular form of its humerus, arising from the great development of the osseous ridges extending from the outer and inner condyles, which pass backwards, converge, and unite with a broad plate of bone developed from the whole of the back part of the humerus. Two ridges arise from the fore part of the upper half of the humerus, viz. an outer deltoid, and an inner pectoral ridge. The proximal end of the humerus is an epiphysis. The clavicles are stronger than in the common Toad, and nearly equal the coracoids in thickness. The antibrachial bones are shorter in proportion to the humerus. The pollex is short and rudimental. A broad, irregular plate of bone is developed from the metacarpal bone of the index digit, which is probably a sexual peculiarity, and indicates the present skeleton to have belonged to a male. The sacral diapophyses are subcylindrical. The tibia is longer than the femur, and the bones of the hind-foot, in their length and slenderness, accord with those characters in the Frog tribe. Purchased. 121 Genui CeratopAry*. '>'.)'.) The skeleton of a large specie* of homed Toad (Ceraiopkry*). Tin- boors of the tkull have a rough, granulated, rxtrrior surface. The diapoplivMti of the atlas are compressed and truncated at their extremities ; thoae of the fourth, fifth and «ixth vertebnr are subcyliudrical aud elongated; thote of the aacrum are long, strong, depreated and expanded. The coccygeal ftjle haa a simplr, anchyloaed, neural canal. There is a semi-ossified tubercle upon the proximal extremity of each iliac boue , these arr confluent at their distal extremities with each other aud with the ischimn. The lniin.ru. present* a long deltoid ridge, but tho*c which extend to the outer and inner comlyles an almost obsolete. All the bones of the mouth are edentulous, but a trenchant ridge i» developed from the lower pan of each palatine. Purchased. 600. The natural skeleton of a small species of Toad with rough cranial bones like the Ceratopkryt, but in which the neural arches of the six vertebrae betwirn the axis and sacrum present a smooth concavity or depression above, instead of a spine. Purchated. Genus Pipa. 601. The skeleton of the Surinam Toad (Pipa motutrosa). This species presents eight Tertebne from the atlas to the sacrum inclusive, and the coccy- geal style is anchyloaed to the sacrum : it would seem that the first vertebra answered to both atlas and axis, as in the ordinary Toads and Frogs, since it is longer than the succeeding one*, and devclopes a long diapophysis on each side. The vertebne of this toad are united by ball-and-socket joints, but the ball is anterior instead of being posterior, as in the ordinary Toads and Frogs. The diapophyses of the second and third vertebrae are of unusual length, and support semi-ossified, short, flattened pleunuwphyscs. The diapophyses of the four suc- ceeding vertebrae are very short and slender ; those of the sacrum have the form of depressed, remarkably expanded, triangular plates, and rest upon the anterior halves of the iliac bones. The inpraarspiils is bifurcate, its anterior and longer branch resting upon the diafiophysis of the atlas. The acromial ridge of the scapula has coalesced with the long and slender clavicle. The coracoid* remain distinct, and are unusually expanded beneath the thorax. The tibia is shorter than the femur. A calcaneal sesamoid is developed in the extensor tendon of the foot. The long tarsal bone representing the coalesced body of the cakmneum and cuboid, is three-aided, the angles forming sharp ridges. The astragalus presents a similar form. 122 General Observations on the Skeletons of the BATRACHIA. In commencing the study of the skeletons of Reptiles in the lowest, and most fish-like of the class, we find a much less complex condition of the osseous framework of the body than in the Bony Fishes ; this will be immediately manifest by a comparison of the skeleton of the Menopome (No. 583), which may be taken as an example of the perennibranchiate Batrachia, with the skeleton of the Trout (No. 45), or of the Haddock (No. 176). The difference tends greatly to elucidate the true nature of the complexities of the Fish's skeleton, since it chiefly consists in the simplification of that of the Batrachian by the non-development of the parts of the dermal skeleton, which characterize that of the Fish. The suborbital, supraorbital and supratemporal scale-bones are removed, together with the opercular bones from the head ; and the interneural and dermoneural spines, with the interheemal and dermohaemal spines, are removed from the trunk : and the endo-skeleton is also reduced to a very simple condition ; the advance characteristic of the higher class being appreciable only by a comparison of it with the skeleton of the most batrachoid of Fishes — the Protopterus (No. 380) and Lepidosiren. We then perceive that the bodies of the vertebrae, in the true Batrachian, are distinctly ossified, though preserving, in the perennibranehiate species, a deep, conical, jelly-filled cavity both before and behind : they have also coalesced with the neural arches, as these have with their spines, which are, however, scarcely developed except in the tail. The transverse processes are developed not only from the centrum but from the base of the neural arch, and are formed by both parapophyses and diapophyses ; and they coexist with distinct heemapophyses in the tail : with these, likewise, coexist cartilaginous pleurapophyses in the second, third and fourth caudal vertebrae ; short ossified pleur- apophyses being developed from the ends of the diapophyses in the first caudal to the vertebra dentata inclusive. By this instructive condition of the skeleton of the Menopome we perceive at once that the haem- apophyses are neither transverse processes, nor ribs bent down or displaced, but are elements of vertebrae, as distinct as the neurapophyses above. The neural arches are now articulated together by well- developed zygapophyses with synovial articulations, which are absent in the Protopterus, as in most Fishes. In the Protopterus, as in the Squatina and some other cartilaginous fishes, the neural arch of the atlas rests upon a backward production of the basioccipital ; in the Batrachians it is confluent with its own proper centrum, which developes two articular surfaces for two occipital condyles. The haemal arch of the occipital segment which is attached to its proper vertebra in the Lepidosiren, as in Osseous Fishes, is detached and displaced backwards in the Batrachians, as in the Plagiostomes. In the completion of the haemal arch of the sacral vertebra in the Menopome, by the enlarge- ment of its transverse process and by its pleurapophysis extended to join a heemapophysis below, we have the key to the essential nature of the pelvis in all air-breathing animals. The ultimate subdivi- sions of the radiated or diverging appendages of the scapular and pelvic arches do not exceed five in any existing air-breathing animal, and their further complexity is due to the specialization of each digit, so as to combine in associated action, instead of their indefinite multiplication which causes the seeming complexity of the same appendages in Fishes. m Order OPHIDIA. Family Conttrictoret. Genus Python. tin?. The skeleton of the Tiger Boa (Python tigrit). It measures 1 1 feet 2 inches in length. It has 74 anterior vertebrae, with hypapophyse* or inferior spines from the body of the vertebra ; 1 79 vertebne bearing moveable ribs, but no hypapophyses ; and 38 caudal vertebne, all of which have hypapopbyses, and mostly in pain. The ribs commence at the third vertebra: they are 'pleurapophyses' or consist of the vertebral portion only, and terminate freely at the opposite extremity, where, in the recent animal, they support short cartilaginous luemapophyies connected with the large, thick, abdominal scutes, and, in connection with their elevation and depression, aid, like limb*, in locomotion. There is no sternum. AnchylosU has occurred between the Mwh and N!»th vertebra- . The 166th and the 167th vertebra- have been more completely and abnormally blended together, so as to seem but one vertebra on the left side, where that half of the neural arch and spine have completely coa- whilst on the right side each vertebra supports its own rib. A similar abnormality i between the 184th and 185th vertebrae. The first caudal vertebra has free pleurapo- physes, which are bifurcate, the upper prong being the shortest : in the second caudal the left pleurapophysis is free, the right one anchylosed to the diapophysis ; the forks are of equal length in this and the two following : in the fifth caudal the upper prong is again shorter, and in the sixth is reduced to a mere tubercle : here the hypapophyses begin to lengthen and bifurcate, and progressively increase to the sixteenth caudal, and thence gradually diminish. The neural canal, with the neural arch, its spine and iygapophyse«, maintain their normal characters to the penultimate vertebra, and the spinal cord continues undivided or unresolved into nervous fasciculi to the same extent. Purchaud. 603. A considerable portion of the spinal column, including 156 vertebra;, wantiug the ribs, of a large Python from Jessore. The characteristics of the vertebne of the typical Ophidian Reptiles may be well studied in this specimen. In the Pythons, as in other known Opkidia, all the autogenous elements, except the pleurapophyses, coalesce with one another in the vertebne of the trunk ; and the l>leurapopbyses also become anchylosed to the diapophyses m those of the tail. There is no trace of suture between the neural arch and centrum. The outer substance of the vertebra is compact, with a smooth or polished surface. The vertebne are ' proralian,' that is, they are articulated together by ball-and-socket joints, the socket being on the fore part of the centrum, where it forms a deep cup with its rim sharply defined ; the cavity looking not directly forwards, but a little downwards, from the greater prominence of the upper border : 124 the well-turned prominent ball terminates the back part of the centrum rather more obliquely, its aspect being backwards and upwards. The hypapophysis is developed in different pro- portions from different vertebrae, but throughout the greater part of the tmnk presents a moderate size. A vascular canal perforates the under surface of the centrum, and there are sometimes two or even three smaller foramina. A large, vertically oblong, but short dia- pophysis extends from the fore part of the side of the centrum obliquely backwards : it is covered by the articular surface for the rib, convex lengthwise, and convex vertically at its upper half, but slightly concave at its lower half. The base of the neural arch swells out- ward from its confluence with the centrum, and developes from each angle a transversely elongated zygapophysis ; that from the anterior angle looking upwards, that from the posterior angle downwards, both surfaces being flat, and almost horizontal, as in the Batra- chians. A thick rounded ridge connects the anterior with the posterior zygapophysis on each side, extending along the base of the neural arch. The neural canal is narrow, with a subtrihedral area, and with a narrow longitudinal ridge on each side. The neural spine is of moderate height, which scarcely equals its antero-posterior extent ; it is compressed and trun- cate. A wedge-shaped process (the ' zygosphene' *) is developed from the fore part of the base of the spine ; the lower apex of the wedge being, as it were, cut off, and its sloping sides presenting two smooth, flat, articular surfaces. This wedge is received into a cavity (the 'zygantrum't) excavated in the posterior expansion of the neural arch, and having two smooth articular surfaces to which the zygosphenal surfaces are adapted. Thus the vertebrae of Serpents articulate with each other by eight joints in addition to those of the cup and ball on the centrum ; and interlock by parts reciprocally receiving and entering one another, like the joints called tenon-and-mortice in carpentry. The neural spine is broad, moderately high, compressed and truncate superiorly. The hypapophysis of the anterior vertebrae is narrower and more pointed ; in the middle and posterior abdominal vertebrae this process is represented by a low tubercle, which in the posterior abdominal vertebrae terminates in a ridge. In the caudal vertebrae the hypapo- physis is double, the transition being effected by a bifurcation of the tubercle in the posterior abdominal vertebrae. The diapophyses become much longer in the caudal vertebrae, and support in the anterior ones short ribs which usually become anchylosed to their extremities. In the present series of vertebrae, two of the caudal vertebrae present the anomaly of being anchylosed with each other, with the interposition of an additional left half of the neural arch, a left diapophysis, and left division of the neural spine : the left half of the neural arch belongs to the second vertebra, whilst the left supernumerary diapophysis and hypapophysis are developed from the first or anterior vertebra. Presented by Dr. Wallich, F.R.8. 604. The atlas or first trunk -vertebra of a large African constricting Serpent (Python The hypapophysial part of the centrum seems to form the entire body of the vertebra ; it is wedge-shaped, as usual in Reptilia, and is articulated by suture on each side to part of the * Zvyot, a yoke, a^y, a wedge. t Zvyot, and avrpor, a cavity. i J :, neurapophyse* : it also preaentu a concave articular surface anteriorly for thr lower put of the ba*iorci|>u«l tubercle, and • umilar surface behind for the detached central part of tin body of the atla*. or ' odontoid proce** of the axis.' The bate of each ncurapophysis ha* an antero-intemal articular surface for the exoccipital tubercle, the middle one for the hy}wpo- physi*, and a postero-internal (urface for the upper and lateral parU of the odontoid : they thu* r«*t on both the feparmted part* of their proper centrum. The neurapophyne* rt|«ii«l and arch over the neural canal, but meet without coalescing. There in no neural ipine. Kach neurapophyais develnpcs from iu upper and hinder border a thort lygapophysis, and from iU tide a »till shorter diapophyria, Putrktuted. The axis or second vertebra of the trunk, with the partially coalesced body of the atlas or ' odontoid process ' of the same Python. The odontoid present* a convex tubercle anteriorly, which fill* up the articular cavity in the at Ian for the occipital tubercle : below thu in the surface for the hypapophysial part of the atlas, and above and behind it are the two surfaces for the atlantal neurapophyses : the whole posterior surface of the odontoid is anchylosed to the proper centrum of the axis, anil in part to its hypapophysis. The neural arch of the axis developes a short riblrsa diapophysis from each side of its base ; a thick sub-bifid lygapophysu from each side of the posterior margin ; and a moderately long bent-back spine from its upper |>art. The centrum terminates in a ball behind, and below this sends downwards and backwards a long hypapophysis. 606. An anterior trunk-vertebra or cervical vertebra of a Python, showing its cha- racteristic, long, retrovcrted hypa|K>physi8. Pvrcha*rd. 607. Two anterior vertebra- of the trunk of a Python characterized by the inferior hypapophysis. Purchawd. 60**. Two vertebra; from the middle or posterior region of the trunk of a Pythou, in which the hypapophysis is reduced to a small tubercle. The interlocking of these vertebrae by their characteristic complex zygapophyses and oblique, deep, ball-and-socket union, limit* their reciprocal movements to a slight amount of rotation on the horizontal plane. Purchased. 609. Two posterior alxlotninal vertebrae of the tnmk of a Python, in which the hypapophysis is replaced by a ridge and tubercle. The ribs which are here 126 preserved show the concavo-convex form of their articular extremities, which are adapted to corresponding modifications of the articular diapophyses. Purchased. 610. A vertically bisected abdominal vertebra of a Python, showing the texture of the centrum and neural arch, the oblique position of the articular ball and cup, and the longitudinal ridge at the side of the neural canal. The compact tissue is here seen to be thickest at the fore part of the neural spine and at the under part of the centrum. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. 611. A horizontally bisected abdominal vertebra of a Python, showing the thick, compact tissue at the sides of the centrum, the thin layer of the same at its articular ends, the small medullary cavity in the middle, and the cancellous texture which forms the chief part of its substance. The medullary cavity communicates with the vascular canals which lead to the two foramina on the upper and the two on the under surface of the centrum. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 612. The neural arch, removed by horizontal section from the centrum, showing the small medullary cavity in each neurapophysis which communicates with a vascular canal opening into the zygantruin. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 613. Two pleurapophyses or vertebral ribs of the right side of a Python, showing their oblong articular surface, concave above and almost flat below, with a tubercle developed from the upper part and a rough surface excavated on the fore part of the expanded head for the insertion of the precostal ligament. Purchased. 614. A rib of a Python which has been fractured near its distal end and united. Purchased. 615. A rib of a Python which has been fractured near its middle and united. Purchased. 127 616. A longitudinal section of a rib of the great Python, showing its mcdullan cavity, the density of its parietes, and the canccllous structure of the articular proximal end Pretexted by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 617. A longitudinal section of another rib of the same Python, taken in the oppo- site direction. Pre»f*trd by Prof. Owen, F.R.S CIS. Two posterior abdominal vertebra: of a Python, characterized by the inferior ridge of the centrum and its bifid terminal tubercle. P*rcka«ed * 619. An anterior caudal vertebra of a Python, in which the plcurapophysis or ver- tebral rib is bifurcate and anchylosed to the centrum. Purckaaed. 620. Two of the bifurcate ribs of the anterior caudal vertebra of a Python, which have retained their moveable articulation with their respective diapophym. Purcknxrd. A more posterior caudal vertebra of a Python, in which the pleurapophyscs an- anchyloscd, short and straight, and the bifurcation is limited to their cxtre- mities. Parchawd. 622. A more posterior caudal vertebra of a Python, in which the anchyloscd plcur- apophyses are simple and extend outwards and backwards, like long trans- verse processes. /'///-<•/„/.„,/ 623. Two middle caudal vertebra1 of the Python, in which the simple plcura|x>- physes are confluent with the extremities of the diapophyses, and form with them long deflected transverse processes. Two diverging hypapophyse* are developed from the under part of the centrum. Purchased. 624. Two caudal vertebra- from nearer the extremity of the tail, where the trans- verse proMMM are shorter, and the two hypapophyses are parallel or conver- gent at their extremities. Purcktued. 625. The skeleton of a small specimen of Python {Python tiyrit). 67 vertebra- have hypapophyscs descending from the anterior part of the body ; 101 bear 128 moveable ribs, but no hypapophyses ; and of the 70 caudal vertebrae, 62 have hypapophyses in pairs. Mus. South. 626. The neural arches of the occipital, parietal, and frontal vertebrae of a large Python. From the back part of the cranium a longitudinal vertical section has been removed, to show the thickness and density of the walls of that cavity, and the mode in which the occi- pital arch is wedged into the posterior expanded part of the parietal one, analogous to that in which the neural arches of the trunk are interlocked together. The long and slender colu- melliform stapes is preserved in this specimen. The numbers on the bones indicate their names according to Table I. of SYNONYMS. The exoccipitals meet above the foramen magnum. . The paroccipital is an exogenous process. The petrosal is quite excluded from the cranial cavity, the otocranial plates of the exoccipital, alisphenoid and superoccipital bones uniting by a triradiate suture. Ossification extends from the frontal into the neurapophysial walls of the prosencephalic cavity, and is continued from below inwards and upwards so as again to join the upper plate of the frontal, forming a septum at the fore part of the cranial cavity, like an ossified falx, and completely surrounding the part through which the rhinencephalon is continued. The unusual strength of the cranial parietes, and the tile-like imbrication of one thick and dense bone over another, relate to the requisite provision of unusual resistance against the numerous causes of injury to which a creature doomed to crawl along the surface of the earth is liable from falling bodies, blows, and the heavy tread of large quadrupeds. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 627. The tympanic, pterygoid and transverse bones of the same Python. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.Ji.S. 628. The disarticulated bones of the skull of the Tiger Boa (Python tigris). They are numbered according to Table I. of SYNONYMS. In studying the osteology of the head of the Python, as the type of the Ophidian Order, by the aid of the following description, the student should compare the disarticulated skull with that of the large skeleton, No. 602. The basioccipital (i) is subdepressed, broadest anteriorly, subhexagonal ; smooth and con- cave at the middle above, with a rough sutural tract on each side ; and a hypapophysis below, produced into a recurved point. The hinder facet of the basioccipital is convex, forming the lower half of the occipital condyle : the two lateral borders are defined by a produced angle : the front facet forms a straight transverse sutural surface for the basispheuoid. The articular tubercle is supported on a short peduncular prolongation, on each side of the base of which there is a small sharp process. The basioccipital unites above and laterally with the exocci- pitals and alisphenoids, and in front with the basisphenoid, upon which it rests obliquely, and it supports the medulla oblongata on its upper smooth surface. The exoocipitab (s, i) are very irregular subtrinnpuUr bones ; each U produced backwards into a peduncular process supporting • moiety of the upper half of the occipital condyle : at the outer side of the bate of the peduncle U an obtuse process, forming the upper part of the ridge continued upon the basioccipital. The outer and fore part of the exoccipiul expand* into the irregular base of the triangle, U perforated by a ilit for the eighth pair of nerve*, I below with the basioccipital. it excavated in front to lodge the petronl cartilage it articulate* with the alisphenoid, and unite* above with the •uperoccipital. The Mptroceipiul (») i* of a *ubrhomboidal form, tend* a *pine from iu upper and hinder surface, expand* laterally into oblong processes, is notched anteriorly and tend* down two thin pUte* from it* under surface, bounding on the meaial side the surface for the cerebellum, and by the outer tide forming the inner and upper part* of the acoustic cavitir*. The suporocri- piul articulate* below with the rxoccipiul* and aluphenoidi, and in front with the parietal, by which it is overlapped in it* whole extent. The occipital vertebra i* a* if it were sheathed in the expanded posterior outlet of the parieUl one, the centrum resting on the oblique sur- face of that in front, and the anterior base of the neural (pine entering a cavity in and bring overlapped by that of the preceding neural *pine : the analogy of this kind of ' emboitcmcnt ' of the occipital in the parietal vertebra with the firm interlocking of the ordinary vertebrae of the trunk U very interesting : the end gained seem* to be, chiefly, an extra protection of the •psneephalon— the most hnporUuit segment to life of all the primary division* of the eerebro- spinal axis. The thickness of iu immediately protecting wall* (formed by the bad-, ex- and snper-oeoipitals) i* equal to that of the same vertebral element* in the human skull, but they are inoreorer composed of very firm and dense ti*sue throughout, having no diploc : the epenesphalon also derive* a further and equally thick bony covering from the basisphcnoid and the parietal*, the latter being overlapped by the mastoids, which form a third covering to the cerebellum. The basisphenoid (s) and presphrnoid (•) form a single bone, and the chief keel of the . cranial *uper*tructure. The posterior articular surface look* obliquely upward* and back- ward*, and support* that of the vertebral centrum behind, as the posterior ball of the ordi- nary vertebra support* the oblique cup of the succeeding vertebra; : here, however, all motion it abrogated between the two vertebrae, and the co-adapted surfaces are rough and sutural. The hatitphnuisri present* a smooth cerebral channel above for the mesencephalon, in front of which a deep dq»ustinn (tella) sink* abruptly into the expanded part of the bone, and there bifurcates, each fork forming a abort cul-de-sac in the substance of the bone. The traiuvene processes from the under and lateral surfaces are well-marked, strong, but short, much thicker in the Python than in the Boa : a sharp ridge is produced from the middle of the under surface of the basisphenoid : the under surface of the presphenoidal prolongation is smooth and convex. The alisphenoid* (s) form the anterior half of the fenestra ovalis, which i* completed by the exoceJpitals ; and in their two large perforations for the posterior division* of the fifth pair of nerves, as well a* in their it latin sue and position, the alisphenoids agree with those of the Frog. Each alisphenoid is a thick snboval piece, with a tubercular process on it* under and lateral part: it rests upon the hssiephrnoid and basioccipiul. support* the posterior part of the 130 parietal and a portion of the mastoid (»), and unites anteriorly with the descending lateral plate of the parietal bone. The parietal (7) is a large and long, symmetrical roof-shaped bone, with a median longitu- dinal crest along its upper surface, where the two originally distinct moieties have coalesced. It is narrowest posteriorly, where it overlaps the superoccipital, and is itself overlapped by the mastoid : it is convex at its middle part on each side the sagittal spine, and is continued downwards and inwards, to rest immediately upon the basisphenoid. This part of the parietal seems to be formed by an extension of ossification along a membranous space, like that which permanently remains so in the Frog, between the alisphenoid and orbitosphenoid : the mes- encephalon and the chief part of the cerebral lobes are protected by this unusually developed spine of the mesencephalic vertebra. The optic foramina are conjugational ones, between the anterior border of the lateral plate of the parietal and the posterior border of the correspond- ing plate of the frontal. The frontals (11) rest by descending lateral plates, representing connate orbitosphenoids, upon the attenuated, pointed prolongation of the basisphenoid : the upper surface of each frontal is flat, subquadrate, broader than long in the Boa, and the reverse in the Python, where the roof of the orbit is continued outwards by a detached superorbital bone : there is a distinct, oval, articular surface near the anterior median angle of each frontal to which the prefrontal is attached : the angle itself is slightly produced to form the articular process for the nasal bones. The smooth orbitosphenoid plate of the frontal joins the outer margin of the upper surface of the frontal at an acute angle ; the inner side of each frontal is deeply excavated for the prolongation of the cerebral lobes, and the cavity is converted into a canal by a median vertical plate of bone at the inner and anterior end of the frontal. The frontals join the parietals and postfrontals behind, and, by the anchylosed orbital plates, the pre- sphenoid below, the prefrontals and nasals before, and the superorbitals at their lateral mar- gins. The orbitosphenoids have their bases extended inwards, and meet below the prosence- phalon and above the presphenoid, as the neurapophyses of the atlas meet each other above the centrum. The anterior third part of such inwardly produced base is met by a downward production of the mesial margin of the frontal, forming a septum between the olfactory pro- longations of the brain, but is not confluent with the frontal bone : the outer portion of the orbitosphenoids ascends obliquely outwards, and is confluent with the under part of the frontal ; it is smooth externally, and deeply notched posteriorly for the optic foramen. The post-frontal (is) is a moderately long trihedral bone, articulated by its expanded cra- nial end to the frontal and parietal, and bent down to rest upon the outer and fore angle of the ectopterygoid. It does not reach that bone in the Boa, nor in poisonous Serpents. In both the Boa and Python it receives the anterior sharp angle of the parietal in a notch. The natural segment which terminates the cranium anteriorly, and is formed by the vomerine, prefrontal and nasal bones, is very distinct in the Ophidians. The vomer (is) is divided, as in Salamandroid Fishes and Batrachians, but is edentulous : each half is a long, narrow plate, smooth and convex below, concave above, with the inner margin slightly raised : pointed anteriorly, and with two processes and an intervening notch above the base of the pointed end. The prefrontals (u) are connate with the lachrymals (rs). 131 The two bonet which intervene between the vomerine and OMB! bonet are the turbinalt : they are beat longitudinally outward* in the fora of • tetnicy Under about the termination of The spnw of the nasal rertebrm it divided symmetrically u in the Frog, forming the natal bone* (u) : they are elongated, brat plates, with the shorter upper part arching outward* and downwards, completing the olfactory canal above, and with a longer median plate forming a vertical wall, applied closely to itt fdlow, except in front, where the natal procew of the pranaxillary U received in the intenpace of the natalt. The acoustic captule remaint in great part cmrtilaginoui : there it no detached centre of ossification in it : to whatever extent thit captule it oaainnJ, it it by a conttnnout extentiou from the alisphenoid. The telerotic captule of the eye it chiefly fibrous, with a thin inner layer of cartilage ; the olfactory captule it in a great measure ottified, at above detcribed. MmftHary arek. — The palatine (M) or fint piece of thit arch it a strong, oblong bone, having the inner aide of itt obtnte anterior end applied to the sides of the prefrontalt and turbinals, and, near itt potterior end, tending a thort, thick promt upwardt and inwards for ligamentous attachment to the lachrymal, and a tecond similar proeett outward* at the point of suspension of the maxillary bone : between tbete proeettet the p^***"* it perforated, and behind them it terminate* in a point. The chief |>art of the maxillary bone (ti) it continued forward* from itt point of suspension, increasing in depth, and terminating obtusely : a shorter fiuuat it alto, at usual, continued backward*, and trrminatet in a point. The point of taspention of the maxillary form* a thort, narrow, palatine process : the dental branch of the toprainaxillary nerve penetrates the upper and fore part of this proeett, and its chief division escape* by a foramen on the outer and fore part of the maxillary. A ipace occupied by elastic ligament intervene! between the maxillary and the premaxillary (n), which is single and symmetrical, and firmly wedged into the natal intenpace : the anterior expanded part of thit small triangular bone supports two teeth. Thut the bony maxillary arch it interrupted by two ligamentous intervals at the tide* of the premaxillary key-bone, in functional relation to the peculiar independent movements of the maxillary and palatine bonet required by ter- pents during the act of engulfing their usually large prey. Two bonet extend backwards at appendages to the maxillary arch ; one it the ' pterygoid ' (M) from the palatine, the other the ectopterygoid (M) from the maxillary. The pterygoid is MmtiimMi from the potterior extremity of the palatine to abut against the end of the tym- panic pedicle : the under part of the anterior half of the pterygoid it beset with teeth. The ectopterygoid (M) overlap* the potterior end of the maxillary, and it articulated by itt potteriui obliquely cat end to the outer surface of the middle expanded part of the pterygoid. AfsnaVtWtr arc*.— The tympanic bone (•) it a strong, trihedral pedicle, articulated by an oblique upper surface to the end of the mastoid, and expanded transversely below to form the antero-posteriorry convex, transversely concave, condyle for the lower jaw. Thit consists chiefly of an articular and a dentary , with a small ooroooid and splenial piece. The articular piece ends obtusely, immediately behind the condyle : it it a little contracted in front of it, and gradually expands to itt middle part, send* op two short ptomsta, then suddenly contract* and terminate* b a point wedged into the posterior and outer notch of the dentary piece. The articular it deeply grooved above, and produced into a ridge below. The • 2 132 coronoid is a short compressed plate ; the splenial is a longer, slender plate, applied to the inner side of the articular and dentary, and closing the groove on the inner side of the latter. The outer side of the dentary offers a single perforation near its anterior end, which is united to that of the opposite ramus by elastic ligament. Purchased. 629. The skeleton of a large constricting Serpent from Africa (Python regiw, Dum.; Boa regia, Shaw*), which measured 15 feet 6 inches in length. It had the subcaudal scutes single, as in the American Boas, but it agrees with the Pythons of India in its osteological characters. It presents, for example, as in the skeleton of Python tigris (No. 602), the distinct superorbital bones, with the narrower frontals of which they appear to be dismemberments ; it has also the longer and narrower nasals, the broader ecto- pterygoids, the twisted tympanics, and the lower development of the internal wall of the mandibular coronoid concavity. The prefronto-lachrymals differ from those in the Python tigrif, as well as from those in the Boa, in the absence of the antorbital tubercle. In this skeleton there are 348 vertebrae : of which 74 anterior vertebrae have hypapophyses, and all these, save the atlas and axis, have ribs ; 207 vertebrae bear articulated ribs, but have no hypapophysis ; and, of the 67 caudal, 56 have double hypapophyses. Purchased. 630. The skeleton of the Boa constrictor. It measures 8 feet 4 inches in length, and, after the atlas and dentata, has 243 vertebrae with moveable ribs, 60 of the anterior of which have hypapophyses, which in the rest subside to a low ridge and tubercle ; there are 60 caudal vertebrae, of which 44 vertebrae have the hypapophyses for the most part in pairs. The skull differs from that of the Python in the superior breadth of the frontal bones, in the absence of superorbital bones, in the greater breadth of the nasals as compared with their length, in the more slender and cylindrical form of the ectopterygoids, in the more simple and less twisted form of the tympanics, and in the larger and higher internal border of the coronoid concavity of the mandible. The first caudal vertebra ia indicated by a disproportionate short- ening of the rib, and by a short process from the middle of the outer surface of the rib. This process is longer and nearer to the head in the next rib ; and in the third vertebra the rib seems to bifurcate from its beginning, and has become anchylosed to the diapophysis : beyond the eighth caudal the outer process disappears, but the rib continues anchylosed, and repre- sents a long, transverse, deflected process to within three or four vertebrae of the end of the tail : the zygosphene and zygantrum interlocking with the ordinary zygapophyses are con- tinued to the same extent. The hypapophyses are short, and begin to bifurcate at about * " Serpens Pythicus, Africanus, prodigiosus, ab indigenis divino honore cultus." — Seba, Thesaurus Rerum Natural, torn. i. tab. 62. fig. 1. In Python Sebee the subcaudal scutes are generally all divided into two : by accidental variety some entire ones may be mixed with the others. — D. & B. 404. 1S3 the fifteenth caudal vrrtcbni. TV Uit imperforate obtuse bone of the tail is obviously • coaleatence of three vertebne. Pwnkued. 681. Tin >krlftmi of a non-venomous and apparently constricting Serpent. It dinVrs from the true BOM in the absence of the snperorbital bonea. Hypapophyses are developed in 69 anterior vertebra ; they are not present in 157 of the vertebra: bearing rib* : of the remaining 63 caudal vertebrae the eleven anterior one* do not devtlopo hypapo- |>hym ; they are pment in pain in moit of the rat. Pretexted by Sir Evcrard Home, Bart., F.JR.S. 682. A superior maxillary bone of a large constricting Serpent ; showing its charac- teristic elongated form, and the row of numerous, fixed, imperforatc teeth which chiefly distinguish the non-venomous from the venomous Serpents. Genus Natrix. 688. The skeleton of the common harmless Snake (Coluber natrix, Linn. ; Natrix futca, Cuv.). Hypapophyses exist upon all the vertebra-, of which there are 170 abdominal and 40 caudal in the present skeleton. Ihnterion. 684. The skeleton of the common harmless Snake (Natrix fiuca). The number of vertebne with articulated ribs it 1 72 ; all of thete have inferior spines. The number of caudal vertebra; is 52, and the hypapophyses are bifurcate beyond the J/w. Smtk. 635. Tl»e skeleton of the King Snake or Harlequin Snake (Coluber Hist no). It belongs to the hannleat or Colubrine drriaion of the Order. There are 305 rertebne, of which 58 anterior ones have hypapophrses, and 157, without hrpapophjsea, rapport more- able ribs : of the remainder, or caudal vertebne, 90 have hrpapophysss. Purckated. 636. The skeleton of a non-venomous Colubrine Snake. The frontal* are longer than they are broad, but there are no tuperorbiul bonrs. Both internal and external plates of the coronoid fossa are nearly equally developed. The ribs are •trong, and shorter than usual. The length is 6 feet 3 inches : 46 anterior vrrtebne bear hvpapophysea, and, with the exception of the atlas and axis, moveable ribs : 1 55 bear move- able ribs, but no hypapophyses ; and of the 97 caudal 90 have hypapophyses. Presented by George Bennett, &y., F.L.S. 134 637. Two abdominal vertebrae of a Coluber (Coluber elapkus). They are characterized hy the great extent to which the part of the diapophysis that under- props the zygapophysis is produced heyond the articular surface : the lower end of the diapo- physis is less produced : the hypapophysis, beyond the anterior fourth part of the vertebral column, is reduced to a straight ridge, extending along the middle of the under surface of the centrum, and is not produced posteriorly : a groove separates the ridge on each side from the diapophysis and the posterior ball of the centrum. Both the cup and ball and the articular part of the diapophysis are relatively smaller than in the Naja ; the neural spine is lower in proportion to its antero-posterior extent. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.S. Genus Deirodon. 638. The skeleton of the rough Tree-Snake (Deirodon scaber). Its length is 1 8 inches ; the number of vertebrae 256 ; of which 1 90 support moveable ribs, which are unusually slender. Hypapophyses are developed from thirty-two anterior verte- brae ; these are directed backwards in the first ten vertebrae, and incline forwards in the last ten, where they are unusually long, and tipped with a coat of hard dentine ; in the recent snake they perforate the oesophagus and serve as teeth. The jaws appear to be edentulous, but are roughened by anchylosed, minute rudiments of teeth. This modification of the dental system, with the singular development of the cervical hypapophyses, relates to the nature of the food of the Deirodon : it lives in trees, and feeds habitually upon the eggs of small birds : the minutely roughened jaws assist in the introduction of the egg into the mouth, and its transference entire into the gullet : had teeth been developed of the ordinary size and shape, and in the jaws, the egg would have been broken, and much of its contents lost, but this does not happen until it meets, in the progress of deglutition, with the anteriorly directed cesopha- geal teeth ; these saw through the shell, the egg is crushed by the contraction of the oeso- phagus and surrounding muscles, and its contents transferred entire to the stomach. Presented by Dr. Andrew Smith, F.L.S. Genus JEryx. 639. Two abdominal vertebrae of an African species of Eryx. In these the diapophysis does not extend beyond the articular surface of the anterior zyg- apophysis, but is exclusively devoted to forming a low, subconvex, articular tubercle, which has a longitudinal depression anteriorly ; the posterior margin of the neurapophysis forms an angle above the zygantrum, which angle, though slight, is more marked than in any of the foregoing Ophidians ; the hinder end of the hypapophysial ridge is slightly produced ; the zygapophyges are less extended outwards than in the Pythons. Presented by Tftomas Keate, Esq. Genus Crotal**. 640. The skeleton of the Rattlesnake (Cntalu* Jomoto). ' It HMMVW4 feet 4 inches in length, and includes 194 vertebra?, of which 168 mpport saoveaMe rib* : the number of uil-rrrtehna ii 25, bat the anchylosed terminal one* which support the rattle are wanting in this skeleton. All the abdominal rertebne hare hypapo- physes, equalling iu length the neural spines, and a short proceaf esteoda outwards above Uir articular surface of the diapophysis and below that of the anterior zygapophysis. The hyp- •pophrtu of the basiocciphal is single, and appean to terminate the strong ridge developed from the under part of the basbpbenoid : the maxillary bone* are short, subcubical, deepl) excavated externally, and tnpporting one long, curved, perforated poison-fang which i« anchyloted to the bone : behind this are sereral loose rudiments of soccetakmal fangt. Tin external ridge of the coronoid depression of the under jaw is almost obsolete, the process for the implantation of the temporal muscles being formed exclusively by the internal ridge. MM. South 641. The skull of a Rattlesnake (Crotaltu durum*), which shows well the typical characters of that part of the skeleton of a poisonous snake. Theae character! consist chiefly in the modification of form and attachments of the supe- rior maxillary bone, which is moreably articulated to the palatine, ectopterygoid and lachry- mal bones ; bat chiefly supported by the latter, which presents the form of a short, strong, three sided pedicle, extending from the anterior external angle of the frontal to the anterior and upper part of the maxillary. The articular surface of the maxillary is slightly concave, of an oral shape t the surface articulating with the ectopterygoid on the posterior and upper part of the maxillary is smaller and convex. The maxillary bone is pushed forward and routed upon the lachrymal joint by the advance of the ectopterygoids, which are associated with the morements of the tympanic pedicle of the lower jaw by means of the true pterygoid bones. The premaxillary bone is edentulous. A single, long, perforated poison-fang is anchy lossd to the right maxillary, and two similar fang* to the left maxillary, in the present speci men. The palatine bones have four or five, and the pterygoids from eight to ten, small, im- perforate, pointed and recurved teeth. The frontal bones are broader than they are long there are no superorbitals. A strong ridge is developed from the under surface of the basi- sphmnid, sad a long and strong recurved spine from that of thr basiocripital ; these give in- sertion to the powerful ' longicolli ' muscles, by which the downward stroke of the head i* performed in the infliction of the wound by the poison-fugs. Pretented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 642. A chain of vertebrae of the Rattlesnake (Crotalu* horrid**), wanting the ribs. The hypapophytu, which is developed from the anterior vertebra: only in moat Serpent*, is here present on all the abdominal vertebra;. A short process extends downwards and for- 136 wards from the under part of each diapophysis, and a smaller process or tubercle projects from the under part of each anterior zygapophysis. The other characters of the vertebra conform to those in serpents generally. Huntcrian. 643. Two anterior and two posterior abdominal vertebrae of a Rattlesnake (Crota- lus horridus). These show the long hypapophysis, which is hollow, as is shown hi the fractured speci- men : but a single vertebra of the Crotalus might be distinguished from an anterior trunk- vertebra of a Boa or Python by the following characters : the diapophysis developes a small, circumscribed, articular tubercle from its upper convexity, and a short process from its under part, extending downwards and forwards below the level of the centrum ; the anterior zyg- apophysis seems to be supported by a similar process from the upper end of the diapophysis, the point of which projects a little beyond the end of the zygapophysis ; the zygapophyses are less produced outwards ; the zygantra are more distinct excavations. Hunterian. i Genus Naja. 644. A considerable proportion of the separate bones of the skeleton of a Hooded Snake (Naja tripudians). The hypapophysis is continued, though of small size, from the posterior part of the lower ridge of the vertebra throughout the abdominal region, as in the Viper. A minute process is continued forwards from the under part of the diapophysis, the upper part of which is im- pressed by a small pit anteriorly. In the portion of the skull preserved may be noticed the absence of the superorbital bones, the broad and sloping superoccipital region separated by a strong arched transverse ridge from the temporal fossa, and the two hypapophyses from the basioccipital, between which the single hypapophysis of the basisphenoid is situated. Presented by Frederic D. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 645. Four abdominal vertebrae and a pair of ribs of a Hooded Snake (Naja tripu- dians). The diapophysis presents the same well-marked tubercle upon its upper part, as in the Rattlesnake, but its lower end is much less produced ; the bone underpropping the zygapo- physis projects proportionally further beyond the articular surface : the neural spine is much lower, and beyond the anterior third of the trunk the hypapophysis subsides into a ridge, with its point produced backwards beneath the articular ball of the centrum ; the zygantra are distinct cavities. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 187 Genoa Hprra. 646. The skeleton of the Viper (Fipera benu. Linn.). It iiuaniiTi twenty inches in length, and has 187 Tertebne, of which li-1 tupport movrahlr rib*, from all of which the hypapophyti* it developed, though of (mailer tise in the poitehor than in the anterior half of the trunk. The number of caudal rertebne, or those with anchy- lo*ed riot, bifurcate in the anterior one*, it S3 : the hypapophytM begin to bifurcate in the last three abdominal vertebne, the fork* icparmtiug into dutinct proccMe* in the caudal vertebra. Mm. South. Genus Hydnu (Water Snakes). 647. Ten abdominal vertebne of a Sea-serpent (Hydnu tricolor). The height of the neural ipine (M) i* greater in proportion to it« antero-pocterior rxtrat than in any of the foregoing Ophidian*. The diapophysi* *end* a point outward* a little be- yond the articular ratface of the anterior sygapophym ; a very tmall hypapopbyM project* below the articuUr ball of the centrum, and a low ridga U continued forward* from it ; the posterior border of the ncurmpophyiu form* no angle, but i* moderately convex, a* in all the foregoing Ophidian*, excepting the Sry*. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 648. Ten posterior abdominal vertebne of a Sea-serpent (Hydnu tricolor). Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 649. The poison-fangs of a Sea-serpent (Hydnu bicolor). These are the original described in the ' Philosophical Transactions/ 1818, by Thomas Smith, Esq., in a Memoir on the Poison-Fangs of Serpents. Presented by the Author. Species indetem. 650. The skin and skull of a Urge poisonous Serpent from New Holland : a bristle is pawed through the poison-canal of the left fang. Three successional fangs may be seen in different stages of growth behind the principal ones, which have become anchj losed to their jaw. Hunterian. 138 651. The skull and anterior vertebrae of a poisonous Serpent (Najd), which had been deprived of its poison-fangs. This appears to have been effected by cutting away the fangs, together with that part of the short maxillary bone which contained their matrices. This was one of the specimens exhibited by the Jugglers or Snake-charmers in India. Presented by Dr. Wallicli, F.H.S. 652. The lower jaw and pterygoid bones of a Serpent. Neither the outer nor the inner plates of the coronoid fossa are developed into a coronoid process. Each mandible consists of an articular, dentary and splenial piece, the latter divided into two, opposite the junction of the two former pieces. Hunterian. Genus Anguis (Slow-worms). 653. The skeleton of the Slow- worm (Anguis fragilis). It is fifteen inches in length and includes 111 vertebrae, of which 6 1 support free ribs, which commence apparently at the fourth vertebra from the head. The transverse processes of the caudal vertebrae are formed by short anchylosed pleurapophyses, which are bifurcate in the second and third of those vertebrae ; in a few others they are notched and grooved at their extremities and are much thicker than the succeeding ones, in which they are simple, short, and extend directly outwards. The hypapophyses, instead of remaining distinct as in the true Ophidia, unite at their extremities and complete a haemal arch. Mm. South. Genus Amphisbcena. 654. The skeleton of the white Amphisbcena (Amphisbcena alba). It includes 1 34 vertebrae, and some are wanting from the end of the tail : 114 vertebrae, after the atlas and axis, support moveable ribs, which are very short in the last ; hypapophyses are developed singly from the five anterior vertebrae, and in pairs from the last abdominal ver- tebra, and from the caudal vertebrae where they coalesce at their apices to form a neural arch. The chief characteristic of the vertebrae of the Amphisbcena is the absence of the neural spine : the neurapophyses meet and coalesce at an angular ridge on the three or four first vertebras and in the caudal vertebrae, but form a low smooth arch above in the intervening ones : the premaxillary is single, and the upper jaw is fixed : the tympanic is short, compared with that of true Serpents, and extends almost horizontally forwards, in a line with the lower jaw which it supports. The smooth sutureless cranium supports an occipital and sagittal crest. Purchased. TV oittotofj of the typical Ophidian rrptilcs differs from that of the Ilainrhuuu, in the inure dadoed rib*; in the distinct basi- and su|>cr-occipital* ; in the wpamnpiul forming part of the ear chamber . in the basioeripiul combining with the exoottpiral to farm a single articular condylr for the atlas ; in the oMttatkn at the membranous space between the etongatfd parietal* and the sphenoid . in the rooaUot coalescence at the parietal* with one another ; in the constant confluence of the orbito- spneuoid* with the frontal*, and in the meeting of the orbitosphcnoids below the proantcephalon, upim the upper surface of the preaphenoid ; in the preaenc* of distinct postfrontal*. and the attachment thereto of the aotopterygoids, whereby they form an anterior point of suspension of the lower jaw, through the medium of the pterygoid and tympanic bones ; in the eonnation of the prefrontaU and The trunk may be very long and consist of numerous vertebras, and all trace of locomotivr i may be wanting in the Balrarkta. t. g. in the CWri/uc, as in the typical Order LACERTILIA. Family Scincoidea. Cyclodtu. 655. The vertebrae of tin- trunk, with the bones of the extremities, of the block Scink of Australia (Cyclodtu *(yr). The inferior spine or hypa|>ophysis of the atlas is triangular ; its base supports laterally tin- neural arch of the atlas, and posteriorly the proper centrum of the atlas or ' odontoid process,' whilst anteriorly it form* the lower third of the cup for the occipital condyle ; its apex is pro- longed downwards into a broad compressed spine. The base of the neural arch forms anteriorly the sidea of the articukr cup, and, above this, the neural canal, the aide* of which are notched anteriorly : each neurapophysi* sends off posteriorly two short proceswa, the lower one being the diapophytis, the upper one the iygt|>ophysi* ; the apes of the arch forms a low ridge. The axis is a much larger, especially a deeper, vertebra, the neural spine being as long as the haemal one : the sutures which exist in the Monitors between the centrum and odontoid process, and between this and the spine tent down from that process, are obliterated in the CyeloJiu. as in the Iguana -, but the limit* of the odontoid are indicated by the fissure be- tween it* hypapophysis and that sent down from the body of the axis in the Cyclodtu. Thr fore part of the odontoid forms, as in the other sealed reptiles, the back part of the cup for the occipital condyle : a rudimental diapophytis project* from the side of the odontoid. The neural arch of the axis send* off a larger diapophysi* and a posterior sygapophysis on each side, and terminates above in the strong and long compressed spine. The neural and hsemal spine* of the third cervical are a* long as, but lea* broad from before backwards than, those of the axis ; the centrum presents anteriorly a cup answering in form to the ball of the axis, and terminates in a similar ball posteriorly. The diapopbyses are longer than those of the preceding, or even than those of the succeeding lertebtse : the prexygapophyse* are fully developed and look upward*, the posUygapopbyses look downward* : both extend outwards T2 140 and form the four rounded angles of the platform sustaining the neural spine. The haemal spine is a much-developed ' hypapophysis.' Neither the first, the second, nor the third vertebrae support pleurapophyses. The fourth differs from the third in having a somewhat smaller hypapophysis ; but more markedly in the shorter and thicker diapophyses, which support short, broad pleurapophyses, with expanded and compressed extremities. The pleurapophyses of the fifth and sixth vertebra have a similar form, with a slightly increased length : the expanded end of the sixth is more pro- duced downwards. In the seventh vertebra the answerable lower angle of the pleurapophysis is much elongated, and forms its continuation : the upper angle is reduced to a representative of the tubercle of the rib. The tubercle almost disappears in the eighth vertebra, whose pleurapophyses become simple, long, slender, with a sigmoid curve, but yet have no communication with sternal ribs or sternum. The proximal ends of all the pleurapophyses have four equidistant, sharp, longitudinal ridges ; those of the ninth vertebra are joined by short and slender semi- ossified haemapophyses to the outer angles of a broad rhomboid sternum. Both pleur- and haem-apophyses of the tenth to the thirteenth vertebrae progressively increase in length ; the hsemapophyses of the last two of these vertebrae joining together before they unite with the posterior angle of the sternum, the united parts representing a xiphoid prolongation of that bone. The hsemapophyses of the fourteenth and some succeeding vertebrae complete the haemal arch by uniting together, without the intervention of a haemal spine or sternal bone. Hunterian. 656. The skull of the black Scink (Cyclodus niger). The frontal and parietal bones are thick and expanded ; the parietal is bifurcated behind, and articulated with the mastoids and paroccipitals. The postfrontals are separated from the malars by the squamosals, which extend between the malars and the mastoids to form the strong lateral bony arch resting anteriorly upon the malar and the maxillary, and posteriorly on the parietal and tympanic. Concomitantly with this strong osseous roof of the cranium, there is a singular arrest of development of bone in the fibre-membranous neurapophysial walls of the cranium ; two lateral processes extend downwards into these walls from the parietal and forwards from the exoccipitals ; but the sole trace of alisphenoids is seen in the columnar bones, called 'columellee' by Cuvier, which extend from the interspaces of the processes above mentioned, to rest upon the upper groove of the pterygoids. The orbito- sphenoids are represented by still more slender bony styles, which circumscribe the outlets for the optic nerves and form the anterior boundary of the prosencephalic division of the cranium. The lachrymal bones are large and divided on each side, as in most Lizards. The premaxillaries are confluent, and their nasal process separates the external nostrils from each other. There are ten teeth or alveolar depressions in the premaxillary, which are minute and pointed : the maxillary teeth are large and with hemispheric crowns, whence the name of the genus. Each pterygoid presents a rough surface towards the palate, but does not support teeth. There is a small ossicle between the pterygoid processes of the sphenoid and the true pterygoid bones. The columelliform stapes is extremely long and slender. Hunterian. 141 657. The flirtihm of the trunk and part of those of the tail of a small ( Ml. M|IIS (Cydodtu tcincotdfs; Lncrrta tciiicoidt*, Shaw). The plrurapophyse* appear to commence •( the fourth vertebra, and, with those of the fifth and sixth vertebne, are abort, broad and flat ; the latter expanding at their free extre- mitie*. The rib* of the seventh and eighth vertebras are long and slender, but false or floating ; those of the ninth vertebra are articulated to a sternum by slender •emiossified ha*mapophyse*. The coctal arches of the four succeeding vertebra are similarly complete, Mid articulated with the sternum or its xiphoid appendage ; the hermapophyses of the four- teenth vertebra unite with each other, but not with the sternum. After the thirty -second twUbia the ribs rapidly decrease in (tie to the sacrum ; this consists, as usual in Lizard «. of two Tertebne characterized by short, thick, anchylosed ribs, which are confluent with each other at their free extremities. The centrums of the two sacral Tertebne have coalesced, but the hinder one presents a ball to the first caudal vertebra. Each centrum presents two vas- cular perforations on its under surface, and the articular ball is in the state of an epiphysis in most. The axis and three following vertebnr have hypapophyses. The neural spines snoti subside to mere ridges. The clavicle* are broad, and perforated at their lower half. Tlu episternum has the form of a cross : the broad arch formed by the anchylosed scapula and coracoid presents two deep anterior notches, and a small, transverse perforation. Tin- ilium. ischium and pubis have coalesced on each side. The caudal hannapophyses commence at the inferior interspace of the third and fourth vertebne. /lunferiaM. 658. The skull of a small Scinooid Lizard of Australia (Cyclodu* tcincoutet). The anterior teeth are small and obtusely conical ; the hinder ones have hemispherical The dermal ossifications which form the scutes upon the integument of the body • with the upper surface of the parietals and frontal*, and render that surface irre- gular and ragged. 659. The facial part of the skull and the lower jaw of a larger species of Australian Scink (Cydodiu yiyat). The Tomerine bones are much longer than in the preceding specimen : the palatines are d, and abut against the back part of the alveolar process of the maxillary and the ectopterygoids. The right ramus of the lower jaw is divided into three parts, to show the mode of union of the dentary, coronoid. and iplenial pieces, and that of the coro- noid, articular, angular, and snrangular. H*»ttrian. 660. One ramus of the lower jaw of the Cyc/odiu giga*, partially disarticulated ; the dentary, angular and splenial pieces being separated from the articular and 142 coronoid piece. The numbers indicate the names of the bones according to the Table of SYNONYMS. Hunterian. 661. A superior maxillary bone and one ramus of the lower jaw of the Cyclodus. This and the specimens Nos. 656 and 680, show extremes of modification in the form of the teeth, with the same mode of attachment and development of those parts. Family Geckotia. Genus Rhynchocephalus. 662. The five first vertebrae of the trunk of a Lacertian (Rhynchocephaluis). The atlas consists chiefly of the hypapophysis and neurapophyses ; the former is in the form of a transverse arched bar, concave upwards, with the anterior border cut obliquely to receive the under part of the occipital condyle ; the posterior border is convex vertically, and adapted to the transverse trochlear groove in the fore part of the odontoid process ; the neur- apophyses have a small articular surface at the fore part of their base for the occipital con- dyle, and a second at their inner and back part for their proper centrum, the odontoid process. They are expanded superiorly, develope a small posterior zygapophysis, exterior to which is a tubercle ; and they come in contact, but do not coalesce, above the neural canal. The odontoid process has coalesced with the body of the axis, which it equals in height and exceeds in breadth : it is convex from side to side, concave vertically at its lower half, having, as it were, a channel scooped out from side to side : this land of joint will allow of great extent and freedom of motion of the atlas with the head from side to side ; whilst the vertical move- ments would be restricted. The neurapophyses of the axis have coalesced with the centrum below, and with each other above, where they develope a strong ridge or spine, which is most produced in the antero-posterior direction. An autogenous hypapophysis is wedged into the inferior interspace between the centrum of the axis and the third vertebra. The centrum and neurapophyses of the third vertebra have coalesced : a short diapophysis projects from the line of union. The anterior and posterior zygapophyses form the angles of the broad base of the neural spine : this spine is of moderate length, thick and trihedral. There is a small wedge- shaped hypapophysis beneath the interspace of the third and fourth vertebrae. The fourth vertebra has a short pleurapophysis on each side, with a bifurcate proximal end articulated by a broad tubercle to the diapophysis and by a slender neck and head to a rudimental parapo- physis, but this is very feebly marked off from the diapophysis. In the fifth vertebra the parapophysis and diapophysis form together an oblique ridge, chiefly extended vertically, and to which the expanded head of the pleurapophysis articulates by a single surface. There is a wedge-shaped hypapophysis at the interspace of the fourth and fifth vertebrae : both ante- rior and posterior surfaces of the centrum are excavated by a deep conical cavity. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.B.S. 148 •68. The skull of the tune Lacortian (Rkyntkoctpkaiiu), The occipital condyle is unusually elongated transversely, and preaeot* the form of a crca- rentic, convex bar, bent upward*. The batitpbenoid sands down two short prooeatu to abut against the pterygoid*. The parietal bone ia perforated by a small median foutaiielle close i«> the *afittal suture : it* upper surface presents two strung curved and approximated temporal crest*, divided by a median, angular, longitudinal furrow -. the crest* are continued outward* upon the posterior bifurcated part of the parietal to be continuous with that forming tin upper border of the mastoid : the frontal it divided by a median suture. The posterior Irontal support* a strong, obtuse ridge forming the back part of the frame of the orbit, and uuiu- below with the malar and behind with the mastoid. The premaxiUary bones are divided by i auture, and their dentigerout border project* below the level of that of the maxillary The vomer ia likewise divided by a median Mture. The palatal aperture* of thi i are bounded behind by the vomer and palatal plate of the maxillary : this plate i« • i I breadth, a* compared with the Luards generally, and presents the unusual (imiliani y of a dentigerout ridge parallel with the posterior half of the alveolar border. It in .itimn •! dote to the inner side of thi* border, leaving only space sufficient for the reception of the teetli of the aider jaw. The teeth are completely confluent with the summits of the pro|ier ami accessory alveolar ridges. The palatine bone* are united together along the anterior halve*. The rami of the lower jaw are not anchyloaed at the symphysis. The alveolar border i* ser- rated by a tingle row of anchyloscd teeth. The coronoid piece i* triangular, rues into « point, and present* a smooth articular surface on it* inner tide, adapted to the anterior lateral projection of the pterygoid. Presented by Prof. Otcrn, /•' i Family Ckamfleonia. Genus ' •''• I The skeleton of a Chameleon (Ckamdeo vniyarit). The teeth are short, and so confluent with the jaws that these appear to have simply a largin. The external nostrils are divided, a* in all Lixard*, by the premaxillary , which sends a natal process upwards and backward* to join the nasal bones. There i» a vacuity in the bony walk of the upper surface of the skull, between the median bar MI formed and the prefrontal* : a long, compressed, serrated crest arches upward* and backward* from the wpSToecrpital and parietal bone*, and joins the processes of bone continued from thi mastoidi. The vertebrae are 64 in number, of which 16 support movcable rib*, commencing at the fourth. The first two pairs of rib* are free or floating ; the pair attached to the sixth vertebra ia first articulated to the sternum by mniossjfcd cartilages ; the three tocceeding pair* abo join the sternum. In the following pairs the long and slender cartilage* meet at an acute angle directed forward*, and unite together at their extremities. There are two bne without ribs, or ' lumbar vertebrae ': in the three following the rib* are short, thick, and •Bchrtoaed to the vertebrae ; they give attachment to the iliac bone* and form a *acrnm. The 144 tail is long and prehensile, but all the vertebrae are not preserved in this skeleton. The sca- pular arch consists of long, slender, rib-like scapulae overlapping the first pair of ribs, and of broad, semiossified coracoids which articulate with a rhomboidal semiossified manubrium sterni. The pelvic arch is completed by two pubic bones anteriorly, which are distinct from the two more slender ischia. The bones of the extremities are long and slender : the digits are especially arranged for grasping ; three internal ones are opposed to two external in the fore-foot, and three external are opposed to two internal digits in the hind-foot. Purchased. 665. The skeleton of the bifurcate or two-homed Chameleon (Chamceleo bifurcatus). The name is derived from the two long and strong compressed and rough processes of bone, continued forwards, slightly diverging, from the anterior part of the skull, formed by the prefrontal, nasal and maxillary bones. The number of vertebrae which support moveable ribs is 15. Two vertebrae without ribs represent the lumbar series, and the three following combine to support the pelvic arch, and in that respect may be regarded as sacral. The spinous processes are remarkable for their length and strength in this species. The zygapo- physes are also continued upwards and outwards like transverse processes ; the true diapo- physes are short and simple convex tubercles, as in other Lizards, and exclusively support the ribs. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.8. Family Iguania. Genus Iguana. 666. The skeleton of an Iguana (Iguana tuber culatd). The teeth are anchylosed to the inner side of the outer wall or rampart of an open alveolar groove ; their crowns are expanded, compressed, pointed, with finely serrated margins. There are 25 teeth in the upper jaw, and the length of this range is 1 inch £ ths. Twenty-one ver- tebrae support free ribs, which commence at the fifth. The first four pairs are simple and floating, progressively increasing in length. The pleurapophyses of the ninth vertebra are first joined to the sternum by slender semiossified haemapophyses. The three succeeding pairs are similarly joined to the sternum. The next three pairs are united by a common cartilage to the end of the expanded part of the sternum : the remaining pairs of ribs are again free or floating, and progressively diminish to the twenty-fourth vertebra. The pleurapophyses of the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth vertebrae are much thickened and anchylosed : the extremity of the twenty-fifth is grooved or notched ; these two vertebrae support the pelvic arch and form the sacrum. The anchylosed pleurapophyses in the anterior caudal vertebrae are simple, straight, depressed, and represent long transverse processes, but they progressively diminish in length and disappear at the forty-sixth vertebra. The haemapophyses begin to be developed at the second caudal vertebra ; they coalesce at the extremities and form a haemal spine, but they remain free from the centrum, and are articulated both to the vertebra to which they 145 properly being and to the succeeding vtrtebrm. The tpinoui proemti an it mag, com- pressed, very gradually increase in length to the hue of the tail, and after the eighth caudal vertebra begin M gradually to diminish, and finally disappear at the forty-first caudal vertebra. In moat of the caudal vertebra- there may be observed a transverse line, as if the anterior third pan of the centrum had remained in the state of an qiiphysis : it is at this line that the vertebra breaks when a portion of the tail is voluntarily detached. The epiphysial rani- lag* beenaau the nidus or centre of development of the cartilaginous or nbro-oartil«pmm< axis of the reproduced tail. To the ordinary scapular arch, consisting of scapula and coracoid, there are here added clavicles and a long T-*haped epistenium. HmtttriaH. 067. The skeleton of an Iguana. The fontanelle or foramen in the middle of the coronal suture is well shown in this speci- men. There are twenty -nine teeth in each upper jaw, and the length of this range is I J inch. Twenty vertebra*, beginning at the fifth cervical, bear moveable ribs, the fifth to the eleventh of which are articulated to the sternum. There are 2 sacral vertebra and 68 caudal vertebne. Presented by Samuel SMMury, Esq. It was by their comparison with this skeleton, that the nature of the fossil teeth, which had been found by Dr. Mantell in the Wealden strata of Sussex, and to which Mr. Conybearc afterwards suggested the application of the name of Igtumodon, was determined. Dr. Mantell, in his original communication to the Royal Society on the subject, write* : — " Among the specimens lately collected, some, however, were so perfect, that I resolved to avail myself of the obliging offer of Mr. Clift (to whose kindness and liberality I hold myself particularly indebted) to assist me in comparing the fossil teeth with those of the recent Laccrta? in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. The result of this examination proved highly satisfactory, for in an Iguana which Mr. Stutchbury had prepared to present to the College, we discovered teeth possessing the form and structure of the fossil specimens." — Philosophical Transac- tions, 1625, p. 180. It is due, however, to Cuvier to state, that he had previously suggested to Dr. Mantell that the fossil teeth from the Wealden which afterwards bore the name of lytumodo* probably belonged to a herbivorous reptile. 668. An abdominal vertebra of an Iguana. The centrum has the same general form as in the Farmnu ; bat its under surface has a longitudinal depression on each side. The articular diapophysi* is smaller, the neural spine higher ; but the chief distinction is seen in the presence of two small accessory lygapophyses 0 146 at the fore part of the base of the spine, on an eminence, answering to the zygosphene in Serpents, and two depressions at the back part of its base, or zygantra, for receiving the accessory zygapophyses of the following vertebree. The vertebrae of the Iguana thus present what has been regarded as the character of those of Serpents, and the difference is one of degree rather than of peculiar structure ; the zygosphenal surfaces are relatively smaller, and the zygantra are less deep. The much smaller proportions of the tubercular diapophyses for the ribs is another character by which the vertebra of the Iguana may be distinguished from that of the Serpent. The depressions on the under part and sides of the body of the verte- brae in the Iguana which give rise to the three low ridges diverging from the posterior ball, one to the cup and one to each diapophysis, is another feature of resemblance to the vertebras of Serpents which is present in the vertebree of the Iguana and not in those of the Varanus. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.S. 669. The six anterior vertebra of an Iguana (Iguana tiibercttlata). The autogenous hypapophysis of the atlas is broad, like a wedge with the base divided into four parts, the apex forming a sharp longitudinal ridge produced backwards : the anterior, upper or basal facet forms the lower part of the cup for the occipital condyle ; the posterior facet joins the proper centrum of the atlas or odontoid process : the two lateral facets support the neurapophyses of the atlas : the lower half of the neurapophyses forms anteriorly the sides of the cup for the condyle, and posteriorly each sends out a short diapophysis which supports a cartilaginous tubercle or rudimental parapophysis. Above this, each neurapophysis arches over the neural canal in the form of a broad and thin plate which meets its fellow without coalescing or developing a neural spine, but sends out from its back part a zygapophysis sur- rounded by a tubercle. The odontoid process resembles the hypapophysis of the atlas in shape, except that its apex forms a slender spine instead of a ridge, and its base rises higher, to form the back part of the cup for the occipital condyle. The proper body of the axis has coalesced with the neural arch ; it developes on each side of its fore part a broad, short diapo- physis, overlapped by that of the atlas ; its hypapophysis is a triangular epiphysis wedged into the under part of the interspace between the axis and third vertebra. The under part of the axis is sharply keeled : the neural arch sends off two prezygapophyses looking upwards, and two postzygapophyses looking downwards, and forms above a long and strong sharp spinous ridge, continued forwards over the atlas and backwards over the third cervical vertebra. The diapophyses of this vertebra support a minute cartilaginous tubercle, and a ridge is continued backwards from each, which bounds the concavity on the under and lateral part of the cen- trum divided by the median carina. The hypapophysis has the same shape, independence, and relative position as that of the axis. Besides the ordinary zygapophyses, there are two smaller and superior ones developed from the fore-part of the base of the neural spine, which is comparatively slender and trihedral : the postzygapophyses have a nearly vertical facet upon their inner sides, lodged, as in the axis, in an excavation beneath the back part of the base of the neural spine. The fourth cervical resembles the third, but its hypapophysis is smaller. In the fifth cer- vical it is further diminished, though still distinct, and wedged into the lower angle between 147 thi§ and the nest vertebra. There i» a distinct cartilaginous tubercle attached to the lowrr part Of the diapophynt, and assuring this now enlarged proem to support a bony pleurapo- phyiit: thit ia sobeompressed, slightly bent, and tapering to an obtuse apes. The diapo- phyais ia Mill larger in the sixth vertebra, though not morr prominent, the incrraie being chiefly vertical : beneath it there it a larger autogenous hard cartilaginous tubercle — a nidi mental parapopnym. The rib is here twice the length of the preceding one, and articulates uitli both diapophyw* and parapophrns. without any intervening vacuity for artery or nervr. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 070. The skull of a small Iguana : it shows the characteristic expanded and notched crowns of the maxillary teeth and the single row of simple conical denticles on each pterygoid l>one. //UH tenon. 671. The frontal, nasal, prcinaxillary, maxillary, lachrymal, malar, postfrontal and m.imlilmlar bones of a large Igiianoid Lizard. The posterior margin of the frontal U notched by the fronto-parictal fontanelle : both lnrlir\ mal and poatfrontal are subdivided into two pieces ; the lachrymal foramen is between the two pieces, being here formed like a ' conjugational foramen.' The upper portion of the lachry- mal ia called anterior frontal by Cuvier ; but it can represent only the facial part of that bone, for it tend* down no neurapophysial plate to join the vomer or palatines, forms no part of the lateral walls of the rhinencephalic canty, nor any part of the foramen for the transmission of the olfactory nerves. Ilmiterian. The lower jaw of an Iguana. This shows the pleurodont type of dentition, the teeth being placed in a common alveolar depression without any internal wall. The cavities on the inner side of the base of the anchy - loaiJ teeth are the effects of the pressure from the germs of the t uccessional teeth develo|>ed from the vascular membrane which supplies the place of the internal wall. H**teria». Genus Draco. 673. The skeleton of the small flying Lizard (Draco volant). There is merely the rudiment of a spine or ridge from the snperoccipital ; an arched trans- verse ridge separates the occipital from the parietal region of the skull. The postfrontal, mastoid and paroccipital project successively from their respective cranial segments, and well manifest their character aa the transverse processes of these. There are 20 vertebra; supporting moveable ribs, which commence apparently at the fifth. Those of the eighth , -J 148 vertebra join the sternum, as do those of the ninth and tenth : the pleurapophyses of the eleventh vertehra suddenly acquire extreme length ; those of the five following vertebrae are also long and slender ; they extend outwards and backwards, and support the parachute formed by the broad lateral fold of the abdominal integuments. The pleurapophyses of the seventeenth vertebra become suddenly shorter, and these elements progressively diminish to the sacrum : this consists of two vertebrae, modified as in other Lizards. There are about 50 caudal vertebrae. Purchased. %. Genus Grammatophora. 674. The anterior vertebrae of the trunk, with the scapular arches of a Lizard (Grammatophora barbata, Kaup). The atlas consists of four parts, a hypapophysis, a centrum, and two neurapophyses : a long compressed haemal spine is developed downwards and backwards from the autogenous hypapophysis. The right neurapophysis is removed to show the proper centrum of the atlas or odontoid process : it is here restricted to an articulation with the hypapophysis of the atlas, and to the formation of a similar long recurved process : a smaller hypapophysis is wedged into the inferior interspace of the axis and third vertebra, between the third and fourth and between the fourth and fifth vertebrae : the pleurapophyses begin to be developed at the fifth vertebra, and are attached by a compressed, expanded, simple head to a broad diapophysis : they are simple, slender styles, progressively elongating to the ninth pair, which is the first to be provided with haemapophyses articulated to the sternum. The ribs of the tenth and eleventh vertebrae are similarly and separately joined to the sternum : the haemapo- physes of the twelfth and thirteenth vertebrae unite with each other before joining the poste- rior angle of the sternum. The scapula and coracoid have coalesced, but traces of the original suture remain : there is a large semiossified suprascapula : the coracoid is deeply notched anteriorly and perforated. The clavicles are long, slender, and slightly bent. The episternum is anchor-shaped, with a broad and thin stem, ^he sternum has three perforations near its posterior margin. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.B.S. 675. The hyoid apparatus, with the dried tongue and trachea of the Grammatophora barbata. The basihyal is prolonged into a slender pointed urohyal. The ceratohyals are articulated with the posterior angles of the basihyal ; are short and directed forwards : to their extremi- ties are attached the long and curved epihyals : the similarly-shaped but stronger thyrohyals articulate with both the basi- and cerato-hyals : the rings of the trachea are slender and complete. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. Ml Genus Istitrun. (>70 The elrvon anterior vertebra! of the trunk, with the scapulo-coracoid arch of the deep-tailed Liiard (Istiuriu amAoittiuu). The atlas raMsnhles that of the frs»»«sfaj^irs. but iu hypapophyais is ICM produced «iul r t the true centrum or odontoid has coalesced with that of the axis. The byp- of the four following vcrtefane are oootprewed and produced both forward! and They are independent element*, and are articulated to the interspace between their own mtebrsB and the one in advance. The pleurapophyses commence at the fifth ver- tebra in the form of abort, slightly-curved styles : they progressively increase in length to the ninth vertebra, where they are united by hnmapophyse* to the iternum. The tenth an•/••«//. OM. The lower jaw of a Monitor (t'arainu varifyatiu), showing the character* of the pleurodont type of dentition ; the adhesion, namely, of the toeth by their basis to an alveolar wall. The numbers on the bones indicate their names according to the Table of SYNONYMS. ////,-', Order CROCODILIA. Genus Gavialit. 632. The skull of tin- (iavial, or more properly ' CJahrial ' (QaeiaKt yaagetiau). The characters of this grans of CrocoJUia are nuuiifMted not only by the long and slender snout, but by the even line of the alveoli, and by the smaller, more numeroiu and equal-*izcd terth, the crown* of which arc slightly compreMed from befurr backwards, and present a nharp external and internal ridge: the first and third teeth are the largest in the up|xr jaw, the first and fourth in the lower jaw. Both these teeth are received into notches in the harder of the other jaw, and are visible when the month is shut. Tin- lrm|H>ntl apertures, bounded by the united mastoids and postfrontals externally, are relatively larger than in the Croco- diles or Alligators : the nasal bones terminate before they have attained half tin- length at the upper jaw, and the external nostril is entirely surrounded by the premaxillary bones, which are longer than usual, and terminate, in a point posteriori)'. There is no trace of vonier upon the palate : each pterygoid expands into a Urge oval bulla at its external and anterior pert ; the plane of the posterior nasal aperture is horizontal. More than half the length of the lower jaw is formed by the sym|>hy»i*. The alveoli in the premaxillary are ."• — 5, in the maxillary 21 — 2-J, in the dentary _'."> — 25. llunterian. 683. The atlas and axis of the Gavial (Gatialia gangi-liou). The hypapophysis, which represents the body of the atlas, is *ubi|uadratc, with the angles truncated : the neurapophyse* articulate with the two upper angles, and the pleurapnphyies with the two lower ones : the pleurapophyses arc long, slender, and with a single proximal arti- culation answering to the bead of the rib. The anterior surface of the li\ |>ji|->|iliysi» ia obliquely excavated to form the lower half of the cup for the occipital condylr : the back part articulates with the true centrum of the atlas (odontoid). The neurapophyiu**, which complete with the hypapophysis and the end of the centrum the articular cavity for the ixvipital condyle, are distinct above as well as below. The neural spine is not retained in this sjxrimeu, but u an 152 independent depressed plate, the atlas consisting of seven permanently distinct parts or ele- ments in all Crocodilians. The true centrum of the atlas articulates with the whole of the fore part of the centrum and with the hases of the two neurapophyses of the axis, and deve- lopes on each side two transverse processes, to which the bifurcate head of each pleurapo- physis of the axis articulates. The neurapophyses have coalesced above, and develope a ridgt- or spine from the whole of their antero-posterior extent. Two zygapophyses, with the arti- cular surfaces turned upwards, articulate with the neurapophyses of the atlas. The two posterior zygapophyses of the axis look obliquely downwards and outwards : two short hyp- apophyses project from the under part of the body of the axis. This and the following specimens, to No. 701 inclusive, were presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 684. The sixth cervical vertebra of a Gavial (Gavialis gangeticus). The confluence of the neurapophyses with each other and the neural spine above, and the non-development of a distinct hypapophysis, reduce the number of permanently separate elements to four, — the centrum, neural arch, and pleurapophyses. The latter are principally developed, as in other Crocodilia, in the antero-posterior direction : the head articulates by suture to the parapophysis, the tubercle by a smaller plane surface with the diapophysis, which is here developed from the base of the neurapophysis : the centrum developes a single hypapophysis, which is here an exogenous process, not, as in most Lacertians, an autogenous element. 685. An anterior dorsal vertebra of the Gavial (Gavialis gangeticus}. The centrum is still characterized by the hypapophysis : the pleurapophyses are elongated, slender and curved : the articulation of the head is transferred to a notch upon the largely- developed diapophysis, the tubercle still articulating to the extremity of that process. There is no parapophysis. 686. A lumbar vertebra of the Gavial (Gavialis gangeticus). It is characterized, as in other Crocodilia, by the absence of the hypapophysis, by the anchylosis of the pleurapophyses, and by the detached hsemapophyses. 687. The two sacral vertebrae of the Gavial (Gavialis gangeticus}. These show the continuous sutural attachment of the head of the short and thick pleur- apophyses, one of which is detached from the posterior vertebra. The sutural surface is divided into two parts, the lower one joining a prominent part of the side of the centrum, answering to the parapophysis, and the upper one to an expansion of the base of the neur- apophysis, which represents the diapophysis. The coadapted surfaces of the centrum are flat : the opposite surfaces are concave in each. 153 988. An anterior caudal vertebra of the Gavial (Gavialii gangrtiau). By the toalesemt* of the neurapophysM with each other and the neural spine, and of thr hrmapophyses in like nuuim-r with each other and the banal ipine, thk vertebra is reduced to fire distinct piece* : the proximal end of the plrurmpophyse* ii expanded and articuUtnl by Mtnre with the centrum and bate of the oeurapophysis. 080. A posterior caudal vertebra of the Gavial (Gavialig gangetictu). This is charactrrixed by the absence of the pleurapophjses and by the anchylosis of thr Moral arch with the centrum. The tuemapophyses continue distinct from the centrum. MO. The two iliac and the two ischial bones of a Gavial. 691. The right humerus of a Gavial : its head is transversely compressed : its shaft bent in two directions, with a deltoid crest developed from its upper and fore part : the lower end is also transversely extended and divided anteriorly into two condyles. 692. The right radius of a Gavial : its head is oval : its shaft cylindrical : its lower end oblong and subcompressed. 693. The right ulna of a Gavial : it is thicker and longer than the radius : has no olecranon : it articulates with the outer condyle of the humerus by an oval facet 694. Two carpal bones of a Gavial : « is the scapholunar, and * is the uncifonne. 695. The left humerus in horizontal section, showing the thickness of the compact tissue at the middle of the shaft forming the walls of the medullary cavity. The medullary artery enters above the middle on the inner side of the shaft, and the canal slopes downwards. 696. The right femur of a Gavial : its head is compressed from before backwards its shaft with a slight double curvature in directions contrary to those of the huuicrus : the trochantcr is represented by an obtuse pyramidal prominence from the inner side of the upper fourth of the shaft : the lower end is ex- tended transversely and divided behind into two condyles. z 154 697. The right tibia of a Gavial : its upper head is large and triangular : its lower end is compressed and convex. 698. The right fibula of a Gavial : this is slender and cylindrical : its head is much compressed : its lower end enlarged and subtriangular. 699. Two of the tarsal bones of a Gavial : a is the astragalus and c the calcaneum. 700. The left femur of the same Gavial, in longitudinal section. 701. The left tibia of the same Gavial, in longitudinal section. 702. The skull of the Gavialis gangeticus, with the dried integuments; showing the peculiar valve which defends and closes the external nostril. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 24 — 24 ; in the dentary, 25—25. Presented by Nathaniel WallicJt, M.D., F.S.S. 703. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of the Gavialis gangeticus. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 24 — 24. Hunterian. 704. The skull of the Gavialis gangeticus. Presented by Nathaniel WalUcli, M.D., F.R.S 705. The skull, with the cranium mutilated and the integuments dried, of a smaller specimen of the Gavialis gangeticus. There is a palpebral ossicle at the supe- rior and anterior border of the orbit. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 23—23 ; in the dentary, 26—26. -' f ' Presented by Sir T. S. Raffles, P.Z.S. 706. The skull of a Gavialis gangeticus, of exactly the same size as the preceding specimen, vertically and longitudinally bisected. It shows the size and form of the cranial cavity, and the prominence formed by the oto- cranial plates of the alisphenoid, exoccipital and superoccipital bones. These have been par- tially removed in the right half of the section. In the left half is shown the junction of the two canals from the tympanic cavity with each other and with the common median eusta- chian outlet. There is a very feeble rudiment of the expansion of the pterygoid bone in these small Gavials ; but this may be a character of immaturity, not of specific distinction. Presented by E. Evarest, Esq. 155 707. The skull of • small Gavial (Gavia/u ga*getictui). Number of alveoli in the prcmaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 24 — 24 ; in the lower jaw, 20—26. Prrsfnted by Sir Eotrard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 7n> Ii\,- to tli of the Gavial (Gaviali* yaiyelictu), in different stages of growth. The specimen with the crown and base fully formed presents a deep notch in the latter, as if a piece had been cleanly cut out ; but which is the effect of the progressive absorption excited by the pressure of the successioual tooth. The enamelled crown is long, slender, subcompresscd, with two strong and sharp opposite ridges, the intervening tracts being pretty regularly divided by more feeble longitudinal ridges. It appears from the inscription on this tooth that it came into Mr. Hunter's possession in the year 1784. The largest tooth has had the crown fractured and the successional tooth has penetrated its cavity. All the specimens are widely excavated at their base. llunterian. 709. A stuffed specimen of a young Gavial (Gariaiu yanyetinui). The number of alveoli in the pit-maxillary is 4—4 ; in maxillary, 25 — 25 ; in dentary, 25 — 25. The arrangement of the dernud omelet forming the dermal skeleton if well shown in this ijHfiitf" : in the middle of the flexible integument between the cranium and the leriet of dorsal acute* are two Urge, oral, conical ossicle* in the tame transverse line, and a mall epi- dermal acute external to these on each side. The first transrerse row of the dorsal series of •cute* consists of two huge triangular pieces, the second row of two square pieces, the third row of two principal square pieces and two small lateral ones ; the fourth and succeeding series hare two large median and two small lateral piece* on each side : this series of sis scutes begins a little in advance of the setting on of the fore-limbs. Pretexted by Natiuniel Wattich, Af.D., F.R.S. Genus Crocodiliu. 710. A dried specimen of a young Crocodile (Crocodiliu caiaphracttu). This is the original specimen described and in part figured by Curier in the 'Casement Foaaile*,' p. 58. pi. T. fig. 1 ft 2, under the name of ' Crocodile a nuque cuiraasee.' It was pretested to the College by Sir William Blizard, but without an indication of the locality from which it had been originally derived, a circumttance which Ctrrier regret*. A living speci- men of this specie* was exhibited in the Menagerie of the Zoological Society of London in the year 1834, which was stated to have been brought from Fernando Po, Africa, There is, however, a very close resemblance, in the elongated slender proportions of the skull and the x2 156 slightly festooned borders of the jaws, between this species and the Crocodilus Schlegelii from Borneo. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 4—4 ; in the maxillary, 13 — 13 ; in the dentary, 15 — 15. Presented by Sir Wm. Blizard, F.R.S. 711. The skeleton of a young Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). The number of alveoli in the premaxillary is 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 15 — 15. The rib of the axis is expanded and sub-bifurcate at its proximal end, but is slightly ad- vanced in position, and articulates with two transverse processes, a parapophysis and diapo- physis of the odontoid. The ribs of the five succeeding vertebrae are short and developed forwards and backwards, overlapping each other. The ribs of the eighth and ninth vertebrae are long, slender and pointed, but do not articulate with the sternum. This character is presented by the seven succeeding ribs, the semiossified haemapophyses of which are divided into two parts. The cartilaginous appendage of the eighth rib joins that of the preceding one. The ribs of the eighteenth and nineteenth vertebrae are again free or floating. The rudiments of the ribs of the twentieth vertebra have not been preserved, but the surface at the end of the long diapophysis indicates that they existed. The diapophyses of the next four vertebrae seem not to have had pleurapophyses, and represent lumbar vertebrae. There are two sacral vertebrae, characterized like those in the Gavial. Diapophyses are developed from the fourteen anterior caudal vertebrae : the haemapophyses commence at the interspace between the second and third vertebrae. Mm. Heaviside. 712. The skull of the Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus), in three transverse sections. One is taken through the prefrontal and lachrymal bones, immediately in front of the orbits, and shows the junction of the descending or neurapophysial plates of the prefrontals with the upper vomerine or coalesced portion of the pterygoids. The second transverse section is taken between the thirteenth and fourteenth tooth, through the nasal, maxillary, vomerine, and palatine bones. It shows the commencement of the posterior respiratory canals formed by the external lamella of the vomer, which arches outwards to join the external ascending plate of the palatines, and which is continued backwards by the vomerine tubular portions of the pterygoids. In the anterior part of the section the vomerine bones may be seen extending forwards to join the nasal processes of the maxillaries. The maxillary and palatine sinuses are exposed by the anterior section : the maxillary sinuses are separated from the nasal cavities by a thin, vertical, bony plate. They communicate by an oval aper- ture at their back part with the posterior part of the nasal cavities. A palpebral ossicle is displayed at the superior and anterior part of the orbit. Number of alveoli in the pre- maxillary 5 — 5, in the maxillary 14 — 14. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 157 713. The skull of the CroeoMiu ant**. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, . in the maxillary, 14—14 ; in the dcntary, 15—15. 714. Tlu- skull of the Crocodile acithu. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 4 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14; in the dentary, 15 — 15. //>t*/rrian. 715. The skull of the Crocodilu* acntiu. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary. 5—5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 15—15. llmiteriam. 716. The skull of the Crocodile acntiu, wanting the lower jaw. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14. Mm. Brit. 717. The mutilated and distorted skull of a young Nilotic Crocodile (Crocodil** tmfyaru). The extremity of the upper jaw is raited above the plane of the upper surface of the skull, producing a marked concavity between the orbit* and the external nostril. The under jaw is correspondingly curved, except at it* extremity. The bate of the cranium has been removed, and both tympanic cavities are laid open ; the Hie, shape and relative position of the small prtrosal being well shown on the left tide. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14—14 ; in the dentary, 15—15. tlmtlerian . 718. The skull of a young Crocodile, apparently of the Nilotic species (Crocodil** rmfyarit). The palatine suture between the premaxillary and maxillary bone* psasfi obliquely back- wards a little way at its commencement and then extends transversely icrnas ; but the prr- maxfllary bone* an longer than in the second Gangetic specie*. There U a email palpebral otaide above the anterior angle of the eyelids. Number of alveoli in the premaxillary, 5—5 . in the maxillary, 13—13. Huiiteria*. 719. The skeleton of the Gangetic Crocodile (Crocodiltu biporcabu). In this skeleton may be noticed the chief osteological characters by which the order Crv eeAlia fa distinguished from the order Lacertilta. First, the confluence of the external bony nostrils into a single BMdisii, subcircular foramen : the implantation of the teeth in distinct lockets : the fixation of the tympanic by being wedged between the mastoid and squamosal, • Modification which gives the requisite firmness of support to the strong and ms«m under- 158 jaw. The ordinal characters are further manifested in the vertebral column of the trunk. Pleurapophyses commence at the atlas, and in the succeeding vertebrae are articulated to two points of their respective vertebrae, viz. by a head and tubercle to a dia- and par-apophysis. From the third to the seventh cervical the pleurapophyses are short and peculiarly developed in the direction of the axis of the trunk both forwards and backwards, overlapping each other ; the pleurapophyses of the eighth vertebra are long and slender, extend outwards, and termi- nate in a point ; those of the ninth vertebra join the sternum by partially ossified hsemapo- physes : the same structure is presented by the six following ribs : in the next four vertebrae the cartilages join each other, and are united to the sternum through the medium of the car- tilage of the fifteenth pleurapophysis ; in the twenty-first vertebra the pleurapophyses are re- duced to small styliform rudiments appended to the extremity of the diapophysis. From the third to the ninth vertebra inclusive the head of the rib articulates to the lower transverse process or parapophysis, and the tubercle to the upper transverse process or dia- pophysis : in the thirteenth vertebra the head of the rib ascends and articulates to the base of the diapophysis, the tubercle still adhering to the apex : in the fourteenth vertebra the head of the pleurapophysis applies itself to a notch in the fore-part of the diapophysis, and in the twentieth vertebra the head finally disappears. The twenty-first to the twenty-fourth verte- brae inclusive show no rudiments of ossified pleurapophyses, but the haemapophysial parts of the ribs are present as long and slender cartilages in the abdominal parietes. If we begin to count the dorsal series of vertebrae from that in which the rib is complete, or consists of both pleurapophysis and haemapophysis joining the sternum, and include in the dorsal series the succeeding vertebrae which have freely articulating pleurapophyses, there are then twelve ' dorsal ' vertebrae. The eight vertebrae anterior to these may be called ' cervical,' and the four posterior to them ' lumbar.' The sacral vertebrae are two in number, and characterized, as in the Lizards, by their short and thick pleurapophyses ; the sutures uniting which to the diapophyses are still obvious in this skeleton : the second sacral vertebra differs in the Croco- dilia from that in the Lacertilia by presenting a concavity or cup to the first caudal instead of a ball ; the second caudal vertebra recovering the ordinary position of the cup and ball. The haemapophyses are articulated to interspaces of the caudal vertebrae, but chiefly to the centrum of that to which they properly belong, viz. the anterior one : they are confluent at their lower extremities, which are produced into a haemal spine. The transverse pro- cesses, formed by the anchylosed depressed pleurapophyses, are developed from the fourteen anterior caudal vertebrae. The remainder of this series bear compressed, high, slender neural spines, which progressively decrease in length to the end of the tail. The hyoid arch consists of a broad cartilaginous and partially ossified basihyal, and two simple, slender, bent, bony ceratohyals. The scapular arch consists of a simple scapula and coracoid, both formed by compressed, narrow, moderately long plates of bone, thickest where they are united together to form the glenoid cavity for the humerus. The ilium is a very short but thick bone : the inverted arch formed by the pubes is quite distinct from that formed by the ischia : all the three bones combine as usual to form an articular cavity for the femur. The character of the genus Crocodilug is manifested in this specimen by the reception of the fourth tooth, or canine, of the lower jaw in a notch of the lateral margin of the upper 1 II jaw, to that it u exposed when the mouth U that. The •pecin'c character it given by tin two unusually developed and distinct bony ridge* extended from the anterior part* of thr orbits and converging u they advance forwards. The uumbcr of alveoli in thr |>rrm«xilUry is 4 — I ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentanr. 15 — 15. Mu. Brit. 720. The skull of the Crocodiku biporcahu. Ossification ha* extended over the left temporal fossa, from the mastoid and pottfrutiUl to the parietal, covering U with a bony roof like that in the Turtles (Ckrlone). The outer walU of the tocketa of tome of the teeth have been removed in the upper jaw, which exposes tin great depth and curvature of thoae socket*, and the reeeai at the inner tide of the baar of each, in which was lodged the matrix of the mrcMsionsl teeth. The number of the alveoli is, — in the premaxillary, 4 — I ; in the maxillary, 14—14 ; in the dentary, 15—15. i J I . The skull of the Crocodil** biporcatiu. Beaidea the two ordinary perforations of the premaxillary bone receiving the two anterior mandibular teeth, the second and third pain have also excited progressive absorption of thr same bones, and have partly perforated them. The number of the alveoli is,— in the prr- maxilkry, 4 — 4 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the drntanr, 15—15. Presented by Sir Everard Hume, Bart., F.R.S. The skull of the Crocodi/iu biporfahu. It shows the same number of the tet-tli. Pretemtfd by Dr. Natkaniel WMch, F.R.S. 7-J3 The skull of the Crocodil** biporcatut. It shows the same number of the teeth. Hunter tan. 7 J \ The skull of the Crocodiltu biporcatiu. The constituent bones are numbered according to the Table of STSOSTMS. The number of alveoli is, — in the pit- - maxillary, 5—5 ; in the maxillary, 15 — 15 ; in the dentary, 14 — 14. Prf9enffd by Dr. lli-ndfrnon. 725. The skull of Crocodtitu biporcabu. The number of alveoli is, — in the premax- illary, 4 — 4 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 15—15. Hunt, ,,,,, 726 The skull of a Crocodile, which resembles in the proportions of the length and breadth of the maxillary and premaxillary bones the preceding specimen. The premaxillo-palatine suture has the same undulating transverse direction, but bends more forward and nearer the nasal aperture at its middle part ; thin however is probably only an individual peculiarity. The ecto-ptcrygoid has the 160 same proportional extent behind the last alveolus of the upper jaw. The eye- lids and opercular flaps of the ear, and the tegumentary valvular nostrils, with other portions of the integument, are left upon the exterior of the skull. There are no palpebral ossicles. The number of alveoli is, — in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 15 — 15. Mm. Srit. 727. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of the Crocodilus biporcatus. The back part of the skull is broken away, and a portion of the descending process of the basioccipital has been removed by the saw, to show the common descending canal of the median system of eustachian tubes, and one of the lateral eusta- chian canals, with the sinus of communication between the lateral and the basioccipital branch of the median canal *. The number of alveoli is, — in the premaxillary, 4 — 4 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 728. A mutilated cranium of the Crocodilus biporcatus, in vertical and longitudinal section. The small petrosal may be noticed at the bottom of the T-shaped suture, uniting the alisphenoid with the ex- and super-occipitals. The common canal of the median system of eustachian tubes is laid open to its bifurcation into the basioccipital and basisphenoidal branches, and the subdivision of each of these into a pair of canals diverging laterally to the tympanic cavities is shown. The tympanic cavity is exposed in the left half of the section by the removal of the basi- and ex-occipitals. The number of alveoli is, — in the pre- maxillary, 4—4 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 729. The six pieces of which the composite ramus of the lower jaw of a Crocodile is composed. Each is indicated by its characteristic number, and has also its name marked on it. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 730. The right ramus of the mandible of the Crocodilus biporcatus, in four transverse sections, showing the mode in which the pieces are articulated together and their texture. * This specimen is figured in PI. 41. fig. 7 of the donor's 'Memoir on the Communications between the Cavity of the Tympanum and the Palate in the Crocodilia,' Phil. Trans. 1850, p. 521. 161 The anterior section is aero** the driitary piece at the extremity of the iplenial. The •ecood WBtioa it acroe* both deutary and tpletiial, at the extremity of the angular pirrr. TVe third section create* the deotary, the cplcnial, the angular, aud the anterior extretnity of the •mngikr piece, and shows the wide canty Mrrouuded by the*e piece* : each piece bran iu characteristic uumbrr, according to the Table of SYNONYM*. Pretftted by Prof. Otcfn, F.Jt.S. 731. The centrum and neurapophyscs of the atlas of a Crocodile. The neural spin e The centnun i* wedge-shaped, with the bate downward* and the anterior nurfarc excavated to form the lower half of the cup for the eondyle of the occiput : the posterior surface is •early flat, with the lateral margin* expanded and bent forward* to give attachment to the pleun|Mi|>hy«r* : each neurapophyn* prevent* an articular surface at the fore part of it* bate for the occipital eondyle, and at the back part for the odontoid rpiphyn* of the axis : the odontoid procea* project* into the *pace between the*e part* of the neurapophy*e* and the centrum. Abore theae part* the neurapophyte* cirrum*cribe the neural canal ; they meet and articulate with each other, but do not coalesce above. Each derelope* a email zygapo- pbyai* poatcriorly, the articular surface of which look* downward*. 732. A second cervical vertebra of a Crocodile, with the central part of the body of the atlas, forming the ' odontoid process ' of anthropotomy, attached by sy n- rhondrosis to the fore part of the body. The upper part of the odontoid presents a broad nibcircular neural surface between two neurapophytial surface*, each of which form* two oppositely doping facet* ; the anterior one for the neurapophysi* of the atlas, the posterior one for that of the axis : thew surfaces are divided by a notch from a lower diapophysial protuberance of the odontoid, which nip- port* the pleurapophyn* of the second vertebra. The proper body of the second vertebra ha* an inferior tubercle. The neural arch ha* two small anterior zygapophyse*, looking up- ward* and outward* ; two larger posterior one*, with an opposite aspect ; and a compreseed confluent neural spine. Huntfrian. 733. The third cervical vertebra of the same Crocodile. Hmltria*. 734. The sixth cervical vertebra of a Crocodile. The centrum present* an anterior concavity and a posterior convexity, a* in most of the other Tertebrse : it ha* two oblong parapophyse* laterally, and a abort and strong hypapo- phrsis developed from the anterior half of it* under part. The neurapophy*e* are perma- nently articulated by sutural surface* to the centrum, but coalesce above with each other and T 162 with the neural spine. They each develope a moderately long and slender diapophysis, two prezygapophyses, looking obliquely inwards and upwards, and two postzygapophyses with opposite aspects. The spine is long, trihedral, with a rough surface at the fore- and back- part of its base, for the attachment of elastic ligaments. The pleurapophyses are bifurcate, short, and developed chiefly in the anterior and posterior directions. Hunterian. 735. A posterior dorsal vertebra of a Crocodile. The centrum is characterized by the absence of processes ; the neural arch by the great » length of the diapophyses, which are notched at the end and present two surfaces, one for the head, the other for the tubercle of the rib, which is here characterized by its length, slen- derness, and its articulation at its thickened distal end with a semi-ossified hsemapophysis. | Hunterian. 736. A lumbar vertebra of a Crocodile. The centrum is broader in proportion to its length than in the dorsal. The diapophyses have no articular surfaces for ribs. The zygapophyses are more nearly horizontal than in the dorsal and cervical series. Itunterian. 737. A vertical longitudinal section of a lumbar vertebra of a Crocodile. It shows the compact bone upon the upper and under surface, and forming the anterior concavity of the centrum. Hunterian. 738. Six pairs of the hsemapophyses from the abdominal walls of a Crocodile. From their long and slender form they have obtained the name of abdominal ribs ; each is divided into two parts, being ossified from two distinct centres. Hunterian. 739. The anterior sacral vertebra of a Crocodile. The short and thick pleurapophyses are trihedral, expanded obliquely, truncate, and irre- gularly notched at their extremities : they articulate with both the centrum and neurapo- physis by a broad sutural surface, the limits of which are not yet obliterated. The anterior articular cup of the centrum is expanded transversely by portions of the pleurapophyses : the posterior surface of the centrum is rough and nearly flat. Hunterian. 740. An anterior caudal vertebra of a Crocodile. Here the neural arch has become anchylosed to the centrum, and the short ribs to both those parts. The centrum is characterized by the two articular tubercles (hypapophyses) at its under and posterior part for the articulation of the hsemapophyses which have coalesced at their extremities and developed a long compressed spine. Hunterian. 163 741. A posterior caudal vertebra of a Crocodile. It it characterised by the absence of tranrrerae proccMM. The centrum if more com- pressed ; the articular rup and ball form • until proportion only of the terminal surface*. llunttria*. 742. The right scapula and ooracoid of a Crocodile. The coracoid is perforated near its proximal end. H*nteria*. 749. The right humcrus of the same Crocodile. Huntenan. 1 I I Tin' left humcrus of the same Crocodile. Hvnteria*. 745. The left humcrus of a Crocodile (Crocodile biporcattu), in longitudinal section. Hunteria*. 746. The right humerus, radius, ulna, scapho-lunar, cuneiform, pisiform, unciform and metacarpal bones, with sundry phalanges, of a young Crocodiles bipor- eahu. Presented by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. 747. The left humerus, radius, ulna, scapho-lunar, cuneiform, pisiform, unciform and metacarpal bones, with sundry phalanges, of the same Crocodiltu biporcatw. Prc*t*ted by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. 74S. The right femur, tibia, fibula, astragalus, calcaneum, ecto-cuneiform, cuboid and metatanal bones, with sundry phalanges, of the same CrocodUtu biporcatw. Prctcnttd by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 749. The left femur, tibia, fibula, astragalus, calcaneum, ecto-cuueiform, cuboid and metatanal bones, with sundry phalanges, of the same Crocodiltu biporcattu. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.B.S. 750. The cranium of a Crocodile (Crocodih* rkombifer), which measures 10 inches in length, 7 inches from the anterior part of the orbit to the end of the muzzle, and 4J inches in a straight line across the sockets of the fifth maxil- lary tooth. The facial put, and especially the maxillary bone*, are consequently ihorUr than in the Cncmtiltu biforemhu, bat a more definite difference it prorated in the form of the | 12 164 suture between the maxillary and premaxillary bones : this extends in the present specimen irregularly, but transversely, from behind the small foramen on the inner side of the mar- ginal notch receiving the canine of the lower jaw ; whilst in the Cr. biporcatns the same suture inclines from this point obliquely backwards, before it bends inwards to meet the oppo- site half of the suture at the median line. The palatal processes of the premaxillary bones are consequently relatively longer in the Cr. biporcatus, and the anterior palatal aperture of the bony nostril is more nearly in the centre of the palatine plate of the premaxillaries in the Cr. rhombifer. The posterior palatal aperture of the nostrils is not so completely marginal in its position, and its plane is more horizontal in the present specimen. The right lateral eustachian canal has been laid open as far as the tympanum, and a portion of wire is passed through the median eustachian canal, to show the communication of its lateral basioccipital branch with the lateral eustachian canal. The left carotid canal is laid open and a bristle is passed through it into the tympanic cavity, and into the canal continued to the sella turcica in the cranial cavity. The number of alveoli is — in the premaxillary, 5 — 4 ; in the maxil- lary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 15 — 15. The specimen is from Bengal. Presented by Dr. Nathaniel Wallich, F.E.S. 751. The skull of a larger individual of the Crocodilus rhombifer. Like the preceding specimen, it differs from Cr. biporcatus in the greater breadth of the maxillary and premaxillary portion of the skull. The palatine suture of the premaxillary bones is likewise transverse. The posterior palatine vacuities are broader in proportion to their length, and the palatine bones are narrower. There is a smaller proportion of the ecto- pterygoid behind the last alveolus. The teeth are larger in proportion to the length of the- skull. The antorbital ridges are not continued so far forwards. The number of the alveoli is — in the premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14 ; in the dentary, 14 — 15. Presented by B. C. Henderson, Esq., F.R.S. 752. The skull of a Crocodile from Bengal, wanting the lower jaw, of a species (Cro- codilus palustris ?) which is frequently found inhabiting the larger ponds. It differs from the Cr. biporcatus of the Ganges in having shorter maxillary and premaxillary bones in proportion to its length, in having much less developed prefrontal ridges ; the palatal suture between the maxillary and premaxillary bones is transverse, not curved. The anterior extremities of the palatine bones are narrower and more pointed. The number of the alveoli is, — premaxillary, 5 — 5 ; maxillary, 14 — 14. 753. A longitudinal section of the left ramus and teeth of the lower jaw of a young Crocodile, showing the pulp-cavities of the teeth in place and the germs of their successors. 1.;:, A* the teeth of the Croeottitim are shed and renewed many times ui the count of Hie. but always in the vertical direction, or in that according to which the human deciduous teeth are directly replaced, the number of the teeth i* the sajne in thr young Crocodile when it quid the egg M when it hat attained its full growth : it doe* not appear, at least, that there arc- any teeth added to the serie* from behind forward* without displacing previous teeth, or which can be compared with the true molar* in Mammalia. llu*tcrian. 7.") I Two of the larger-sized teeth, with the germ of a successional tooth, of a Cro- codile (Crocodile biporcatiui). The conical enameled crown i* lea* acute than in the Canal, and it* transverse section in circular ; but it present* two opposite trenchant ridge*. In the older and more worn of tlu-M- two teeth the walls of the long hollow fang have not been attacked by the absorbent prorew, which would indicate that the succession of the teeth was lea* frequent and rapid than in the Garni. HuMtfria*. 755. A tooth of a younger Crocodile, with the crown transversely bisected and the base deeply notched by the absorbent action. Hnntrriat>. 756. The tooth of a Crocodile, with part of the enamel removed from the crown, showing its thickness. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.K.S. 757. Two of the posterior teeth of a Crocodile, in wluch the crown is shorter in pro- |K)rtion to the base, and is more compressed, than in thr anterior teeth. Ilunterian. 758. Four nuchal scutes of the epidermal covering of the Crocodilwi biporcat**. MK*. Brit. ?.~>9. A similar specimen from a larger individual of the Crocodil** biporcatiu. Mtu. Brit. 760. A skeleton of a young Alligator (Alligator lurittx). The character of the genus is marked by the reception of the crown of the fourth tooth, or ranine, of the under jaw in a deep fossa at the outer part of the palatine suture, between thr maxillary and pmnaxillary bone*, by which these teeth are concealed when the mouth is shut. Both maxillary and premaxillary portions of the skull are unusually broad in proportion to their length, but this i* a character of the specie* rather than the genus. The nasal bone* •end their attenuated extremities forward* to the premaxillaries so a* to diride the anterior external nostrils into two carities. Cuvier figure* the same peculiarity in the Alligator lumu 166 represented in pi. 1 . fig. 8 of the ' Ossemens Fossiles." The vacuity in the back part of the ramus of the jaw, between the angular, surangular, and dentary pieces, is relatively longer than in the true Crocodiles. * The number of alveoli in the premaxillary is 5 — 5 ; in the maxillary, 14 — 14; in the dentary, 18 — 18. The bifurcation of the rib of the axis is deeper than in the Crocodilus acutus. There are the same number of hatchet-shaped, or anterior floating ribs, and of true ribs, as in the Cr. acutus. The rudimental pleurapophyses are preserved upon the 20th vertebra. There are four lumbar, two sacral, and thirty-nine caudal vertebrae ; the sixteen anterior of which sup- port transverse processes, which are anchylosed pleurapophyses, traces of the suture being still visible in some of the anterior ones. Mus. South. 761. The skull of a young Alligator lucius. The number of alveoli is — in the premaxillary, 5 — 5; in the maxillary, 15 — 15; in the dentary, 19 — 19. The seven posterior sockets are confluent, and form a partially divided common groove. There is no trace of vomer upon the palate of this or of the preceding specimen. Hunterian. -\ 762. The skull of a young Alligator lucius, in vertical longitudinal section : it shows the large proportional size of the cranial cavity at this period. The point of the nasals joins the premaxillaries and divides the external nasal aperture. Prepared from a specimen presented by the Zoological Society of London. 763. The disarticulated bones of the skull of a young Alligator lucius, minus the hyoid and scapular arches, the right alisphenoid, and the divided anterior por- tions of the vomer. The individual bones are numbered upon coloured labels indicative of their natural arrangement and names, according to the Table of SYNONYMS. Hunterian. 764. The skull of the black Alligator (Alligator niger). The number of alveoli is — in the premaxillary, 5 — 5; in the maxillary, 13 — 13; in the dentary, 18 — 18. The vomer is divided at the median line, and the anterior expanded part of each moiety appears upon the bony palate, between the premaxillary and maxillary bones ; the palatine suture between the same bones bending down to the hinder border of the palatal anterior aperture of the nostrils. The fossae for the reception of the crowns of the inferior canines are well developed at the outer end of this suture : the palatine bones are unusually exjwnded anteriorly : the posterior nasal apertures are horizontal, as in the Alligator lucius. The specimen was brought from Guiana. Purchased. 167 705. The right minus of the lower jaw of an Alligator, from which the |x>stenor part of the inner alveolar wall has been removed, showing the five posterior teeth lodged in a common alveolar groove, the germs of the successionol teeth, and the effects of their pressure upon the bases of time in place. Here like- wise may be observed the short obtuse crowns of the' posterior teeth in tin Alligator, and the constriction or cervix which separates the crown from thu fang. I'urrhfued. 760. The left nun us of the lower jaw of an Alligator, from which a section of tin- outer alveolar wall has been removed, exposing three complete sockets with the germinal recess at the inner part of their base, where the matrix of the succeasional teeth was lodged : it also exposes four teeth i* «'/*, on removing which the germs of their successors may be seen occupying the germinal re- <•«•»•.<•-. 'I'll. ;il»orl>.-nt |>I.MI-> i v it, ,| liy that "t'tlir posterior tooth has pro- duced a circular excavation on the inner side of its base. Purchased. 767. The fourth tooth of the lower jaw, or canine, of an Alligator (Alligator The crown it ihort and conical, with two opposite ridge* nearer the concave tide ; the in- termediate tract* of enamel present numerous feeble longitudinal rtrur and a minutely reticu- lar surface : an almost circular piece hat been removed by progressive absorption from thr inner ride of the hue. Purchased. 768. Several teeth of an Alligator (Alligator nyer), in different stages of growth and deny. One show* the apex of a succession*] tooth projecting through the pulp-cavity, whkh has been exposed by the breaking away of the crown : in another the almost perfectly formed tooth is surrounded by the remains of its predecessor, reduced to a mere irregular shell of dentine. Purcktued. 168 Order CHELONIA. Family Marina. Turtles. Genus Chelone. 769. The skeleton of the green Turtle (Chelone mydas). In the marine species of the Chelonian Order, of which this may be regarded as the type, the ossification of the carapace and plastron is less extensive, and the whole skeleton is lighter, than in those species that live on dry land. The head is proportionally larger, — a character common to aquatic animals ; and, being incapable of retraction within the carapace, ossifica- tion extends in the direction of the fascia covering the temporal muscles, and forms a second bony covering of the cranial cavity : this accessory defence is not due to the intercalation of any new bones, but to exogenous growths from the frontals (n), postfrontals (12), parietals (7) and mastoids (s). The carapace is composed of a series of median and symmetrical pieces, and of two series of unsymmetrical pieces on each side. The median pieces have been regarded as lateral ex- pansions of the summits of the neural spines * ; the medio-lateral pieces as similar develop- ' ments of the ribsf ; and the marginal pieces as the homologues of the sternal ribs J. But the development of the carapace shows that ossification begins independently in a fibro-carti- laginous matrix of the corium in the first and some of the last median plates, and extends from the summits of the neural spines into only eight of the intervening plates : ossification also extends into the contiguous lateral plates, in some Chelonia, not from the corresponding part of the subjacent ribs, but from points alternately nearer and farther from their heads, showing that such extension of ossification into the corium is not a development of the tubercle of the rib, as has been supposed. Ossification commences independently in the corium in all the marginal plates which never coalesce with the bones uniting the sternum with the vertebral ribs, and which are often more numerous, and sometimes less numerous than those ribs, and in a few species are wanting. Whence it is to be inferred that the ex- panded bones of the carapace, which supported and are impressed by the thick epidermal scutes called ' tortoise shell,' are dermal ossifications, homologous with those which support the nuchal and dorsal epidermal scutes in the Crocodile §. Most of the pieces of the cara- pace being directly continuous or connate with the obvious elements of the vertebrae, which have been supposed exclusively to form them by their unusual expansion, the median ones have been called ' neural plates,' and the medio-lateral pieces ' costal plates ' : but the ester- * CUVIER, Le9ons d' Anatomic Comparde, i. (1799) p. 212. f Ibid. p. 211. J GEOFFHOY, Annales du Muse'um, t. xiv. (1809) p. 7. $ CARUS, Lehrbuch der Vergleich. Anatomic, Bd. i. p. 164. PETERS, Observations ad Anato- miam Cheloniorum. OWEN, Philos. Trans. 1849, p. 151. 109 n*l lateral pieces have retained the name of ' marginal plat**.' Thr first or anterior of the median plain (' nurhal plalc ') U remarkable for iu great breadth in the Turtles, and usually •toil down a ridge from the middle line of iu under surface, which articulates more or lest directly with the summit of the neural arch of the first dorsal vertebra ; this may be seen in the carapace of the TVwmyjr, No. 931 : the second neural plate is much narrower, and is connate with the summit of the neural spine of the second dorsal Tcrtcbra : the seven suc- ceeding neural plain have the same relations with the succeeding neural spines : the re«t are independent dermal bones, but the ninth is separated from the tenth by the hut pair at costal plain. The costal plain of the carapace are superadditions to eight pairs of the pleurapophyses or vertebral portions of the second to the ninth ribs inclusive. The slender or proper portions of these ribs project freely for some distance beyond the con- nate dermal portion*, along the under surface of which the rib may be traced, of its ordi- nary breadth, to near the bead, which liberatn itself from the costal plate to articulate to tin- interspace of the two contiguous vertebrae, to the posterior of which such rib pro|>erly belongs. The plastron consists in the genus Ckeltmr, as in the rest of the Order, of nine pieces, — one median and symmetrical, and the rest in pain. With regard to the homology of these bones, three explanations may be given : one in conformity with the structure of the- thoracic- abdominal cage in the Crocodile ; the other based upon the analogy of that part in the Bird ; and the third agreeably with the phenomena of development. According to the first, the median piece of the plastron, called ' cnto-sternal,' answers to the sternum of the Crocodile, or ' sternum proper,' and the four pain of plastron-pieces answer to the ' hsemspophy sea ' ftMir*"g the so-called sternal and abdominal ribs of the Crocodile. Mort Comparative Ana- tomists have, however, adopted the views of Geoffrey St. Hflaire, who was guided in his deter- mination of the pieces of the plastron by the analogy of the skeleton of the Bird ; according to which all the parts of the plastron are referred to a complex and greatly developed ster- num, and the marginal plain are viewed as sternal ribs (hsemapophyses). The third ground of determination refers the parts of the plastron, like those of the carapace, to a combination of parts of the endoskeleton with those of the exoskeleton. In the present skeleton the marginal plates are twenty-two in number, or twenty-four if the first (nuchal) and but (pygal) vertebral plates be included. Omitting these in the enu- meration, two marginal pieces intervene on each side at the angles between the first median plate and the point of the first costal plale formed by the end of the second dorsal rib, which point enters a depression in the third marginal piece ; the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth marginal plale* are similarly articulated by gomphosis to the six succeeding ribs ; the tenth marginal plate has no conm|>oiiding rib ; the eleventh is articulated with the point of the ninth dorsal rib supporting the eighth costal plate. The want of concordance with the vertebral ribs, or ' pleurapophyses,' arising from the in- creased number of the marginal pieces, favours the idea of their being dermal ossifications, such peripheral elements being more subject to vegetative division and multiplication than the hsemapophysn : the absence of the marginal pieces in the Trionyi gives additional support to the same view. The parial pieces of the plastron are the ' hssmapophyses ' connate with expanded dermal ossiftcsrions, and have received the following special names : ' episternal.' Z 170 ' hyosternal,' ' hyposternal ' and ' xiphisternal,' as they succeed each other from before back- wards. The scapular and pelvic arches, and the bones of the extremities, are described and figured in the ' Ossemens Fossiles ' of Cuvier. Hunterian. 770. The carapace of the green Turtle (Chelone my das). The first and last three ' neural ' plates are not attached to any vertebral elements. The pleurapophyses of the first dorsal vertebra are short, expanded at their extremities, and arti- culated there with the second pair of ribs, which are connate with the first pair of the costal plates of the carapace, beyond which the rib extends in its ordinary slender form. The head of the rib articulates by an extensive sutural surface to the sides of the contiguous extremi- ties of its own centrum, and that of the vertebra in advance. The ninth pair of ribs resume their connection exclusively with their proper centrum ; they are connate with the last pair of costal plates of the carapace. The tenth dorsal vertebra has a pair of short and straight pleurapophyses, which articulate by slightly expanded extremities to those of the preceding vertebra. The pleurapophyses of the three following vertebrae articulate together at their ex- tremities, against which the iliac bones abut ; these may be regarded, therefore, as sacral ver- tebrae. The first three caudal vertebrae are likewise here preserved ; together with the mar- ginal pieces of the carapace, and the dermal scutes which cover the exterior of the carapace. Mm. Brit. 771. The carapace of a large Turtle (Chelone}, constructed as in the preceding spe- cimen. The bodies of the fifth to the eighth dorsal vertebrae are wanting, or mutilated. Hunterian. 772. The osseous parts of the plastron of a Turtle (Chelone my das). The special names given to the nine portions by Geoffrey St. Hilaire are written on them. In General Homology the lateral or parial pieces are expanded haemapophyses, and the median piece a haemal spine. Hunterian. 773. The skeleton of a small Turtle (Chelone my das). Mus. Langstaff. 774. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone my das). The expanded overarching part of the frontal and parietal bones is cut through and arti- culated on one side, so that it may be removed to show the true parietes of the cranial cavity which it conceals, and to which it affords additional protection. This modification seems to relate to the proportional size of the head in this and other species of marine Turtles being such as to prevent its retraction within the carapace. The numbers on the different bones correspond with those in the Table of SYNONYMS. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 171 775. 'Flu- skull of a green Turtle (Ckelone mydtu), in transverse vertical section . showing the relative size and shape of the cranial, otocranial, tympanic and temporal cavities, and the osseous roof vaulting over the latter formed by the parietal and squaraosal bones. The columelliform stapes is preserved in situ on the right side. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 776. The right moiety of the cranium of a small Turtle (Ckelone mydat). A portion of the transverse parietal plate hat been removed, forming an artificial opening into the temporal fossa, answering to the natural one in the akull of the Crocodile. A por- tion of the aquamoial baa likewise been removed, forming an artificial opening atuwering in the natural one between the Mjuamosal, jugal and postfruutal in the Crocodile. On the inner aide of the cranium the count- of the carotid canal has been exposed between the pterygoid and baxisphenoid. The otocrane, or cavity of the internal ear, is also exposed, thowing the inner surfaces of the exoccipital, paroccipital, superorripital, aluphenoid and tympanic bones, which concur in iu formation. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 777. The separated bones of the head of a marine Turtle. They are numbered according to the Table of SYNONYMS. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. The following specimens to No. 894 inclusive, of a disarticulated skeleton of the same species of Turtle, prepared from a specimen presented by Mr. Cuff, are designed to facilitate the study of the peculiarities of its singularly modified parts. 778. The skull of a Turtle (Ckelone mydtu), in horizontal and longitudinal section. 779. The atlas of the same Ckelone. 780. The odontoid of the same Ckelone. 781. The second cervical vertebra of the same Ckelone. 782. The third cervical vertebra of the same Ckelone. 783. The fourth cervical vertebra of the same Ckelone. 784. The fifth cervical vertebra of the same Ckelone. 785. The sixth cervical vertebra of the same Ckelone « z2 172 786. The seventh cervical vertebra of the same Chclonc. 787. The eighth cervical vertebra of the same Chelone. 788. The nuchal, or first neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone. 789. The second neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone. 790. The third neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neural spine of the second dorsal vertebra. 791. The fourth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neural spine of the third dorsal vertebra. 792. The fifth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neurapophyses of the fourth dorsal vertebra. 793. The sixth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neurapophyses of the fifth dorsal vertebra. 794. The seventh neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neurapophyses of the sixth dorsal vertebra. 795. The eighth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neurapophyses of the seventh dorsal vertebra. 796. The ninth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, confluent with the neurapophyses of the eighth dorsal vertebra. 797. The tenth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, which touches but is not confluent with the neural spine of the ninth dorsal vertebra. 798. The eleventh neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone. 799. The twelfth neural plate of the carapace of the same Chelone, which overlies the neural spines of the sacral vertebrae. 173 SOO. The thirteenth neural plate of the carapace of the same Ckelone. vol The fourteenth neural plate, which may also be regarded as a median marginal plate. <>f the same Ckelone \ it is called the ' pygal ' plate. -i ' -' The ccntnun of the first dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. M)3. The neurapophyscs of the first dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 804. The centrum of the second dorsal vertebra of the same CkeUme. 805. The centrum of the third dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. S06. The centrum of the fourth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 807. The centrum of the fifth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 808. The centrum of the sixth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 800. The centrum of the seventh dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 810. The centrum of the eighth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 811. The centrum of the ninth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. M 2. The neurapophyses of the ninth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone •. they have imperfect articular surfaces looking outwards on the posterior eygapophyses. 813. The centrum of the tenth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone. 814. The neurapophyses of the tenth dorsal vertebra of the same Ckelone •. they bear anteriorly small tygapophyses looking inwards, and well-developed ones look- ing outwards posteriorly. 815. The centrum of the first sacral vertebra of the same Ckelone. 816. The ncurapophyses of the first sacral vertebra of the same Ckelone. 174 817. The centrum of the second sacral vertebra of the same Chelone. 818. The neurapophyses of the second sacral vertebra of the same Chelone. 819. A chain of nineteen caudal vertebrae of the same Chelone. 820. The right pleurapophysis of the first dorsal vertebra of the same Chelone. 821. The left pleurapophysis of the first dorsal vertebra of the same Chelone. 822. The first costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleur- apophysis of the second dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 823. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Chelone. 824. The second costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleurapophysis of the third dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 825. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Chelone. 826. The third costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleur- apophysis of the fourth dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 827. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Chelone. 828. The fourth costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleur- apophysis of the fifth dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 829. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Chelone. 830. The fifth costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleur- apophysis of the sixth dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 831. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Chelone. • 832. The sixth costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with the pleur- apophysis of the seventh dorsal vertebra, of the same Chelone. 175 x W. The corresponding |»rt« of the left side of the same Ckelone. -:l \ The seventh costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with thr plcurapophysis of the eighth dorsal vertebra, of the same Ckflone. S3 5. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Ckelont. ^:W. The eighth costal plate of the right side of the carapace, connate with tin plcurapophysia of the ninth dorsal vertebra, of the same Ckelone. S37. The corresponding parts of the left side of the same Ckdone. 438. The right pleurapophysis of the tenth dorsal vertebra of the same Cketonr. 889. The left pleurapophysis of the tenth dorsal, which might be regarded as a ' lum- bar ' vertebra, of the same Ckelome. 840. The right pleurapophysis of the first sacral vertebra of the same Ckdone. 841. The left pleurapophysis of the first sacral vertebra of the same Ckflone. 842. The right pleurapophysis of the second sacral vertebra of the same Ckelone. 843. The left pleurapophysis of the second sacral vertebra of the same Ckelone. 844. The first right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Ckelone. 5 45. The first left marginal piece of the same Ckelone. 546. The second right marginal piece of the carapace of the same CkeUme. $47. The second left marginal piece of tlte carapace of the same Ckelone. 848. The third right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Ckelome. S49. The third left marginal piece of the carapace of the same CkeUme. 850. The fourth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Ckelome. 176 851. The fourth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same C/telone. 852. The fifth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 853. The fifth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 854. The sixth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 855. The sixth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 856. The seventh right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 857. The seventh left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 858. The eighth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 859. The eighth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 860. The ninth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 861. The ninth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 862. The tenth right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 863. The tenth left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 864. The eleventh right marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 865. The eleventh left marginal piece of the carapace of the same Chelone. 866. The right episternal piece of the plastron of the same Chelone. 867. The left episternal piece of the plastron of the same Chelone. 868. The entosternal piece of the plastron of the same Chelone. 869. The right hyosternal piece of the plastron of the same Chelone. 177 870. The left hyostcmal piece of the plastron of the same Ckelone. 871. The right hyposternal piece of the plastron of the same Ckelone. 872. The left hyposternal piece of the plastron of the same Ckelone. 873. The right xiphistcrnal piece of the |>la»tron of the same Ckelone. 874. The left xiphistcrnal piece of the plastron of the same Ckelonr. 875. The right scapula and clavicular process of the same Ckelonr. 876. The right coracoid of the same Ckelone. 877. The left scapula and clavicular process of the same Ckelone. 8.78. The left coracoid of the same Ckelone. 879. The right humerus of the same Ckelone. 880. The left humerus of the same Ckelone. 881. The right radius of the same Ckelone. 882. The right ulna of the same Ckelone. 883. The left radius of the same Ckelone. 884. The left ulna of the same Ckelone. 885. The carpal series of bones of the same Ckelone. 886. The metacarpal and some of the phalangeal bones of the same Ckelone. 887. The two ilia, the two ischia, and the two pubes of the same Ckelone. 888. The right femur of the same Ckelone. •2 A 178 889. The left femur of the same Chelone. 890. The right tibia of the same Chelone. 891. The left tibia of the same Chekne. .« :>i>i i : -.;•!' fan -wiT .J'\H\ 892. The right fibula of the same Chelone. •':•> "i;> .•;• i .ulT' .l'\<-'- 893. The tarsal series of bones of the same Chelone. 894. The metatarsal and some of the phalangeal bones of the same Chelone. - 895. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone my das) : the weight of the entire animal was 603 pounds. Presented by Mr. Guff. 896. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone mydas). Hunterian. >V> xu-uw * wwii*iii.,-i MuWi(T .<: ,".'• 897. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone mydas). Hunterian. 898. The skull of a small green Turtle (Chelone mydas), with the lower jaw and its horny sheath. Presented by Henry Cline, Esq. 899. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone mydas), wanting the lower jaw. Hunterian. 900. The skull of a green Turtle (Chelone mydas), wanting the lower jaw. Hunterian. 901. The second dorsal pleurapophysis and connate costal plate of the right side of the carapace of a large Turtle (Chelone). The head of the rib is supported upon a short, thick, but compressed free portion, resem- bling a neck ; the projecting part above this, which seems to answer to the tubercle, is the base of the connate ' costal plate,' which was articulated by a sutural border with the first, second and third neural plates of the same carapace. The rest of the costal plate presents a subtriangular form, and shows on its inner surface, near the neck, the rough depression to which the rib of the first dorsal vertebra articulated ; a smooth tract, indicating the ordinary 179 t'unn or proper pert of the second rib, may be (need along the inner surface to tbr 4. The right moiety of the scapular arch of a large Turtle (Ckelone). Hunterian. 905. The left moiety of the scapular arch of the same Turtle. The numbers indi- cate the scapular, acromial, and coracoid portions of the arch, according to the Table of STNONTMS. Hanlerta*. 906. The right ulna of a Turtle (Ckelone). Huntenan. 907. The pelvic arch of a large green Turtle (Ckelone mydati). Owing to the non-extension of ossification in the median line from the pubis to the ischium, the two foramina ovalia are blended together into one large heart-shaped vacuity. In the cartilage which fills the anterior part of the syraphyiis of the pubis there are several irregular specks of ossification. There is also a small independent ossification in the symphysis of the Pretexted by Mr. C*/. MB. The pelvis of the green Turtle (Ckelone mydtu). In thu and the preceding spe- cimen the numbers indicate the constituent parts according to the Table of STNONTMS. Presented by Mr. Cuff. 909. The pelvis of a small green Turtle (Ckelone mydtu). Presented by Mr. ('*/. 910. The skull of a Turtle (Ckelone), with the lower jaw. It is somewhat narrower in proportion to its length, and tapers more gradually forwards than in the Ckelone my Jot ; horn which it differs more decidedly in the complete insulation 2 A *> A & 180 of the frontals (n), by the junction of the prefrontals (14) and postfrontals (12) above the orbits : the prefrontals are bent down more abruptly to the external nostril ; the mastoids unite with a larger proportion of the parietals. It differs from the Loggerhead (Chelone caretta), by the greater breadth as well as the greater curvature of the prefrontals, and by the greater length of the parietals. The excavation beneath the basioccipital and basisphe- noid is less deep than in Chelone mydas. The tympanic excavation of the mastoid is less deep than in Chelone caretta. Hunterian. 911. The skull of a Hawk's-bill Turtle (Chelone imbricata, Schweigger *), in longi- tudinal section, and partially disarticulated. It resembles the Chelone mydag in the extension of the frontal to the superorbital border, but a larger proportion of the squamosal articulates with the postfrontal. The tympanic excavation of the mastoid is deeper, and the digastric excavation of the same bone is wider and shallower. The numbers on the bones indicate their names according to the Table of SYNONYMS. Hunterian. 912. The skull of a large Loggerhead Turtle (Testudo caretta, Linn.; Testudo marina Caouanna, Ray ; La caouane, Guv.; Chelone Caouana, Schweigger). The num- bers indicate the names of the individual bones according to the Table of SYNONYMS. The extreme length of this skull is 13^ inches ; the extreme breadth, 10j inches. Purchased. 913. The skull of a large Loggerhead Turtle (Chelone Caouana), with the spine of the superoccipital broken away, and the horny covering remaining on the upper mandible. The extreme length of this skull ia 14| inches; the extreme breadth, lOf inches. The entire animal weighed upwards of 1600 pounds. Mus. Leverianum. 914. The skull of the Loggerhead Turtle (Chelone Caouana). It is a little mutilated behind : the horny covering of the mandibular part of the lower jaw is pre- served. Hunterian. * Not the same species as that termed ' Chelonee Caret,' of which the skull is figured by Cuvier, in the 'Ossemens Fossileo,' 4to, torn. v. part 2. pi. 11. figs. 1-4. 181 91 .*>. The skull of a young Loggerhead Turtle (Ckelone Caouana), with the lower jnw. The fronul (u) U excluded from the orfaiul border \>y the junction of the prefrontal (M) with tin- |>o*tfroutal (it): the tympanic excavation of the mattoid (*) u deeper, anil tin mwtoid joint a larger proportion of the parietal (; ) than in the Ckrlone my dot. Mvt. Brit. 916. One of the ribs, with the connate costal plate, of a Loggerhead Turtle (Ckelom- Caoiiana). Presented by C. If. Hawtinx, KMI/ 917. The crust of the skull of a green Turtle (Ckelone mytlax), with the dried intc- gumenU and some of the epidermal scutes. It shows the small size of the exterior nostrils. . The dried remains of a variety of the green Turtle (Ckelone virgata, Cuv.). 919. The shell of a variety of the green Turtle (Ckelone virgata, Cuv.). Huntenan. 920. The shell of the Imbricated, or Hawk's-bill Turtle (Ckelone imbricate. Schweigger). Fif. — Schepff, Test. tab. xviii. Hub. — The Asiatic and American Seat ; alto the Mediterranean. . Brit. 921. The shell of the Imbricated, or Hawk's-bill Turtle (Ckelone imbricate), It is from this species that the most valuable ' tortoise-shell ' of commerce is de- rived. MM. LeverianttM. Family Fluviattiia. Genus Trionyx (Mud Tortoises). 922. The skull, with the horny covering of the alveolar borders of the jaws, of n large Mud Tortoise (Trionyr). It it long, depressed, triangular, the muzzle forming the obtuse apex, and the bate remark- able for itt four large backward prolongation*. The inferior of thete it the shortest, and ter- minate* in the occipital condyle ; the superior it the longest, and it formed by the extremely developed compreMed superoccipital spine : the two lateral processes are developed from the paroccipitalt and mastoidt. The premaxillary it tingle, very small, and represented by itt 182 alveolar border only; the maxillaries meet above it. The prefrontals have coalesced with both lachrymals and nasals : the latter terminate in points overhanging the external nostril. The alveolar borders of both upper and lower jaws show a regular series of vascular pits or foramina, indicative of the primitive separate matrices, like those of teeth, which laid the foundation in the young animal of the continuous horny coverings of the jaws. The specimen from which this and the following parts of the skeleton have been prepared was presented by Capt. Sir Everard Home, Bart., E.N., F.E.S. 923. The atlas, or first vertebra of the neck, of the same Trionyx. The hypapophysis presents four articular surfaces : one, anterior, concave, for the lower part of the occipital tubercle ; one, posterior, flat and subcircular, for the proper centrum (odontoid) ; and two, lateral and superior, for the neurapophyses : these are joined together above the neural arch by suture: the anterior articular surfaces are cut obliquely from their fore part, and are adapted to the sides of the occipital tubercle formed by the ex- occipital elements. Two corresponding oblique surfaces behind these articulate with the cen- trum : the posterior zygapophyses are very long, and are directed backwards, with the arti- cular surfaces looking downwards and inwards. The centrum, or 'odontoid,' presents a subcubical form, with a small subcircular surface on its lower and fore part for articulating with the hypapophysis ; above this, a transversely expanded portion, with a convex surface adapted to the bases of the neurapophyses, and completing the cup for the occipital condyle ; and at the back part an excavation to articulate with the anterior convexity of the succeeding centrum. 924. The second cervical vertebra of the same Trionyx. It presents a convex anterior surface for articulation with the true body of the atlas, which, in higher animals, is united thereto as the ' odontoid ' process. 925. The third cervical vertebra of the same Trionyx. It is much elongated ; the suture between the centrum and neural arch remains ; the cen- trum is convex anteriorly, concave behind, the lower part of which concavity is formed by an epiphysis, analogous to the 'wedge-bone,' or hypapophysis, of the Ichthyosaurus. 926. The fourth cervical vertebra of the same Trionyx. It resembles the preceding ; but the ridges extending upon the posterior zygapophyses are stronger, and the transverse processes more developed. 927. The fifth cervical vertebra of the same Trionyx. The articular surfaces of the zygapophyses here begin to be concave in one direction, con- vex in the other, so as to produce an interlocking joint. KJ . The sixth conical vertebra of the same This is distinguished by two concave surfaces, placed tide by lido on the posterior |«rt of the orntrum. 929. The seventh cervical vertebra of the same Trionyx. Thi* ha* two convexities on the fora part of the centrum, a* well as two concavities at the takpart. 930. The eighth cervical vertebra of the same This has two convexities on the fore part of the centrum, but the back part has dwindled into a thin, rough, obtusely-pointed edge, which is joined in the recent animal by rUv-tn ligament to a corresponding rough depressed border, terminating anteriorly the centrum of the first dorsal vertebra. The junction between the last critical and first dorsal is chiefly effected by the sygapophysial joint*, a broad, deep, oblique concavity in the last cervical being adapted to a corresponding but more extensive convexity on the first dorsal. The rapid retraction of the head and neck is chiefly performed by the mowments between these two vertebne. 931. The carapace, with the first dorsal vertebra and the single lumbar vertebra, of the same Trioityt. . ^^ The carapace is composed, as in the genus Ckrlo*r (see No. 769), of a combination of eight dorsal vertebne with the neural and costal dermal plates, but the marginal plates art absent. The pleurapophyses of the first dorsal vertebra are short, curved, and expanded at their outer extremities, which articulate with the under surface of the first costal plate. Tin- first neural or 'nuchal' plate is much developed transversely, with a median inferior ridgi- articulated by ligament to the conjoined summits of the neurapophyses of the first dorsal vertebra, and united by a posterior sutural margin to the fore part of the second costal plate*, and to the second neural plate. The neural arches of the seven succeeding vertebne are dis- placed forwards so as to rest equally upon their own centrums and the next in advance : their spinet are "tmnn't with the neural plates. The neurapophyses of the ninth dorsal vertebra have nearly resumed their normal connexions, but the spine is obliterated by the median union of the costal plates connate with the ribs of the eighth dorsal vertebra. The vertebra succeeding the ninth dorsal, or the last of the carapace, has no ribs, and represents a lumbar vertebra. The next two vertebra; have short and thick pleurapophyses joined together at their distal extremities, and forming on each side a broad surface for thr attachment of thr iliac bones. 1)32. The sacrum of the same Trionyi. This is composed of the two vertebne which succeed the lumbar one. The sutures joiniup the nrurapophyses to the centrums, and the ribs to the neurapophyscs, remain. The anterior surface of the centrum is concave, the posterior one convex, in each of these vertebne. 184 933. The caudal vertebrae of the same Trionyx. They are twenty in number : the short pleurapophyses are anchylosed, forming apparently long transverse processes, which gradually subside in the last six vertebrae : the zygapophyses are developed as far as the sixteenth ; the bodies are all concave before and convex behind. 934. The two episternals of the same Trionyx. 935. The right hyosternal and hyposternal of the same Trionyx. 936. The left hyosternal and hyposternal of the same Trionyx. 937. The two xiphisternals of the same Trionyx. 938. The entosternal of the same Trionyx. 939. The right scapula, acromion, and coracoid of the same Trionyx. 940. The left scapula, acromion, and coracoid of the same Trionyx. The acromion is an exogenous process of the scapula, which, as in other Chelonians, it almost equals in length. The suture between the scapula and coracoid remains : the cora- coid has a ridge along one surface, and being the most expanded bone of the three, much resembles in shape the scapula of a ruminant quadruped. 941. The pelvic arch of the same Trionyx. The sutures between the ilium, ischium and pubis are persistent. The ischium and pubis join each other only at the acetabula and not at the median symphysis, as in the Land Tor- toises. The foramina thyroidea are accordingly blended together to form one large, central, oval vacuity. 942. The right humerus of the same Trionyx. 943. The left humerus of the same Trionyx. The bone is perforated from before backwards at the outer angle of the distal extremity, the perforation being closed by the partially confluent epiphysis forming the articular surface for the radius and ulna. 944. The right radius and ulna of the same Trionyx. ni 945. The left radius and ulna of the same Triotyx. 11 Ifi. The ripht fciiuir of the same Triony*. 947. The li-ft fi'iuur of the same Trioiiyt. '.Uv The right tibia and fibula of the same Trionyx. 949. The left tibia and fibula of the same Trionyx. 960. The carpaU, mctacarpals and phalanges of the right fore-foot of the same Trionyx. 951. The carpals, mctacarpals and phalanges of the left fore-foot of the same Trionyx. 952. The tarsals, mctatarsals and phalanges of the right hind-foot of the same Trionyx. 953. The tarsals, metatarsals and phalanges of the left hind-foot of the same Trionyx. 954. The skull of an Australian Mud Tortoise (TrioHyx (Gymnopug) Bibroni). It differ* from the skull of the species (No. 922) allied to the Nilotic Mud Tortoiie, and from that of the Gangetic sjiecies figured bj Curier *, in the total absence of the premaxil- lary bone, which is rery tmaU in both those species. The external nostril in the Australian species is circumscribed below by the converging extremities of the maxillary bones which meet there, as in No. 922 ; but in No. 954 they similarly circumscribe the fore part of the anterior palatal aperture. The Australian Trionyx also differs in the larger proportional size of the prefrontals, and the greater breadth and depression of the facial part of the skull. Pretexted by Capt. Sir Everard Home, Bart., R.N., F.R.S. 955. The atlas and dentata of the same Trionyx. 966. The third to the eighth cervical vertebrae inclusive, of the same Trionyx. Fossiles, T. part 2. pi. 1 1. figs. 5—8. ll 186 957. The carapace of the same Trionyx. It consists of the centrums, neural arches, expanded spines and pleurapophyses of the nine succeeding vertebrae, which are immoveably connected together, and are reckoned as dorsal vertebrse. The first of these is remarkable for the large size and subspirally curved form of the anterior zygapophyses : the pleurapophyses are short and slender, articulated by one end to the sides of the expanded anterior part of the centrum of the first dorsal vertebra, and by the other end to the costal plate connate with the rib of the second dorsal vertebra. The nuchal plate is remarkably expanded in the transverse direction, and forms the anterior border and first piece of the carapace, the major part .of which is composed of the expanded costal plates connate with the pleurapophyses of the second to the ninth dorsal vertebrse inclusive : the eighth pair of costal plates are articulated to each other by a suture at the median line, behind the neural plate. The neurapophyses of the vertebrse of the carapace are moved for- wards, so as to be articulated partly to the centrum in advance of their own. The pleur- apophyses have undergone a similar displacement, and their depressed expanded heads are articulated by suture with the sides of the contiguous ends of the two centrums. The cen- trums are remarkably broad and depressed in most of these vertebrae. 958. The plastron of the same Trionyx. It is chiefly remarkable for the peculiar chevron-shape of the entosternum, for the extreme breadth of the hyo- and hypo-sternals, and for the expansion of the xiphisternals. 959. The caudal vertebrae of the same Trionyx. Genus Chelys. 960. The skeleton of the Matamata, or Fimbriated Tortoise (Chelys fanbriata, Schweigger). The cranium and complex hyoidean apparatus of this species are figured and described in the 'Ossemens Fossiles' of Cuvier, torn. v. part 2. 1824, pi. 11. figs. 21-25, and pi. 12. fig. 41. The small wedge-shaped bone, hypapophosis, representing the so-called body of the atlas, has been lost in the articulation of this specimen : the odontoid, which Cuvier rightly describes as the body of the atlas, is here unusually developed, and supports by a sutural articulation the major part of the atlantal neurapophyses : the suture by which these are united together above the neural canal is still retained. The neurapophyses send out late- rally short compressed diapophyses, and posteriorly, long subtrihedral zygapophyses. The second vertebra is much elongated, sharply carinate below, with larger diapophyses, and with anterior as well as posterior zygapophyses ; the third and fourth vertebrse re- semble the second, the centrum being convex in front and concave behind : the fifth vertebra is convex, both before and behind : the sixth vertebra is concave before and presents two convexities behind : the seventh vertebra has a corresponding double concavity in front, and 187 a deep vertical groove behind ; it has also a moderately well-developed spinous process : the eighth vertebra has the centrum convex at both ends and much compressed in the middle. The posterior sygapophyse* of the eighth cervical vertebra form a wedge-shaped process, which enter* a cleft formed by the anterior lygapophyses of the first dorsal. The first dorsal vertebra has short thick depressed ribs, united as usual by suture to the costal plates connate with the succeeding ribs ; these are articulated by suture partly to their own centrum, and partly to that of the first dorsal vertebra. The expanded costal plates of the second pair of ribs present deep oblong cavities for the reception of the anterior inflected angWs) of the hyostemals, to which they are firmly joined by strong suture. The neural arch of the second dorsal is also advanced so as to rest partly upon the centrum of the first , the expanded median dermal plate of the carapace, which is confluent with the compressed neural spine of the second dorsal vertebra, also rests, but without coalescing, upon the neural spine of the first dorsal vertebra. The centrums of the seven succeeding dorsal vertebrae are as remarkably expanded laterally and depressed as those of the neck are compressed. The fourth pair of costal plates, connate with the ribs of the fifth dorsal vertebra, articulate with the hrposternals by oblong excavated sutural surfaces, like those on the second costal plates. Two rough subtriangular surfaces are slightly excavated in the expanded plates connate with the ribs of the eighth and ninth dorsal vertebrae, to which the expanded summits of the iliac bones are firmly united. Short pleurapophyscs from the two succeeding vertebrae abut against the inner sides of these excavations, and indicate the segment analogous to a sacrum. Three vertebrae succeed these, and terminate the series in this skeleton. The parts of the plastron, the scapular and pelvic arches, and the bones of the extremities, are described in the volume of the ' Ossemens Fossiles ' above cited. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. Genus Hydrtupu. 961. The skeleton of the long-necked freshwater Tortoise of Australia (Jfydraiyns longicoUu, Bell ; Chelodina, Fitzinger), with a portion of one side of the cara- pace removed. The head is much depressed ; the mastoids are excavated by large tympanic cells, and pro- longed backwards ; the frontal is produced forwards as far as the anterior nostril, where it terminates in a point between the two nasals, which are here distinct from the prefrontals. The margins of the upper and lower jaws are trenchant : the hypapophysis of the atlas has the form of a diminutive wedge-bone, forming as usual the lower part of the articular cup for the occipital condyle : the rest of the body of the atlas, or ' odontoid,' has coalesced with its proper neural arch, which developes two transverse and two long posterior oblique processes, as in the Ckrlyt. The second, third and fourth cervical vertebrae have the fore part of the centrum convex, the hind part concave : the fifth centrum is biconvex : the sixth is concave in front and convex behind : the seventh is biconcave : the eighth is biconvex. The poste- rior lygapophyses in this vertebra are blended together, and form a single semicy lindrical 2 n2 188 articular convexity looking downwards : in the antecedent cervicals the posterior zygapo- physes are supported on a semicircular horizontal plate overlapping the intervertebral space : the bodies of all the cervical vertebrae are much compressed and carinate inferiorly, and this is particularly the case with the last. The short pleurapophyses of the first dorsal vertebra ascend obliquely outwards and backwards to aid in propping up the carapace. The long scapulae abut against these, in which respect the vertebra may be compared with a sacrum : the other vertebrae of the carapace offer the usual modifications and combinations with the neural and costal plates. The neural canal sinks into the substance of the centrum of the second to the ninth dorsal vertebrae, and merely grooves the inferior interspace of the neur- apophyses ; the expanded trihedral summits of the iliac hones abut against broad sutural surfaces on the under part of the last costal plates, and are barely touched by the rudimental ribs of the two sacral vertebrae. The iliac bones articulate by the whole of their under sur- face to the xiphisternals, and the pubis is anchylosed to the same by the thick process given off from its outer surface. The scapular arch articulates with the carapace by the scapula, and to the plastron by its acromial process, but the coracoid is free and expanded for the attachment of the muscles, which rotate the arch horizontally upon its two attached points. The elasticity of the scapula and acromion, and the angle at which they are placed, permit a slight approximation of the borders of the anterior outlet of the osseous box. In the fore-foot the scaphoid is represented only by its median portion ; the lunare articu- lates with bo£h radius and ulna ; the cuneiforme is small, the pisiforme is wanting ; the fifth digit is rudimental ; the other four are armed with long and strong claws ; the thumb has two phalanges, each of the others three. In the hind-foot the astragalus and scaphoid form a single large bone ; but there is a distinct rudiment of a calcaneum : the bones of the second tarsal row progressively increase in size from the tibial to the fibular side : the two bones repre- senting the cuboid are distinct, the outermost is broad and flat, and supports the rudiment of the fifth toe : this is clawless, but has two phalanges : the other digits have long and strong claws, the hallux having two phalanges, the rest three, as in the fore-foot. Hunterian. Genus Einys. 962. The skeleton of a freshwater Tortoise (Emys). The carapace is less convex than in the genus Testudo, but is equally well ossified, and the second and fifth of the costal plates articulate directly with the hyo- and hypo-sternals, com- pleting the haemal arches there without the interposition of the marginal pieces. The second to the fifth costal pieces of the right side have been disarticulated, so as to expose the interior of the carapace. Mus. South. 963. Disarticulated portions of the carapace of a small freshwater Tortoise (Emys). Some of the parts are wanting ; the short pleurapophyses of the first vertebra of the cara- pace, for example : the costal plates connate with succeeding pleurapophyses, forming the l-.l lateral put* of the carapace, are preferred, and are numbered from 1 to 6 ooaMeutifrly. Tbr nut rum of the sixth vertebra of the carapace hat been removed, ihowing the proportion* of to own advanced neural arch, and of the cucrrediiig one which it tupportrd. Tin- ninth neural arrh hai resumed iu normal position, and u wholly fupported by iu own centrum. The major part of the marginal piece* of the carapace are al*o preserved. HunteriaH. !'i»4. The shell, with the skull, scapular arch and pelvis, of the Fainted Tortoise Fig.— Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 10 ; Schepff, Te*t. tab. 4. Hub. — The awanipi of North America. Mm. LeveriuHum. 965. The shell of the Painted Tortoise ( Emyt picta). Mm. Brit. 966. The shell of the Painted Tortoise ( Emyt picta). Mm. leveria*nut. 967. The carapace, plastron, skull, scapular arch and pelvis of the Painted Tortoise (Emyt picta). The horny scutes have been removed. Mm. Brit. 968. The shell of the Painted Tortoise (Emyt picta). llunteriaii. 969. The shell, longitudinally bisected, with the dried integuments of the extremi- ties, of the Painted Tortoise (Emys picta). Mus. Brit. 970. The shell of a young specimen of the Painted Tortoise (Kmy» picta). The carapace has a fuller oval form than in the adult : the nuchal scute is relatively larger, and the first three vertebral scutes are quadrate. Mm. Brit. U71. The shell of a younger specimen of the Painted Tortoise (Emyt picta). The Krst three vertebral scutes arc broader in proportion to their length than in the preceding. There is an unossified space in the centre of the plastron, and another behind this. Mm. Brit. 972. The carapace and plastron of the Concentric Terrapene (Emyt concentrica). Huttfria*. 190 973. The shell of the Concentric Terrapene (Emys concentrica} : a variety, having the concentric zones double. Fig. — Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 9, from this specimen; Schaepff, Test. tab. 15. Hab. — North America : also the island of Jamaica. Mas. Leverianum. 974. The shell of a Concentric Terrapene (Emys concentrica). Mus. Leverianum. 975. The shell of a Concentric Terrapene (Emys concentrica) : the variety with the concentric lines strongly marked. Mm. Leverianum. 976. The shell of a Concentric Terrapene (Emys concentrica} : the variety with the concentric lines strongly marked. Mus. Brit. 977. The shell of the Serrated Terrapene (Emys serrata, Schweigger). Fig.— Schsepff, Test. tab. 3. figs. 4 & 5. Hab. — South America. Mm. Leverianum. 978. The shell of the Serrated Terrapene (Emys serrata). Mus. Leverianum. 979. The shell of the Serrated Terrapene (Emys serrata), with the horny scutes re- moved. Mus. Brit. 980. A dried specimen of a young Serrated Terrapene (Emys serrata) ; showing the non-extension of the costal plates to the inserted extremities of the ribs. Mus. Leverianum. 981. The shell of the European Terrapene (Emys caspica, Schweigger ; Emys lutaria, Merrem). Fig.— Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 6. figs. 1, 3. Hab. — Southern parts of Europe and the borders of the Caspian Sea. Mus. Brit. 982. The shell of the European Terrapene (Emys caspica). Mus. Brit. 983. The shell of the Furrowed Terrapene (Emys decussata, Bell). Mus. Brit. 191 9s I The shell of a young Furrowed Tcrrapene (Emyt dectusata); showing the non- extension of the costal plates to the inserted ends of the ribs. Mtu. Lcvtria*. 9S5. The shell of Spengler's Tricahnate Terrapcne (Emyt Speitgleri, Schwcigger ; Tntudo Spenylfri, Gmel.; Tut. mrrafa, Shaw). Fif.— Shaw, Zoology, vol. iii. pi. 9. fig. 2, from this specimen, which is there described as • new i|wcirs. llab. — Africa, Mauritius. 986. The shell of Spcnglcr's Terrapcne (Emys Speller i]. ////// /,n///, 987. The shell of the Spotted Terrapene (Emys pmctata ; Testudo punclata, Scha>pff . Test, yuttaia, Shaw). Fig.— Schsepff, Test. tab. .'.. Hah. — The riven and lake* of North America. Mus. Brit. 988. The shell of & Spotted Terrapene (Emys punctate). Mut. Leveriaaum 999. The scapular and pelvic arches of the Spotted Tcrrapene. MM. Leverta/mm. f90. The shell of the Wrinkled Terrapene (Emy» ntyoM ; Testudo riyosa, Shaw). Fig. — Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 4, from this specimen. Hmb. — South America. ». Lfveriamim. 991. The shell of the Specious Tcrrapene (Emys upecioM, Gray, Synops. Reptil.). Hah. — Sooth America. .1/iw. Rril. Genus Cinostemo*. 992. The skeleton of the Pennsylvania!! Box Terrapene (Cinotttento* scorpioides). The epidermal scutes are preserved upon the carapace and plastron, the ante- nor and posterior flaps of which are moveable. 1I*mter\a*. 998. The shell of the I'ennsylvaiiian Box Terrapene (Cinotternon scorpioidet). In a ' Monograph of the Tortoises baring a moreable sternum,' by Thomas Bell, E«q., in 192 the second volume of the Zoological Journal, p. 302, amongst the species of the genus Kino- sternon, Spix, this is described as follows : — " Species I. Shavianum. K. testa elongato-ovata, tricarinata ; scutis omnihus imbricatis, marginahbus 23 ; sterno postice bifido. Testudo Pennsylvania, var. Shaw, Gen. Zool. iii. part i. p. 61 . pi. 15. Habitat ? " Of this elegant species I have seen but a single specimen, now in my collection, which, as I obtained it from a dealer who had long possessed it, may, not improbably, be the iden- tical one figured by Shaw, and stated by him to have been in the Leverian Museum. " The general colour of the upper shell is a very deep blackish brown ; the sternum and under part of the margin yellowish." The original specimen alluded to by Mr. Bell, and figured by Dr. Shaw, was purchased by the College at the sale of the Leverian Museum, in the year 1806. Mus. Leverianmn. Genus Cistudo. 994. The shell of the speckled Box Tortoise (Cistudo Europaa ; Testudo Maria, Ray ; Testudo europcea, Bojanus). Fig.— Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 5 ; Scheepff, Test. tab. 1. Hab. — The temperate and southern parts of Europe. Its anatomy is beautifully described and figured by Bojanus, in his ' Anatome Testudinis Europsese,' fol. Mus. Leverianum. 995. The shell of the speckled Box Tortoise (Cistudo Europcea), with some of the scutes removed from the carapace. Mus. Srit. 996. The shell of the speckled Box Tortoise (Cistudo Europclvic arches, and the bones of the extremities, of the American Box Tortoise (Cigfm/o clamia). In the carpus the two parts of the scaphoid hare coalesced, and there ii a distinct pisi- forme, together with the lunare and cuneiforme, in the proximal row. The distal row con- sists of five bones, the unoiforme being divided as usual in the Ckelonia. The pollrx and the two outer digits hare each two phalanges ; the index and modi us have each three phalange* ; the last phalanx supports a claw on each digit. In the hind-foot the rudimental ralcaneum has coalesced with the astragalo-scaphoides. The digits decrease in strength from the first to the fifth, and in length from the second to the fifth. The hallux has two phalanges ; the next three digits have each three phalanges ; there is barely a rudiment of a second claw lew phalanx upon the fifth digit. /fun(erian. 1001. The shell of the American Box Tortoise (Cintiido dawm), showing the close adaptation of the plastron to the carapace when the door-like flap of the fore |wut of the plastron is drawn up. Hunt man. 1002. The carapace of the American Box Tortoise (Cutudo c/au*a). , Test. tab. 7 ; Grew, tab. 3. fig. 2. Hob. — North America. Mtu. Brit. 1003. The carapace of the American Box Tortoise (Cutudo datad). MM. Brit. 1004. The carapace of the American Box Tortoise (Cutndo clauta), with all the scutes, save the last vertebral one, removed. J/imteria*. 1005. The carapace of the American Box Tortoise (Ciit*do claiua), with the horny scutes removed. The marginal plates but slightly indicate the inversion of the border of the carapace. Mtu. Brit. 2c 194 1006. The carapace of the American Box Tortoise (Cistudo clau$a), with some of the marginal scutes removed ; showing the coextension of the marginal plates in this variety, where the degree of eversion is slight. Mm. Leverianum. 1007. The shell of a young American Box Tortoise — the Clouded variety (Cist u Jo clausa; Terrapene nebulosat Bell, Zool. Journ. ii.). Mm. Srit. 1008. The carapace of a young American Box Tortoise (Cistudo clama). It shows the immature character of the non -eversion of the margin : the keel is well- developed. Mm. Leverianum. 1009. The shell and skull of a young American Box Tortoise (Cistudo clausa), with the scutes removed. Mm. Srit. 1010. The shell of the Leverian Box Tortoise (Cistudo Amboinensis, var. Leveriand). The anterior flap of the plastron is articulated to show its mobility on the rest of the plastron. Mus. Leverianum. Family Terrestria. Genus Testudo (Tortoises proper). 1011. The skeleton of the great Land Tortoise of the Gallapagos Islands (Testudo elephantopus}. A section of the carapace and plastron has been removed from the right side to expose the dorsal and sacral vertebrae and the disposition of the scapular and pelvic arches. The first eight vertebrae are free, moveable, and ribless ; the fourth of these ' cervical ' vertebrse has a much-elongated centrum, which is convex at both ends ; the eighth is short and broad, with the anterior surface of the body divided into two transversely elongated convexities, and the posterior part of the body forming a single convex surface divided into two lateral facets ; the under part of the centrum is carinate. The neural arch, which is anchylosed to this centrum, has two anterior zygapophyses looking upwards and two posterior ones looking downwards : the spine is short, broad, obtuse, and overarched by the broad expanded nuchal plate. The first dorsal vertebra is, also, short and broad, with two short and thick pleur- apophyses, articulated by one end to the expanded anterior part of the centrum, and united by suture at the other end to the succeeding pair of ribs. The head of each rib of the 195 second pair is supported upon • strong trihedral neck, and articulated to the interspace of the first UK! second dorsal vertebra : it become* connate, at the part corresponding to thr tubercle, with thr first broad costal plate, which articulates by suture to the lateral margin ">f the first neural plate, and to portion* of the nuchal and third neural plate* : the connate rib, which ia almost lost in the substance of the costal plate, is continued with it to the an- terior and outer part of the carapace, where it resumes its subcylindrical form, and articulate* with the second and third marginal pieces of the carapace. The neural arch of tin- second dorsal vertebra is shifted forwards to the interspace between iU own centrum and that of the first donal vertebra: a similar disposition of the neural arch and spine and of the riba prevails in the third to the ninth dorsal vertebrae inclusive. The corresponding seven neural i are connate with the spines of those Tertcbrse, and form the major part of the median of the carapace : the corresponding costal plates, anchyloscd to thr ribs, form the medio-lateral pieces : the ninth, tenth, and pvgal plates, with the marginal plates of the cara- pace, do not coalesce with any parts of the endo-skeleton. The bony floor of the great abdo- bos, or ' plastron,' is formed by the luemapophysea and sternum connate with dermal i plates ; forming, as in the preceding Orders of Ckrtonia, nine pieces, one median and symmetrical, answering to the proper sternum, but railed 'entostemal '; and eight in pairs of these the two anterior are termed ' epistemals,' the next two expanded pieces ' hyoeter- nals," the succeeding pair ' byposteraals,' and the next contracted pair ' xiphisternaU.' Tin- iliac bones abut against the pleurapophyses of the ninth, tenth and eleventh vertebra-, count- ing from the first dorsal vertebra. Beyond these the vertebra, twenty-six in number, are free, with short, straight and thick pleurapophrses, articulated to the sides of the anterior expanded portions of the centrums. They diminish to mere tubercles in the twenty-first caudal vertebra, and disappear in the hut three, which are anchylosed together. The neural arches of the caudal vertebra are flat above and without spines. The strong columnar sca- pula is attached by ligament to the first costal plate, and descends almost vertically to the shoulder-joint, of which it forms, in common with the coracoid, the glenoid cavity. A strong subcy lindrical process or continuation of the scapula representing the acromion bends inwards to meet its fellow at the middle line. The coracoid continues distinct from the scapula, ex- pands, and becomes flattened at its median extremity, which does not meet ita fellow or arti- culate with the sternum. The iliac bones are vertical and columnar, like the scapula, but are shorter and more compressed : they articulate, but do not coalesce, with the pubis and ischium. The acetabulum is formed by contiguous parts of all the three bone*. The pubis arches inwards and expands to join its fellow at the median symphysis and the ischium posteriorly : it sends outwards and downwards a long thick obtuse process from its anterior margin. The ischia, in like manner, expand where they unite together to prolong the sym- physis backwards. The foramen ovale seu thyroideum is nearly circular on each side. In this specimen a portion of the carapace has been fractured and depressed : it has been repaired by a growth of bone from the fractured margins, which have extended over the horny covering of the depressed portion. The skeleton was articulated from a specimen Presented by ^fr. Cross, of the Surrey Zoological Gardens. 2c2 196 1012. The fore part of the osseous thoracic-abdominal box of a large Tortoise (Tes- tudo elephantopus}. It shows the modifications of the ordinary elements of a vertebra and their coalescence with dermal bony plates, to which this singular structure is due. The upper piece or key of the arch is formed by a horizontal plate of bone, developed in the integument, and connate with the summit of the neural spine. The pleurapophyses of the same vertebra are similarly con- nate with expanded and flattened costal plate, which is articulated by suture to the sides of the neural plate. The distal or inferior extremity of the pleurapophysis is articulated by suture to the haemapophvsis, or sternal rib, which expands as it descends into a broad quadrate plate articulated by suture partly to the haemal spine, or ' entosternum,' partly to its fellow. The modified elements of the neural and haemal arches here preserved belong to the first vertebra of the carapace, or second ' dorsal ' vertebra. The centrum has been removed, showing the articular surfaces of the neurapophyses and pleurapophyses, divided each into anterior and posterior facets, the latter being those which alone articulated with their proper centrum. The short pleurapophyses of the first dorsal vertebra are retained, united by their sutures to those of the second vertebra. The anterior median and anterior marginal pieces of the cara- pace which articulate with the anterior borders of the costal plates of the first vertebra of the carapace, and the two anterior pieces of the plastron called ' episternals,' are also preserved in this specimen. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1013. A posterior segment of the same thoracic-abdominal box of the Testudo ele- phantopus. It shows the union of the left pleurapophysis of the sixth vertebra of the carapace with its expanded hsemapophysis, which articulates with its fellow of the opposite side without the intervention of a haemal spine : these expanded elements are termed ' hyposternals,' and the plastron is terminated behind by two smaller pieces of the same series of elements called ' xiphisternals.' With this preparation are also preserved the costal plates connate with the left pleurapophyses of the third, fourth and fifth vertebrae of the carapace, showing the slen- der elongated free portion of the rib, which supports the head, and the alternate increase of breadth in the proximal and distal portions of the costal plates. Three of the dermal bones called ' marginal pieces ' of the carapace are also preserved on the left side. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.S. 1014. The posterior extremity of the same carapace. It consists of the neural arches of the seventh and eighth vertebrae of the carapace, with the corresponding connate neural plates, and the three median dermal pieces which succeed and are serially homologous with those plates. Three of the marginal pieces on each side complete this end of the carapace. With these parts are preserved the neural arch and pleur- apophyses of the first sacral vertebra. The neural spine of this vertebra articulates by a 197 •ingle surface with the back p*rt of the (pine in advance, and by a corresponding posterior turface with that which follows : its tummit articulates with the ninth neural plate of thr carapace. The pleurapophyses of thi* vertebra are short, compressed, and expanded at their dutal ends, which are confluent with the antecedent plcurapophyse* and present a broad rough irregular surface for the attachment of the ilium. The neural spine of the last ver- tebra of the carapace is not directly continued into the ninth median or neural plate, but ter- minates superiorly in two articular facet*, one joining that plate and the other the plate in advaac*. Pretexted by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1015. A neural spine, with the connate expanded horizontal bony plate, and tin- led plcurapophysis, connate with the costal plate of the carapace, of the same Tortoise : the long compressed neck of the rib is excavated ante- riorly. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1016. The left humcrus of the some Tortoise (Tentudo eiepkantopu*), longitudinally bisected, to show the absence of a medullary cavity : its place is occupied by a coarse canccllous texture. Presented by Prof. Oven, F.R.S. 1017. The left femur of the same Tortoise in longitudinal section, showing a similar structure. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1016. The osseous thoracic-abdominal box or shell of a young Elephant Tor- toise (Tettudo eli-phantopux), from which the horny scutes have been re- moved. The median pieces of the carapace are numbered from «. I to «. 1 2, consecutively, and of these the second to the ninth inclusive are connate with the summits of the spines of the cor- responding dorsal vertebrae. The lateral plates of the carapace are numbered from pi. 2 to pi. 9, consecutively, being connate with the pleurapophysial elements or vertebral ribs of the second to the ninth dorsal vertebrae inclusive. The short ribs of the first dorsal vertebra may be seen in the interior of the box articulated by their expanded distal extremities to thr second pair of ribs. The marginal pieces are numbered from «. 1 to m. 1 1, consecutively, on each side. The pieces of the plastron have their special names written upon them. The necks or proximal free portions of the expanded ribs are unusually long and slender in Tor- toises with lofty carapaces of the present form. The neural spines are extremely thin and deep plates, their antero-posterior extent much exceeding that of the neurapophyses support- 198 ing them : the centrums, also, of these vertebrae are much compressed, and consist appa- rently of their cortical part only, the neural canal with the spinal cord occupying the place of the medullary part in their centre. The ribs of the first sacral, or tenth vertebra counting from the first dorsal, unite with those of the ninth vertebra to form the expanded disc against which the iliac bones abut. Presented by Sir Joseph Banks, Sort., P.R.S. 1019. The shell of the Negro Tortoise (Testudo nigrita, Dumeril and Bibron). Presented by Mrs. Robinson. 10:20. The shell of a young male Elephant Tortoise (Testudo elephantopus ; T. nigra, Dumeril and Bibron). Presented by Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., P.R.S. 1021. The shell of a very large Tortoise (Testudo elephantopus). The animal was a native of the Seychalle Islands, and was being sent to General De Caen, Governor of the Isle of France, in the French corvette ' Gobe Mouche,' which was captured by Captain Corbet, of H.M.S. ' Nereide,' and the animal brought to the Cape of Good Hope. It was sent to England by Admiral Bertie, who commanded at the Cape, and remained in a living state at Petworth, the seat of the Earl of Egremont, from August 1 809 until April 1810. Its weight was 207 pounds. Presented by the Earl of Egremoni. 1022. The shell of a male Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Hunterian. 1023. The shell of a male Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata, Shaw). Fig.— Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 2 ; Daud. ii. pi. 26. Hab. — Madagascar. Hunterian. 1024. The plastron of a male Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). The under sur- face is concave, and the ' gular ' scutes more produced than in the female. Mus. Leverianum. 1025. The shell of a female Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Mus. Leverianum. 1026. The abdominal part of the shell, or plastron, of a female Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Mus. Leverianum. 199 1027. The shell of the Geometrical Tortoise (Trshido yeometrica, Linn.). Fig.— Schvpff. Tut. Ub. 10. //a*.— Afric*. 1028. The shell of the Geometrical Tortoise (Te»tndo yeometrica), wanting the homy -<-utea. Mtu. Brit. 1029. The shell of the Geometrical Tortoise (Teatudo yeometrica). Mat. Leverianuiu. 1030. The carapace of the Geometrical Tortoise (Te*t*do yeomelrica). 1081. The carapace and part of the plastron of the Geometrical Tortoise (Te yeometrica). Mm. Lever i a num. 1032. The carapace and part of the plastron of the Geometrical Tortoise (Te»tm/o yeometrica). Mtu. LereriamnM. 1033. The carapace of the Geometrical Tortoise (Tettttdo yeometrica). Mtu. LtveriaititM. 1034. The carapace and part of the plastron of a variety of the Geometrical Tortoise (Te»tndo ttntoria. Bell, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 420). U,6.— Africa. " Lever taMum. 1035. The shell of the European, or Greek Land Tortoise (Test ado yr oca, Linn.). Fif — Sctuepff, Twt. Ub. 8, 9. Hmb. — Southnv put* of Europe, M (Jrwr, IlaJy, Sardinia, fto. M**. Brit. 1036. The shell of the European Land Tortoise (Tetttdo yraca). Mn«. Ltrrriax*m. 1037. The shell and pelvis of the European Land Tortoise (Te*tudo graeca). Most of the scutes have been removed from the carapace. Mtu. Brit, 200 1038. The shell of the Stellated Tortoise (Testudo actinodes, Bell), wanting the homy scutes. Mtts. Brit. 1039. The shell of the Stellated Tortoise (Testudo actinodes, Bell), wanting the horny scutes. Mus. Brit. • 1040. The shell of the Angulated Tortoise (Testudo angulata). Hob. — South Africa. Presented by Benjamin Trovers, Jun., Esq. 1041. The shell of the Carbonaceous Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria, Spix ; Test. Her- cules, Spix). Fig.— Spix, tab. 14. Hab. — Brazil and the Antilles. Mus. Brit. 1042. The shell of the Carbonaceous Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Mm. Brit. 1043. The carapace of the Carbonaceous Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Mus. Brit. 1044. The skeleton, with a mutilated cranium, of a Tabulated Tortoise (Testudo ta- bulata), with most of the epidermal scutes remaining upon the plastron and carapace. The pleurapophyses of two vertebrae, with those of the last dorsal, go to abut against the iliac bones. Hunterian. 1045. The shell, from which the horny scutes have been removed, of the Tabulated Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Hunterian. 1046. The skull and eight cervical vertebrae of a Tortoise (Testudo tabulatat). The anterior border of the alispheuoid is singularly modified, forming an oblique double- convex trochlear surface, apparently for a synovial joint with the tendon of the temporal muscle, facilitating the play, and adding to the force of that muscle. Hunterian. 201 1047. The sacral and caudal vertebra: of the same Tortoise (Tettudo tabulata'?). The sacral are thrre in number . their plcurapophyses arc unanchylosed, converge, and unite at their distal extremities to form the articular surface for the ilium. Traces of thr •uturrt joining the shorter plcurapophyset to the first and second caudal vertebra? remain, but are obliterated in the rest, which resemble transverse processes. The caudal vcrtebne are twenty-six in number, and become remarkably depressed or flattened horixontally towards the end of the tail : the fore part of the centrum is concave, the hind part convex, in each. From the length of the tail the specimen was probably a female. Ilunterian. 104H. The shell, with the skull and tones of the extremities, of the Denticulated Tortoise (Testudo deuticulata). Fig — Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 13., from this specimen ; Schsepff, Test. tab. 28. fig. I. Hat.— South America. Mm. LeverianuiH. 1049. The shell of a young Denticulated Tortoise (Tettudo dttticulata). Mu*. Leceriaxum. 1050. The skeleton of a small Tortoise (Testudo anyulata). The eight costal pieces of the right side of the carapace have been disarticulated, and so attached that they may be uplifted, to expose the cavity of the carapace and to show the bodies of the vertebra; and the scapular and pelvic arches in «i'fn. The hyostenial articulates with the first costal plate, and the hypostemal with the fifth costal plate. J/iw. South. 1051. The skeleton of the trunk and extremities of the Tettudo angulata. The epi- dermal scutes are preserved upon the carapace and plastron, but the carapace is mutilated behind. Mu«. Langstaff. 1052. The shell of Schweigger's Tortoise (Testudo Scktceiggeri, Gray, Synops. Reptil. Part I. p. 10. sp. 4). Mtu. Leverianum. 1053. The shell of the Areolated Tortoise (Testudo (Homoptui) areolatd). Fig.— Schscpff, Test. tab. 12. fig. 2, tab. 12. fig. I & 2 ; Shaw, Zool. iii. pi. 8. Hah.— Africa. J/w. Brit. 2 D 202 1054. The shell of the Areolated Tortoise (Testudo areolata, Thunb. ; Homopw, Burn.). Fig.— Schsepff, Test. tab. 23. Hab. — Africa, Madagascar. Mm. Leverianum. Series of parts illustrating the principal Osteological characters distinguishing the Tortoises, Terrapenes, and Turtles, or the Land, Freshwater, and Marine Chelonia. 1055. The skull of the green Turtle (Chelone mydas), without the lower jaw. The chief characteristics of this form of Chelonian skull, with the purposes which they serve, have been noticed in the descriptions of Nos. 769, 774 and 776. Hunterian. 1056. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of the expanded Terrapene (Emys expansa ; Podocnemis expansa, Wagner). This species differs from other freshwater Tortoises (Terrapenes), and approaches the ma- rine Tortoises (Turtles), by the vaulted bony roof arching over the temporal depressions. This roof is chiefly formed by the parietals, but differs from that in the Turtles in being com- pleted laterally by a larger proportion of the squamosal than of the postfrontal, which does not exceed its relative size in other Terrapenes. The present species further differs from the marine Turtles in the non-ossification of the vomer and the consequent absence of a septum in the posterior nostrils ; in the greater breadth of the pterygoids, which send out a com- pressed rounded process into the temporal depressions : the orbits also are much smaller, and are bounded behind by orbital processes of the postfrontal and malar bones : the mastoids and paroccipitals are more produced backwards, and the entire skull is more depressed than in the Turtles. Presented by Lieut. Mawe, R.N. 1057. The skull of a Terrapene (Emys concentrica). In this skull, which may be regarded as the type of that of the freshwater Tortoises, the parietal crista is continued into the occipital one without being extended over the temporal fosste ; the fascia covering the muscular masses in these fossae undergoing no ossification. The bony hoop for the membrana tympani is incomplete behind, and the columelliform stapes passes through a notch instead of a foramen to attain the tympanic membrane. The mastoid is excavated to form a tympanic air-cell. Hunterian. ! '» The skull of a land Tortoise (Tntmb depkattopiu). In the true Tortouea the temporal depressions are exposed, u in the Terrapenrt : the hra*l U proportionally nnall and can be withdrawn beneath the protective roof of the carapace. The ikoll u rounder and lea* depreaied than in the Terraprnn : the frontal* enter into thr formation of the orbital border. The tympanic hoop u notched behind, but the coltimrlli- tonii stapes paastl through a •mall foramen. The palatine processes of the maxillariat are on a plane much below that of the continuation of the basis cranii formed by the romer and palatine*. /f valerian. 1050. The left moiety of the vertically bisected cervical vertebrae of a marine Turtle (Cliioiie). The hypapophysis of the atlas support! a much smaller proportion of the neural arch than the true centrum or ' odontoid ' does. In the second and third vertebrae the centrum is convex before, concave behind. The body of the fourth cervical is biconvex ; that of thr fifth is concave before and flat behind ; in the three following the body is couvex behind. J/HHferia*. 1060. The left moiety of the vertically bisected cervical vertebra; of a Tortoise (Tes- huto). The second vertebra is couvex in front, concave behind ; the third is biconvex ; the next three are concave in front and convex behind ; the seventh is biconcave. Hmtteria*. 1061. The right scapula and acromial process of a Turtle (Chelone). \ 1062. The right coracoid of the same Turtle. 1063. The left scapula and acromial process of the same Turtle. 1064. The left coracoid of the same Turtle. 1065. The right scapula and acromial process of a mud Tortoise (Trionyt). 1066. The right coracoid of the same Trionyx. 1067. The left scapula and acromial process of the same Trioayx. 2o2 204 1068. The left coracoid of the same Trionyx. 1069. The left scapula and acromial process of a freshwater Tortoise (Emys). 1070. The left coracoid of the same species. This is remarkable for the great length and slenderness of the columnar scapula. 1071. The right scapula and acromial process of a large Tortoise (Testudo niger). 1072. The right coracoid of the same Tortoise. 1073. The left scapula and acromial process of the same Tortoise. 1074. The left coracoid of the same Tortoise. The Tortoise (Testudo) is characterized by the shortness of the clavicular process in com- parison with the length of the scapula, and by the shortness of the coracoid in comparison with its breadth : the Trionyx is remarkable for the length of its clavicular process, which almost equals that of the scapula ; and the Chelone by the length of its coracoid, which ex- ceeds that of the scapula. The coracoid is less expanded in the Chelone than in the fresh- water or land Tortoises : it is of intermediate breadth in the Trionyx, where it is further distinguished by a ridge upon its upper surface. i 1075. The pelvis of a small Turtle (Chelone mydas). 1076. The pelvis of a Trionyx (Trionyx australis). 1077. The pelvis of an Emys. 1078. The pelvis of a Tortoise (Testudo elephantopus). The pubic bones are more expanded at their outer and hinder angles in the Chelone, and especially in the Trionyx, than in the Testudo, and the ' foramina ovalia ' are not divided by the extension of bone between the pubis and ischium, in the Chelone and Trionyx, as they are in the Emys and Testudo. 205 1079. The scapula, coraooid and bones of the left anterior extremity of a Tortoise (Tettudn tabulate} . The ordinary position of that extremity is • lUte of extreme pronation, with the olrcnuton thrown forwards and outwards, and the radial side of the hand, or thumb, directed to thr ground. The hiimerus is strongly bent in a ngmoid form, with the anronal surface convex and directed upwards and outwards : the two tuberosities at the proximal end an* much dereloped and bent towards the palmar aspect, bounding a deep and wide groove : that which answer* to the external tuberosity is the smallest, and by the rotation of the lunm-ru- it becomes the most internal in position. The proximal row of the carpus consists of three bones, a large scaphoides, a small lunare, wedged into the interspace of the radius and ulna, and a large cuneiforme. The second row consists of fire distinct bones, corret)|x>mliitg with the fire digits ; than supporting the fourth and fifth answering to the os uncifomw, the re- maining three to the trapezium, trapesoides and magnum. Each of the digits has one ineU- carpal and two phalanges, except the fifth, which has but one phalanx. A sesamoid bone is placed beneath the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the three middle digits. 1080. The bones of the right anterior extremity of the same Tortoise. The capsule of the shoulder-joint includes a considerable proportion of the fore and back part of the neck of the humerus ; it is reflected dose upon the neck of the bone at its side*. Iltmteria*. 1081. The bones of the left hinder extremity of the same Tortoise. The patella is ligamentous : the synovial joint between it and the femur is distinct from the proper capsule of the knee-joint. The proximal row of the tarsus consists of two bone*, astragalus and calcaneum, which appear to hare become confluent in this specimen. The distal row consists of five bones, four of which support the four normal toes, and the fifth * rudiment of the metatanal of the fifth toe : the fourth and fifth of the second row of tanals answer to the os cuboides of higher animals ; the other three bones to the three o*sa cunei- fonnia. The astragalar part of the single proximal bone would seem to include the scaphoid as well as the calcaneum. 1082. The bones of the right hinder extremity of the same Tortoise. Httntenan. 1083. The left scapula, coracoid and anterior extremity of a small freshwater Tor- toise (Emyt). The proximal row of the carpus consists of four bones, of which the lunare is wedged be- tween the radius and ulna, and the homologue of the scaphoid is divided : the pisiforme is absent : the unciforme is divided, forming, with the trapezium, trapesoides and magnum, five 206 bones of the second series. The first and fifth digits have each a metacarpal bone and two phalanges, the second phalanx supporting a claw ; the first and second, and probably also the third digits, have each had three phalanges. Hunterian. 1084. The right scapula, coracoid, and anterior member of the same Emys, wanting several phalanges. Hunterian. 1085. The left leg and hind foot of the same Emys. Hunterian. 1086. The right leg and hind foot of the same Emys. The hallux has two phalanges with a claw ; the next three digits have each three pha- langes with a claw ; the fifth has two small and slender phalanges, and is clawless. The astragalus and scaphoid form a single bone, but there is a distinct rudiment of a calcaneum : the bones of the second tarsal row progressively increase in size from the tibial to the fibular side ; the two representing the cuboid are distinct, the outermost is broad and flat, and sup- ports the rudiment of the fifth toe. Hunterian. 1087. The bones of the left anterior extremity of the green Turtle (Chelone mydas). The shaft of the humerus is compressed laterally instead of from before backwards, as in the Tortoise. The ulna is much shorter and the olecranon less developed than in the Tor- toise. The proportions of the scaphoides and lunare are reversed, the lunare being the largest bone and the scaphoid divided into two, of which the part that articulates with the trape- zoides and magnum is here ossified : the cuneiforme is a flattened bone of large dimensions, and here also the pisifonne is well developed. The five bones of the distal row are distinct, as in the Tortoise : that which answers to the os magnum is the smallest. In old Turtles it is sometimes anchylosed with the fourth and fifth of the distal series, forming a single bone, answering to both magnum and unciforme in the human wrist. Hunterian. 1088. The bones of the right fore extremity of the same Turtle. In both these specimens the second phalanx of the pollex supports a claw : the three middle digits have each three phalanges, the last being flattened and without a claw ; the fifth digit has only two phalanges. Hunterian. 1089. The bones of the left hind foot of the same Turtle. The proximal row of the carpus consists of two bones, the larger one answering to the astragalus and scaphoides, the smaller one to the calcaneum ; the second row includes five 207 bone* ; the three corresponding to the cuneiform bone* are very small, thr two which answer to the cuboidM are very Urge ; that which support* the fifth digit stand* out like a broad depressed roeUUnal. The three middle toe* hare each three phalange* ; the firtt and fifth hare only two, and the first supports a claw. J/mt tenon. 1090. The bones of the right hind foot of the same Turtle. H**teria*. 1001. The bones of the fore-arm and paddle of a large Turtle (Ckekme my da*}. In this (penmen both portion* of the bone answering to the scaphoid in the Tortoise are ossified, and the three outer bones of the distal row answering to the magnum and iincifonne are partially confluent with one another : the large compressed pisifonne articulates in a tmall proportion with the cuneiforme, but chiefly with the outer border of the uncifonne. //H/ift-riait. 1092. The hones of the right hind leg and paddle of the same large Ckelone. llitnteria*. 1093. The bones of the left anterior extremity of a Mud Tortoise (Trioiiyx Bi- bromii). They are preserved with their natural connections. The carpal bones are in three rows, the middle row being incomplete and formed by a divided ' scaphoides'; the proximal row is formed by a large ' lunar*' wedged between the radius and ulna, a larger cuneiforme, and a pinforme ; the distal row is formed by five bones, as in other ("kelonia. It is interesting to ohsenre that the scaphoides, which articulates with the trapezium, trapecoides and magnum, holds the same relative position in the carpus as the scaphoides does in the tarsus of Mam- malia. The pollex has two phalanges, the last with a claw ; the three middle digits have each three phalanges, but only the index and medius hare claws ; the fifth digit has two pha- langes and has no claw. 1094. The bones of the left posterior extremity of the same Trionyx, similarly pre- pared. The proximal row consists of a tingle bone, answering to the astragalus, calcaneum and ruboides ; the distal raw consists of five bones, of which the three cnneiformia are very small. and the first concealed between the proximal tarsal bone and the first metatarsal. The two divisions of the cuboides are very Urge, and the outermost dilated and angular. Prepared from the specimen pretexted by C'apt. Sir Eoerard Home, R.N., F.R.S. 208 1095. The "left radius, ulna, carpal, metacarpal and phalangeal bones of the Testudo greeca. Hunterian. 1096. The left tibia, fibula, tarsal, metatarsal and phalangeal bones of the same Tes- tudo ffreeca. Hunterian. Preparations illustrating the development of the carapace and plastron of the Chelonia, 1097. The carapace of a young Tortoise (Testudo). The bodies. and neural arches of the vertebra have been removed from the carapace, leaving only the ribs and the incipient expanded plates attached to these and to the neural spines, together with the marginal plates. The neural plates are of a subquadrate form, but of irregular size, and with rounded angles and ill-defined outlines ; the tenth plate being in- sulated between the ninth and the last or pygal plate. On each side of the middle row of neural plates is a series of eight similarly-sized, triangular or rhomboidal plates, each of them marked on their outer surface with a triradiate linear impression formed by the junction of two costal scutella with one vertebral scutellum, or of one vertebral with two costal scutella ; excepting the penultimate or seventh plate. Around the border of the carapace are eleven pairs of marginal plates, exclusive of the nuchal and pygal plates. The wide interval between the marginal and the incipient costal plates was occupied by the corium, supported by the eight pairs of ribs of the carapace, by the first pair of short dorsal ribs, by the pair of shorter lumbar ribs, and by the rib-like upper and outer extremities of the hyosternals and hypo- sternals, which ascend beyond the marginal plates. The extremities of the ribs do not as yet join the marginal plates. The nuchal plate, the ninth and tenth neural plates, the pygal plate, and all the marginal plates are independent osseous developments in the substance of the derm : the other neural plates are connate with the neural spines of the second to the ninth dorsal vertebrse inclusive, and the costal plates are similarly connate with the upper surface of the ribs of the same vertebrse at varying distances from their proximal ends. The first, second, fourth, sixth and eighth ribs of the carapace are continued from beneath the outer angles or apices of the corresponding costal plates, but the third, fifth and seventh ribs of the carapace are continued from beneath the middle of that side of the corresponding tri- angular costal plate which seems to form its base. A strong argument for regarding the costal plates as dermal ossifications rather than pro- cesses or continuations of the endo-skeletal elements, to which they are attached, may be drawn not only from their place of development, but also from the period of their ossifica- tion ; and their relative position to the ribs with which they are connate. The uniformly slender pleurapophyses are ossified nearly throughout their whole length before the ossification of the costal plates, which have usually been regarded as their ex- 209 panded tubatlaa, BoaiBSJSMns t and the beginning of the mprrmdded bone is not at the same |N>int in each rib, as might have been expected if U were the exogeaoM process called 'tubercle' of the rib. The costal platM are situated alternately nearer to and farther from tin- hrad rf the rib ; and their presence a0enu to be deterainad rather by the anglr of union of thr «i|tcr- inriimlx-iit vertebral acuteUa with the lateral or costal scutella, than by the necessity for niUlitional strength in the articulation of the rib* with the spine. OMJicKion commences at thr point from which the three impressions radiate, and at this point is nearer thr median line at the median apex of the costal scuteUum than at the lateral apex of the vertebral scu- trllum, the resulting plates of bone are alternately further from or nearer to the middle linr . and the first, third and fifth costal plates hare adranced along the proximal end of the rib «o as to join thr neural plates, whilst the second, fourth and sixth costal plates Icare a portion of the proximal end of the rib uncovered and crossing the space between the incipient costal plate and the neural plate. In regarding these incipient ossifications, extending into the sub- stance of the cerium and receiving the impressions of the epidermal scutes, as the developed • tubercle ' of the ribs, as Rathke has rndeavoiired to illustrate in tab. 3. figs. 1 1 (Tortoise), 12 and 13 (Chick) of bis elaborate Monograph *, we are compelled to suppose that each succeasiTe rib in the Tortoise has a different position of its tubercle, which is alternately ••Mr and farther from the head, and that the neck of each successive rib is alternately long and short, which is contrary to all analogy furnished by those cold-blooded or warm-blooded I'rrtebrata that have unquestionably the exogenous process called ' tubercle ' dereloped from the true neck of the rib. There is an obvious difference in the texture and external surface of the bones which un- >ly belong to the endo-skeletal vertebra;, and of those which, notwithstanding their i with the neural spines and pleurapophyses, are developed in the fibrous substance of the cerium. These nascent ' neural ' and ' costal ' plates of the carapace have a granular exterior and a coarse spongy texture, whilst the neural arches and pleurapophyses are com- pact, smooth, and with a polished external surface : the part of the pleurapophysis which passes beneath and is attached to the under surface of the • costal ' plate contrasts strongly with that superimposed dermal ossification. The marginal plates present the same rough, coarse, granular character as the neural and costal plates : they are in no way connected in their development with the pleurapophyses, which do not yet reach them : their ossification has been governed by the presence of the marginal epidermal scutes, and, as in the case of the costal plates, by the points of junction of contiguous scutes ; each marginal ossification is accordingly impressed by the lines indi- cating the junction of the marginal epidermal scutes with each other and, in the case of the middle ones, with the contiguous scutes of the plastron. The number of the marginal plate* accords, moreover, with that of the marginal epidermal scutella, not with that of the ribs. M*». Brit. 1098. The plastron of the same immature Tortoise. It presents the sane difference in the texture and surface of the endo-skeletal and exo- * Ueber die Entwickelung der Schildkroten, 4to. ll 210 skeletal parts of the incipient bones as does the carapace : the triangular entosternal bone, the greater part of the episternals and xiphisteraals, and a smaller proportion of the hyo- sternals and hyposternals, are compact bone with a smooth shining free surface : the greater part of the broad hyostemal and hyposternal plates, the entire and even margins of which are encroaching on the central unossified space of the plastron, are subgranular, coarser and more opake than the slender endo-skeletal parts, which still retain much of the primitive rib- like form they present in the foetal Chelone, and are seen applied, as it were, to the inner (upper) surface of those dermal plates. The median extremities of the true endo-skeletal parts have begun to expand, and to shoot out the pointed rays of tooth-like processes which they retain in the Trionyces and the marine Chelonia. From the flattened and expanded inner and lower end of the hyosternal the main body of the bone arises and curves upwards, outwards and forwards, in the form of a long and slender rib, and applies itself to the inner and fore part of the first elongated pleurapophysis of the carapace, extending as far as the incipient dermo-costal plate. As the inner and lower toothed border of the endo-skeletal part of the hyosternal touches the oute'r border of the entosternal bone, the haemal arch of the first segment of the thoracic-abdominal case (second vertebra of the back) is completed inde- pendently of the marginal pieces ; and, in point of fact, the third and fourth marginal plates are simply applied to the outer side of the hyosternal where it bends upwards to join the first long pleurapophysis or rib of the carapace. The most obvious and natural explanation of this first complete segment of the thoracic-abdominal region of the young Tortoise, according to the typical vertebra, and the composition of the corresponding segment in the nearest allied Vertebrata, is — that the centrum, the neural arch, and the pleurapophysis being unquestion- ably the elements so called, the hyosternals are the ' heemapophyses ' (sternal ribs or costal cartilages), and the entosternum is the ' haemal spine ' or sternum proper. The hyposternals in the young Testudo resemble the hyosternals, but are shorter ; the slender rib-like portion which curves upwards and outwards applies itself to the back part of the extremity of the fifth rib of the carapace, almost filling the interspace, for one-fourth of its length, between that rib and the next, and thus again forming the hsemal arch of the segment without the intervention or aid of any of the marginal plates, the seventh of these being simply applied to the outside of the hyposternal, where its slender elongated extremity bends upwards to join the vertebral rib : and the only incomplete part of the arch is the unossified median space between the lower expanded and dentated ends of the hyposternals, between which the entosternal, or true sternal piece, does not extend backwards. So that the condition of this fifth segment of the thoracic-abdominal box, in the young Tortoise, repeats that of u poste- rior dorsal segment of a mammal or crocodile, in which the cartilages of the ribs, or abdo- minal ribs, do not reach the sternum ; and the Ornithorhynchus offers a special resemblance to the Tortoise in the expansion of the semiossified heemapophyses, or cartilages of its ' false ribs.' The xiphisternals, viewed in like manner as 'heemapophyses,' repeat the condition of those abdominal ones in the Crocodile and Plesiosaur which do not ascend so high as to join their pleurapophyses or vertebral ribs. The difference between the endo-skeletal and exo-skeletal portions of these elements of the plastron is as plain, and the contrast, indeed, is almost as great, in the young Tortoise as in the adult Trionyx, where the superadded ossifi- cation, at the expense of the dermal system, is characterized by the vermicular or punctate 211 character of the exterior turfmrr , • character common to the drrtnal ossified platr* in thr Rrp- Itltm, especially at the cln*ely-allird Crocodilian ordrr. Aftu. Brit. 1 1 >;)<). The carapace and plastron of a young Tenrapene (Emy* co*ce*trica). The costal plate* have begun to be ossified from near the proximal ends of each of thr long and slender rib* of the carapace, and from poioU morr nearly parallel with the median linr than in the young Tortoise : the third and fifth are nevertheless nearer the neural plate* than the first, tecond and fourth. The nuchal plate U disproportionately large. The inner bor- ders of the hyo- and hypo-eternal* send many pointed rayt into the middle nM>nibranoiu space, thus temporarily repeating the permanent character of those bones in the Turtle : and the outer border* of the same bone* are »till united by membrane to the marginal plates, all of which are independently derrloped in the substance of the corium. Mtu. Brit. 1100. The carapace and hyoeternais of a young Terrapene (Emy* terratd) ; showing the independent development of the large nuchal and first three marginal plates in the substance of the corium, and the slender rib-like portions of the hyo- stemals which join the second dorsal pleura|K>physcN. Altu. LeveriantiHi. 2i2 212 Class AVES. CHIEF CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SKELETON, AND TEXTURE OF THE BONES, OF BIRDS. 1101. The right moiety of the vertically bisected cranium of an Albatros (Diome- dnc of the same Ostrich (Mm- Mo Camehu). A larger proportion of its proximal extremity is occupied by a rancelluus texture, closer than that of the pneumatic bones. The compact walls of the shaft are as thick as usual in the marrow-bones of birds of this site. The inner surface of the medullary cavity is smooth. The exterior short process above the distal condyle indicates the termination of the abortive digit. The large canal perforating the proximal end of the bone from before backwards indicates the primitive division of the two normally developed but now coalesced metatanals. 1115. The metatarsus of a young Ostrich (Slrutkio Camtiiu). The single booe, or epiphysis, representing, in part, the tarsus, has been removed from the of the three metatanals, which coalesce with it, and with each other, to form the ; segment of the leg. The primitive clefts still extend some way down and may be traced to the distal end : the metatarsal which rapports the largest claw has the cmallest proximal end, that which supports no claw has the largest. Pretexted by Prof Ovn, F.R.S. 216 1116. The tarso-metatarsal bone of a Bustard (Otis tar da, Linn.). The two foramina near the proximal end lead to canals which indicate the primitive distinction of the three constituent metatarsals : a canal near the distal end, traversing the bone from before backwards, is likewise another trace ; the three distinct trochlear distal ends most clearly manifesting the composite character of the bone. The calcaneal process is connate with the back part of the tarsal portion of the bone. Hunterian. 1117. The distal end of the tibia and bones of the right foot of a Penguin (Apteno- dytes patachonica) . \ The cut surface of the tibia shows the solidity of the bone characteristic of this strictly aquatic and wingless bird. The groove of the extensor tendons has been converted into a canal by an osseous bridge, developed in part of the annular ligament in this and many other birds. The primitive distinctness of the three short metatarssls is well shown by two wide longitudinal grooves, leading to two antero-posterior perforations, as well as by the distinct distal articular ends. The difference in the number of the phalanges of each of the toes, and its progressive increase from the inner or tibial to the outer side of the foot, is here seen. The toe with three phalanges answers to the second in the pentadactyle foot ; the next, with four phalanges, to the third toe, or 'medius'; the one with five phalanges to the fourth toe ; the fifth or little-toe is wanting in all birds ; a rudiment of the first or hallux exists in the Aptenodytes, and is attached to the tibial side of the anchylosed metatarsal of the second toe. Hunterian. Order NATATORES. Family Pinnipennatce. Divers. Genus Aptenodytes (Penguins)*. 1118. The skeleton of the Antarctic Penguin (Aptenodytes antarcticd). The number of vertebrse between the skull and sacrum is 21, the last seven of which sup- port moveable ribs, an eighth pair of ribs being attached to the first sacral vertebra, and the rudiment of a ninth pair being connected with each sacral rib. The last six dorsal ribs arc attached to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses, and, together with the first pair, have bony appendages articulated to them. The ribs of the first pair are free, without hsemapophyses : * No species of this genus is known to exist north of the Equator. 217 it i« probable that • shorter pair of free rib* mar have been attached to the fourtmith cervical vertebra. The fir»t four cerriciJ vertebra* hare a tingle hypapophysis ; the sixth to the truth have a pair of hypapophyse* ; the inferior process U again single, from the elevrnth to the fourteenth vertebra: inclusive ; it bifurcates into a pair of broad diverging plate* in the first three donal vertebra*, and become* a tingle compressed plate in the rest. The unusual development of the hypapophysis relate* to the great sise and strength of the inferior muscle* of the spine, which combine with other muscles of the trunk in the shuffling •tovrim-nt by which the Penguin, like the Seal, make* progress, prone on its belly, along dry land. The scapulae are unusually long and broad : the coracoids are of great length and strength, and rest on groove* which occupy the whole anterior border of the sternum. The furculum it strong, curved, with its apex at some distance from the keel to the sternum. The bones of the fin-like wings are compressed, as in the paddles of the Cetacea. The femur is short and thick : the patella unusually large : the fibula* almost as long as, and distinct from, the tibia : the groove for the extensor tendons is bridged over with bone. There are eight caudal vertebra*, the last of which is long and stylifonn. Prepared from a specimen captured in the Antarctic Expe- dition o/Capt. SirJ. C. ROM, R.N., F.R.S., and presented by R. M'Cormick, Esq., R.N., Surgeon to the Expedition. 1119. The skull, covered by the dried skin, of the Patagonian Penguin (Aptenodytet paiackonica). Presented by Sir Jl'm. Wizard, F.R.S. 1120. The skull, partially disarticulated, of the Patagonian Penguin (Jptenodyte* patackonica). It differs from that of the Apt. antarttiea in the greater length and (tenderness of the bill. The superorbital ridge is similarly impressed by the cavities for the superorbital glands. The parocripiul, mastoid, and postfrontal processes are well-marked. The occipital condyle sinks below the level of the basioccipital. The interorbital septum is incomplete behind, and the cranial parietes there present three wide vacuities. The hsemapophysial part (angular, surangular, and articular elements) of the lower jaw ha* not coalesced with the hssmacanthal part (deuUry element) ; but this is confluent anteriorly with the corresponding part of the opposite ramu*. Hunter ian. 1121. The atlas of the same Penguin (Aptenodyfes patackonica). The neurapophyse* are separate above, not confluent as in the skeleton of the Aptenodyttt axtarthca. The hypapophysis is lest developed than in that specie*. Hunterian. 2 r 218 1122. The vertebra dentata of the same Penguin. The hypapophysis is developed to the same extent as the neural spine : the anterior zygapo- physes are very small ; the posterior ones are large and support metapophyses. Hunter ian. 1123. A middle cervical vertebra of the same Penguin. The anterior articular surface of the centrum is convex vertically, concave transversely, and the reverse at the opposite end. There is no neural spine. Diapophyses project from the outside of the anterior zygapophyses, and the posterior ones support metapophyses ; the anchylosed pleurapophyses complete the large apertures for the vertebral artery and sympa- thetic nerve, and the double hypapophyses form the canal for the carotids. Hunterian. 1124. The first dorsal vertebra of the same Penguin. The articular surfaces of the centrum resemble those in the neck : the diapophyses are more developed ; the neural spine is strong and quadrate ; the metapophyses are suppressed ; the hypapophyses have the form of a pair of broad diverging plates. Hunterian. 1125. The third dorsal vertebra of the same Penguin. In this the anterior surface of the centrum is simply convex, the posterior one concave. The diverging hypapophyses are supported on a compressed vertical plate. Hunterian. 1126. The fourth dorsal vertebra of the same Penguin. This differs from the preceding in the reduction of the hypapophysial plates in size. Hunterian. 1127. The sixth dorsal vertebra of the same Penguin. In this the hypapophysis is reduced to a simple compressed plate. Hunterian. 1 128. The eighth caudal vertebra of the same Penguin. The first five of these have thick bifurcate spines ; the last five have bifurcate hypapo- physes. Hunterian. 1 129. The right scapula of the same Penguin. Its articular surfaces for both the coracoid and humerus are convex. Hunterian. 219 1130. The right coracoid of the same Penguin. The clavicular process it thick and bent ; the humeral process U broad and compressed. 1131. The hones of the right wing of a Patagonian Penguin (Aplenodytct patacko- nica). The humenis U sni»llcr than in thr skeleton of the Apt. antarftira : the antibrachinl bones are nearly as long ai in that skeleton, but are narrower : the detached olecranon U herr preserved : the bone* of thr maniu are quite at long at in the Apt. antarttiea. Presented by Sir ITtWam Blisard, F.R.S. 1 132. The tones of the left wing of the Patagonian Penguin. A longitudinal section hat been made of the humerut showing its tolid texture. Uuttttria*. 1 133. The right femur of the same Penguin. Hunteria*. 1134. The right tibia of the same Penguin. The procnemial and ectocnemial processes are united above by a broad epicnemial ridge. The groove for the extensor tendont it bridged over with bone. J/HnteriaH. 1135. The right fibula of the same Penguin. Hun ten an 1 136. The lower end of the tibia, with the bones of the left foot, of the Patagonian Penguin. This it remarkable for the thortncM and breadth of the metatarsus, and for the minor degree of coalescence of the three constituent bones than in other birds, the interval* between their shafts, as well as their distal trochlese, remaining distinct. The phalanges of the toes are arranged according to the usual numerical law in birds, — three in the inner toe, four in the middle, and fire in the outer toe. Uvntericm. 1137. The left humerus of a Patagonian Penguin (Apttnodytes patackonica), longi- tudinally bisected, showing the compact tissue occupying the middle of the shaft, and the fine canccllous texture near the extremities. J/imferiati. Ill 220 1138. The left ulna of a Patagonian Penguin, longitudinally bisected. Hunterian. 1139. The left femur of the Patagonian Penguin (Aptenodytes patachonica), longitu- dinally bisected, showing the absence of a medullary cavity. Hunterian. 1140. The left tibia of the same Penguin, longitudinally bisected: the central can- cellous texture is more open towards the upper part of the shaft than in the femur. Hunterian. 1141. The right metatarsus of a Patagonian Penguin, longitudinally bisected. Hunterian. 1142. The skeleton of a Penguin (Aptenodytes (Spheniscus) demersd). The superorbital glandular depressions are well-marked ; the temporal depressions are deeply excavated, and are bounded behind by an outward production of the super- and ex- occipital crista, and below by the mastoid. The posterior cervical vertebra are remarkable for the length of their hypapophysis or inferior compressed spine, and the anterior dorsal vertebrae for the bifurcation of the corresponding process. An unusually large patella, ossi- fied from two centres, is articulated to the procnemial process of the tibia. The three con- stituent bones of the compound metatarsus are unusually distinct, as in other species of Apt e- nodytes. The number of vertebrse between the skull and sacrum is 20, of which the nine last support moveable ribs. The first two pairs of ribs are free and unattached to the ster- num ; the seven succeeding pairs are articulated by bony hsemapophyses to the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebrse beyond the iliac bones, the first four with bifurcate spines, the last a long sabre-shaped bone. Hunterian. 1143. The left wing of a Penguin (Aptenodytes demersd), the integuments of which have been removed on the inner side to display the bones in situ. Hunterian. \ 144. The skeleton of the small Penguin (Aptenodytes (Spheniscus) minor). It presents all the characteristics adapted to marine existence which are shown on a larger scale in the Aptenodytes antarctica. The ridge dividing the temporal from the occipital depression is more developed. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, the last eight of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last six are united to the sternum by bony haemapophyses. Hunterian. 221 1145. The skull of the Crested Penguin (Aptenodyttt (Ewlypffs) cArytocome). Prctcnted by W. Bullock, Genus Alca. \ 140. The skeleton of the Razor-billed Auk (Alca torda). The exterior surfkcr of the cranium if deeply excavated by the fuperorbiul glandular (owe and by the temporal and occipital depressions. There are 21 free vertebra between the skull and sacrum, of which the last nine support moveable ribs, the first two sacral vertebrae having each a similar pair of long and slender ribs, extending to near the end of the tail. All tin- ribs, save the first two pairs, have bony hnmapophyses, which progressively elongate, and, with the exception of the last pair, directly articulate with the sternum. This unusual ex- tension of osseous hoops about the parietes of the abdomen relates to the power of compress- ing the abdominal air-cells during submersion in these diving birds. There are 9 caudal ver- tebra*. The hypapophyses are unusually developed in the dorsal region. Mu*. South. 1 147. The skull of the Razor-billed Auk (Alca torda), with the horny sheath of the bill preserved. MM. Brit. 1148. The dried head of a Razor-billed Auk (Alca torda). Prenentcd by W. Bullock, K*q. 1 149. The dried head of the Little Auk (Alca alle). Pretexted by W. Bullock ; t*q. 1150. The mutilated skull of the Great Auk (Alca impennit), with the dried integu- ments, and the horny sheath of the bill. MM. Brit. 1151. The skull of the Great Auk (Alca impennu). The superorbital glandular impressions meet along the interorbital space, and the tem- poral depressions above the parietal region ; these depressions are then continued forward*, at a right angle with the parietal part, to the postfrontal processes. Htmterian. 1152. The right tympanic bone of the Great Auk (Alca impenniif). Ifuntfrian. 1153. Nine dorsal vertebra*, with their pleurapophyses, of the Great Auk (Alca im- petmu). In these the remarkable development and modifications of the hyp- apophyscs, and the bone-tendons developed in the muscles of the back, are shown. IfuHtrna*. 222 1154. The right scapula of the same Auk. It is narrower in proportion to its length than in the Penguin. Hunterian. 1155. The right coracoid of the same Auk. The clavicular process is long, strong, and curved j the scapular process compressed, trian- gular, and perforated at its base. Hunterian. 1156. The right femur of the same Auk. Hunterian. 1157. The right tibia of the same Auk. The procnemial and ectocnemial processes are united by an oblique epicnemial ridge. Hunterian. 1158. The left femur, longitudinally bisected, of the same Auk : it shows a medul- lary cavity. Hunterian. 1159. The left tibia, longitudinally bisected, of the same Auk: it, also, has a me- dullary cavity. Hunterian. 1160. The right metatarsus of the same Auk. Hunterian. Genus Fratercula. 1 161. The skeleton of the common Puffin (Fratercula arcticd). The superorhital ridge is remarkable for the short extent of its attachment to the frontals, and for the development of its angles into the postfrontal and antorbital processes. The superorbital glandular fossa meets the temporal fossa on the upper part of the ridge : the rostral part of the premaxillary commences by an abrupt elevation above the nasal process of the same bone, and the symphysial part of the mandible sinks down in an analogous manner below the level of the rami, both forming the basis of a deep, compressed, sharp-pointed beak, trenchant above and below. The vertebral and sternal ribs progressively elongate as they are placed further back, and join each other at acute angles, as in the genus Aha and other diving birds : the hypapophyses of the middle dorsal vertebra are remarkable for their great length and terminal bifurcation. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last seven supporting moveable ribs, of which the first pair is free, and the succeeding six pairs articulated to the sternum by bony haemapophyses ; the eighth pair of ribs is attached to the first sacral vertebra. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mus. South. 223 1162. The dried head of the Puffin (Fratercula arctica). Prenatal by If. Bdloct, E*q 1 163. The dried head of a young Puffin (Frattrcula arctica). J/mttfrian. Family Colymbida. Genus Uria*. 1164. The skeleton of the Guillemot (Una Troile). There are 2 1 vertebrae between the skull and sternum, to the last rix of whirh are attached ribs, articulated to the rtemum by bony hrmaiiophyses. Anterior to these then is one pair of rib*, free, and unattached to the sternum : the laat or eighth pair of rib* is attached to the Mcrum and to the sternum by long haemapophyses. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. The donal vertebrae are bound togrther by many ossified tendon* of the deep-seated spinal anoaciM. The rib* are remarkable I'or the progressive elongation of their baeniapophysca, and the acute angle* at which they articulate with the pleurapopbyse*. J/wr. Sou th. Genus Colymbtu. 1 165. The skeleton of the Great Diver (Colymbas glaciali*). The niperorbital glandular foasae are unusually long, and divided only by a thin ridge above the orbits; the temporal depressions, likewise, are divided by a parietal crixta, and by a stronger fuperoccipital crest from the occipital depressions, which are divided from each other by a sharp median occipital ridge. The mastoid is convex above the tympanic articu- lation, a* if prvwed up by it. The common base of the procuemial and cctocurraial ridg^n extends upwards in the direction of tlie shaft of the tibia nearly two inches beyond the femo- ral artir ulation. There are 21 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, and the la*t six sup- port riba, which are articulated by their haetnapophyses to the sternum. The seventh and eighth pain of moveable ribs are attached to the sacrum, and are articulated to the sUrnum by hsemapophy»es : the first rib is free and unattached to the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Hypapophyses are developed from the but three cervical vertebrae, the seven dor- sal vertebrae and the first sacral vertebra ; most of them are remarkable for their great length and terminal bifurcation. Mm. Son tli. 1166. The pelvis and bones of the right leg of the Red-throated Diver trionalu). • No Puffin* or Guillemot* arc known to exist south of the Equator. 224 It is chiefly remarkable for the shortness of the femur as compared with the length of the tibia, which is much increased by the development of the epicnemial process, formed by the convergence and union of the pro- and ecto-cnemial ridges, in the line of the axis of the shaft, half way down which the procnemial ridge b continued. The fibula is of unusual length ; the metatarsus is singularly compressed. Mus. Brookes. Family Tollpalmata. Fishers. Genus Pelecanus (Pelicans). 1167. The skeleton of the common Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). There are 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last three of which support moveable ribs : of these the first pair is free and floating ; the second and third pairs, like the fourth, fifth and sixth pairs of ribs, which are attached to the sacrum, are articulated by bony hsemapophyses to the sternum. All the ribs, save the first and last, have bony appen- dages, and from the hsemapophyses of the last pair a bony projection passes backwards. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. The anterior dorsal vertebrae support feeble rudiments of hypapophyses. Mus. South. 1168. The skull of the White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus, Linn.). Presented by Dr. Leach, 1824. 1169. The skull of a large Pelican (Pelecanm onocrotalus). From the Himalayan Mountains. Presented by Lieut. -Colonel Finch, 1830. 1170. The skull of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Hunterian. 1171. The skull of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Hunterian. 1172. The skull of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Hunterian. 1173. The skull of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Hunterian. 1174. The mandibular bones of a Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus). A portion of the inner wall of the left ramus has been removed to show the wide air- cavity. Hunterian. HI 1175. The right coracoid of a Pelican (Petecantu onocrotahu). I In uteri a* 1 170. The right humcrua of a Pelican (Pdecatuu onocrotaltui), the wall of which baa been partially removed. Hmtteria*. 1 177. The left humcrus of a Pelican (Pelcceuuu o*ocrolaltu). Iluntrnnn 1 178. The right ulna of a Pelican (Pelecamu oaocrofa/iu). A portion ha* been mnored from the greater part of iu length to thow its wide air-cavity. Hanterian. 1179. The left metacarpus of a Pelican (Pelecamu onocrota/iu). Himteria*. Genus Pkalacrocorax (Cormorants). 1180. The skeleton of the Cormorant (Pkalacrocorax carbo). There are 23 vertebne between the ikull and sacrum, and 7 pain of rib*. The first rib is free ; the next four are attached to the hut four dorsal Tertebne, and are articulated by bony • nmapophyiM to the sternum ; the last two pain of ribs are attached to the sacrum. There are 7 caudal Tertebne. MM. South. 1181. The skull of the common Cormorant (Pkalacrocorax carbo). The osseous style appended to the occiput is preserved. Ilunteria*. 1182. The skull of a Cormorant (Pkalacrocorax carbo), with the occipital osseous style attached. Mtu. Brooket. 1 183. The skull of the Lesser Cormorant, or Shag (Pkalacrocorax yracultui). Hunteria*. Genus Sula (Ganncts). 1184. The skeleton of the Gannct (Sula banana). There are 22 Tertebne between the skull and sacrum ; the last fire support ribs, which, save the first pair, are attached by bony hsemapophyies to the sternum ; two other pain of 2c 226 ribs are attached to the sacral vertebrae ; the hsemapophysis of the first articulating with the sternum, while that of the last is attached to the preceding heemapophysis. Hunterian. 1185. The skeleton of the Gannet (Sula bassana). The furculum and two phalanges of the left middle toe, and the right femur, show the effects of ossific inflammation. The number of vertebra? between the skull and sacrum is 21, the last four of which support ribs with bony appendages, and attached to the sternum by hsemapophyses ; the last three pairs of ribs are attached to the sacral vertebrae. The difference in the vertebral characters from the foregoing specimen is due merely to a greater degree of confluence of the twenty-second vertebra with the sacrum in the present skeleton. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mus. South. 1186. The skull of the Gannet (Sula bassana). The external nostrils are reduced to extremely minute perforations at the extremity of the grooves, answering to those leading to the external nostrils in the Cormorant. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.E.S. 1187. The dried head of a Gannet (Sula bassana). Hunterian. 1188. The sternum, furculum, and scapular arch of a Gannet (Sula bassana), with five pairs of haemapophyses, or sternal ribs. The apex of the furculum has coalesced with that of the keel of the sternum, but the line of original separation may be traced. The episternal process is much developed, and sup- ports the chief part of the keel, which subsides at the middle of the proper sternum. This bone is entire, with two posterior emarginations. Purchased. Tribe LONGIPENNAT.E (Wanderers). Family Procellariidee. Genus Diomedeea (Albatroses). 1189. The skeleton of the Great Albatros (Diomedeea exulans). It is remarkable for the great length of the humerus and antibrachial bones. The skull is characterized by the large and deep superorbital fossae, for the lodgment of a peculiar gland, 227 the duct of which pMSM through a deep notch at the anterior part of the raprrorbital ridge. 1W bate at the tkull is also peculiar for a large and very drrp circular fossa, opening ante- rior to the articular cavity uf the tympanic bone. The number of vertebne between the skull and the iarrum is 20 : the fint Mcral or anchylosed vertebra tupportf the but pair of •MMble rib* ; this rib, like the donal ones, hat a double articulation, viz. with the centrum and diapophysis of iu rertebra. It if also articuUted by a bony hirina|Mipliy>in, or itrmal rib, with the (ternum through the medium of the antecedent rib, to the iternal extremity of which it u anchylosed. The sternum u broad, very convex, with a flout keel, entire, and with four nnall rounded notches upon its posterior margin ; at its anterior margin it presents on each side two distinct and remote articular surfaces for the very broad and short cora- coidi ; the anterior of these surfaces consists of a wide groove continued at one end upon a convex surface ; the posterior surface is a deep but narrow notch ; the furrulum is compara- tively slender, but forms a wide arch ; it is articulated to the flattened apex of the sternal keel. Seven pairs of ribs are completed by bony hsemapophyses, and the first five pairs sup- port aiM-hy losed appendages ; these are preceded by a long and slender sty liform rib, reach- ing to, but not articulating with, the sternum. The scapula is long and unusually slender, retaining Us normal form as a pleurapophysu. The deltoid ridge of the humerus is com- pressed and angular ; the sliaft of the humerus is slightly compressed, and becomes trihedral towards its distal end, a ridge extending to the outer condyle, above which a short, well- marked process stands oat. There is a small pneumatic foramen at the base of the deltoid process. The shaft of the ulna presents an oval transverse section and two rows of rough spots, indicating the attachment of the great quill-feathers ; it has no pneumatic foramen ; the medullary arterial canal runs distad. The shaft of the long and slender radius is trihe- dral ; it is also a marrow-bone. The metacarpus consists as usual of three metacarpal •MM, anchylosed together, and to a carpal bone, answering to the os magnum at the proxi- mal end. The largest metacarpal is that of the ' medius ' digit ; the slender one of equal length ia that of the ' annularis ' or fourth digit ; the metacarpus of the index is a short rudi- ment. The principal metacarpal is deeply grooved for the passage of an extensor tendon. The bones of the leg are comparatively short : the femur is but a fourth part the length of the humerus and presents a large and distinct pit for the ligamentum teres, on the upper part of the head : the trochanter does not rise so high as this part. The tibia is more than twice the length of the femur ; it is chiefly remarkable for the great development of the pro- cnemial and ectocnemial ridges and of their common base. The tendinous canal at the fore- part of the distal end is crossed by an osseous bridge. The metatarsus has a four-sided shaft, deeply grooved, but not perforated, at the back part of its proximal end : it is per- forated above the interspace between the middle and internal trochlea. There are 6 free caudal vertebrae. Purchased. 1 190. The skull of an Albatroe (Diomedaa erulaiu). I Interim. \ 191. The skull of an Albatros (Diomedaa exuUau). Htmteria*. 2o2 228 1192. The left moiety of the vertically bisected cranium of an Albatros (Diomedaa exulans). Presented by Prof. Owen, F.E.8. 1193. The mutilated skull of an Albatros (Diomedaa exulans). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1194. The dried head of an Albatros (Diomedaa exulans). Presented by W. Bullock, Esq. 1195. The mandibles of an Albatros (Diomedtea exulans), with their bony sheath. Presented by Sir Wm. Blizard, F.R.S. 1196. The thorax and pelvis of an Albatros (Diomedeea exulans). There are 8 pairs of ribs, the last of which is attached to the sacrum : the first pair is free, or floating ; the rest are completed by bony hsemapophyses, which articulate with the sternum, save the last, which terminates before it attains that bone. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Hunterian. 1197. The right radius and ulna of an Albatros (Diomedcea exulans). Hunterian. 1198. The left radius and ulna of the same Albatros. Hunterian. 1199. The furculum of an Albatros (Diomedtza exulans). Hunterian. 1200. The right coracoid of the same Albatros. 1201. The left coracoid of the same Albatros. 1202. The right scapula of the same Albatros. 1203. The left scapula of the same Albatros. 1204. The right humerus of the same Albatros. 1205. The left humerus of the same Albatros. HI 1206. Tbo right ulna of the sonic Albatros. 1207. The right radius of the same Albatros. 1208. The left ulna of the same Albatros. 1209. The left radius of the same Albatros. 1210. The right metacarpus of the same Albatros. 1211. The left metacarpus of the same Albatros. 1212. The right femur of the same Albatros. 1213. The left femur of the same Albatros. 1214. The left tibia and fibula of the same Albatros. 1215. A longitudinal section of the right tibia of the same Albatros. 1216. A longitudinal section of the right metatarsus of the same Albatros. 1217. The left metatarsus and phalanges, with the natatory membrane, of an Al- batros. Hmmtfria*. 1218. The skeleton of an Albatros (Diomeda-a culminata). Its osteology corresponds in all essential particular* with that of the larger specie*, but the nostrils are more advanced, and the upper concavity of the beak if shorter. The number of free Tertebne between the skull and sacrum is 20 1 of thete, the fire last hare the pleurapo- phyce* articulated to the sternum bj bony iutmapophjMa. All the ribs completed by hsem- •pophyse* joining the sternum support bony appendages. There are 9 free caudal rertebne. GonU. 230 1219. The skeleton of a small species of Albatros (Diomedaa melanophrys). The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 20, the last seven of which sup- port moveable ribs : the first two pairs are free and floating ; the succeeding five pairs are attached by hsemapophyses to the sternum ; the last two pairs of ribs are attached to the sacral vertebrae, the last of which is not directly united to the sternum. Mm. Gould. Genus Procellaria (Petrels). \ 1220. The skeleton of the Cape Petrel (Procellaria capensis). The number of vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum is 20, of which the last five support ribs articulated by hsemapophyses with the sternnm ; this bone corresponds in form with that of the Albatros. The furculum is relatively stronger, but forms a narrower and more angular arch. Mus. Brookes. 1221. The dried head of the Cape Petrel (Procellaria capensis). Presented by W. Bullock, Esq. 1222. The skull of the Giant Petrel (Procellaria giganted). Hunterian. 1223. The dried head of the Fulmar or St. Kilda Petrel (Procellaria glacialis). Hunterian. Genus Pujfinus. 1224. The skeleton of the Short-tailed Petrel (Piiffinus brevicaudus). Hab. — Green Island, Bass's Straits. The number of free vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 20, the last eight of which support free ribs, a ninth pair of ribs being attached to the first sacral vertebra. This genus is remarkable for the large size and upward development of the epicnemial process of the tibia ; but the procnemial, like the ectonemial ridge, subsides at the commencement of the shaft of the bone. A styliform accessory ossicle is attached to the produced entocondyloid process of the humerus. Mus. Gould. Genus LOTUS (Gulls). 1225. The skeleton of the Grey Gull (Larus olaucoides). There are 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which support ribs. The first rib is free and floating ; the five succeeding pairs are articulated to the sternum by •u bony h«pm»|>o|)hjfr* ; the U»t two pain of rib* we attached to the Mcrum. There we 9 caudal mttbfiB. The pectoral process of the humenu U strongly developed and incurred, and there u a stroag ectocondy loid process, Mtu. So*tk. ISM. The skeleton of the Cob, or Black-backed Gull (Lanu marimu). It preteoti large but shallow suprrorhiul glandular foatas. The angle of the jaw is much developed, and curved inward* and upwards : an oval perforation is left between the anrhy - losed angular and surangular pieces, and an oolong fissure between these and the dentary piece of the lower jaw. The number of Tertebne from the skull to the sacrum are 20, of which the last six support ribs which are articulated by their hsemapophyses to the sternum. The but rib is attached to the sacrum, and U joined to the preceding rib by its hsemapophy- M : the first rib is free and unattached to the sternum. There are 9 caudal vertebrae. M**. Soutk. 1227. The skull of the Cob, or Black-backed Gull (Lariu marimu, Linn.). Prntmted by W. Bullock, E»q. 1228. The skull of the Black-backed Gull (Lariu marimu'). Hu*teria». The skull of the Black-backed Gull (Lanu mariiuu), in longitudinal section. llunteria*. 1230. The skull of a Gull, rather smaller than the preceding specimens from the Lanu mariiuu. llunicriax. 1231. The skull of the Brown, or Skua Gull (Lar*s catarracM). Htmterian. 1232. The skull of the common Gull (Lanu camu). Ilunteria*. 1233. The skeleton of the Three-toed Gull (Lariu tridactyltu). It has 21 rertebne between the skull and sacrum, the last seren of which rapport ribs : of these the first pair is free and floating ; the sis succeeding ones are articulated to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the last or eighth pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and their hrmapophyses join those of UM preceding pair. There are 9 caudal vertebne. 232 1234. The skull of a small Gull (Larus). Mm. South. 1235. The hyoidean arch of a small Gull (Larus}. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1236. The thorax, pelvis, and scapular arch of a small Gull (Larus). There are 9 pairs of ribs, the last two heing supported by sacral vertebrae : the first pair is free or floating ; the rest are completed by bony hsemapophyses, all of which, save the last, articulate directly with the sternum : five pairs of these ribs support appendages. Many of the tendons of the dorso-spinal muscles are ossified. Hunterian. Genus Sterna (Terns). 1237. The skeleton of a large Tern (Sterna caspia}. There are 20 vertebrae between the skull and sternum, the last six of which support move- able ribs, of which the first is free ; the succeeding five are articulated to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the seventh and eighth pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, the seventh being articulated to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses, whilst those of the eighth are attached to the preceding ones. There are 9 caudal vertebrae. The pectoral process of the humerus is unusually developed and incurved. Hunterian. 1238. The skeleton of a Tern (Sterna (Thalasseus) poliocercus). The number of vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum is 21, of which the last six support moveable ribs, the first sacral vertebrae supporting a similar pair. The keel of the sternum is relatively longer and deeper than in the Albatros or Petrel. The apex of the furculum is attached to a semi-ossified arch or loop, at the fore part of the apex of the keel of the sternum. The pectoral process of the humerus is remarkably developed and incurved ; the ectocondyloid process is also more developed than in the Albatros. There are 8 caudal vertebrse. Mus. Gould. 1239. The skull of the common Tern (Sterna Hirundo}. Purchased. 1240. The dried head of the common Tern (Sterna Hirundo). Presented by W. Bullock, Esq. Family Lamettirottm. Genus Cyyntu (Swans). 1241 The skeleton of the Wild Swan (%»« /«•*»). Then an 28 Tertebne between the skull and the Mcram, the Ust fire of which tupport •tovesible ribs : of these the first pair is Ore ; the next four are articulated to the sternum by bony hsnnapophyses ; the hut fire pair* of rib* are attached to the sacrum and also to the sternum ; but the tenth, or last rib on the left side, is very rudimentary, being only about one inch in length. There are 7 caudal vertebne. The trachea penetrates the sternum, the apex of the furculum bending upwards and forming a hoop orer it as it enters into the keel ofthebooe. Mu*. lirooke* 1242. The skeleton of the Wild Swan (Cyyitiu fertu). The vertebral formula is the same as in the preceding specimen. Mtu. South. 1243. The skull of the Wild Swan (Cyyiiu fenu). U**teria*. 1244. The skull of the Wild Swan (Cypuu fenu), longitudinally bisected. J/unferia*. 1245. The skull of the Wild Swan (Cyyttu fertu). PurcAtufd. 1246. The skeleton of the tnmk of a Wild Swan (Cygniu fenu). A portion of the right side of the sternum has been removed to exhibit the tortuous trachea which it incloses. To the great length and peculiar course of the windpipe in thin species is to be attributed lU remarkably loud and harsh voice, whence the name Hoofer, or Whittling Swan, has been derived ; and is applied in contradistinction to the domestic or Mule Strait, in which, as in most other birds, the trachea proceeds at once to the lungs, without entering the sternum. In the female of the wild species, the course of the trachea is much more limited than in the male, seldom penetrating the sternum to a greater extent than from three to four inches. Htmtfrian. 1247. The sternum and scapular arch of a Wild Swan (Cygntu fmu). Mu». Jirooket. 2 a 234 1248. The sternum and scapular arch of a Wild Swan (Cygnus ferus}. The course of the trachea within the keel of the sternum is exposed on the right side. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 1249. The sternum and scapular arch of a Wild Swan (Cygnus Bewickii). The trachea is preserved in connection with this specimen; and the horizontal . position of the terminal fold, characteristic of the species, is shown. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1250. The skeleton of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). There are 30 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six support move- able ribs : five other pairs of moveable ribs are attached to sacral vertebrae ; the third to the ninth pairs inclusive are attached by bony haemapophyses to the sternum. Hunterian. 1251. The skeleton of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Presented by Mr. Dubois. 1252. The skull of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Hunterian. 1253. The skull of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Hunterian. 1254. The skull of the Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Hunterian. 1255. The skeleton of the Black Swan (Cygnus atratus). There are 30 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last seven support moveable ribs : the first rib is rudimentary ; the second free and floating ; the succeeding five articulate with the sternum by bony haemapophyses ; the last four pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and the first three of these also articulate by their haemapophyses with the sternum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Purchased. 1256. The skeleton of a Black Swan (Cygnus atratus). It shows the same vertebral formula as in the preceding 'specimen. Mus. Brookes. 1257. The skull of a Black Swan (Cygnm atratus). Purchased. 235 1258. The sternum and soapulnr arch of the Black Swan (Cyynn« atrattu). Prettnlrd by Sir Evtrard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 1251). 'IV metatarsus of a Swan, longitudinally bisected. Hmtlerian. Genus Aiutr (Gcesc). 1280. The skeleton of the common Goose {A**er paiuttrit). The number of rertebrse between (he ikull and wu-nim is 22, the but terra of which sup- port moreable rib*. The fint of tboe rib* i» short and straight ; the second much longer, reaching to, but not articulating with, the utmium ; it iii|i|x>rtji an appendage ; thr third rib articulate* by a ha»mapopliy»U with the Menmni, and both portion* support bony appendage* ; the fire tuceeediug rib* are similarly completed and joined with thr sternum ; the lait frre rib has, also, a bony hmiapophyM*, which dor* not join the sternum, but cupport* a shortrr cormponding element of a cuccrediug rib, which, howerer, i* not further developed. Thr last two rertebra* supporting free rib* are anchylosed with the iliac bones, and form part of the aacnun. There are 1 caudal vertebne. Purchated. 1261. The skeleton of the Egyptian Goose (A**tr eyyptiacd). The number of rertebne from the ikull to the tarnim i* 21, to the hut six of which are attached moreable rib*, of which four are joined by lurmapophysrs to the (ternum : three other pain of rib* are attached to the sacrum, of which the first two are joined to the ster- num by their lurmapophyscs ; that of the last u articulated with the hcmapophysis of the preceding rib. Mv». Brocket. 1262. The skeleton of the New Holland Goose (Cercopri» atulralu). There are two broad, but not rery deep, superorbital glandular depressions, divided by a straight interorbital ridge : the roof of the orbit is cribriform : the postfrontal process is joined by continuous ossification to the lachrymal, forming a complete suborbital inrrrted arch. The mastoid process is small, and bent toward* the parocripital, forming a tympanic aperture behind and distinct from the os tympauicum. The outer trochlea of the metatarsus i* on a lerd with the inner one. There are 23 rertebnc between the skull aud sacrum, the last fire of which support ribs : the fast of these is free and flouting ; the succeeding four are attached by bony hatmapophyse* to the sternum ; the last three rib* are attached to the sacrum, and, with the exception of the but or eighth rib, also to the sternum. Bony appendage* are developed from the first sis pairs of ribs. There are 6 caudal rcrtebne. J/M. Gould. 2 H 2 236 Genus Anas (Ducks). 1263. The skeleton of a Duck (Anas boschas). The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 21, the last six of which support ribs, which, save the first pair, are articulated by haemapophyses with the sternum. The last three pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, the first two of which are articulated by haem- apophyses to the sternum, that of the last being articulated to the preceding rib. Mus. South. 1264. The skeleton of a male Musk Duck (Eiziura lobatd). There are 22 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last seven support ribs : the first of these is free and floating ; the six succeeding pairs are articulated to the sternum by bony haemapophyses ; the last two ribs are attached to the sacrum, and by bony heem- apophyses to the sternum. There are 1 1 caudal vertebrae. Mus. Gould. 1265. The skeleton of a female Musk Duck (Biziura lobatd). There are 21 vertebrae, of which the last six support ribs: the first of these is free and floating ; the succeeding five pairs are articulated by bony haemapophyses to the sternum ; the last three pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and, save the last, by bony haemapo- physes to the sternum. There are 9 caudal vertebrae. The difference in the vertebral for- mula is due to the more complete confluence with the sacrum of the vertebra answering to the last dorsal in the male. The male is characterized by its greater size, more rugose upper mandible, stronger occi- pital cristae, and longer proportional tail. The patella is remarkable for its large size and angular form in both sexes. The outer of the three condyloid divisions of the metatarsus is much raised, as in most of the Anatidae. Mus. Gould. 1266. The skeleton of a female Sharp-tailed Duck (Oxytira australis). The great development of the procnemial and ectocnemial ridges indicates this species to be a good diver. The breadth of the sternum, with two small notches posteriorly ; the strength and span of the furculum ; and the strong incurved pectoral processes of the humerus, also bespeak considerable powers of flight. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six support ribs : the first of these is free ; the rest are articulated to the sternum by bony haemapophyses. The last two pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mus. Gould. 1267. The dried head of the Eider Duck (Anas mollissima). Hunterian. 1288. The skull of the Velvet Duck (A*a»Ju*ca). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1269. The dried head of the Shoveller Dock (Antu clyprata). Presented by W. Bullock, />y. 1270. The skull of the Mallard, or Wild Duck (Ana* Botcktu). Presented by Dr. Leack, F.L.S. 1271. The skull of a Duck, from New Holland. Presented by W. Bullock, toy. Genua Meryu* (Goosanders). 1272. The skeleton of the Merganser (Mrrgu* Merganter). The sternum if elongated, with two posterior angular perforations. The keel long, with its anterior apex much produced. The procnemial crista of the tibia is much developed, and the Urge deeply-notched patella is articulated with the ectocnemial ridgr. The malar and •quamosal boor*, which are very long and ilender, continue distinct from each other. The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 21, the last six of which support move- able ribs : of these the first and second pairs are free ; the others, together with thrre pairs of ribs articulated to the sacrum, have bony hsemapophyse* articulating with the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Mu*. South. 1273. The skull of the Merganser (3/erytu Merganter). Hunlertan. \ 274. The skull of the Smew (Meryut albeUtu). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1275. The hyoidean arch of the Smew (.Very** albeUtu). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. \ 276. The hyoidean arch of the Mergtu cirrattu. Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.ti. Genus Podicep*. 1277. The skull of the Little Grebe (Podicept minor). 238 Order GRALLATORES. Genus Phcenicopterus. 1278. The skeleton of the Red Flamingo (Plicenicopterus ruder). Here the stilt-like proportions of the tibia and metatarsus, with the concomitant length of the neck, characteristic of the Order of Wading Birds, are strongly manifested. The chief peculiarities of the present genus are the completely webbed structure of the feet, in the entire bird ; and, as may be seen in the skeleton, the bending down of the bones of the upper and lower beak, accompanied by an expansion and flattening of the upper, and a singular exca- vation of the symphysial part of the lower jaw, the alveolar borders of which bend inwards. The texture of the deflected parts of the beak is extremely light, the surface being almost everywhere minutely perforated like a sieve, except at the smooth alveolar borders. There are 23 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six support ribs ; those of the first pair are rudimentary ; the succeeding five pairs articulate with the sternum by bony hseinapophyses ; the last and seventh pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also reach the sternum by means of bony heemapophyses. These heemapophyses increase in length as they approach the sacrum. There are 9 caudal vertebrae. The specimen from which this skeleton was prepared was brought from the Cape of Good Hope. Purchased. 1279. The dried head of the Red Flamingo (Phcenicopterus ruber). Hunterian. Genus Brachypteryx. 1280. The skeleton of the Short-winged Rail of New Zealand (Brachypteryx Au- slraliis). Of the 21 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum the nine posterior ones bear move- able ribs, the last seven of which unite with the sternum by bony htemapophyses. The occipital surface of the skull is moderately broad, and inclines from below upwards and forwards from the foramen magnum. The mastoid sends down a very small process outside the tympanic articulation, and a somewhat larger and thicker true mastoid process. The postfrontal is short and thick. The temporal fossa is unusually broad, and is continued into a slight depression above the process. The nasal bones and nasal process of the pre- maxillary are anchylosed to the frontal. The prefrontals send out a short antorbital plate, which does not reach the lachrymal bone. The external nostrils are excavated in the poste- rior two-thirds of the beak. The suture between the squamosal and malar portions of the straight slender zygomatic arch still remains. The angle of the lower jaw is slightly bent 289 down. UN surangular \ua a (null rlli|iUeal perforation, and a unall fimare is U-A between thi* bone, the angular, and the drntary piece* of the lower jaw. The sternum is very nar- row, with a posterior median notch and two lateral long fissures : the keel is very feebly developed and with a bifid apex, front which two obtuse ridges diverge to the coracoid articu- lations. There is a notch in place of the episternal process. The lower surface of the ster- num presents a ihallow novation on each tide, between the keel and the costal articulations. The humenis equals six dorsal vertrbnr of the same skeleton in length. The antibrachinm is one-fourth shorter than the humerus. The metacarpus supporU the rudiment* of two digits, each provided with two plialanges, one of than being supported by the short anterior anchylosed metacaqial. The femur u one-third longer than the humerus, and the tibia i« one-third longer than die femur: both procuemial and ectocuemial processes are welUlru-- loped : the fibular ridge is short but well-marked, terminating abruptly below : there is a bony bridge in the usual place above the trochlea of the tibia. The calcaueal process of thr metatarsus is moderately Urge, but not perforated. There is a small rudimental mrtatamal supporting a hind-toe of two joints : the trochlea for the inner toe does not extend so far down as the outer one : there is • perforation in the interspace between this trochlea anil tin- middle one. The ischiuin coalesces in great part of its extent with thr ilium. The ischiatir foramen is circular. The ischium aUo joins the pubis, completing an elongated oval foramen. Pnrcka*f are (lightly curved upward*, whence the name of the genus. There are 21 ver- i between the (kull and the Mcrum, of which the lad eight bear moveable ribn, and the but six are united to the (ternum by bony bjemapophyM* : a ninth pair of rib» ii attached to the (acrum, but ita hsemapophyai*, which MtpporU the tune element of a tenth rib, does not quite reach the sternum. In the recent bird the feet are webbed nearly to the toe*. The •pecan frequent* the sea-shores of Europe, anil feeds by ' (cooping,' a* it is termed, with ita angular bill, drawing thii through the mud or land from right to left as it advance* it* left leg foremost, and no* eerW, Mixing whatever small *oft-bodied animal may thus be met with. MM. South. 1290. The skeleton of the Long-legged Plover, or Stilt-bird (Himantopiu laelano- ptcnu). In this specie*, the characteristic of ita Order, vii. the length and slendemes* of the tibia and metatarsus, reaches it* maximum ; the metatarsus being one-third longer than the entire trunk, measured from the first dorsal vertebra to the cud of the pelvis. There are 20 verte- brae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last five support rib* ; the first pair are free ; the rest articulate with the sternum by bony hsemapophyse* ; the hut pair of rib* are attached to the sacrum, and do not reach the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebra:. J/ia. Brooke*. 1291. The skeleton of the Long-legged Plover (I lima* f opus mf/anoptertui). There are 20 vertebra: between the skull and sacrum, of which the last five bear moveable rib* ; the first two pain are free, and the hut four are united to the sternum by hn-mnpo- physes. There are 7 caudal vertebra?. Mm. South. 1292. The skeleton of the Snipe (Scolopax Gallimtyo). The upper part of the sacrum is perforated by a double series of foramina on each side the coalesced spine*. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the hut seven uf which bear moveable rib* ; the first pair are free ; the rest are united to the sternum by hsem- apophyse*. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Mut. South. Si 242 Genus Numenius. 1293. The skeleton of the European Ibis, or Whaup Curlew (Numenius arcuatus). The skull shows shallow depressions for large superorbital glands. The genus is chiefly- remarkable for the great length and slenderness of the beak, which is slightly curved down- wards. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last seven support ribs : the first pair of ribs are free ; the next six pairs are articulated to the sternum by hsem- apophyses, which increase in length towards the sacrum ; the eighth pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also to the sternum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mus. South. 1294. The skull of the Whimbrel Curlew (Numenius Phceopus). Purchased. Genus Ibis. 1295. The mandibles of the Scarlet Ibis (Ibis ruler). Mus. Brit. Genus Machetes. 1296. The skeleton of the Ruff, or male of the Machetes put/nox. There are 21 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last eight of which support ribs : of these the first and second pairs are free ; the rest progressively increase in length, and are articulated by bony hoemapophyses to the sternum ; the last two pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, but do not reach the sternum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mm. South. Genus Limosa. 1297. The skeleton of the Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa rufa). It is remarkable for the extreme elongation and slendemess of the bones of the bill, anrf for the great depth of the keel of the sternum, the body of which is, however, deeply notched posteriorly on either side. There are 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last eight support ribs : the first two pairs are rudimentary and free ; the six succeeding ones articulate by bony haemapophyses to the sternum ; the ninth pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and do not reach the sternum. Mm. South. 1298. The skull of the Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa rufa). Pure/toned. Genus Tringa. \ 299. The skull of the Wood-Sandpiper (Trinya ylarrola). Mut. Brit. 1300. The skull of the common Sandpiper (Tringa hypoleuco*). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Tribe Ct I.TRIRORTRM. Genus Platalaa. 1301. The skeleton of the Spoon-bill (Platalaa leucorodia). The chief peculiarity here consists, M the name of the bird implies, in the ipoon-like rx- paiisiou and flattening of the extremities of the long upper and lower mandibles. There are ft vertebra; between the skull and lacrum, of which the last six support rib* : the firnt pair of rib* being free, the reit articulating by bony haMiu|M>physcs with the itrnium ; the seventh and but pair of rib* are attached to the lacrum, and abo join the sternum by bony bjemapo- physes. There are 6 caudal vertcbnr. Mm. South. 1302. The skeleton of the Spoon-bill (Platalaa leucorodia). The vertebral formula is the same as in the preceding skeleton. Purchased. Genus Tantalus. 1303. The skull of the Tantal or Great Ibis (Tantalus Ibit). Purchased. Genus Ciconia (Storks). 1304. The skeleton of the White Stork (Ciconia alba). The bone* of the beak are long, but strong, straight, and conical ; the small elliptical nostrils are pierced near the base of the upper mandible. The keel of the sternum is deep and rounded : the apes of the furculum rests upon its anterior extremity : the body of iho sternum has two wide but shallow notches posteriorly. There are 20 vertebnc between the skull and sacrum, of which the last five support ribs : the first pair being free, the rest arti- culating to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the last (sixth) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also articulated to the sternum by luemapophyse*. There are 5 caudal ver- tebra*. M*t. South. Ill 244 1305. The skull of the White Stork (Ciconia alba). Purchased. Subgenus Argala (Bare-necked Storks). 1306. The skeleton of the Indian Adjutant, or Gigantic Stork (Ciconia Argala). The beak is remarkable for its size and strength, but is straight and conical, (is in the true Storks : the apex of the furculum rests upon the anterior end of the sternum. The nostrils are small, elliptical, and perforated near the upper part of the base of the mandible. The atlas and axis are wanting in the present skeleton. The last six of the free vertebrae of the trunk support ribs, of which the first pair are very short : those of the second pair do not reach the sternum ; the succeeding four pairs articulate with the sternum by bony hsemapo- physes ; the last (seventh) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also articulate with the sternum by haemapophyses. There are 7 caudal vertebrse. Presented by Dr. Henderson. 1307. The skull of the Gigantic Stork (Ciconia Argala). Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 1308. The right and left metacarpals or pinion-bones of the Gigantic Stork (Ciconia Argald). Hunterian. 1309. The skeleton of the African Adjutant, or Marabou (Ciconia Marabou}. It scarcely differs from the Asiatic species, except slightly in size. There are 21 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, of which the last five support ribs : of these the first pair are free, the rest articulating with the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the last (sixth) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also to the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebrse. The differ- ence in the costal formula between this skeleton and that of the Ciconia Argala depends only on the short pleurapophyses of the sixteenth vertebra having become anchylosed in the pre- sent specimen. Purchased. Genus Mycteria. 1310. The skull of the Jabiru, or American Stork (Mycteria americand). Hunterian. Ml Family Ardrida (Herons). Genus Cancroma. 1311. The skeleton of the Roat-hill (Canrroma cockltaria). The bone* of the upper mandible are remarkably expanded, the natal proceti of the pre- maxillary forming • strong median ridge along the upper part. The nostril* are small per- foration* near the base. The temporal fouir are narrow but deep, and meet in a ridge upon the parietal* : the pottfrontal i* deeply notched, and a well-defined COMM (eparate* the ma»- toid from the paroccipital proceti. A* compared with the head, the pelvis i* very imall in thi* bird ; the bone* of the leg are (lender, but the tibia and metatanu* are lest elongated than in most of the Order. The fternum ha* a deep and long keel, with two (light posterior notche* ; the apes of the furculum i* bent upward* : the bones of the wing are well deve- loped. There are 23 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, the last seven of which bear moveable ribs : of these only the but four pair* are attached by lurmapophyse* to the strr- num ; there i* an eighth pair of sacral rib* with hsrmapophyses which join those of the pre- ceding rib*. There are 8 caudal vertebne. MM*. Son tli. 1312. The skull of the Boat-bill (Cancroma cocklearia). MM. Brit. Genus Ardea. 1313. The skeleton of the Heron (Ardea cinerea). The apes of the furculum rests upon the anterior extremity of the keel of the sternum. There are 23 vertebne between the tkull and sacrum, of which the last sis support rib* : the first two pairs are free ; the rest are articulated to the uternum by bony hemapophytes ; tin last (seventh) pair of rib* are attached to the sacrum, but do not reach the sternum. AW/ 1314. The skull of the common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Purchased. 1315. The right half of a longitudinally bisected cranium of a Heron (Ardra eimfrea). It show* the ridge dividing the compartment for the cerebral lobe from that for the optir lobe ; the deep depression on the inner furface of the petrosal, and the junction of the two posterior clinoid processes forming a bridge over the sella. The cut border of the cranial wall is thin, and shows a small proportion of diploe. 246 1316. The skull of the great White Heron (Ardea alba). Hunterian. 1317. The skeleton of the Bittern (Ardea stellaris). The apex of the furculum does not reach the sternum. There are 23 vertebrae between the skull and sternum, of which the last six support ribs : the first two pairs are free ; the succeeding ribs are articulated to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the last (seventh) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum and do not reach the sternum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mm. South. 1318. The skull of a small Bittern (Ardea minor). Purchased. Family Gruida (Cranes). 1319. The skeleton of the Cyrus or Serass Crane (Grits Antigone). The bones of the beak are straight and conical, but relatively shorter than in the Stork ; the bony nostrils form an extensive excavation in the upper mandible. The number of bone- tendons developed from the spinal muscles is considerable ; they contribute to fix all the dorsal vertebrae ; but the chief peculiarity of this species of Crane is the excavation of the keel of the sternum for the reception of a coil of the trachea : the apex of the furculum has coalesced with the anterior and inferior extremity of the keel : the anterior and superior ex- tremity of the keel makes an unusual projection forwards. There are 25 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last seven support ribs : the first rib is free and floating ; the succeeding ones are articulated to the sternum by bony hsemapophyses ; the eighth and ninth pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and also by bony heemapophyses to the ster- num. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Purchased. 1320. The skeleton of the Cyrus Crane (Grus Antigone). The left side of the keel of the sternum has been removed to expose the convolutions of the trachea : the vertebral and costal characters agree with those of the preceding skeleton. Mus. South. 1321. The skull of a Cyrus Crane (Grus Antigone). Hunterian. 1322. The sternum and confluent furculum of the same Crane. Hunterian. 1323. The scapulae of the same Crane. Hunterian. 247 1 324. Tin oowcoids of the same Crane. Hvnterian. 1325. The seven dorsal vertebra?, or those which bore move-able ribs, and the last cervical vertebra of the same Crane. H**teria*. 1326. The pelvis of the same Crane. H*ntrria». • 1327. The left humerus of the same Crane. fftmferia*. • 1328. The tibia? and fibula; of the same Crane. Hunterian. 1329. The mctatarsal bones of the same Crane. Hunlenan. 1330. The sternum and trachea of a young Cyrus Crane (Gnu Antigone). Presented by Sir Ecerard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 1331. The dorsal vertebra?, sternum, scapular arch, and pelvis of the Cyrus Crane (Gnu Antiyone). The left ode of the sternum limi been Imid open, (bowing the intrasternal coils of the tra- chea. Pretexted by William Clift, E*q., F.R.S. 1332. The sternum and trachea of the Cyrus Crane. 1333. The sternum and trachea of the Indian Crane. Presented by Sir Eterard Home, Bart., F.R.S. 1334. The sternum and trachea of the Indian Crane. Jltmterian. 1335. The skeleton of the Balearic or Crowned Crane (Gnu pavonia). This specie* is remarkable for the elevation and convexity of the frontal ridge of the cra- nium which supports the toft or ' crown ' of unbarbed stems. The furculum touches but u> not joined to the sternum. There are 26 rertebne between the skull and sacrum, of which the but eight support ribs : the first two pain are free ; the succeeding ones are articulated to the sternum by bony njtmapophyses ; the last (ninth) pair of ribs art attached to the 248 sacrum, and also to the sternum. The caudal vertebrae are anchylosed together, the last only remaining moveable. Mus. SoutA 1336. The skull of the Crowned Crane (Grus pavonia). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1337. The skull of the Crowned Crane (Grus pavonia), longitudinally bisected. It shows the light cellular pneumatic diploe which separates the two tables of the cranium at the situation of the frontal protuberance. Purchased. 1338. The dried head of the Crowned Crane (Grus pavonia). Presented by W. Bullock, Esq. 1339. The skull of the Demoiselle Crane (Grus virgo}. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1340. The skull of the Demoiselle Crane (Grus virgo). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1341. The skull of the Common Crane (Grus cinerea). Hunterian. 1342. The sternum, sternal and vertebral ribs, and scapular arch of the Common Crane (Grus cinerea). The keel of the sternum is excavated, and the furcu- lum anchylosed to the keel, as in the Cyrus Crane. Purchased. \ Genus Psophia. 1345. The skeleton of the Agami or Trumpeter Bird (Psophia crepitans). There are 24 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, of which the last eight bear moveable ribs : of these the last six pairs are united to the sternum by hsemapophyses : a ninth pair of ribs is attached to the sacrum and also to the sternum. Three dorsal vertebrae have coalesced, and three remain free between these and the sacrum : the sternum is very long and narrow, without posterior notches or holes : the coracoid sends off from its inner and anterior border a long thin ridge, which forms an angle at its upper part. The procnemial and ectocnemial ridges of the tibia extend well outwards, but their base is short. Mus. SoutA. Tribe PBBMBMTRM. Genus lltfmatoptu. 1S44. The skeleton of the Oystcr-rntchrr (Httmatoptu o«tral that of other Sinithiou* bird* in the greater relative extent of it* bate, and in the com- paratively slight lateral sinuosities due to the temporal depressions. The single bctniipheri- cal tubercle in the basioccipiul, for the articulation with the atlas, hai nut the vertical notch at the upper "part observable in the Utttich and Emeu, but i* entire a* in the Rhea ; and the plane of the occipital foramen ha* the Mine aspect at in that bird, in which it i* more nearly horaontal than in the Ottrich. The tuperoccipital plate form* a aomewhat angular projec- tion, correapoutling with the tmall cerebellum within, and ia bounded on each tide by a ver- tical vascular groove, terminated by a foramen above and below : external to the*e groove* the exoccjpitals extend outward* and downward*, in the form of obtuae protease*, comprand in the antero-posterior direction, (lightly convex behind and concave in front, where they form the back part of the wide meatu* auditoriu* extemu*. All the part* of the occipital bone air anchyloaed together, and aUo to the unrounding bone*. The angle between the posterior and superior region* of the cranium i* scarcely produced into a ridge. The superior region i* smooth and regularly convex ; it i* separated from the temporal depressions by a narrow ridge, a little more marked than the occipital one. The superior is continued into the lateral region* of the cranium by a continuous curva- ture, so that the upper part of the small orbital cavity is convex, and its limit- undefinablc, there being no trace of superorbital ridge or antorbital or postorbital processes : this *truc- ture is quite peculiar to the Aptrryx among birds, but produce! a very interesting resem- blance between it and the monotrematou* Eekiilna. The frontal hones gradually contract to their junction with the nasal bones, between which there i* the trace of a small part of the confluent prefrontals. The narrow frontal region of the skull is traversed by a mesial longitudinal depression. At the bate of the skull we End in the Apleryx all the peculiarities characteristic of the Struthiou* birds. The body of the iphenoid sends outward* on each side two processes, of which the posterior abuts against the tympanic bone, and the anterior one, by a flattened oval articular surface against the pterygoid bone : the latter processes exist, but are much more feebly developed, in the Ibis : in most other birds, including the Gratia, they are want- ing : they are well-developed in the Lacertine Sauna. A compressed votnerine process i* continued forwards from the anterior part of the basuphenoid, and this process ia anchylosed to the under part of the expanded and cellular ethmoid. The optic foramina are distinct both internally and externally, and are half an inch apart ; they are perforated, not in the (phenoid ala, but in the inflected margin of the frontal bone. In these peculiarities the Apttryx differs from all the rest of its class : each optic foramen, however, transmit* not only the optic nerve and ophthalmic arUry. but also the third, fourth, first branch of the fifth and sixth nerves, a* in most other bird*. Of these nerve* the fifth is the Largest, and it ia continued forwards to the nasal canal, through two foramina, one cir- lEl 252 cumscribed externally by the process already mentioned, which extends from the frontal to the ethmoid ; the other by the corresponding process of the lacrymal. The foramen rotun- dum is not only distinct, but is further apart from the foramen opticum than in any other bird. The petrous bone projects internally in the form of a thin semicircular plate of bone, commencing at the foramen ovale and extending backwards to the foramen auditorium inter- num, which it overhangs : this plate gives attachment to the tentorium. There is not any corresponding bony ridge developed from the upper wall of the cranium in the line of origin of the falx, as in many of the Gallinaceous birds. The anterior or cerebral division of the cranial cavity is larger in proportion to the posterior than in most other birds. The tympanic bone is of a subcompressed trihedral form, and sends forwards into the orbit a longer and slenderer process than in the larger Struthionidee : its upper articular surface i« a transversely extended convex condyle, which plays in a corresponding cavity internal to the base of the zygomatic process. The opposite extremity is expanded, and presents two distinct articular convexities for the lower jaw, the inner one being the largest : above the external convexity there is a small but deep depression for the reception of the deflected extremity of the jugal bone. The posterior extremity of the pterygoid bone is securely wedged in between the orbital process of the tympanic and the transverse process of the sphenoid : as it advances forwards it expands, as in the other Struthionidee, into a thin plate of bone, which is bent upon itself with its concavity turned inwards, and is continued by anchylosis into the palatine bones, so that the limits between them cannot be defined. The palatine bones are in like manner confluent with the maxillaries. They are pierced by two narrow elliptical posterior nasal foramina, about 3 lines in length, over which the exterior margin of each palatine bone arches from without inwards, and these overarching lamina; gradually approximate, as they advance forwards, and meet about one inch anterior to the nasal foramina, from which an imperforate plate of bone, impressed with a narrow median fissure, and composed of the confluent palatal processes of the maxillary and inter- maxillary bones, is continued to the end of the beak. The limits between maxillary and intermaxillary bones are indicated by two fine oblique lines, commencing at the outer margin of the roof of the mouth, about 2^ inches from the apex of the beak. The jugal style, which iu the Ostrich may be separated in the full-grown bird into a zygo- matic and malar portion, consists in the Apteryx of a single slender compressed twisted bone, anchylosed with the maxillary bone in front, and terminated behind by an obtuse deflected extremity, which is received into a corresponding vertical cavity in the upper part of the outer process of the tympanic bone. By this mode of attachment the tympanic bone offers increased resistance to the pressure transferred to it by the lower jaw, at the same time that it gives additional strength to the upper mandible. The superior maxillary bone presents the singular form of a nearly perfectly flat elongated triangular plate of bone, which is imperforate, and is continued by uninterrupted ossification with the intermaxillary. The Rhea among the Struthionidee makes the nearest approach to the Apteryx in the structure of this part of the skull ; but the maxillary plate is perforated by large foramina, and sends upwards on each side a process to join the lacrymal. In the Ibis the superior maxillary bones are in the form of slender round styles, having a wide inter- Ml tin-in. Id the Aptrryx the small lacrymal boon are represented by two com- pimd plates of bone descending obliquely forwards from the intrrior extremities of the tmiiuls, and are articulated below to a (mall depression in tin- maxillary plate. Thry arc each pierced by a single small foramen. The frontal, naial. and intermaxillary bones form one (iintiituoas bony piece, too lUtmg to admit of any clastic yielding movrinrut between the upper jaw and cranium. The natal and the upper or mcaial portion of tin- intermaxillary bow* form an elongated depressed narrow process, convex abore, and with the outer margin* bent inward* beneath the long na*al psssagrs. of which they form the outer and part of tin Tht lower jaw presents all the uiual ornithic characters with the Strulhious modification* traceable in the individual peculiarities. The transversely expanded angular and artiruUr extremities offer the inwardly extended process for the attachment of the pterygoidei nuuclr* : the superior transverse plate behind the articular surfaces is thin and concave towariN il» neatus •uditorius externus, and is lined by the mucous membrane of tliat pasaage, of which tk farm* part of the bony pahetes. There are two distinct narrow oblique artiruUr nurfare*. eoncave in the longitudinal and convex in the transverse direction! ; the internal one is the largest, and behind this there is a small excavation into which a small process of the air-sac - laMg the tympanum is continued ; and this is the only pan of the skeleton not immediately concerned in the formation of the organs of bearing or smelling into which air is admitted. The entry to the air-cells in the lower jaw of the Ostrich is situated in the part cormpumliiig to the above depression or sinus in the jaw of the Aptrryx. Traces of the compound struc- ture of the lower jaw are very evident in that of the Apteryx, and the limits of the angular, articular and coroooid pieces may be in part defined. There is a linear vacancy, bounded by the surangular and angular pieces behind, and by the bifurcate commencement of the man dibular or dentary piece in front : the surangular is compressed, and sends upwards n very slightly elevated coronoid ridge. A second narrower fissure occurs between the thick iplenial element and the upper fork of the maudibular piece. The relations of the modifications of the skull of the Apteryx to its peculiar habit* and kind of food are well-marked and very easily traced ; those which concern the maxillary por- tions have already been noticed in the account of the digestive »y»tcm, and I need only add here, that the anchylosed condition of all the parts concerned in the formation of the upper mandible is more complete than in the larger Strutkiomidte, and relates to the greater force «ith which the beak is used in obtaining the fnod. The nocturnal habits of the Apteryx, combined with the necessity for a highly developed organ of smell, which chiefly compensate* for the low condition of the organ of vision, pro- duces the moat singular modifications which the skull presents, and we may say that those cavities which in other birds are devoted to the lodgement of the eyes, are here almost ex- dusively occupied by the nose. The spinal column is relatively stronger, especially in the cervical region, than in the larger SinHuomida : in consist! of fifteen cervical, nine dorsal, characterized by moveable ribs, and twenty-two remaining vertebra; in the sacral and caudal regions. The dorsal vertebra- are arranged in a straight line, and slightly increase in breadth to the seventh ; the transverse processes of the eighth and ninth suddenly diminish. The third. 254 fourth, fifth and sixth dorsal vertebrae are slightly anchylosed together by the contiguous edges of their spinous processes ; the seventh, eighth and ninth are overlapped by the iliac bones ; but notwithstanding this partial anchylosis, the synovial articulations, both between the bodies and oblique processes, are retained in all the dorsal vertebra;, and a slight, yielding, elastic movement is permitted between those vertebrae. The breadth of the bodies of the dor- sal vertebrae diminishes, and their length increases very gradually from the first to the fourth ; thence the bodies become broader and shorter in the same degree to the sacrum. A short obtuse process is sent off obliquely forwards from the inferior surface of the body of each of the first four dorsal vertebrae ; the corresponding surface of the succeeding ones is smooth and slightly concave from side to side. The articulation between the bodies is by the adaptation of a surface slightly concave in the vertical and convex in the transverse direction at the poste- rior end of one vertebra to opposite curves at the anterior end of the succeeding one. Close to the anterior surface on each side there is a hemispherical pit for the reception of the round head of the rib : this articular pit is supported on a process representing the inferior trans- verse process, except in the three middle dorsal vertebrae. The transverse processes are broad, flat, and square-shaped, with the anterior angle obliquely cut off to receive the abut- ment of the tubercle of the rib, except in the second and third, in which a small process is sent down for the same purpose from the under surface of the transverse process : the trans- verse processes of the last three dorsal vertebrae abut against the under or inner surface of the ilia, and are probably anchylosed thereto in old birds. The nerves issue from the interspaces of the vertebrae above the articulation of the heads of the ribs. The spinous process arises from the whole length of the arch of each vertebra ; it is truncate above, and with the ex- ception of the first, is of the same breadth throughout : all the dorsal spines are much com- pressed, the middle ones being the thinnest, slightly expanding at their truncate extremities, especially the three anterior ones, the first spine being notched behind to receive the con- tiguous angle of the succeeding one : below this there is a considerable interval between these two spiues, but the rest of the spines are in contact throughout, and are probably more anchy- losed in older birds than the specimen here described. The first four sacral vertebrae send outwards parapophyses which abut against the ilia, and progressively increase in length and thickness. The breadth of these vertebrae also gradually increases ; but it diminishes in the four succeeding vertebrae, in which the parapophyses are wanting : then the ninth and tenth sacral vertebrae send outwards each a pair of strong par- apophyses to abut against the inner surface of the ossa innominata immediately behind the acetabulum : the anchylosis of the bodies is continued through the four succeeding vertebrae, which are of a very simple structure, devoid of transverse or oblique processes, becoming gra- dually more compressed and more extended vertically, so as to appear like mere bony laminae ; the line of the articulation between the bodies of these posterior sacral vertebrae is obvious, but their spines coalesce to form a continuous bony ridge, which is closely embraced by the posterior extremities of the innominata. The foramina for the nerves are pierced in the sides of the bodies of the sacral vertebrae ; they are double in the anterior ones, but single in the posterior compressed vertebrae, where they are seen close to the posterior margin. There are nine caudal vertebrae, which are deeper, and project farther below the posterior portions of the iliac bones than in the other Struthious birds : these vertebrae, as they de- Ml Jgreasirer/ increase in lateral and diminish in vertical extent ; the spinal canal i* through the first five, and they are all moveable upon each other, excepting the last two, which combine to form a vertebra analogous to the expanded terminal vertebra in other birds, but which here exceeds the rest only in its greater length, and gradually dimi- niahes to an obtuse point. In the Ostrich the corresponding vertebra is expanded for the support of the cauilal plumes, but in the Aptrryx it offen the same inconspicuous develop- ment as in the Khea and Emeu. The cervical vertebne present all the usual ornithic peculiarities. The single hypapophysi* for the attachment of the complicated longu* coUi anticus is present iu the hut three vertr- bnr, aa in the contiguous dorsals. The hypapophysial arch for the protection of the carotid i i* first seen to be developed from the inner side of the parapophyse* of the twelfth but the two sides of the arch are uot anchylosed together ; the interspace progressively increases in the eleventh, tenth and ninth vertebne, and the groove widen* and is lost at the fifth vertebra. The spinous process is thick and strong in the vertebra deu- tala, but progressively diminishes to the seventh cervical vertebra, where it is reduced to a mere tubercle ; from the eleventh it progressively increases to the last cervical, iu which it presents the strong quadrate figure which characterises the same process in the donal ver- tebne. The huge canal on each side for the vertebral artery and sympathetic nerve is formed by the anchylosis of a rudimental rib to the extremities of an upper aud lower transverse pro- cent ; the costal process diminishes in sue in the anterior cervical vertebrae : it is wanting in the deiitata. though an arterial canal of very small site is present on each side of that ver- tebra. In the atlas there are two small parapophyses, but no canal. The neurepophy»ial bony arch increases in extent as the cervical vertebne approach the head, and in the third, fourth and fifth vertebne this part is perforated by a small foramen on each side. Tin cord is least protected by the vertebne in the middle of the neck, where there in the l of notion : there is a depression on the anterior aud |x>tterior parts of tin spine in the second, third, fourth, and iu the last six cervical vertebne. The dose resemblance of the Bird to the Reptile in its skeleton is well exemplified in the young Ostrich, in which even when half-grown the costal appendages of the cervical region of the vertebral column continue separate and moveable, as in the Crocodile. They are to the fint fifteen vertebra- in the Aplrryx. The tint free or donal rib is a style about an inch iu length ; the rest are remarkable for their breadth, which i* relatively greater than in any other bird ; the Cassowary in this respect approaches nearest to the Apteryx. The second, third, fourth and fifth ribs articulate with the sternum through the medium of slender haemapophyses : those of the sixth also reach the sternum, but have not been preserved in this skeleton. In the fint simple aud floating rib, the parti corre- sponding to the head and neck are aluM»t in contact. In the second rib a snort and strong cervix, terminated by a hemispherical head, is given off below and in front of the tubercle, and works in a corresponding socket at the anterior margin of the vertebra. The head and tubercle, with the points of the vertebrae to which they are attached, intercept Urge fora- mina corresponding to the vertebral foramina in the cervical region. Immediately below the tubercle the rib suddenly expands, and then gradually narrows to it* lower end : the neck of 256 the rib increases in length in the third and fourth pairs and diminishes in the last two ; the sixth rib begins to lose its breadth, and the rest become narrower to the last. The bony appendages to the vertebral ribs are developed in the first seven pairs : they are articulated by a broad base to a fissure in the posterior margin of these vertebral ribs a little below their middle part, and, save those of the first pair, overlap the succeeding rib : these processes are not anchylosed in the specimen described. The Rhea comes nearest to the Apteryx in the size of these costal appendages. The first four sternal ribs are transversely expanded at their sternal extremities, which severally present a concave surface lined with smooth cartilage and gynovial membrane, and playing upon a corresponding smooth convexity in the costal margin of the sternum, which thus presents four true enarthrodial joints with capsular ligaments on each side. This elaborate structure is not, however, peculiar to the Apteryx among birds, but relates to the importance of the movements of the sternal ribs, which are the centres upon which the respiratory morions hinge, — the angles between the vertebral and sternal ribs, and between these and the sternum, becoming more open in inspiration when the sternum is depressed, and the contrary when the sternum is approximated to the dorsal region in ex- piration. The sternum — the main characteristic of the skeleton of the bird — is reduced to its lowest grade of development in the Apteryx. In its small size, and in the total absence of a keel, it resembles that of the Struthious birds, but differs in the wide anterior emargination, and in the much greater extent of the two posterior fissures. The anterior margin presents no trace of a manubrial process as in the Ostrich : on the contrary, the wide interspace between the articular cavities of the coracoid is deeply concave : in the extent of this interspace the Rhea most resembles the Apteryx, but its contour is almost straight ; in the Cassowary the space is narrower, but is deeply notched. The articular sur- face for the coracoid is an open groove, which in the fresh state is covered with articular car- tilage : external to this groove the anterior angles of the sternum are produced into two strong triangular processes with the apex obtuse. The costal margin is thickened, and when viewed anteriorly, presents an undulating contour, from the presence of the four articular convexities for the sternal ribs and the intermediate excavations. The sternum of the Emeu presents a similar appearance. The extent of the posterior notches is equal to one half the entire length of the sternum : the external boundaries of these notches curve towards each other. The scapula and coracoid are anchylosed : a small perforation anterior to the articular sur- face of the humerus indicates the separation between the coracoid and rudimental clavicle, of which there is otherwise not the least trace. The coracoid is the strongest bone : its inferior expanded extremity presents an articular convexity, adapted to the sternal groove before described. The scapula reaches to the third rib : it is a simple narrow plate of bone, slightly curved and expanded at both ends, but chiefly at the humeral articulation. Its length is 1 inch. The humerus is a slender, cylindrical, styliform bone, slightly bent, 1 inch 5 lines in length ; slightly expanded at the two extremities, most so at the proximal end, which supports a trans- verse oval articular convexity, covered with smooth cartilage, and joined by a synovial and capsular membrane to the scapulo-coracoid articulation. A small tuberosity projects beyond each end of the humeral articular surface. The distal end of the humerus is articulated by 257 • inn- but •hallow ginglymnid joint with the nidimental bones of the antibrachium, and both (hi* rxtrnuil MM! internal condyles »re (lightly developed. The radius and uln« arc almost straight cylindrical (lender boor*, each 9 lines in length. A feebly dirssoued olrcrauon projects above the artirtilar mirfmrr of the ulna. There is a minute raq«l bone, two metararpsls, and a single phalanx, which mipports thr long curved ubtnst alar daw. The whole length of thi* rudiments! hand i< 7 line*, including the claw. which measures 3( linen. A few strong and short qiiill-feathen are attached by ligament to ilie ulna and metacarpus. Thr iliac bone* in riie and shape miemble thoie of the Stmthimu tribe: the length in 4 inches and 3 lines. The outer surface presents a slight concavity anteriorly, which gra- dually passes into a convexity posteriorly, the two surfaces not bring separated by the trans- verse elevation observable above the acetabulum in the four large Struthions birds. A distinct epiphyaiftl piace of bow, of a compressed and triangular form, is wedged in between the posterior extremity of the ilk and the first three caudal vertebrae. The ischinm extMtdt backward*, |«rallel with the sacrum, in the form of a thin plate of bone which slightly expands to its free extremity, which is truncated. The pubic element is a slender bony style, connected by ligament to the end of the inchiunt. but attached by bone at its acetabular extremity only. A short pointed process extend* from the anterior margin of the origin of the pubis. In comparing the jwlvis of the .iptrryx with that of the Urge Struthinus birds, we find that the ischia do not meet below the sacrum as in the Mm, but are more dixlant from that and the iliac bones thsn in any of the Struthioui birds; the pubic bones are not joined together at their distal extremities as in the Ostrich ; the extremities of the ischia are not anchylosed to the superincumbent ilia as in the Casso- wary. It is the Kmeii which conies nearest to the Apteryx in the structure of the pelvis, but it also differs in the complete bony boundary of the foramen which transmits the tendon of the obturator iuternus, and which is completed posteriorly by ligament in the Apt fry x. The acetabulum communicates, as usual, by a wide opening with the pelvis : a surface •Bfafad with a cushion of thick cartilage is continued from its posterior and upper part. The femur has the usual characters of that bone in the class of Birds. Its small round head is supported on a very short and thick neck, placed at right angles to the great and single trochantcr : it presents at its superior part a large depression for the strong and com- plex ligamentum ten*. The shaft of the femur is slightly bent, with the convexity forwards, which is increased by a thickening at the anterior part of the middle of the shaft. The con- dyle* are separated by a wide and deep groove anteriorly, and by a triangular depression behind. The outer one U the largest, and is grooved externally, for the articulation of the head of the fibula : the inferior compressed border of the condyle is wedged in between the tibia and fibula. The length of the femur is 3 inches 9 lines. The tibia is 5 inches in length. Two iifiUar and strong ridges are developed from the anterior part of the ex|>andcd head of the tibia ; the tilrnsal one affords attachment to fascia, and to the expanded tendon of the rectus femoria latMsinns t the internal ridge has affixed to it the ligament of the small cartilaginous patella. The head of the tibia sends down an angular ridge posteriorly : the shaft of the bone is rounded, slightly compressed, converging to a ridge externally, to which ridge the fibula is attached in two putoes, beginning half an inch below the bead of the fibula, 2L 258 and continuing attached for 10 lines ; then again becoming anchylosed, after an interspace of 9 lines. In one specimen I found the fibula also anchylosed to the tibia by its expanded and thick proximal extremity : it quickly diminishes in size as it descends, and gradually disap- pears towards the lower fourth of the tibia. The distal end of the tibia presents the usual trochlear form, but the anterior concavity above the articular surface is in great part occupied by an irregular bony prominence. There is a small cuneiform tarsal bone wedged into the outer and back part of the ankle- joint. The anchylosed tarso-metatarsal is a strong bone, 2 inches 3 lines in length ; the upper articular surface is formed by a single broad piece. The original separation of the metatarsal bone below into three pieces is plainly indicated by two deep grooves on the anterior and posterior part of the proximal extremity : the intermediate portion of bone is very narrow anteriorly, but broad and prominent on the opposite side. The bone becomes flattened from before backwards, and expanded laterally as it descends, and divides at its distal extremity into three parts, with the articular pulleys for the three principal toes. The surface for the articulation of the fourth, or small internal toe, is about half an inch above the distal end, on the internal and posterior aspect of the bone. A small ossicle, attached by strong ligaments to this surface, gives support to a short phalanx, which articu- lates with the longer ungual phalanx. The number of phalanges in the other toes follows the ordinary law, the adjoining toe having three, the next four, and the outermost five phalanges. Prepared from a specimen presented by the Rev. W. Cotton, M.A. Genus Casuarius. 1356. The skeleton of the Cassowary (Casuarius galeatm}. The number of vertebra between the skull and sacrum is 25. The pleurapophyses begin to be free at the sixteenth, which may be reckoned as the first dorsal vertebra ; those at the twenty-sixth, or first sacral vertebra, are also moveably joined thereto by both head and tubercle : the four anterior pairs are progressively elongated, but have no haemapophyses ; these are present in the succeeding five pairs, but those of the last pair do not reach the ster- num. The first and second dorsal vertebrae have a pair of hypapophyses ; in the third this process is single, but notched below ; the fourth and fifth have the hypapophysis single, broad, and compressed. The inferior surfaces of the remaining dorsal vertebrae are slightly carinate or concave below. The diapophyses and parapophyses are well-developed, especially upon the anterior dorsal vertebrae. The neural arch of each dorsal vertebra and of the last three cervical vertebrae presents two pneumatic foramina at the fore part of its base, and a large depression at the back part, which has also two or more perforations. The spinous pro- cess of the first dorsal vertebra is rudimental and cleft longitudinally ; it becomes entire and gradually broader and higher as the vertebrae approach the sacrum. A median carotid groove is established on the under part of all the cervical vertebrae, save the first four, by two tuber- cular processes developed from the under part of the two parapophyses. The rudimental m «pine is deft longkudinally in the lm»t four cervical vertebra*, M if the coalescence of the neurapophysea, whirh » complete at their basal part, had heen arrested at thrir apices. Besides the neural and vertebral canals, and the pneumatic foramina, there are also two other foramina in most of the cervical rertebne on each tide of the neural arrh, formed by the ex- UMioa of a process of a bridge of bone from that arch forward* and outwards to the diapo- physis. The under surfaces of the axis and third vrrtebrte are carinate : the neurapophyses of the. axis meet superiorly, but do not coalesce. The anchylosed plrura|>ophyses commence at the axis, gradually iiicreaie in length to the tenth vertebra, and beyond this abo in breadth. Letters corresponding to the TABLK or VKRTKBRAL ELEMKNTS are placed upon the tenth usjiiual Tertebra and on the fifth dorsal vertebra. The sternum a oblong, keel-less but con- vex brlow, with an entire rounded posterior margin ; it presents a deep but narrow excavation at the middle of its anterior margin, and two wide and shallow coracoid groove* on each side ; the angles of this margin are developed into short obtuse costal processes. There are four articular surfaces for as many sternal ribs at the anterior half of each lateral margin ; these surfaces are divided by deep excavations in that margin. The cranium is remarkable for the thick lofty crest developed from the whole of the upper i of the frontal and nasal bones ; the horny covering is left upon the right half of this The parocripital processes are broad and rounded ; the mastoida are more slender and pointed, and extend along the outer part of the tympanics to near their articulation with the squamoamla. The basiouipital descends a little way below the level of the articular tubercle . the basupbenoid sends oat two rough cellular tympanic processes, and two smooth columnar pterapophyses which abut against the true pterygoid bones. The presphcnoid forms Un- usual elongated rostrum, which sends a median plate upwards to join the coalesced inferior borders of the orbitosphrnoids : the prefrontals have coalesced with each other and with the frontals and nasals superiorly ; they consist principally of the median vertical plate answer- ill to the ' lamina perpendicularis etlimuidra* ' of Anthropotomy, but send out two lateral plates answering to the ' partes plans: cthmoidese,' which coalesce with the lacrymaU and form the anterior boundary of the orbit. A portion of these plates, which are very thin, is slightly folded and, as it were, pressed forwards into the upper and back part of the nasal mesitns, from the surface towards which they send off short sinuous lamella:, and represent the parts of the human ethmoid called ' ossa turbinalia superiors.' The postfrontals are well- devetoped, and divided from the rest of the superorbiul border by a deep notch ; some traces remain of the suture between the malar and maxillary. The external bony nostrils form a long common hiatus between the palatine and nasal processes of the premaxillary. The sutures dividing the articular, dentary, and splenial pieces' of the mandible remain. The sclerotic plates, thirteen in number, are preserved on the right aide ; they overlap each other very extensively. The parts of the hyoidean arch preserved are the two thrrohyals. There are 9 caudal vcrtcbne, of which the last three are anchylosed ; they have a deep perforation on each side, between the centrum and neural arch. The scapula and coracoid have coalesced ; a short clavicular process extends inwards from the scapula, but without meeting its fellow or touching the sternum. With the exception of the coalescence of the coracoid, the condition of this part is closely similar to that in the Crocodile. The expanded bead of the humerus presents two excavations externally ; it has a well-marked pectoral ridge : III 260 the ulna shows a rudimental olecranon ; it is a little longer and broader than the radius. There are no distinct carpals : the metacarpus consists of a coalescence of three hones, the middle of which supports a single phalanx. In the pelvis the slender pubis and broader ischium extend backwards straight and almost parallel with the hinder half of the ilium. The ilium and ischium join each other posteriorly and circumscribe the long ischiatic notch. The pubis, confluent as usual with the ilium and ischium anteriorly, is free in the rest of its extent. The femora have no pneumatic foramen, either at the fore or back part of the neck : the medullary canal perforates the middle of the back part of the shaft : the intermuscular ridges which extend to the fore part of each condyle begin to diverge immediately below the great trochanter. The rotular process of the tibia developes a strong procuemial and ecto- cnemial ridge : the fibular linea aspera extends nearly to the distal end of the bone. The fibula remains distinct. There is no osseous bridge at the fore part of the distal end of the tibia. The calcaneal process of the tarso-metatarsus is an elongated compressed ridge, with a vascular perforation on each side leading to a single foramen at the anterior part, near the proximal end of the bone ; a deep and wide excavation extends down the middle of the fore part of the metatarse. The ungual or third phalanx of the inner toe is unusually elongated and nearly straight ; the outer toe, though the shortest, has, as usual, five phalanges. Purchased. 1357. The right foot of a Cassowary (Casuarius galeatus). Hunterian. Genus Dromaius. 1358. The skeleton of the Emeu (Dromaius NOVCK Hollandice). There are 26 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last eight support ribs : of these the first three pairs are free ; the next three pairs are articulated by strong bony hsemapophyses with the sternum ; thos^ of the seventh pair are long, but do not reach the sternum ; the eighth and ninth pairs of ribs are free ; the ninth is attached to the sacrum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. The sternum is pointed posteriorly ; the anterior angles are singularly developed and incurved. The clavicles or halves of the furculum are distinct from each other and from the coracoids : they are short and slender bones, and do not reach the sternum. Neither the ischia or pubic bones join the ilium or their fellows posteriorly. Mus. South. 1359. The skull of the Emeu (Dromaius Novae Hollandiee), with the sheath or inte- gument remaining on the left side of the bill, showing the place and form of the external nostril. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.B.S. 1360. The cranium, with the bones partially disarticulated, of a young Emeu (Dro- maius Novee Hollandite). Mo*t of the HtVH are anobliieraied : the post fron tab art distinct bones : the prelrnntals are roiinair. wid derelope • brad external cranial plate between the fruuuli and iuual». Thr occipital esHBcat* haw coalesced. Prttenfrd by Ike Zoological Society of London. Genus Rkea. 1361. The skeleton of the Three-toed Ostrich (Rkea .////<, ,,,/,/a). * The sternum hat a single median notch posteriorly . The rlavicln are absent, and are indi- cated only by an unusual developrm-ut of the acromion scapulte. The Kapula and coracoid have coalesced, at in the Emeu. The iachia are united to each other along the greater part of their extent, at alto to the ilium above and to the pubit below. The wing u more deve- loped than iu the Knu-u, mid the metacarpus consisU of the uiiual three auchylosed bone* supporting the common number of modified phalanges in birds. There are 22 vertebrae be- tween the tkull and tacrum, of which the last seven tupport ribt : tin- Aral two pairs an- free , the next three pain articulate by bony hsemapuphyie* with the sternum ; the but three pair* of ribt are free, and of these the last (eighth) pair belong to the first of the auchylosed or sacral vertebrae. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Mint. Soxtk. Geous SlmtJtio. IV skeleton of the Ostrich (Hint km Cornelia). The sternum hat two posterior emarginations and a cartilaginous xiphiitemal, which i* sornetimes the seat of a distinct ossification. The coracoid hat coalesced with the scapula. and ossification hat extended along the ligamentou* or fibro-cartilaginoiu basis of the ela- viclet, to that these bones appear at strong acromial prooettet coalescing at their inner ex- tremity with the coracoid, and leaving an elliptical t|iace between them and that bone : the isehium hat coalesced posteriorly with tin- pubu on each gide, but the nymphysis pubis, whirh it peculiar to this bird, is still cartilaginous. Although but two toes are developed, the third metatanal b present, coalesced at usual wjth the two belonging to the toes ; but it terminate* below in a short pointed procesf, at the inner tide of the trochlea supporting the larger Uie. This toe it shown by the number of iu phalanges (four) to answer to the middle in the tri- dactyle Ostrich, and the second, although the shorter toe, hat the the phalanges character- istic of the outer toe. The inner (or second) toe and the back toe (first) are wanting in the Ostrich : both are present in the Aptrryx. There are 25 vertebra? between the tkull and sacrum, of which the last seven support ribs : the first two pairs are free ; the succeeding five |iairt are articulated to the sternum by strong bony hspmapophyses ; the hut (eighth) pair of ribt are attached to the sacrum, and terminate freely. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Jluativta* 262 1363. .The anchylosed parts of the cranium of a nearly full-grown Ostrich (Strut hio Camelus). They consist of the basioccipital, basisphenoid and presphenoid, of the alisphenoids, orbito- sphenoids and prefrontals, of the parietals, mastoids and petrosals. The posterior clinoid processes overhang the back part of the deep sella, into the bottom of which the carotid canals open. The foramina lacera anteriora form with the optic foramen a wide vacuity on each side. The orbitosphenoids and prefrontals overarch these vacuities anteriorly and ex- pand into a platform, supporting the fore part of the cerebral lobes and the small olfactory ganglia, which are prolonged into the grooves continued from the anterior part of this plat- form. A part of the sagittal suture remains. The thick, slightly sutural surface at the fore part of the parietals and alisphenoids is exposed by the removal of the frontals. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1364. The separated bones of the head of a young Ostrich (Struthio Camelus). Although, as a general rule in the Class Aves, the separate cranial bones can be discerned only at a very early period, yet in those birds in which the power of flight is abrogated, the in- dications of the primitive centres of ossification endure longer ; and in the species here selected for the illustration of the cranial segments, the constituent, bones of the skull, with the excep- tion of the basioccipital, i, and basisphenoid, 3, and the two bones, e and s, which coalesce with the petrosal, ie, have been separated by maceration merely. The basioccipital (i) developes the major part of the single articular condyle, and sends down a process, more marked in the Struthious genera, and especially the Dinornis, than in most other birds : in all respects this primitively distinct bone retains the character of the centrum of its vertebra. The exoccipitals, u, contributing somewhat more to the occipital condyle than in the Cro- codile, develope, as in that reptile, the paroccipital (24) as an outstanding exogenous ridge or process : but it is lower in position than in the Crocodile. The superoccipital (3), as com- pared with that of the Crocodile (No. 763), manifests more strongly the flattening and deve- lopment in breadth, by which the spinous elements lose the formal character from which their name originated, and are converted from long into flat bones. It always protects the cere- bellum ; is absent in the Frog where this organ is a mere rudiment ; and is present in the Crocodile in the ratio of the superior size of the cerebellum. The further development of the cerebellum is the condition of the superior breadth of the spine or crown of the epencephalic arch in the bird. The second segment of the skull has for its central element a bone (a), the basisphenoid, which in the bird, as in other ovipara, is connate with that (9) which stands in the same rela- tion to the third cranial segment ; the proof of the natural distinction of these segments is . given by the neural and haemal arches. Probably the circumstance of the bodies of those vertebrae being formed by ossifications of the fibrous capsule of the notochord, representing the external or cortical parts only of such centrums, may be the condition, or a favourable physical cause of such connation. The neural arch of the parietal vertebra retains the same i which it first manifested in fishes. Beside* the alUphenoid* or neura|K>phym (•) impressed by the mestnccphalic ganglia MM! transmitting the trigeminal IHH»% besides the vastly expanded and •gun, as in tube*, divided neural (pine (?) (parjetal bone*), thr |iarapo- phyiw (•) (mastoid) is independently developed. It is of Urge projiortioiud me ; and, owing to the raited dome of the neural arch, is relatively lower in potition than in the Crocodile . it leads downward* and outwards an unu«ual)y long ' maitoid ' process, and forms a large pro- portion of the outer wall of the chamber of the internal ear, with the bony capsule of which it speedily coalesces. The lurmal arch of the parietal vertebra is more reduced than in the Crocodile, and owe* much of its apparently typical character to the retention of the thyrohyals (M, «) borrowed from the branchial arches of the visceral system, which are feebly and transitorily mauifratrd in the embryo bird. These spurious cornua project freely or are freely impended. The bones (it) of the third neural arch (called 'oruito*phcnoid*') protect a smaller pro- portion of the prosencephalon than in the Crocodile, but maintain thrir neurapophyual rela- tion to it and to the optic nerves : the neural spine* (n) (frontal bone*) cover a larger pro- portion of the hemispheres, and, with their homotypes (»), exhibit a marked increase of development in conformity with that of tin- cerebral centres protected by their respective arches. The parapophyiis of the frontal vertebra (it) (postfronlal) is relatively smaller in the bird than in the cold-blooded vertebrates, and is rarely ossified from an independent centre, as it is in the Emeu. The hsemal arch of the frontal vertebra lias been transferred backwards to the parietal one ; its pleurapophysis (•») (the tympanic), which is simple, a* in the Crocodile, articulating exclusively with the parietal parapophysis (•) (mastoid), though this in some birds unites with that of the frontal vertebra. In the young Ostrich and many other birds, traces of the composite character of the hsemapophysis (mandibula) are long extant ; and bear obviously a homological relation to the telrologically compound character of the same element in the Crocodile : for the pieces, Nos. n, t*', M' and 11 ultimately, and in most birds early, coalesce with each other and with the hsemal spine (n) (dentary clement). the halve* of which are conluent at the symphysis. The centrum (u) (vomer) of the nasal vertebra is always single, and, when it does not remain distinct, coalesces with the neurapophyie* (prefrontal*), M, and pleurepophyncs (pala- tine*), M, of it* own segment; and sometimes also with the rostral production of the frontal centrum (*) : it is elongated and pointed at its free termination, and deeply grooved above where it receives the above-named rostrum ; indicating both by its form and position that it owe* it* existence, as bone, to the ossification of the outer capsule of the anterior end of thr notochord. In the Ostrich the long presphenoidal rostrum intervenes between the vomer (i>) and prefrontals (u). These latter bones manifest, however, all the essential neurapophycial relations to the rhinencephalon and olfactory nerves : but they early coalesce together, or arr connate, as in the tail-lews Batrachians. The neural spine (nasals) (is) is divided along the middle line ; but in most birds the suture becomes obliterated and the spine coalesce* with its neurapophyses, with the frontal spine, and with those parts of the hsemal arch of the nasal vertebra with which it conies in contact. The pleurapophyse* (palatines) (*•) of this inverted arch retain their typical connections with the nasal centrum and neurapophyses at one end, and with the hscmapophysis (maxil- 264 lary) (21) at the other end, and they also support the constant element of the diverging appendage of the arch (pterygoid). The hsemapophysis (maxillary) (21) resumes in birds more of its normal proportions and elongated slender form : but the haemal spine (premaxil- lary) (22) is largely developed though undivided, and sends upwards and backwards from the part corresponding to the symphysis of the spine, when this element is divided, a long pointed process (»»'), which joins and usually coalesces with the neural spine (u) and divides the anterior outlet of the haemal canal into two apertures called the nostrils. The modifica- tion of the haemal arch of the nasal vertebra in the Lizard tribe is here repeated. The pleurapophysial appendage (pterygoid), 24, connects the palato-maxillary arch with the tym- panic, and in the Ostrich and a few other birds, also with the basisphenoid 5 : the second or haemapophysial ray of the diverging appendage (malar and squamosal) is developed in all Birds as in the squamate Saurians ; combining the movements of the haemal arch of the nasal vertebra with that of the frontal vertebra, and consisting of the two styliform ossicles 'malar u and squamosal 27) which extend from the haemapophysis, 21, 21", to the pleurapo- physis, is : the essential relationship of the compound ray, w and 27, with the nasal vertebra, is indicated by their becoming confluent with its haemapophysis (at *»"), whilst they always maintain an arthrodial articulation with the pleurapophysis (29) of the succeeding vertebra. The bones of the splanchno-skeleton intercalated with the segments of the endoskeleton in the bird's skull are the petrosal (IB), between the neural arches of the occipital and parietal vertebrae, early coalescing with the elements of those vertebrae with which it comes in con- tact ; the sclerotals (17), interposed between the frontal and nasal neural arches ; and the thyrohyals (47), retained in connection with the debris of the haemal arch of the parietal vertebra. The olfactory capsule remains cartilaginous. The dermal bone (lacrymal, 13) is well-developed and constant : a second supraorbital dermal bone is occasionally present. Purchased. 1365. The skull of a young Ostrich (Struthio Camelus). It shows the principal sutures of the cranium, the bones of which are numbered according to the TABLE or SYNONYMS. Hunterian. + 1366. The thorax, pelvis, and scapular arch of the same young Ostrich. It shows the ligamentous condition of the clavicles : the halves of the sternum, which are ossified from distinct centres, are still separate : the distinction of the coracoid from the scapulae, and of the ischium from the pubis and ilium, may be seen. The limits of the bodies of the 20 sacral vertebrae are also distinguishable. The symphysis of the pubis is cartilaginous. Hunterian. 1367. The bones of the wing of a young Ostrich (Struthio Camelus). The antibrachium is one-third the length of the humerus : the carpus presents two bones, placed between the metacarpus and antibrachium. The metacarpus consists of three bones : MI UH> one to the radial tide, answering to that of the index-finger, is rery short ; it supporU a digit of two phalange*, the second phalanx being armed with a long cunrrd and pointed daw : the third mrtararpal, answering to that of the digit u* annularis, u bent, iu extre- mity retting against that of the large and straight middle metacarpus, with which it tahse- qMftdy bienati anchylosed : the middle digit coiuisU of three phalanges ; the outer one of two phalanges. In all birds the three metacarpals, here seen to be distinct, coalesce with on* another and form a single bone, baring an interesting analogy to the metatarsus, which likewise consists in all birds of a coalescence of thr three bones supporting the corresponding toes, namely, those answering to the second, third and fourth in the pentadactyle foot. llunterian. 1368. Three cervical vertebra? of an Ostrich, articulated to show the structure of the joint. llunlfriiin. 1369. The sternum of an Ostrich, with the sterno-costal bones attached on the left side. //tf»/cnaft. 1370. The third sterno-costal bone of an Ostrich, right side. lluntrrian. 1371. The sixth sterno-costal bone of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. • 1372. The scapular arch of an Ostrich. The coracoid has coalesced with the scapula, from which a broad darkle is dereloped as a free process like a long acromion : it is the homologue of the half of the furculum in other birds, Hunterian. 1373. The left humerus of an Ostrich, in longitudinal section. Htmtcria*. 1374. The left ulna of an Ostrich. Htmterian. 1375. The fourth and fifth dorsal vertebrae of an Ostrich, articulated to show the structure of the joint. Hunlerian. 1376. The sixth dorsal vertebra, with the left rib, articulated. Hunierian. 1377. The seventh and eighth dorsal vertebrae of an Ostrich. llunlerian. 2M 266 1378. The first free vertebral rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1379. The second rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1380. The fourth rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1381. The fifth rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1382. The seventh rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1383. The ninth rib of an Ostrich, right side. Hunterian. 1384. The ninth rib of an Ostrich, left side. Hunterian. 1385. The sacral and caudal vertebrae of a young Ostrich. The neural arch of the fifth sacral vertebra has advanced and rests over the interspace between its own and the preceding centrum : at the eleventh vertebra it has resumed its nor- mal position and connections. The pleurapophyses of the fifth to the eleventh sacral verte- brse inclusive have undergone a corresponding change of position, and are articulated by an expanded head, by synchondrosis, to a rough flat surface formed by the base of the neur- apophysis and by a portion of their own and of the preceding centrum ; some have been detached to show this articular surface : those of the tenth, eleventh and twelfth sacral ver- tebrae remain ; their distal extremities expand and coalesce, forming a broad abutment applied to the iliac bones. The diapophyses are directed upwards and outwards against the same part, and are of considerable length, especially in the ninth to the fifteenth sacral vertebra:. The spines of all the vertebrae are very lofty, compressed laterally, and already confluent with each other at the middle of the sacrum. The dilated part of the neural canal is formed by the increased breadth and flatness of the centrums, and by the wide expanse of the. neural arches at the middle of the sacrum. In the seventh to the ninth of these arches there is a wide aperture in each between the diapophysis and the base of the spine. The outlets for the nerves are single and at the interspace of the neural arches, but those at the middle of the canal show two grooves for the separate exit of the motor and sensory roots. In the caudal vertebree the under part and sides of the centrum show deep longitudinal excavations and pneumatic foramina, resembling the vertebrse of certain fishes ; parapophyses as well as diapophyses are developed from most of the terminal vertebrae in this specimen. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.8. 287 13S6. The iliac bones of the tamo young Ostrich. They arc longer and narrower, especially posteriorly, than in other bird*. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1387. The vertically and longitudinally bisected sacrum and pelvis of a young Owtrich. It *hows the progressively incirmsing capacity of the ipinal canal and the double orifice* ft* the escape of the nerves, the motor and sensitive roots of which do not unite until they hare paated out. The centrum of the first sacral vertebra remain* distinct from the »rcond, although its neural arch and (pine have coalesced with those of the secimd vertebra and with the ilia. Trace* of the articulation between the centrum of the second and third Mcral vcr- tebne remain : they are obliterated in the remaining vertebnr, and the bodies of all are cellu- lar and permeated by air. The (pines of 1 7 sacral vertebra; are shown in this section : they are very lofty, compressed from before backwards, consist of little more than a lacework of osseou* tissue, and diverge in curves from the neural arches, through the interspace between the iliac bones, with both of which their margin* are confluent, and which they thus serve to bind firmly together. By the peculiar cellular and pneumatic structure of the parts, not more osseous texture is expended in performing the office of tie-beams across the elongated roof of the pelvis than is absolutely required. * Pretented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1888. A vertically and longitudinally bisected sacrum and coalesced iliac bones of the Diiioritia didiformu. It also shows the great expanse of the spinal canal for that part of the spinal cord in connection with the nerves of the large and strong hinder extremities. All traces of the original joints between the bodies of the vertebra;, with the exception of the last, arc obliterated. The primi- tive distinction of the neural arches is indicated by a series of elegant undu- lating folds of the roof of the spinal canal : the motor and sensitive roots issue separately, as in other birds. Prepared from a specimen presented by the Very Rev. Arckdeaco* Williams 1339. The right femur of an Ostrich, in longitudinal section, to show its internal structure. Hunti-nan. 13UO. The right femur of an Ostrich, in longitudinal section. Hmnteria*. 1391. The right femur of a young Ostrich. HwUeria*. IvS 268 1392. One moiety of the proximal end of a longitudinally bisected left femur of an Ostrich. Hunterian. 1393. One moiety of the distal end of a longitudinally bisected left femur of an Ostrich. Hunterian. 1394. The right tibia of an Ostrich, in longitudinal section. Hunterian. 1395. The right tibia of a young Ostrich. Hunterian. 1396. The left fibula of a young Ostrich. Hunterian. 1397. The right tarsus of a young Ostrich. Hunterian. 1398. The right tarsus of an Ostrich, in longitudinal section. Hunterian. Order RASORES. Genus Crax. 1399. The skeleton of the Crested Curassow (Crax Alector). There are 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six bear moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs end freely ; the rest articulate with the sternum by bony haemapophyses : there is a seventh pair of ribs attached to the sacrum. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. The last dorsal vertebra is free, and intervenes between the sacrum and four dorsals which have coalesced into a single bone. The calcaneal ossicle is preserved in both legs. Mus. South. 1400. The dried head of the Crested Curassow (Crax Alector). Presented by W. Bullock, Esq. 1401. The skeleton of the Galeated Curassow (Our ax Pauxi, Cuv.). This species is remarkable for the sudden expansion and elevation of the base of the short and thick upper mandible, like a tumour. The mastoid joins the postfrontal : the centrum of one vertebra pramrta iU articulation between the sacrum and the four anchyloatd donalt, but it* ppine KM coalesced with that of the sacrum. Than we 20 vertebra; between the •lull and the Mcrum, of which the but fix bear moveable ribs : of the«e the Uit four |Mun •re articulated to the tternum by hvmapophyaei ; there ie a seventh pair of ribs attached U> the sacrum. There are 6 caudal vertebra. Genus Penelope. 1402. The skeleton of the Crested (Juan (Penelope crutata). The sternum is narrow, with four deep posterior notches and a short but deep keel ; the I is perforated both vertically and transversely. The arch of the furculum i» narrow. Four of the dorsal vertebne have coalesced into one bone ; a single frw i this and the sacrum. The calcaneal ossicle is preserved in tin- left leg. The metatarsus of the back-toe is moderately strong and twisted ; the lacrymal* are hugely developed. There are 21 vertebra! between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which support ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the rest have hsEmapophysri which join the sternum ; the last (seventh) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum, and are also joined to the sternum by luemapophyses that support rudiments of another pair. There are 5 caudal vertebne. Miu. Soitk. 1403. The sternum and trachea of the Marail Guan (Penelope Mar ad}. This specie* is crestless, and the trachea, in both sexes, forms a curve at the upper ami fore part of the sternum, before it divide* into the bronchi. See the ' Linnaean Transactions,' vol. ir. pi. 9. fig. 2. Hunter tat. Genus Paw. 1404. The skeleton of a Peacock (Pace crutahu). There is one vertebra with a free centrum between the four coalesced dorsals and the sacrum, but the spine of thl« i* partially anchylosed by the ossified bone-tendon* with both. The terminal coalesced caudal vertebne, forming the so-called ' ploughshare-bone,' oevelopr a flat osseous platform above, for the support of the long dorsal plumes, or ' tail-covert*,' which the Peacock raise* and spreads by the action of the true tail-feathers, with the aid of peculiar muscles. The calcaneal ossicle is preserved in the right leg : a strong bony »|.nr i- developed from the inner and posterior ridge of the coalesced metatarsus, which seems to the proximal part of that element of the back toe. The number of vertebne be- i the skull and sacrum is 20, ol which the last six bear moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the rest are joined to the sternum by haemapophyset ; a seventh pair of rib* articulate with the sacrum. Mtu fionlk. 270 1405. A mutilated skull of a Peacock (Pavo cristatus). The occipital tubercle is reniform, notched above ; the paroccipitals join the transversely extended sides of the basisphenoid, circumscribing the posterior boundary of the tympanic cavity : the mastoid unites with the postfrontal. The fore part of the frontal has a rough surface and a deep median notch. The long nasal process of the premaxillary is divided by a median cleft. Hunterian. Genus Meleagris. 1406. The skeleton of a male Turkey (Meleagris Gallopavo). There are 20 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, the last six of which bear move- able ribs : of these the last four pairs are united to the sternum by haemapophyses ; a seventh pair of ribs articulate with the sacrum. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. The calcaneal ossicle which plays upon the inner and back part of the tibial trochlea is preserved in both legs. An osseous splint, which seems to represent the proximal part of the metatarsal of the back toe, is anchylosed by both its extremities to the other coalesced metatarsals. The stemum is ab- normally twisted. The mastoid is confluent with the postfrontal. Mus. South. 1407. The skeleton of a female Turkey (Meleayris Gallopavo). This is from a young individual, and two moveable vertebrae intervene between the coalesced dorsals and the sacrum. The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 21, of which the last seven have moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the rest are articulated with the sternum by heemapophyses ; those of the last pair supporting rudiments of another pair of hfrmapophyses. There are 4 free caudal vertebrae. The difference between the vertebral formula of this and the preceding skeleton depends merely on the anchylosis of an additional vertebra in the older individual with the sacrum. Purchased. 1408. The cranial part of the skull of a Turkey. The occiput is broader and more produced downwards than in the Peacock. The par- occipital joins the basisphenoid, and the mastoid joins the postfrontal. The fore part of the frontal is smooth and concave. Hunterian. Genus Numida. 1409. The skeleton of the common Pintado, or Guinea-fowl (Numida Meleagris). Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six bear moveable ribs, of which the last four pairs are united to the sternum by haemapophyses ; a seventh pair of ribs is attached to the sacrum. The caudal vertebrae are wanting. An obtuse crest of bone is developed from the frontals. Mm. South. 271 1410. The furrulum of the common Guinea-fowl (Nitmida Its apex is simply compreosed, sad present* DO excavation for UM recaption of • loop of the trachea. Jluntrritut. 1411. A put of the skeleton of the trunk, including the 14 cervical and the G dor- sal vertebra?, with the ril>s, sternum and scapular arch, of the Crested Pintado (Numtda crittata). The first two pairs of ribs are free, the Meond pair supporting ap|x>mlapr* ; the four suc- ceeding pain of rib* have, in addition, hasmapophyac* which articulate with the sternum . the twentieth, or but, vertebra of this specimen i* free, whilst the four preceding donab air anchylosed together. The apex of the furrulum doe* Ml touch the keel of the sternum ; it u drreloped into a comprrMed cup or bulls, opening forward*, where it receive* a turn of the Thin peculiar structure i* described by Dr. Latham in his 'General History of Birds,' vol. viii. 1823, p. N9 ; where, referring to this specimen, be says :— " This doubt " (as to the specie* at \umiJa) " hat been cleared up to me by the ingenious and indefatigable Mr. ('lift, of the College of Surgeons, who showed me the bird, from which a breast-bone and trachea MM taken, precisely similar in structure, and was BO other than the Created i Pmented by Sir Josrph Bankt, Bart., P.li.S Genus Gall**. 1412. The skeleton of the male of the Common Fowl ((iallu* domcttictui). The mastoid has coalesced with the postfrontal. One free vertebra intervene* between the sacrum and the four coalesced dorsal vertebrae. The iliac bone* meet and unite above the spine of the sacrum, leaving two longitudinal intervening channels. Tlic sternum has a long and moderately deep keel, but only a small part of its body is ossified ; this is chatacteriied by a prominent compressed episternal process, by two elongated costal processes, and by the fear deep and wide notches posteriorly, which convert the lateral parts of the sternum into mere long bifurcate processes ; the lower branch is the longest, and extends parallel with the keel ; the upper and shorter branch bends upwards external to the two posterior hartnapo- physes. The clavicle* are almost straight, and unite at an acute angle to form the furculum, the apex of which is expanded, compressed, and produced downwards. The coracoids are comparatively narrow. The bones of the wing are relatively short. All the character* of the sternum and scapular arch indicate a low power of flight. The legs are powerfully deve- loped, particularly the metaUrsal segment, which with the tibia is shorter, but much stronger, than in the GraUatortt. The toe* are moderately long, strong, and in the usual numbrr. the back -toe being supported by • well-developed half-twisted metatartal. The chief charac- teristic of the anchylosed metatarsal* i* the thick conical bony process for the support of the 272 spur. There are 20 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs are free, the rest are joined by haemapophyses to the sternum ; the last (seventh) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Mus. South. 1413. The skull of the Common Fowl. Hunterian. 1414. The skull of a variety of the Common Fowl (Gattus domcsticus), having a spherical bony cyst above the orbits. Whether this peculiarity of the skull should properly constitute a variety is uncertain, being apparently the result of disease alone : the latter opinion is supported by the authority of Pallas. Hunterian. Genus Phasianus. 1415. The skull of the Silver Pheasant (Phasianus nycthemerus}. Hunterian. Genus Tetrao. 1416. The skeleton of the Capercailzie, or Cock of the Woods (Tetrao urogallus). This is chiefly remarkable for the prolongation of the angle of the jaw upwards and back- wards. The mastoid process coalesces with the postfrontal. The spines of the last five dorsal vertebrae have coalesced into a continuous osseous ridge, and the centrum of the last dorsal alone remains free ; the rest form a continuous crest of bone, sending down deep pro- cesses from each, the ends of the first three being blended together. The scapula is of unusual length, reaching to the ilium. The apex of the furculum is much prolonged and expanded. Both the episternal and costal processes of the sternum are produced. The cal- caneal ossicle which plays upon the back part of the tibial trochlea is preserved in both legs. The distal rudiment of the innermost metatarsal supports, as usual, the short back-toe. There are 20 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six support ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the four succeeding ones articulate with the sternum by bony haemapophyses ; the last (seventh) rib is attached to the sacrum, but does not reach the sternum. There are 6 caudal vertebrse. s. South. 1417. The hyoidean arch of the Capercailzie (Tetrao urogallus). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1418. The skeleton of the Ptarmigan (Tetrao Layopus). The four dorsal vertebrae in advance of the last are anchylosed together, of which the cen- trums are compressed, and indicated chiefly by their long hypapophyses, which also coalesce m together «i their lower *xtremibe«. The pelvis, is at remarkable breadth in mil thi» fanuU There are 39 mUhcn between the skull and sacrum, of which Uie six hut support moveable rib* : at then the first two pain arc free j the remainder are articulated to the sternum by h»rmapo|ihy*e* : the last (seventh) rib is attached to the sacrum, but does not reach thr •ternum. There are 7 caudal vertebras. Genus Bonatia. 1419. The dried head of the American Ruffed Grouse (Bonatia itmoeUa). Hunterian Genus Prrdir. 1420. Thr skeleton of the Franoolin, or Red-legged Partridge (Perduf francolitnut). The four posterior notches of the sternum extend as far forwards as the commencement of the keel. There is a callosity behind the middle of each metatarsus, where the spur is deve- loped in the Cock. The mastoid joins the postfrontal. There are 20 vertebne between the nkull and sacrum, of which the last six support ribs : the first two pairs are free and floating ; the remainder are articulated to the sternum by hsemapophyses ; the last (seventh) pair of ribs are attached to the sacrum : a single free dorsal vertebra intervenes between the four coalesced dorsals and the sacrum. There are 7 caudal vertebne. Mtu. South. Genus Pterodes. 1421. The natural skeleton of the male Ganga (Pttrodct areitaritu). The number of vertebne between the skull and sacrum is 20, of which the last seven sup- port moveable ribs : of these the first two pain terminate freely ; the rest are attached to the sternum by hjemapophyses ; there is an eighth pair of ribs attached to the sacrum. Thr four posterior notches of the sternum are of moderate depth, and the keel is long and deep ; these modification* being in accordance with the length of the wing, and the remarkable power* of flight of the birds of this genus. The integument U preserved upon the long and slender tridactyle feet, (bowing that they are naked above the tibio-tarsal joint. Purchased. 1422. Thr natural skeleton of the trunk and extremities of the female Ganga (Pie- rode* amarituf). The vertebral formula corresponds with the preceding, except that the pleurapopbyses of the fourteenth vertebra are anchylosed, and those of the two following vertebne terminate freely. The hstmapophyses of the sacral ribs reach the sternum. The two median posterior notches of the sternum are converted into foramina : the two lateral ones are wide and deep, their outer boundaries being slender and parallel with the hstmapophyses. The keel of the 2 N 274 sternum is very deep. One free vertebra intervenes between the sacrum and four coalesced dorsals, from the anterior of which are developed long hypapophyses united together at their extremities. The furculum is more slender, and the pelvis shorter and broader than in the male. There is no trace of a back-toe. In many of its osteological characters the Pterocles resembles the Bustards (Otis) more than the Partridges or Grouse. Purchased. Genus Hemipodius. 1423. The skeleton of the Tasmanian Hemipode (Hemipodius varitts). The deep angular posterior notches, of which there are only two in the present genus, have converted the sides of the sternum into long styliform processes. The furculum forms a long slender arch ; the bones of the wing are short. The metatarsus is short and strong. The toes, three in number, are very powerful, with curved ungual phalanges. There are 18 ver- tebrse between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs are articulated to the sternum by heemapophyses ; a seventh pair of ribs is attached to the sacrum. There are b' caudal vertebra. Not any of the dorsal vertebrae are anchylosed together. Mm. Gould. Family Columbidee (Pigeons). Genus Lopliyns (Crown Pigeons). 1424. The skeleton of the Molucca Crown Pigeon (Lophyrm coronatw). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last two pairs of which are united to the sternum by hsemapophyses. The first sacral ver- tebra bears a pair of ribs which articulate with the sacrum. There is a superoccipital foramen. The mastoid is obsolete, and the postfrontal is very feebly developed. The prefrontal sends out an antorbital process, but this does not reach the lacrymal, which forms the rest of the anterior boundary of the orbit. The bones of the upper beak coalesce with the broad ante- rior border of the frontals at five points, by the nasal process of the premaxillary in the middle, by the nasals, and by the frontal processes of the maxillary most external to and separated from the nasals by the backward extension of the bony nostrils, which are con- tinued forwards to within a short distance of the apex of the beak. A single free dorsal ver- tebra intervenes between the two coalesced dorsals and the sacrum. The keel of the sternum is of great depth ; the body of the sternum narrow, and excavated by two wide external notches and two small median ones : the episternum is a simple tubercle : the costal pro- cesses are strong and truncate. A lamellifonn process extends from the mesial side of the proximal end of the coracoid and curves forwards. The deltoid process of the humerus pre- sents a thick obtuse angular form : a small tubercle represents the ectocondyloid process. The proximal end of the metatarsus sends backwards a strong, vertically perforated, calcaneal 275 proceaa, and is perforated iuelf from before backwards internal to this procea*. There n a well-marked aor&ce for the half-twisted short meutareal of the back-toe. MtU. Brooke*. 1425. Thi! skeleton of part of the trunk of the Crown Pigeon (Lopkyrtu coronal**), in- cluding the pelvis and seven antecedent vertebrae, with the ribs and sternum. In the first of these vertebras the pleurapophysis limply complete* the lateral foramen for the vertebral artery : in the five following vrrtebne it assumes the nxe and shape of a rib, which end* freely in the firtt two. and in the re»t is joined to the sternum by a haemapophysis : the hut pair of rib* u attached to the narniin, and iiipporU the rudimenU of the coadapusl end* of the pleura|K>phy*u and luemapophya* of a seventh pair of rib*. Uunteria* 1426. The sternum of the Crown Pigeon (Lopkyrtu coronattu). Hunterian. Genus Pkapt. 1427. The skeleton of the Lesser Bronze-winged Pigeon (Pkapt elegant). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and nacnim, the fire posterior bear moveable rib* : of these the last four pain are united to the iternum by hoemapophyses ; a sixth pair of ribs •re attached to the sacrum ; their hiemapophyses join thoae of the last pair of dorsal rib*. A single free dorsal vertebra intervene* between the three confluent dorsal* and the sacrum. The median small pair of the four posterior notches characteristic of the sternum of thr Pigeons are here converted into foramina. llab. Western Australia. M*». Gould Genus Columba. • 1428. The skeleton of the common Pigeon (Columba eeiuu). Of the 18 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the rest are united to the sternum by hsetnapophvse* : a seventh pair of rib* i* attached to the sacrum, the luemapophyse* of which join those of the last pair of dorsal ribs. The ligament is preferred which connect* the apes of the furculum with that of the keel of the rternum : the two median of the four posterior sternal notched are converted into foramina. A single free dorsal vertebra intervenes between the sacrum and the three coalesced dorsals. IlunterioM. 1429. The skeleton of a Pigeon (Columba muu). Of the 1 8 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable rib* : of these the first two pain are free ; the rest are united to the sternum by hsemapophysM. 1*1 276 The keel of the sternum has a slight bend towards the right side : this probably relates to the habit of flying in circles, and to a tendency to describe the circle in one direction re- quiring a greater force for the downward stroke of the wing on one side, and consequently a greater space for the development of the pectoral muscles of that side. Mus. South. 1430. The skeleton of the Carrier Pigeon (Columba cenas, var.). Of the 18 vertebroe between the skull and sacrum, the last five bear moveable ribs, of which the four posterior pairs are united to the sternum by hsemapophyses. There is a sixth pair of ribs attached to the sacrum, the hsemapophyses of which support rudiments of the same elements of a seventh pair of ribs. The sternum presents the accidental variety of the bend- ing of the keel to the right side, and the two median notches are converted into foramina. Purchased. 1431. The skeleton of a Tumbler Pigeon (Columba oenas, var.). The atlas and dentata are wanting : of the other 1 6 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, of which the last four pairs are united to the sternum by hsemapophyses : there is a sixth pair of ribs attached to the sacrum, the hsein- apophyses of which join those of the last pair of dorsal ribs. The development of the bones of the beak is arrested in this variety. The posterior notches of the sternum are shallower than usual. The metatarsals do not attain their normal length. Hunter ian. 1432. The skull of a Tumbler Pigeon. Purchased. 1433. The skull and hyoid bone of the Cushat, or Ring-dove (Columba palumbus}. Hunterian. 1434. The skull of Columba palumbus. Purchased. 1435. The skull of the Rock-dove (Columba livid). Purchased. Order SCANSORES. Family Psittacida (Maccaws, Parrots, Cockatoos). Genus Macrocercus. 1436. The skeleton of the Blue and Yellow Maccaw (Macrocercus ararauna}. 277 In this skeleton the bony suborbiul proccs*. continued from the lacrymal, does not reach the postfrontal. nor don this join the mastoid. There are 1 7 vertebras between thr tknll uid sacrum, of which the six posterior tupport moveable rib* : of these the last four pair* articulate with the sternum. The two anterior sacral rertebne also support ribs, thr first of which joins the sternum. * Mn». Stint h 1487. The skeleton, with the hyoid arch, larynx and trachea of the Blue and Yellow Maccaw (Macrocerctu ararauna). The suborbital arch of bone is complete. Of the IN Tertebrse between the skull ami sacrum, the last six bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs unite with the sternum. The first two sacral vertebrae also bear ribs, both pairs of which articulate with the (ternunv 1488. The skull and upper mandible of the great Red and Blue Maccaw (Macro- cerctu Macao). 1489. The dried head of the Blue and Yellow Maccaw (Macrocerciu araranna). Genus Plyctofapkia (Cacatua, Brisson). 1440. The skeleton of the Crested Cockatoo (Plycioloph** galerihu). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveablr ribs, the last four pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are also two pairs attached to the sacrum, the first of which joins the sternum. The mastoid coalesces with the post- frontal, and this by an extension of ossification below the orbit with the lacrymal. The ster- num is entire. The coracoid sends off a curved lamellar process from its inner side near iu upper end. Mnt 1441. The skeleton of the Pink Cockatoo (Plyctolophu* Leadbeateri). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveablr ribs. the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum. The sacral rib joins the sternum. Mm* Go*ld. Subgenus Licmetu. 1442. The skeleton of the Long-billed Cockatoo (Plyctolopku* (Licmtfi*) naticiu. Of the 1 8 vertebra: between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs : the last four pain of these unite with the sternum : there are also two pain of ribs attached 278 to the sacrum, the first of which unites with the sternum. The mastoid has coalesced with the postfrontal, and this, by continuous ossification beneath the orhit, with the lacrymal. Mm. Gould. Genus Nestor. 1443. The upper mandible and sheath of the lower mandible of the Hook-billed Parrot (Nestor hypopolius). Presented by John Gould, Esq., F.R.S. Genus Calyptorhynchus. 1444. The skeleton of the Yellow-eared Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus xantlio- notus). The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 18, and of these the last six support moveable ribs, the five posterior pairs of which articulate with the sternum. The orbits are small, but with an entire bony circumference, due to an extension of ossification from the lacrymal to the postfrontal. The mastoid does not join the postfrontal in this species. There is a small snperoccipital foramen : the paroccipitals are bent backwards. The upper mandible, consisting of the coalesced nasals, maxillaries and premaxillaries, pre- sents the short, deep and broad proportions, with the small circular nostrils perforated near the base, and the hooked apex, characteristic of the Parrot-tribe. This mandible is articu- lated below by the palatines to the vomer and presphenoid, and by the pterygoids to the tympanics ; above by a transversely extended linear moveable articulation with the broad frontal. The lower jaw is of unusual depth : the articular surface for the tympanic forms a longitudinal groove. The aspect of the external trochlea of the metatarsus is outwards and a little backwards : the toe which it supports is turned backwards, and, with the inner toe, opposes the two anterior toes, thus forming the ' scansorial foot ' characteristic of the order of which the Parrots are the type. Mm. Gould. 1445. The skeleton of the male of the Western Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus nasd). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum : there are also two pairs of sacral ribs, of which the first joins the sternum. In this species there is a continuity of ossification from the mastoid to the postfrontal and from this to the lacrymal. The right perforation of the sternum has not been obliterated by the ossification of the aponeurotic membrane. The wings are shorter and the flight less powerful and extensive in this than in the preceding species. Mm. Gould. 279 I I Ji'> 'Flic crnnium and four cervical vertebra- of the Uanksian Cockatoo (Calyplo- rhyuckua Bamk»ii). Tlir depth of the upp«r beak exceed* iu length. There i* • snperoccipiul foramen. Tin :..ii-.. , i|.:t.i!- .,r, j >r ! ,, , : ; i . , • . , i, i, ',. « ,• : - 'I':.. : ,,-v .; s j-.i, • h. |...-l In .i,1 .1 1- .n..: u. continued forward* by continuous onificatioii to join the lacrymals, forming • bony typo- matic arch above, and nearly parallel with, the true one which is composed of the slender malar and squamosal bones. The homy sheath* of the mandible* are preserved ; the lower one i* of unusual depth. Miu. Gould. 1447. The skull of a Calyptorhynckus, longitudinally and vertically bisected. l///v Gould. 1448. The skull of a Calyptorkynchtu, transversely bisected through the middle of the cranial cavity. MUM. Gould. Genus Plafyrerrtu (Parrakects). 1449. The skeleton of the Red -cupped Parrakeet (Platycrrcu* pilratiu). Of the 1 7 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moreable rib*, the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum. There are also two pair* of sacral ribs, both of which join the sternum. J/iw. Gould Genus Polytele*. 1450. The skeleton of the Black-tailed Parrakeet (Polytele* melanura). Of the 1 8 rertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs ; the last five pairs of these unite, with the sternum , there are also two pain of ribs attached to the sacrum, of which the first joins the sternum. Mtu. Gould. Genus Latham**. 1451. The skeleton of the Swift Lorikeet (Latham** ducolor). Of the 18 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs : of these the last five pairs unite with the sternum ; there is a seventh pair attached to the sacrum, which also joins the sternum. In this species the suborbital tract of bone is com- plete by the junction of the lacrymal with the anteriorly produced mastoid : the sternum pre- sent* the same form and development as in the genus SupAema. The rurculum i* small ami slender. J/M. Gould. 280 Genus Euphema. 1452. The skeleton of the Blue-banded Grass-Parrakeet (Euphema chrysostoma). i Of the 1 8 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs unite with the sternum : there are also two pairs of ribs attached to the sacrum, of which the first articulates with the sternum. The sternum is of great extent, and the keel of unusual depth in this genus of swift-flying Parrots ; but there are two mode- rately large oval vacuities near the posterior border, which describes a semicircle. The sub- orbital process of the lacrymal does not quite reach the mastoid. Mm. Gould. Genus Trichoglossus (Lories). 1453. The skeleton of the Lory (Trichoglossus concinnus). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs unite with the sternum : two other pairs of ribs are attached to the sacrum, the first of which joins the sternum. The suborbital process of the lacrymal rests upon the slender zygomatic arch, and the mastoid descends and touches the same arch. The right posterior small perforation of the sternum is almost obliterated. The spines of the dorsal vertebrae form a continuous ridge of bone, but are not anchylosed. Mus. Gould. Genus Psittacus. 1454. The skeleton of the Ash-coloured Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). The suborbital process of the lacrymal terminates before it has extended halfway beneath the orbit. Of the 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs ; and of these the last five pairs unite with the sternum. The first two sacral vertebrae also bear ribs, both pairs of which articulate with the sternum. Hunterian. 1455. The skeleton of a Parrot (Psittacus erMacus). The suborbital process of the lacrymal very nearly attains the mastoid : the postfrontal is feebly developed. Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs and the last five unite with the sternum : there are also two pairs of sacral ribs. Mm. South. 1456. The skeleton of a Parrot (Psittacus). The ossification continued below the orbit from the lacrymal joins the mastoid, but not the postfrontal. The right humerus has been fractured near its middle and united. Of the 1 9 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, and of these the la»t five pun unite with the atrnmm. TV fint two Mcrml vertebnc also bear rib*, both pairs of which articulate with the sternum. Ilutitrrta*. 1 157. The skeleton of a Parrot (Pnttaciu viridit). In thii specimen, the ossification continued from the lacrymal beneath the orbit dors not quite rrach the postfrontal : the mastoid terminate* freely : the parocdpital* are slightly ex- tended backward! at their extremities. Of the 18 Tertebne between the skull and Mcrum. the six posterior support move-able ribs, and of these the last four pairs articulate with the sternum : the sacral ribs are wanting. Mtu. South. 1458. The left half of a vertically-bisected cranium of a Parrot (Pnttaciu). The suborbital process of the lacrymal approaches, but does not join, the mastoid : the [x>st frontal is a mere tubercle : the |>aroccipital is slightly produced backwards : the tentorial ridge dividing the prosencephalic from the mesenccphalic cavity is more developed than in the Crane, as is also the ridge to which the falx is attached. The petrosal fossa is compara- tively shallow. Hvnteriati. Genus Ramphattos (Toucans). 1459. The skeleton of the Black-billed Toucan (Rnmphasio* luteus, Gmel., Linn.). Latham, in his ' History of Birds,' edit. 1822, vol. ii. p. 280, when giving the generic cha- racters of the Toucan, mentions but one smooth-billed species, as an exception to the others . all of which, he observes, have the edges of their mandibles more or less irregularly notched or serrated. Rampkaitot glaber is the species cited as differing in this particular from the rest ; although in most other respects resembling the female of the Green-winged Toucan (RampAtutot riridii). The bird from which the above skeleton was made was in a living state in the menagerie at Exeter Change, and appeared to be full-grown. Except in the cir- cumstances of the edges of the bill being jierfect ly smooth (which, if observed, is omitted by Latham), and in the general colour of the body, which was a dusky grey, the rest of the plumage and external characters strictly corresponded with his description of the black-billed ' species. Pvrckaned. 1460. The skull of the Toco Toucan (Kamphastog Toco). Mm. Hrit. 1461. The mandibles of the Yellow-breasted Toucan (Rampkaxto* Tucaitiu). Mtu. Brit. 1462. The skull of the Yellow-breasted Toucan (Kampkattoi Tucaiuui). Mut. Brit. 2o 282 1463. The skull of the Yellow-breasted Toucan (Ramphastos Tucanus). The horny sheaths of the mandibles have been removed. Mus. Brit. 1464. The skull of the Red-billed Toucan (Ramphastos erytltrorhynchus). Mm. Brit. 1465. The horny sheath of the upper mandible of the Red-billed Toucan (Ramphas- tos erythrorhynchus). Mus. Brit. 1466. The lower mandible of a Toucan. Hunterian. Genus Corythaix. 1467. The skull of a Touraco (Corythaix). The mastoid and postfrontal processes are small and pointed. The lacrymals are large, as are the antorbital processes of the prefrontals. Purchased. Genus Picus. 1468. The skeleton of the Woodpecker (Picus viridis). The cranium is remarkable for a shallow canal extended along its upper median line and inclining between the orbits towards the right nostril. The long cornua (thyrohyals) of the hyoid arch play in this groove, having their fixed point in the nostril and arching backwards and downwards over the cranium to join the basihyal. The extremities of the scapula are deflected and slightly expanded. The form and position of the external distal trochlea of the metatarsus present the usual characteristics of this part in the Scansores. The coalesced ter- minal caudal vertebrae develope a broad flat plate below, with a groove on each side between it and the transverse processes, affording a firm basis of attachment to the stiff tail-feathers, which prop up the bird while clinging to the vertical trunk of trees in quest of its insect food. Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs : of these, the last five pairs unite with the sternum. The first sacral vertebra bears a pair of ribs, which unite with the hcemapophyses of tne last dorsal pair. Mus. South. 1469. The skeleton of a Woodpecker (Picus viridis). Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum. There is one pair of sacral ribs, which join the last dorsal pair. The sclerotic plates are preserved in this skeleton. Purchased. 283 1470. The skull of the Green Woodpecker (Pint* ciridu). Presented by H'illiam Home Clift, EMJ. 1471. The skull of the Great Black Woodpecker (Pictu martitu). Hunterian. 1472. The skull of a long and slender-billed Woodpecker (Pictu). Mtu. Brit. 1473. The mandibles of the White-billed, or large American Woodpecker (Pic** principalis). Presented by W. Bullock, Etq 1474. The skull of the Buff-crested Woodpecker (Pictu melanoleuciu). Mut. Brit 1475. The sternum, scapular arches and proximal ends of the humcri of a Wood- pecker (Pictu viridis), showing the capsular ossicles of the shoulder-joint. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.S.S. Genus Cttculm (Cuckoos). 1476. The skeleton of the Cuckoo (Cucultu canon*). Of the 19 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable rib*, the last four pain of which unite with the sternum : there are also two pairs of sacral ribs. The postfroutals are obsolete, and the mastoids very feebly developed : the interorbital space is narrow, but the surface for the attachment of the upper beak is extended transversely by the anchylosed lacrymals. The apes of the furculum joins the keel of the sternum. Tin- outer trochlea of the metatarsus is directed outwards, but not so much backwards as in the more typical Scaiuorrt. Miu. South 1477. The skull of a Cuckoo (Cuculut pallioiattu, Lath.)? Hat.— New Holland. Presented by William Home Clift, Etq. 2o2 284 Order PASSERES. Tribe STNDACTTLI. Genus Alcedo. 1478. The skeleton of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida}. The temporal depressions meet at a ridge on the parietals : the sternum has four notches posteriorly : there is no episternal process, but its equivalent is developed from the anterior border of the keel, which touches the apex of the furculum. The upper extremity of each half of the furculum sends forwards a broad and thin process. There are 19 vertebrae be- tween the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last four pairs unite with the sternum : there is also a pair of sacral ribs. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Presented by Sir Anthony Carlisle, F.R.8. 1479. The skeleton of a Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Of the 19 vertebras between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, and of these the last four pairs join the sternum. There is also a pair of sacral ribs. Mm. South. 1480. The skull of the Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by J)r. Leach, F.L.S. 1481. The skeleton of the Great Australian Kingfisher (Dacelo giyanted). It is remarkable for the large proportional size of the skull, and for the strength and the breadth of the conical beak. The temporal fossae meet at a median ridge. The occipital surface is nearly flat. The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 19, of which the last six bear moveable ribs : of these, the last four pairs are united to the sternum. There is also a pair of sacral ribs, similarly united to the sternum by bony heemapophyses, which are overlapped by the outer and hinder angle of the sternum. The furculum sends off a process near its scapular end. The metatarsus is short in proportion to the tibia. Hunt man. 1482. The skull of the Great Australian Kingfisher (Dacelo yiganted). The plane of the occipital foramen looks obliquely downwards and backwards. The post- frontal is larger than the mastoid, and there is an accessory process from the alisphenoid. The temporal fossa is bounded by a ridge both mesially and laterally. The lacrymal bone is unusually developed, and the prefrontal process is wedged into it. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. Ml Family Mcropida (Bee-eaten). Genus Eurystomta. The skeleton of the Southern Eurystome (Euryatwim* atutralu). The tibise and inrtaUni are very long and slender : the procnemial prooeMet ibnn vertirnl equilateral triangular plates : the ectocnemial processes are short and hooked downward*. There are 1 7 vertebra; between the skull and (801101, the last sis of which bear movrahlr ribs ; and of these the last four pairs are articulated to the sternum by hajnupophyses. Then- is a pair of sacral ribs. HimtrriaK. Genus Coracitu. 1484. The skeleton of the Roller (Coracia* garrula). The mastoid process is obsolete : the postfrontal is unusually long, and descend* vertically to the squamosal or sygomatic process of the upper jaw : the sternum has four notches posteriorly. There are 19 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which liear moreable ribs ; and of these the last five pairs are joined to the sternum : there is a pair of Mcral ribs, the haemapophyses of which join those of the but dorsal pair. There are H cau- dal vertebra?. Mu* South. 1485. The skeleton of the Bengal Roller (Coracia* lirngtileiutui). There are 17 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, the pain of moveable rib* attached to the last four of which unite with the -ten mm. The false ribs anterior to these are want- big. There is one pair of sacral ribs. The long descending postfrontal joins the sqiumosal. Mm*. .VowAi. Genus Bvcero*. 1486. The skeleton of the Pied Hombill (tiucero* vioiaceiu). The atlas and axis vertebne are wanting : of the 1 7 remaining vertebrae between the «knll and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs ; of these the second, third and fourth pain unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, the hsetiiapophyses of which join those of the hut dorsal pair of ribs. The chief characteristic of the bird* of this genus is the unusually Urge siie of the beak, and the development of a bony process from its up|H*r part ; the horny covering* of both are preserved in this skeleton. The nostrils are small, and are pierced at the back part of the base of the upper mandible in the interspace between it and the superimposed bony pro- cease*. The mastoid and postfrontal are moderately long and slender, but do not meet. The xygomatic processes of the upper mandible are thicker than usual in relation to its pii|>erior 286 size. The occipital surface is broad and well defined, and the vertebree of the neck retain their full size to near the cranium. The two upper ones support posterior metapophyses. • The rule-aural ossicles are preserved. Mus. Brookes. 1487. The skeleton of a younger specimen or female of the Pied Hornbill (Buceros violaceus}. In this skeleton also the atlas and axis are wanting, and perhaps also another cervical ver- tebra. Of the 16 vertebrae which remain between the skull and sacrum, the last six support moveable ribs ; and of these the second, third and fourth pairs join the sternum : the sacral pair of ribs are wanting. The horuy sheath of the mandibles has been removed from the left side. The sternum has two shallow notches behind in both skeletons. Mus. Langstaff. 1488. The skull of a Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros Rhinoceros}. Hunterian. 1489. The skull of a Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros Rhinoceros], from which the horn-like process has been removed ; showing the light cancellous structure of the beak to which it was attached. Hunterian. 1490. The mandibles and portions of the tympanic bones of a Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros Rhinoceros). Mus. Brit. 1491. The horny sheath of the upper mandible of a Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros Rhinoceros). Hunterian. 1492. The mandibles and crest of the Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros Rhinoceros), longitudinally and vertically bisected. Hunterian. 1493. The skull of the Helmet Hornbill (Buceros aaleatus). The horny sheath is left on the beak ; the hinder hah0 of the cranium has been removed, which shows the strong vertical median bony wall dividing the fore-part of the pros- encephalic chamber Presented by Sir T. 8. Raffles, F.R.8. 1494. The mandibles, with their horny sheath, of the Helmet Hornbill (Buceros ga- leatus). Mus. Leverianum. 181 1495. The skull of a Helmet Hornhill (B*crro$ galfatwi), vertically and longitudi- nally bisected. It show* the denser texture of the cancellous bases of the upper beak, and especially of it* large upper process. The prosencephalic median septum is very dense : the septum dividing the proscnceptialic from the mewucrphalic rluunber ii unusually developed. The occiput has been cut away. The long postfrontal nearly touches the tquamotal. The niMtniil. though smaller, is well developed. 1496. The upper mandible, with its homy sheath, and the anterior part of the cra- nium of a Helmet Hornhill (linn-nut galeatiu), longitudinally and vertically bisected ; showing the thick and dense horny covering in front of the super- imposed process of the mandible. Hunteria*. 1497. The horny sheath of the upper mandible of a Helmet Hornbill (Buccrot yaie- afiu). Printed by Sir Jotepk Bank, Bart., P.R.S. 1498. A longitudinal section of the horny covering of the upper mandible of a Helmet Hombill (Bucero* yaleatiut). llmtieria*. 1499. The skull, with the horny sheaths of the mandibles, of the Bifronted Horn- bill (Bucrros bicomif). lluntmait. 1500. The skull, with the horny sheaths of the mandibles and the dried skin of the head, of a Bifronted Hombill (Bucero* bicornit). .!/«*. Brit. 1501. The cranium of a Bifronted Hombill (Bucrros bicornu). The crest has been removed to show the light reticulate structure of the osseous platform attaching it to the upper mandible. Prrxmfrtf by Sir William Hliznrd, F.H.X. 1502. The skull of a Bifronted Hornbill (fiucfro* bicornif), longitudinally and ver- tically bisected, with part of the crest and the horny sheatlis of the mandibhv removed. The vertical course of the nasal patoage U exposed at the base of the mandible. The pros- encephalic chamber has not the detwe vertical septum, as in the Btteerot galraltu. The (mall 288 size of the occipital condyle in proportion to the head is very remarkable in the present sin- gularly modified skull, in which it seems only to serve as the pivot for its movements. Hunterian. 1503. The skull, wanting the back part of the cranium, but with the horny sheaths of the mandibles, of the Wreathed Hornbill (Buceros plicatus). Mus. Brookes. 1504. The dried head of the male Abba Gumba, or Abyssinian Hornbill (Buceros Abyssinicus). Presented by Henry Salt, Esq. 1505. The skull of the female Abyssinian Horlbill (Buceros Abyssinicus). Presented by Henry Salt, Esq. 1506. The mandibles and crest of the Flat-crowned Hornbill (Buceros planiceps). Hunterian. 1507. The dried head of the Hornbill (Buceros}. 1508. The skull of the Pied Hornbill (Buceros Malabaricus). Hunterian. 1509. The skull of the Panayan Hornbill (Buceros Panayensis). Congo Expedition, 1816. 1510. The skull of the Angola, or Stripe-tailed Hornbill (Buceros fasciatus). Congo Expedition, 1816. 1511. The skull of the Angola Hornbill (Buceros fasciatus). Congo Expedition, 1816. 1512. The skull of a young Pied Hornbill (Buceros Malabaricus). Mus. Lcverianum. 1513. The skull of a young African Hornbill (Buceros). Congo Expedition, 1816. Genus Upupa. 1514. The skeleton of the Hoopoe (Upupa Epops). There are 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveablc ribs, and the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum. Mus. South. 289 1515. The skull of the common Hoopoe (Up*pa epopt). Hwntena* 1516. The skull of the common Hoopoe (Uptipa rpopt). Pretfnted by William Home Cliff, K*q. Tribe HKTKRODACTYU. Genus Cyjaeltut. 1517. The skeleton of the Swift (Cyp*eln» Aptu). Of the 16 vertebrae between the ikull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable rib*, the but four pain of which unite with the sternum : there are two pun of sacral rib*. The sternum is entire and long, but dor* not extend to far back ai in the Humming-bird*. Tin depth of the keel exceeds the greatest breadth of the sternum. The arch of the furculura is wide and rounded. The scapula is narrow, but of great length, almost reaching to the ilium. The humerus is very short and thick, with strong pectoral and deltoid processes, and with a trochlear groove on the back of the outer condyle. The ulna is more than twice as thick as the radius ; both are short and straight. The metacarpus surpasses them in length, and tin- proximal phalanx of the middle digit is unusually broad and deeply excavated on its outer xurface, for the attachment of the bases of the long primaries, or quill-feathers of flight. Not any of the four toes are directed backward*, and the outer or fourth toe, with the third as well as the second, hare but three phalanges. The chief modifications in the skeleton of this bird relate to it* wonderful powers of flight ; the shortncM of the metatarsus and the position of the toes, to it* habit of clinging to and climbing vertical surfaces, and to its defective powers of perching. .!/«*. South. 1518. The skull of the Swift (Cypgefa Aptu). Purcktued. Genus Trockiltu. 1519. The skeleton of a Humming-bird (Trockil** Clemfnciai). The occipital region is indented by two vertical channel*, which converge as they ascend, bounding laterally the cerebellar prominence and meeting upon the upper median depression, between the cerebral prominence* : the long cornua of the hyoid play in these channel*. The lacrymals are large, and form the anterior boundaries of the capacious orbit*. The chief peculiarity in the skeleton of the birds of this family is the great extent of the sternum, which reaches backwards to below the last caudal vertebra, and the enormous depth of the keel, which surpasses that of the entire thorax. The humeru* i* short, but character- it 290 ized, like that in the Mole, by the strength of its processes and ridges. There is a separate olecranon or ulnar patella : the modified metacarpal and phalangeal bones which support the primaries, or principal feathers of flight, are both long and strong. The bones of the leg are small and slender. There are 17 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last five pairs are articulated to the sternum. There are 5 caudal vertebra. Presented by Charles Stokes, Esq., F.R.S. 1520. The skeleton of a Humming-bird (Trochilus Kinyii). This species is remarkable for the great southern extent of its range. The individual from which the skeleton was prepared was shot by one of the officers of Captain King's circum- navigatory expedition, whilst hovering over flowers during a snow-storm, in Patagonia. There are 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last five of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last four pairs are articulated to the sternum. There are two pairs of sacral ribs, and 6 caudal vertebrae. Presented by Claries Stokes, Esq., F.R.S. 1521. The skeleton of a Humming-bird, of the genus Trochilus. Of the 16 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the four posterior ones bear moveable ribs, the last three pairs of which unite with the sternum : there are two sacral ribs. Purchased. 1522. The skeleton of another species of Humming-bird, of the genus Trochilus. Of the 16 vertebree between the skull and sacrum, the last four bear moveable ribs, of which the last three pairs are joined to the sternum : there are two sacral ribs. Purchased. 1523. The skeleton of a Humming-bird, of the genus Orthorhynchus. Of the 1 5 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the four posterior bear moveable ribs, of which the last three pairs unite with the sternum : there are two sacral ribs, the first of which joins the sternum. Purchased. The three preceding skeletons are suspended under the same glass shade, and demonstrate well the characteristics of the bony fabric of the most diminutive, most active, and most beautiful of birds. Genus Caprimidgus. • 1524. The skeleton of the common Goat-sucker (Caprimulgus europceus). The sternum has a long and deep keel, with two moderate posterior notches : the pectoral and deltoid processes of the humerus are both well-developed, and the antibrachium, and 291 minus, or pinion-bone*, are long, especially M compared with the tibia and mrUUnmn. Tin- outer toe ha* not more than three phalanges. There are 1 7 vertebrae between the ikull and sacrum, of which the lait five bear moreable ribs, and of tbeae the but four pain arc united to the iternum : there is a pair of slender sacral ribs, which do not reach the sternum. M**. South. 1525. The skull of the European Goat-sucker (Capri wulyu* ntropenu). HuHtrria*. Genus .fyvikele*. 1526. The skeleton of a Goat-sucker (-fyothele* crittattu). • Of the 18 vertebne between the akull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum : there U one pair of sacral ribs. There are 7 caudal vertebne. The sternum presents four large angular vacuities posteriorly. The fourth toe has the usual number of phalange*, vis. five. .1/iM. Gould 1527. The skeleton of the Crested Goat-sucker {.KyotMe* crittatut). The two outer of the four angular vacuities of the sternum are notches in this skeleton. The apex of the furculum unites with the point of the sternal keel. The maitoid doe* not join the postfrontal ; both processes are short : the number of vertebne between the skull and sacrum is 1 8, of which the last six bear moveable ribs, and of these the last four pain are united Jo the sternum. There is one pair of sacral ribs. Hali. Van Diemrn's Land. Hunter ian. 1628. The skeleton of an Australian Goat-sucker (Podaryu* kumeralis), with the horny parts of the mandible and tongue preserved. Both the cranium and beak are remarkable for their great breadth, and the bony base of the upper mandible is more developed than in the .Kgolktle*. The temporal fosse are long, but narrow, and are arched over, as in the Crocodile, by the union of the mastoid with the postfrontal. The lacrymaU have coalesced with the nasals and maxillaries, the bones of the upper beak retaining a moveable articulation with the frontal. The sternum has four poste- rior notches. There are 18 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last four pairs are articulated to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which do not reach the sternum. There are 7 caudal vertebne. Mu*. Gould. IrS 293 Tribe CANTORES. Genus Hirundo. 1529. The skeleton of Hirundo pacifaa. Of the 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear inoveable ribs, of which the last four pairs join the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The sternum is rather small, compared "with that of other members of the Swallow- tribe, and presents the usual Passerine characters of two posterior angular notches and a produced and bifurcate epi- sternum. The keel, however, is deep. Hunter ian. 1530. The skull of a Swallow (Hirundo rustica}. Purchased. Family Certhiadce (Creepers). 1531. The skeleton of the Brown Reed-Creeper (Dazyornis australis). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last three pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is a pair of sacral ribs. The mastoid and postfrontal are represented by a simple continuous ridge, forming the upper boundary of the temporal depression, which is divided by a vertical ridge, and is separated by a horizontal one from the base of the skull. The apex of the furculum joins that of the sternum, and the apex of the pubis joins that of the ischium, leaving two foramina between those bones. Mm. Gould. 1532. The skeleton of Temminck's Creeper (Orthonyx Temminckii). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior have moveable ribs, of which the last five pairs unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which also join the sternum. The expanded apex of the furculum joins the fore part of the keel of the sternum. Mm. Gould. Genus Sitetta. 1533. The skeleton of the Black-capped Creeper (Sitella mclanoccphala). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, of which the last five pairs articulate with the sternum. The expanded apex of the furculum joins the fore part of the keel of the sternum. The membrane filling up the posterior notches of the sternum has become ossified. Hunterian. Genus Diceeum. 1534. The skeleton of the Scarlet Creeper (Dtcatum rubrvm). Of the 17 Tcrtebne between the skull uid Mcnun, the but six bear moveable rib*, of which the but fire pairs join the sternum : there i.t one pair of sacral ribs, which do not join tin sternum. The metatarsi are longer than the tibia:. Mut. Brooke*. Genus Certhia. 1585. The skull of the Common Creeper (Certhiafamiliari*): Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Sitfa. 1536. The skeleton of the Nuthatch (Sitfa europtea). There are 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six bear moveablr ribs, and of these the last five pairs unite with the sternum : the pair of sacral ribs do not reach the sternum. J/«. South Tribe CONMROSTRBS. Genus Sturntt*. 1537. The skeleton of the Starling (Sturnus vnlyari»). The apex of the furculum rests upon the anterior extremity of the keel of the sternum : the epistemal process is trifurcate. There are 19 vertebra; between the skull and nacruni, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the but five pairs unite with the ster- num : there is one pair of sacral ribs. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. .l/sw. South. 1538. The skeleton of the Starling (Shtrnwi vulyaris). There are 19 vertebra: between the skull and sacrum, the but six of which bear moveable ribs ; of these the but five pairs articulate with the sternum : there it one pair of sacral ribs. Purchased. 1539. The skull of the Starling (Stuntun vulgar*). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1 540. The skull of the Starling (Stunu* vulgarit). Purchased. 294 Genus Zawthornis. 1541. The skeleton of the Lesser Troopial (Zanthornis minor). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four of which unite with the sternum : the first sacral vertebra also bears a pair of ribs. Mm. South. Genus Strepera. 1542. The skeleton of the Pied Crow-shrike (Strepera graculina). The base of the upper beak arises suddenly above the frontal region. The first phalanx of the hind-toe is unusually elongated. There are 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last five pairs are attached to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. Mus. Gould. Genus Anthocheera. I 543. The skeleton of the Tasmanian Wattle-bird (Anthocheera carunculata). There are 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last five pairs are articulated to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Mus. Gould. Genus Cracticus. 1544. The skeleton of a New Holland Crow (Cracticus streperus). There are 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last seven of which support moveable ribs : of these the first two pairs are free ; the five succeeding ones are articulated with the sternum ; an eighth pair of ribs is attached to the sacrum, but does not reach the sternum. There are 8 caudal vertebrae. Mus. Gould. 1545. The skeleton of a Tasmanian Crow (Cracticus hypoleucus). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last three pairs of which unite with the sternum : the sacrum bears a single pair of ribs, which also join the sternum. Mils. Gould. 1546. The skull of a Raven (Corvus corax). Hunterian. 1547. The skull of a Raven (Corvus corax), vertically and longitudinally bisected, with the horny sheaths of the bill retained. Purchased. 295 154S. The skeleton of the Carrion Crow (Coma corone). Of the 19 vertebrae between the tkull and sacrum, the lix posterior bear movrable rib*, the last five pain of which unite with the iterouui : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which job the tucmapophyse* uf the but donal pair. The mastoid if more developed than in tht Hooded specie* of Crow. Mtu .SWA 1549. The skull of the Carrion Crow (Coroiu corotui). Purchased. 1550. The skeleton of the Hooded Crow (Corviu cortie). Of the 'JO vertebr»e between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last fire pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which almost join the sternum. The postfrontal and mastoid an* moderately developed. A strong ridge is continued down the back part of the metatarsus. Mtu. Noutk. 1551. The skull of the Hooded Crow (Corviu cor*i*). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1552. The skull of the Hooded Crow (Corviu comix). Purchased. 1553. The skull of a Rook (Corviu friyilegiu). Hwtteria*. 1554. The bisected skull of a Rook (Corviu frHgileyu*), with the outer table removed, exposing the reticulate union of the walls of the fine cancelli of the diploe along a plane parallel with that table, which union is descrilx-d as a third or inter- mediate table of the skull by the Donor, J. //. Stewart, 1555. The skull of the Jay (Corviu (Garni**) alandariiu). Hmtlerta*. Genus Coccothraiutet. 1556. The skeleton of the Grosbeak (Coccothrrmttr* comunmu). This is remarkable for the tumid development of the bones of the upper and lower beak : the processes answering to the mastoid are unusually advanced ; the postfrontals terminate the superorbital plate, which is slightly bent upwards. The paroccipitals are broad and much produced downwards. The coronoid processes of the lower jaw are unusually developed. The rpisternal process is bifurcate. There are 19 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six bear moveable ribs : of these the last fire pairs are articulated to the iter- 296 num : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, neither of which directly join the sternum. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Mm, South. 1557. The skeleton of the Grosbeak (Coccothraustes communis). There are 1 9 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last five pairs unite with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, which do not directly join the sternum. The sclerotic rings are preserved in this skele- ton. There are 7 caudal vertebrae. Purchased. 1558. The skull of the Grosbeak (Coccothraustes communis). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1559. The skull of the male Green Grosbeak (Coccothraustes Chloris). Purchased. 1560. The .skull of the female Green Grosbeak (Coccothraustes Chloris}. Purchased. Genus Loxia. 1561. The skeleton of the Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, of which the last five pairs unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The upper beak is slightly bent to the left, and the pointed symphysis of the lower jaw is more strongly twisted to the right. • The process answering to the mastoid is a vertical ridge, almost equally bisecting the wide temporal fossa : the occipital ridges are unusually well-developed in this small bird. These indications of great muscular power acting upon the head and beak, accord with the known habits of the bird in wrenching out the seeds of the pine-cones, which form its chief and favourite food. The apex of the furculum joins that of the sternum. Mus. South. 1562. The skull of the Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra). Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. 1563. The skull of the Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra). Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. 1564. The skeleton of the Virginian Cardinal (Loxia Cardinalis). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The base of the mastoid process extends from the tympanic articulation half-way towards the m frouul. The coroooid proceas of the lower jaw U well-developed. M it usual in tbe Com- rotlrtt. The S|Jat«rnsl proceM is bifurratr, each branch bring attached by ligament to thr proximal end* of the furculum : the apes of that bone is expanded, but doe* not touch thr keel of the sternum. .!/«*. Hrookr*. Genus Liitaria. ir)6"). The skeleton of tin- Linnet (Liitaria can*abi*a). There are 1 5 vertebra- between the skull and facrum, the last six of which bear moveablr ribt : of their the but fire pain unite with the sternum : there i* one pair of sacral ribs. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Purchased. Genus Carduelu. 1566. The skeleton of the Goldfinch (Carduelu commitmu). There are 1 6 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, of which the last six bear moreablr rib* : of these the last five pain articulate with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. Purchased. 1567. The skull of the Goldfinch (Carduelu comamnu). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.8. 1668. The skull of the Goldfinch (Carduelu communu). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1569. The skull of the Siskin (Carduelu tpimut). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. • 1570. The skull of the Siskin (Carduelu spiitut). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Pyryita. 1571. The skeleton of the House Sparrow (Pyrgita domettica). There are 18 vertebra- between the skull and sacrum, of which the but six bear moveable ribs : of these the last five pain are joined to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The apex of the furculum joins that of the keel of the sternum. Pretexted by W. Home dift, E*q. 1572. The skull of the House Sparrow (FringiUa dvmetticd). The process answer- ing to the mastoid is continued from the middle of the temporal fossa, in advance of the small process in front of the tympanic articulation. Pre**ted by W. Home Cli/t, E»q. 2u 298 Genus Plectrophanes. 1573. The skull of the Snowfleck (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Emberiza. 1574. The skull of the common, or Yellow Bunting (Emberiza citrinella). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Parus. 1575. The skull of the Great Titmouse (Parus major). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. , » Genus Alauda. 1576. The skeleton of a male Lark (Alauda arvensis). The apex of the furculum is connected with the process extending from the anterior part of the keel of the sternum. The chief characteristic of this skeleton is the great length of the phalanges of the back-toe, and of the almost straight claw which they support. There are 1 7 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs are united to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. There are 6 caudal vertebrse. Mus. South. 1577. The skeleton of a female Lark (Alauda arvensis). There are 1 7 vertebra from the skull to the sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs : of these the last four pairs unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. There are 7 caudal vertebrse. Presented by Dr. Willis, F.R.S. Genus Pardalotis. 1578. The skeleton of the Striped Pipit (Pardalotis striatus). Of the 18 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The sternum presents the usual Passerine characters ; namely, the two posterior triangular vacui- ties and the bifurcated episternum. Mus. Gould. Genus Regulus. 1579. The skull of the Golden-crested Wren (Motacilla reyulus, Linn.). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 299 Genus CWrrwca. 15SO. The skeleton of the Nightingale (Gtrrnca Intcinia). There are I H vertebra- between the skull aii.l Mcrum. of which the but seven bear move- able rib* : of these the but five pain are articulated to the sternum : there is on* |»air ol' sacral ribs. There are 6 caudal vertebne. Pretexted by Henry dine, txq. Genus Accentor. 1581. The skull of the Hedge-Sparrow, or Warbler (Accentor modular**}. Pretented by Dr. Leach, F.L.8. Genus MotaciUa. 1582. The skull of the White Wagtail (MotaciQa alba et cinerea). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1583. The skull of the common Wagtail (Molacitia YarreUii). Purchased. Genus Petroica. 1 584. Tlie skeleton of the Petroica bicolor. <>f the 16 vertebrae between tbe skull and sacruin, the last fire bear moveable ribs, the but four pairs of whicli unite with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, which join tbe sternum. The iliac boues form, together, s triangular plate, with the angles truncate, tra- versed by a sharp median ridgr, and much expanded posteriorly, where they are crossed by a transverse ridge. Mut. Gould. Genus Maluru*. 1585. The skeleton of a male Malurus (Malurut cyaneut). Of the 1 6 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the but four pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs. Tin- sternum is entire in this species, the membrane that filled the posterior notches, still indicated by their thickened borders, having become ossified. The apex of the long and slender fur- culum joins that of the keel of the sternum. The tibiae and metatarsi are long and slender. Mtu. Gould. Genus Acanthiza. 1586. The skeleton of the Acanthiza uropygialit. Of the 18 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bew moveable ribs, the Sol 300 last four of which articulate with the sternum. The coracoids are long and slender, exceed- ing in length the sternum, which presents the usual Passerine characters. The chief pecu- liarity in the skeleton of this species is the length and slenderness of the tibiae and metatarsi. Mus. Gould. Genus Oriolus. 1587. The skull of a Golden Oriole (Oriolus galbuld). Purchased. Genus Eulabes. 1588. The skeleton of the Mino Grackle (Eulabes mino). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pairs of which unite with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs. Both the postfrontals and mastoids are very feebly developed. The episternum is bifurcate. The apex of the furculum joins that of the keel of the sternum. The broad compressed spines of the dorsal vertebrse form an almost continuous crest with those of the sacrum, but the lines of separation are discernible in these and in the centrums below. Mus. South. Genus Meliphaga. 1589. The skeleton of the Honeybird (Meliphaga chloronata}. There are 1 6 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs, and of these the last five pairs unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. There are 6 caudal vertebrae. Mm. Gould. Genus Cinclosoma. 1590. The skeleton of the male of Latham's Cinclosome (Cinclosoma Lathami). The keel of the sternum is very long and deep, but the sternum has two deep notches posteriorly ; and the angle of the furculum, and shortness of the wing bones, indicate this to be not a bird of powerful flight. There are 19 vertebrae between tlie skull and sacrum, the last six of which bear moveable ribs : of these the last five pairs are united to the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. Mm. Gould. 1591. The skeleton of Cinclosoma punctatum. Of the 1 9 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : the sacral pair of ribs also articulates with 301 the tternum. The two posterior notches of the sternum are unusually wide and deep, and the lateral prootM which bound* thrm externally is suddenly expanded and overlap* thr la*( 1'iur of rib*. MM Goild. Genus Turd**. 1592. The skull of the Fieldfare Thrush (T»rd*» pilari*). Pretexted by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1593. The skull of the Singing Thrush (Tunlu* miuictui). Pfetented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1594. The skull of the Redwing Thrush (Turdiu ilianu). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Tyraitntut. 1(95. The skeleton of the Flycatcher (Tyran*u* Dominicenn«). Of the 1 9 vertebnr between the ikull and tacnim, the six posterior bear moveable nlo. the last five pain of which unite with the sternum : there is owe pair of sacral ribs, which also join the sternum. The mastoid arches down from aboTe the tympanic articulation, anil in long and pointed. The cpistemum is bifurcate : the costal process is well-developed : thr apex of the furculum does not reach that of the keel of the sternum. The broad, wjuarr, compressed spines of the six dorsal vertebra? are connected together at their upper extre- mities. Mu* South Genus Muecicapa. 1596. The skeleton of the White-fronted Flycatcher (Musacapa albifroM). Of the 18 rertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last fire pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. Thr apex of the furculum joins that of the keel of the sternum. The posterior notches are con- verted into triangular foramina. .!/«*. Go*U Genus Rhipidxra. 1597. The skeleton of Rkipid*ra motaciUoidet. Of the 18 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pain of which articulate with the sternum. MM. Govld. 302 Genus Cracticus. 1598. The skeleton of the Cracticus Inglisii. Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which also joins the sternum. The mastoid and postfrontal are moderately developed : an oval foramen is left between the angular and surangular pieces of the lower jaw. The sternum has two posterior notches and a bifurcate episternum. The bony bridge at the distal end of the tibia extends from the middle of the anterior surface to above the outer condyle. The calcaneal process of the metatarsus has two perforations and two grooves. The short metatarsal of the back-toe is strongly developed, and supports a long and powerful hind-claw. The base of the beak presents two perforations on each side in advance of the ascending process of the maxillary. Mus. Gould. Genus Vanga. 1599. The skeleton of a female Australian Shrike (Vanga destructor). Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last six of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The mastoid and postfrontal are slender and prolonged downwards, the latter almost to the zygoma. There is a slender styliform process on the inner side of the mastoid, of nearly equal length. There are two perforations on each side the base of the upper mandible. Mus. Gould. 1600. The skeleton of an Australian Shrike (Vanga Cuvieri). Of the 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs. The same pe- culiarities are observable in this as in the Vanga destructor. Mus. Gould. Order ACCIPITRES. Tribe NOCTURNE. Genus Subo. 1601. The skeleton of the Horned Owl (Bubo europeeus). The number of vertebrae between the skull and sacrum is 1 9, and of these the six posterior support moveable ribs j a seventh pair of ribs is attached to the first sacral vertebra. The haemapophyses of the third to the sixth pair of ribs inclusive articulate directly with the -u-rmim : the pleurapophyses of the nine ribs rapport bony appendage*. The orbiu are remarkable for their siie, and |>artirularlv for the gre»t extension and anterior aspect of (heir posterior wall, which i* chiefly due to the broad antero-|>osteriorly compressed postfrontal. There ii a small t uperorripiul foramen, and a larger foramen on each side of it. The breadth of the cerebral cavity exceed* iU length. The tarso-metatarsals are deeply excavated posit • riorly, and the outer distal tnx-hlra it much bent backwards. Mi 1602. The skeleton of the Great Homed Owl (Bubo maxim**). Of the 19 rertebne between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pain of which unite with the sternum : there is a (seventh) pair of ribs attache*) i<> the sacrum, but not to the sternum. The sternum, in this as in the preceding skeleton, luu four posterior notches. A strong superorbital bone it attached to each autorbital process. MH*. Sou til. Genus Athene. 1603. The skeleton of an Australian Owl (Athene fortu). Of the 19 vertebras between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable rib», the last fire pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which does not reach the sternum. The postfrontaU, mastoids and paroccipitaLi hare each the form of broad thin platen, compressed from before backward*, thr postfrontals being unusually produced downwards to increase the large orbit, and to give it a more anterior aspect. Thr frontal* form a convex prominence above the base of the beak, and send off two nhort antorbital [in. ceases. The angle of the jaw is unusually produced inwards : the pterygoid terminates be- tween this and the orbital proems of the tympanic. The sternum pmenls four posterior notches. There is no osseous bridge in front of the distal end of the tibia, but a strong our »|i.in- from the middle of the fore part of the proximal rod of the metatarsus to it* outer border. The calcaneal process is produced backwards, and is expanded at its cxtn-tiuu . The inner condyle of the metatarsus is bent backwards and inward*. The fibula has coalesced with the tibia at two points. Genus Ofn*. 1604. The sternum and scapular arches of a Horn Owl (Ohu). llunterian. Genus Syntinm. 1605. The skuU of the Wood-Owl (Synium allied). Pre**ted by William Clift, E*q., F.R.S. 1606. The skull of the Wood-Owl (Synium allied). H**tcria*. 304 Genus Strix. 1607. The skull of a Barn-Owl (Strix Jlammea), with the bones partially separated and artificially articulated together. The basioccipital, exoccipitals, and superoccipital, the basisphenoid, alisphenoid, and pre- sphenoid are anchylosed together, being usually the first parts of the cranium that coalesce in birds. The Numbers upon these and the other separated bones accord with those in the TABLE OF SYNONYMS. The frontals are unusually prominent and convex. The vomer seems not to have been ossified. The tympanic is articulated to the mastoid by two small condyles, the posterior one supported on the pedicle, below the root of which is the pneu- matic foramen. The surangular, angular, and articular are partially anchylosed together ; the dentary and splenial pieces remain distinct. Purchased. The following are parts of the same disarticulated skeleton of an Owl. Hunterian. 1608. The cranium and lower jaw. 1609. The sternum, pelvis, four ribs, and four vertebra? of the same. 1610. The furculum. 1611. The right coracoid and scapula. 1612. The left coracoid and scapula. 1613. The right humerus. 1614. The right ulna. 1615. The right radius. 1616. The right metacarpus. 1617. The left humerus. 1618. The left ulna and radius. 1619. The left metacarpus. Ki.M). The right femur, tibia, fibula and metatarsus, with the patella. 1621. The left femur, tibia, fibula and metatarsus, with the patella. Tribe DIVRN.C. Genus Pandion. 1622. The skeleton of an Osprey (Pandioit ossifragvt). Of the 19 vertebnr between the skull and cacrum, the MX posterior bear moreable rib*. the last five pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are two sacral rib* uniting directly with the sternum. The sternum presents two small perforations posteriorly. The superorbital ossicles are preserved articulated to the lacrjmals. The chief characteristic in this skeleton is seen in the great strength of the metatarsi and toes. The metatarsus is tra- versed by three strong, almost equidistant, longitudinal ridges, one anterior and two posterior, the latter intercepting a wide and deep channel for the flexor tendons of the too* : the small metatarsal bone of the strong back-toe is half twisted outwards, forming a fulcrum for the flexor tendons of that toe. The first phalanx of the inner toe is extremely short ; the second characteristically strong : the claw-phalanges progressively decrease in siie as the number of the toe-phalange* increase*. Presented by Robert Keate, Esq. 1623. The skull of the Brown River Osprey (Falco Jtuvidu). Purchased. Genus Haliathtr. 1624. The skeleton of the Pondicherry Sea-Eagle (Haliattur Ponticeriantu). Of the 19 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last fire pairs of which articulate directly with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs which articulate with the sternum. The proximal phalanx of the inner toe has coalesced with the middle one in this species. Huntenan. Genus Haliaetut. 1625. The skull of the White-headed, or American Sea- Eagle (JIaltactu* leuco- cepAaliu). Pretexted by Dr. Leack, F.L.8. 2 R 306 1626. The skull of the White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaiitus leucocephalus). * Hunterian. 1627. The skeleton of the Cinereous Earne, or Sea-Eagle (Haliaiitus albicillus). Of the 1 9 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, which arti- culate with the sternum directly. The sternum is entire. The tibiae and metatarsi are of characteristic strength, but the anterior ridge in the metatarsus is less strongly marked than in the Osprey. The short proximal phalanx of the inner toe has coalesced with the middle one. The span of the arch of the powerful furculum reaches its maximum in this species of Raptorial bird. Mm. South. Genus Aquila. 1628. The skull of a Golden Eagle, from the Himalayan Mountains (Aquila chrys- aetos ?) . Presented by Lieut. - Colonel Finch . 1629. The sternum and scapular arch of a Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos}. Presented by William Clift, Esq., F.E.S. 1630. The hyoidean arch of the Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos}. Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. 1631. The skull of an Eagle (Aquila imperialis}, wanting the tympanics and ptery- goids. The right superorbital hone is preserved, attached to the right lacrymal. Hunterian. 1632. The sternum of an Eagle from Van Diemen's Land (Aquila fucosa}. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. Genus Falco. 1633. The skeleton of the Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus}. Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which also unite with the sternum by strong bony hsemapophyses. The premaxillary portion of the bones of the upper beak is not only strong, short, hooked, and sharp-pointed, as in other diurnal Birds of Prey, but has a toothed process on each side characteristic of the true Fal- conideB. The fossa for the insertion of the temporal and masseter muscles is unusually ex- tended upon the outer side of the ramus of the lower jaw. The external nostrils are subcir- cular perforations just behind the curved transverse line indicating the extent of the cere 307 upon the upper mandible, the boot* of which have eoaleaeed with the frontal. The pre- fronul wiuU out a broad square antorhiul proceas, which coaleace* with the descending one of the Ucrymal : the recurrent superorbital process of this bone is of great length. The port- fronul presents a medium development, the mastoid a more feeble one : the paroedpitaU are simple plate* bounding the back of the tympanic cavity. The cerebellum cauae* a ttrong prominence at the middle of the occipital region. A tingle free dorsal vertebra intervene* between fire coalesced donala and the sacrum. The furculum formt a wide arch and i* un- usually broad : the sternum is broad, with two perforation*. The bony bridge crowing the extensor tendon at the fore part of the distal end of the tibia extend* from the middle pro- tuberance to above the outer rondy le ; not, as in most of the Galliiue and Grail*, to tin- inner condyle. There is a distinct calcaneal ossicle behind the tartal joint, a* well a* tin- strong and long calraneal proce** at the back of the anchylosed metatanal*. The short metaursal of the back-toe present* a broad, well-developed, convex, articular surface for the strong back-toe. Pretented by James Abernethy, 1684. The skeleton of a Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrin**). Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seren posterior bear moveable ribs, of which the last five pain articulate with the sternum : the single pair of sacral rib* also unite directly with the sternum. A single free dorsal vertebra intervene* between the five anchylosed dorsal* and the sacrum. MM. South. 1635. The skeleton of the Merlin (Falco ago/on). Of the 19 vertebra between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the hut five pairs of which unite with the sternum : there i* a angle pair of sacral ribs, which also join the sternum, and support the h**mapophyse* of another pair. This skeleton pre- sent* the same character* of the dorsal vertebra, sternum, and tibia, a* in the foregoing spe- cie*, but the legs are longer and more slender in proportion to the wings. MM. South. « 1636. The skeleton of the Hobby (Falco tubbuteo). Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven |>osterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pair* of which unite with the sternum : there is one pair of sacral ribs, which also unite with the sternum. The sternum present* two posterior perforations. A single free dorsal vertebra intervene* between five coalesced dorsals and the sacrum. The omeou* bridge at the fore part of the distal end of the tibia ha* two arches extending from the inter- condyloid prominence, the one to above the external, the other to above the internal condyle. The calcaneal bone* are preserved in this skeleton. Mu* South. 1637. The skeleton of the Kestrel (Falco tiimunculut). Of the 1 9 vertebrae between the iknll and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, 111 308 the last five pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there is a single pair of sacral ribs, which also join the sternum. This presents the same characters of the dorsal vertebrae, ster- num, and tibia, as are noticed in the preceding skeleton. Mus. South. Genus Astur. 1638. The skeleton of the Goshawk (Astur palumbarius). Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, the first of which unites directly with the sternum. Not any of the dorsal vertebrae are anchy- losed. Hunterian. Genus leracidea. 1639. The skeleton of an Australian Hawk (leracidea Beriffora). Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the seven posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : the sacrum bears one pair of ribs, arti- culating also with the sternum. One free dorsal vertebra intervenes between the sacrum and five coalesced dorsal vertebrae. The sternum presents two small perforations posteriorly. Mm. Gould. Genus Nisus. 1640. The skeleton of the Sparrow Hawk (Nisus communis, Cuv.). Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which unite with the sternum : the sacrum bears two pairs of ribs, both of which join the sternum. The metatarsals are relatively longer and more slender in this spe- cies than in the Buzzard. Mus. Brookes. 1641. The skeleton of the Sparrow Hawk (Nisus communis}. Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are two sacral ribs, the posterior of which does not join the sternum. Mus. South. 1642. The skeleton of a Sparrow Hawk (Nisus communis). Of the 1 7 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last five pairs of which are joined to the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, both of which join the sternum. The right radius and ulna have been fractured, and partially reunited. Purchased. 1643. The skull of the Sparrow Hawk (Nisus communis). Purchased. 309 1644. The skull of the Sparrow Hawk (A7m rommanu). Humtrria* 1645. The scapular, coracoids, furculum, and proximal ends of the burner! of a Sparrow Hawk (Autu comma*!*). Huntfrian. Genus IMeo. 1646. The skeleton of the common Buzzard (fiufeo vulgari*, Cuv.). The tooth-like proecM is not developed from the prrmaxillary. The pottfronul is longer and broader than in the Falcon. The tibise and metatarsalt are longrr and more (lender - the osseous bridge at the fore part of the distal end of the tibia extends from the middle to above the inner condylc in this skeleton. Of the 19 vertebra: between the ikull and urnim, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last fire pain of which unite with the fternum : thr sacrum bean two rib*, both of which join the iternum. Not any of the dorsal Tertrbnr are anchylosed. J/ifjr. Soulk. 1647. The skeleton of the common Buzzard (Buteo vulyarii). Of the 19 vrrtobrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moTeable rib*, the last five pain of which artiruUte with the sternum : the two pain of sacral ribs also unite with the sternum. The sternum is entire. Not any of the dorsal rertebne are anchylosed. PurckauA 1648. The skeleton of the Red Buzzard (Buteo ru/iu). Of the 19 vertebrst between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four of which unite with the sternum : the two sacral rib* join the sternum directly. Not any of the dorsal vertebrae are here anchylosed : the sternum present* two very small perforations posteriorly. Purckasfd. Genus Elanu* (Glcdes). 1649. The skull of the Swallow-tailed Glede (Elantufurcatus). Purckatrd. Genus Circus. 1650. The skeleton of the Hen-harrier (Cirnu Pygargtu). Of the 19 vertebrse between the skull and sacrum, the six posterior bear moveable rib*, the last five of which articulate with the sternum : there are two pain of sacral rib*. In this specie* the tibiae and metatarsi are unusually elongated. Purchased. 310 1651. The hyoidean arch of the Marsh Harrier (Circus cinerarius). Presented by Dr. Leach, F.L.S. Genus Milvus. The following specimens are parts of the same skeleton of a Kite (Milvus communis). Hunterian. 1652. The furculum. 1653. The right coracoid. 1654. The right scapula. 1655. The left coracoid. 1656. The left scapula. 1657. The right humerus. 1658. The right ulna. 1659. The right radius. 1660. The right metacarpus.- 1661. The left humerus. 1662. The left ulna. 1663. The left radius. 1664. The left metacarpus. 1665. The right femur. 1666. The right tibia and fibula. 1667. The right metatarsus. 1668. The left femur. 1669. The left tibia and fibula. 1670. The left metatarsus. Genus Gypogeranus. 1671. The skeleton of the Secretary Buzzard (Gypogeranw Secretarius). Of the 19 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the last five bear moveable ribs, of which the four posterior pairs unite with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs, which also articulate with the sternum. The sternum is pointed behind, and shows only a feeble trace of two notches. The chief peculiarity in this species is the great length of the tibiae and metatarsi, which present grallatorial proportions : these relate to the characteristic and peculiar food of this bird, which consists of snakes, the venomous species of which are thus held down at a distance from the trunk whilst being despatched by wounds from the beak. In this specimen the apex of the furculum has coalesced with the keel of the ster- num, which also shows an abnormal development of bone along its margin. Purchased. Sll 1672. The skeleton of the Secretary Buzzard (Gypoycra*** Sccjttritu). \ Of the 19 vertebne between the ikull ami sacrum. the five posterior bear moveable rib». the but four pairs of which unite with the sternum : their are two pain of Hcral rib*, which also join the sternum. Genus Ptrcnopttm. 1078. The skeleton of an Egyptian Vulture (Ptrcnopttrtu ayyptiactu). Of the 19 vertebne between the ikull and lacrum, the fire posterior bear moveable ribs, the hut four pairs of which articulate with the sternum t there are two pain of sacral rib*. which also join the sternum. Mm. So* tli Genus Gypathu. 1674. The skeleton of the Griffon Vulture (Gypaettu barbatiu). Of the 19 vertebra: between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are two pairs of sacral ribs. which also unite with the sternum. MM. Hrooka. • Genus Cafharte*. 1675. The skeleton of the Turkey Vulture (Cathartet aura). Of the 18 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the four posterior bear moveable ribs, the last three pain of which unite with the sternum : of the two pain of sacral ribs, the first pair unites directly with the sternum. The sternum presents two perforations and two notches posteriorly, the notches being nest the keel. Purckawd. 1676. The skeleton of the Californian Vulture (Catharlmcaliforniantu). Of the 1 8 vertebra; between the skull and sacrum, the five posterior bear moveable ribs, the last four pain of which unite with the sternum : there are two pain of sacral ribs, both of which articulate with the sternum directly. The sternum presents two posterior notches. M**. Soutk. Genus 1'ultnr. 1677. The skeleton of the Arabian Vulture (Vultur monackut). Of the 20 vertebne between the skull and sacrum, the four posterior bear moveable ribt. the last three pain of which unite directly with the sternum : there are two pain of urn I ribs, which also articulate with the sternum. Hunteriam. 312 1678. The skull of the Red-headed Vulture (Fultur ruficeps). Purchased. 1079. The skeleton of the European Vulture (Vulturfulvus). Of the 20 vertebrae between the skull and sacrum, the four posterior bear moveable ribs, the last three pairs of which articulate with the sternum : there are also two pairs of sacral ribs, both of which join the sternum directly. The sternum presents two perforations poste- riorly. Mus. South. Genus Sarcoramphus. ,"•' ..:''"•:[ '; .' it •,:!:,:•. •')••' .• r f ' • '• • i 1(580. The skeleton of the King-Vulture (Sarcoramphus Papa). Mus. Brookes. 1681. The cranium and fifteen consecutive vertebrae of a Vulture. The base of the beak has two small irregular perforations behind the external nostrils. The nasal process of the premaxillary is bifid where it anchyloses with the frontal, and a longitu- dinal cleft separates it on each side from the true nasal bones : these overlap the antorbital processes of the frontal before they coalesce with that bone. The nasal process of the pre- maxillary is supported by the upper platform of the coalesced prefrontals : these send down- wards and outwards an angular antorbital process from each side, the base of which is per- forated by the olfactory nerves, and developes a small bent plate of bone, answering to the superior turbinal in Mammalia. The postfrontals are strong and moderately long : the mas- toids are small, and behind these is a short tympanic process. A ligament passes from the lower angle of the paroccipital to behind the articular cavity of the lower jaw. The cervical vertebrae are broad : the first four short ; the next five of moderate length : from the last of these the spinous process, which had almost disappeared on the four anterior ones, begins to rise and progressively increases, assuming the form of a quadrate compressed plate in the last two vertebrae. In these the pleurapophyses resume their moveable articulations : those of the fourteenth vertebra are more slender and not longer than the preceding anchylosed pair ; the next increases in length. None of the cervical vertebrae have hypapophyses after-the third. The broad base of the neural arch, formed by extension of ossification from the ante- rior to the posterior zygapophyses, is perforated in the third vertebra and deeply notched in the fourth ; these lateral extensions of the neural arch cease to be developed in the succeeding vertebrae. The extent to which the posterior expanded aperture of the neural arch slides over the succeeding vertebra is shown well in the fifth, sixth and seventh cervicals by the smooth surface and by the absence of ridges or processes on the anterior intus-suscepted portion of the arch. It is bounded by two short lateral ridges, above and behind which are three other ridges, all longitudinal, the middle one representing the spinous process. The infundibular expansions of the two extremities of the spinal canal are well shown in these vertebrae, which enjoy a great exteut of motion upon each other. Hunterian. 1682. The four succeeding free vertebrae, with the sacrum, coccyx and pelvis of the same Vulture. The extremities of the diapophyses and neural spines join each other by extension of ossi- 313 fication. The firrt two anchyloaed vertebra of the Mcnim show articulation* for free rib*. There are right eoccygeal vertebra;, reckoning the but coalmen! mat* a* one : anterior iyg- apophyiea are developed from the Ant three ; the neural arch U obliterated only in the but Bifid hypa|iophyat* are developed from the but fire coccygeals, and itrong traiuvrrer pro- ce*tet from the fint «ix. The neural (pine of the firrt coecygral u bifid. The pelvit w chiefly remarkable for the ihortneai and tlenderoeM of the pubic bone*, which terminate at half the length of the uchium. The following ipecimeni are parts of the tame skeleton r — 1683. The ribs (plcurapophyscs and btcinapophyses). 1684. The sternum. 1685. The right scapula and coracoid. 1€86. The left scapula and coracoid. 1687. The coalesced clavicles, or furculum. 1688. The right humerus. 1689. The left humerus. 1690. The right radius and ulna, with one carpal bone. 1691. The left radius and ulna. 1692. The right metacarpal, with the second carpal bone. 1693. The left metacarpal, with the second carpal bone. 1694. The two phalanges of the principal digit of the right wing. 1695. The two phalanges of the principal digit, and the phalanx of the second digit of the left wing. 1696. The femur, tibia and fibula, and the tarso-metatanus of the right side. 1697. The femur, tibia and fibula, tarso-metatarsus and two phalanges of the middle digit of the left side. 2s 314 Class MAMMALIA. Subclass IMPLACENTALIA. Order MONOTREMATA*. The principal osteological characters of this Order are : — the second clavicle, or ' coracoid,' extending, as in Birds and Lizards, from the scapula to the sternum, and anchylosing at full growth with the scapula ; the epicoracoid, as in Lizards ; the marsupial bones ; the supplementary tarsal bone supporting the perforated spur in the male ; the long persistence of distinct pleurapophyses in the vertebra dentata. All the species are pentadactyle on both fore and hind feet, and are devoid of true calcified teeth. Genus Ornithorhynchus. 1698. The partially disarticulated skeleton of a young Duck-mole, or Platypus (Or- nithorhynchw paradoxus) . The cranium exhibits traces of many of its sutures, and some remain very evident, as the coronal, fronto-nasal, and the suture between the exoccipitals and the superoccipital. The auditory ossicles are preserved in situ. The horny teeth are displayed apart from the jaws. The transverse processes of the atlas are perforated parallel to the anterior border of the neural arch, from below upwards, forwards and inwards, for the passage of the vertebral artery. The odontoid is not anchylosed to the axis ; it articulates with the neural arch, as well as with the lower cortical portion of the body of the atlas, and it developes forward and a little upward a long odontoid process. The true body of the axis bears neurapophyses and a neural spine, upper and lower transverse processes and pleurapophyses, which last are not anchylosed and leave a wide vertebral foramen, circumscribed by the articulation of the ' head ' with the parapophysis, and of the ' tubercle ' with the diapophysis. The harmonise between the diapophyses and pleurapophyses are obvious in the remaining cervical vertebrae, the arte- rial foramen being completed by the anchylosis of the head of the pleurapophysis with the * Gr. ftovos, single, -j>//m/, hole : in reference to the single cloacal outlet for the excrements and products of generation. 315 parapophysis. An inferior spine U dereloped from the centrum of each cervical vertebra, except the atlas, which sends off two diverging processes (hypapophyses) from iu inferior H**T» The first rib developes • small tubercle, which U articulated to the diapopophyntflf the first dorsal vertebra ; iu head articulate* to the interspace between the firnt donal and last cervical vertebne : the second rib is similarly articulated, but by a still shorter tubercle : the "•"Dining ribs articulate by their head alone to the vertebral interspaces, except the last (seventeenth), which is supported exclusively by the centrum of the seventeenth dorsal ver- tebra. The luemapophyses of the second to the sixth dorsal vertebne inclusive are owified, and are joined by short cartilaginoiu bars to the pleurapophysea, but articulate directly with their ha»mal spines or sternal bones. The ilium articulates with a strongly developed lower transverse process (parspophysis) of the first sacral vertebra, and by a part, answering to the tubercle of a rib, with the upper transverse process of the same vertebra, a space or foramen being thus circumscribed in the same manner as the vertebral foramen is formed in the axis vertebra : the part of the ilium corresponding with the head of the rib also arti- culates with part of the parapophysis of the second sacral vertebra. The latter processes are well developed in all the caudal vertebne. Coalescence is nearly complete between the scapula- and coracoids : the clavicles and rpistenmm are distinct. The manubrium iterni is divided by a median harmonia. The capsular ossicle of the shoulder-joint is distinct, and attached to the proximal epiphysis of the humerus. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 1099. The skeleton of the Platypus, or Duck-mole (Ornithorfiynclms paradorut). All the cranial sutures are obliterated in this mature specimen. The skull articulates with the atlas, as in all Mammalia, by two condyles developed from the cxoccipital elements. There is a circular notch which is almost a complete foramen above the foramen magnum, the plane of which is nearly vertical. The premaxillary bones are broad, flat, and diverge, with their extremities bent towards each other, but without meeting. The broad and flat- tened extremities of the mandibles similarly diverge, but to a less degree. There are two broad and shallow sockets at the back part of the maxillaries, and two below in the corre- sponding parts of the mandibles for the horny grinding teeth : the floor of the alveolus is cribriform, for the passage of the vessels and nerves to the matrix of the tooth. Tin- man- dible articulates by a convex condyle on each side to the base of the squamosal. The atlas has two broad transverse processes and two strong hypapophrses, but no upper spine. Tin- axis is chiefly remarkable for the persistence of the articulation between its broad and short rib and its upper and lower transverse processes. The ribs of the succeeding cervical* are here anchylosed to their respective vertebne : they progressively diminish in size, as do like- wise the spinous processes of the cervical vertebne, which are seven in number and have no xygapophyses. The eighth vertebra has its ribs or pleurapophyses moveably articulated with it, and the inferior or hsemal arch is completed by bjemapophyses which articulate with a broad tuemal spine or first bone of the true sternum. This character of the eighth vertebra or segment establishes the commencement of the dorsal region in all Mammalia, and this region terminates with the last vertebra supporting moveable ribs. There are 1 7 dorsal ver- SiS 316 tebrae in the Ornithorhynchus ; six, including the first, have haemapophyses and haemal spines, and the haemapophyses are ossified along their sternal halves ; those of the succeed- ing ribs, as far as the fifteenth, are cartilaginous, much expanded, and overlap one another like broad scales ; the last two pairs of ribs are free or floating. Most of the vertebral ribs have undergone a slight displacement forwards, and articulate over the interspace of their own and the antecedent centrum. This character of a greater or less number of the ribs is constant in the Mammalia. The vertebrae without moveable ribs that inter- vene between the dorsals and the anchylosed mass forming the sacrum are called 'lumbar vertebrae ' ; they are two in number in the Ornithorhynchus, There are also two sacral ver- tebrae, and twenty caudal vertebrae ; these are remarkable for the length, breadth, and flat- tened or depressed character of their transverse processes, which cease to be developed only in the last vertebra ; they support at an early period of life distinct rudiments of ribs at their extremities. The dorsal nerves perforate the neural arch directly : the cervical and lumbar nerves pass out by the intervals of the neurapophyses. The scapulae are compressed curved plates, vertical in position, like the other pleurapophyses : they have coalesced with their haemapophyses, the ' coracoids,' which articulate below to the modified haemal spine, called ' episternum,' and also with the succeeding spine, called 'manubrium,' or first bone of the true sternum. Two plates of bone — dismemberments of the coracoid, but attached along their anterior borders — extend their attachments also to the elongated T-shaped episternum. The clavicles are two curved styles, extending from the acromion to the upper transverse bar of the episternum. The humerus is remarkable for its shortness and breadth, especially of its two extremities. There is a small sesamoid ossicle above the internal tuberosity, answering to the capsular ossicle in the shoulder-joint of birds : the inner condyle is perforated. The ulna is equally remarkable for its large and transversely extended olecranon. There are five digits : the first, or inner one, with two phalanges ; each of the rest with three ; — a numerical arrangement which is tolerably constant in the Mammalian Class. The femur is short, broad and flattened, but less powerfully developed than the humerus. The fibula strikingly resem- bles its homotype, the ulna, by its superior length to the tibia, and especially by the great development and terminal expansion of the process answering to the olecranon which extends above and behind its proximal articulation with the femur. In this skeleton, which has belonged to a male, is shown the singular spur-like perforated ossicle articulated to the acces- sory tarsal bone behind the ankle-joint. The digits of the foot are the same in number, and have the same number of phalanges as those of the hand. The ilium, ischium, and pubis have coalesced, and the symphysis of the pubis and isclfium is obliterated. Two moderately long and broad marsupial bones are articulated to the brim of the pelvis, and the pubis sends out two processes near its proximal end. In all the chief essential characters of the skeleton, — as the double occipital condyle, the convex condyles of the lower jaw and their articulations with the squamosals, the number of cervical vertebra; (seven), the flattened articular surfaces of the centrums of the vertebrae joined by the inter- vertebral cushions, and the numbers of the phalanges of the digits of the fore and hind feet, — the mammalian nature of the Ornithorhynchus is manifested : but the flattened eden- tulous fore part of the jaws, the small, smooth and sutureless cranium, the persistence of the articulations of the second cervical ribs, the fully developed coracoids and epicoracoids with 317 the large T-shaped episternum, the ootfied bannapopbyse* separated by cartilages from thr pleurapophyses, the spur-like appendages of the tarsi, and the inferior spine* developed from the four anterior dorsals, are all singular instances of resemblance to the skeletons of the ovi- parous Vertebrate*. Presented by William Clift, Esq., F.R.S. 1 700. The skeleton of a male Ornithorhynehu* paradox**, with the tegumentary parts of the beak and of the digits. The relations of the clavicles to the epi- sternum are well shown in this skeleton. Mat. So*th. 1701. The skull of the Ornilhorhynchus paradox**. It shows well the prenasal ossicle, developed in the anterior part of the cartilaginous septum of the now. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., r.P.RJL 1702. The skull of the OrnHhorhynchn« paradox**. A portion of the right side of this cranium has been removed, to exhibit the cavity and the partial ossifica- tion of the falx, which is natural in this species). Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., F.P.R.S. 1703. The skull of an Ornithorhyncli*s paradox**. A vertical section has been taken transversely in front of the orbits, showing the large, complex and delicate turbinal bones, and the wide canals for the transmission of the huge trigemi- nal nerves to the integuments of the beak. Prepared from a specimen presented by Dr. Hobson. Genus Echidna. 1704. The skeleton of the Spiny Platypus (Echidna Histrue). The jaws in this species are ulrndrr and elongated, and wholly edentulous : the prrmaxil- laries diverge from their base, curve inwards towards each other, and meet to circumscribe the external nostrils. The cranium is smooth and devoid of ridges and processes, but thr sutures continue longer than in thr Omitkorkymcktu. In this young bat newly full-grown specimen the pleurapophyses are wanting in all the cervical vertebra?, not having become anchyloaed. There are 16 dorsal vertebra*, which resemble in their modifications those of the rialyfnu, 3 lumbar, 3 sacral, and 12 caudal vertebra*. The scapula) are vertical, but broader than in the Platyptu : the coracoids are still disunited from them, and are com- plete, articulating with the sternum and episternom ; they also support epicoracoids. The distinction of the clavicles from the anterior transverse bar of the episternum is here well 318 shown. The humerus attains its maximum of breadth in this burrowing Monotreme : the epiphyses at both proximal and distal ends are still distinct, and are subdivided, there being an ossicle for each tuberosity at the proximal end. The base of the enormously developed inner condyle is obliquely perforated : the olecranon is bifid, and less expanded than in the Ornithorhynchus ; but both bones are stronger in the shaft, and the metacarpal and pha- langeal bones are singularly short and thick, and support very long and strong burrowing claws. The articulations remain between the three constituent bones of the os innominatum : the marsupial bones are longer and more slender than in the Ornithorhynchus. The fibula developes a process answering to the olecranon. The short perforated spur-like ossicle, arti- culated to the back of the tarsal joint, indicates the sex of the individual to which this skele- ton has belonged. The innermost toe or hallux is very short ; the second is the longest toe ; the other three toes gradually decrease in length. The calcaneum sends forwards a short thick process like a sixth toe. Mm. South. 1705. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of the Echidna Histrix. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1706. The skull of an Echidna, partially disarticulated. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1707. The anterior part of the cranium of an Echidna, bisected horizontally to show the extent and complexity of the superior part of the turbinal capsules of the organ of smell. Prepared from a specimen presented by Dr. Hobson. 1708. Portions of the skeleton of a young Echidna Histrix. These comprise the mutilated trunk, and portions of three extremities. The neurapo- physes of the atlas have not coalesced with each other, and there is no neural spine. The transverse processes have a minute perforation for the vertebral artery. The odontoid is distinct from the centrum of the axis, and articulates largely with the neural arch of the atlas. The body of the axis is still disunited from its neural arch : it sends out a short par- apophysis on each side, and the neural arch developes a deep compressed diapophysis : the pleurapophysis, which articulates with both these processes, is compressed and deeper than it is long : it contributes little to the formation of the vertebral canal, in consequence of the approximation of the ends of those upper and lower transverse processes. The harmonise between the ' head ' of the pleurapophysis and the parapophysis, and between the ' tubercle ' and the diapophysis, continue distinct in the remaining cervical vertebrae ; and the mode of formation of the vertebral foramen, agreeably with the typical composition of the ver- tebra themselves, is instructively demonstrated. The first 'dorsal ' vertebra is characterized, as in the Ornithorhynchus, by the different form and proportions of its pleurapophyses, which join by heemapophyses the sternum. Not any of the cervical vertebrse have zygapo- 310 phrtM, M*e the atlai. The doral oem» directly perforate the neurapophjriet of the i and succeeding doraal rertebne. The incomplete walU of the aceUbola,— « character by which the EeAidna rr«rmbl« thr bird,— we well teen in the present disarticulated skeleton. Fronted 6y Dr. Hobton. The following are part* of one and the Mine ikrlrtoo of the Ecktd*a Uyttri*. Pretented by Ronald Gunn, K»q 1709. The atlas. 1710. The vertebra dentata. 1711. A chain of vertebrae, including the last five cervical, the dorsal, him I >ur. and four of the caudal vertebra. 1712. The pelvis: it consists of four vertebnc, the three anterior of which havr coalesced and are anchyloscd to the ilia ; the transverse processes of the fourth abut against the ilium, but anchylosis has not taken place. 1713. The marsupial bones. 1711 The coalesced right scapula and coracoid. 1715. The coalesced left scapula and coracoid. 1716. Tin- coalesced clavicles and episternum. 1717. The humeri. 1718. The ulna?. 1719. The radii. 1720. The femora. 1721. The left tibia. 1722. The fibulae. 1723. The bones of the right and left fore-foot, with the distal cpiphyses of the radius and ulna preserved with the left foot. The carpus consists of seven bones, the scaphoid and lunar having coalesced. 320 Order MARSUPIALIA. m_ji. T» Tribe POEPHAGA. Genus Macropus. 1724. The skeleton of a male of the Great Kangaroo (Macropus major). The length from the end of the premaxillaries to the end of the tail, following the curves of the spine, is 6 feet 2 inches : the length of the thorax is 13 inches. The length of the anterior extremity, from the head of the humerus, is 1 8 \ inches : the length of the posterior extremity, from the head of the femur, is 37 inches. The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. The scaphoid and lunar bones are confluent in the wrist. The innermost toe of the hind-foot, or hallux, is absent in this genus ;. the second and third toes are extremely slender, inclosed as far as the ungual phalanx in a common fold of integument, and reduced to the function of cleansing the fur. The offices of support and progression are performed by the two outer toes, and principally by the fourth, which is enormously developed : these toes are supported, as usual, by the os cuboides, which is correspondingly large, whilst the naviculare and the cuneiform bones are proportionally reduced in size. The marsupial bones are comparatively small. The transverse process of the last cervical vertebra, the true and complex nature of which is demonstrated in the skeletons of the Monotremes, is pierced, like the rest, by the vertebral artery. 13 vertebrae are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 2 are sacral, and 22 are caudal, the first fourteen of which have haemapophyses. The teeth in place are, t ^, p j^y, m jj^| ; the kst molar is still undeveloped in both jaws. Prepared from a specimen presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq., of Launceston, Tasmania. 1725. The skeleton of a female Kangaroo (Macropus major). The transverse processes of the seventh cervical vertebra are perforated: 13 vertebrae are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 2 are sacral, and 20 are caudal : of these last, the third to the eighth inclusive bear hsemapophyses, but some of those elements have been lost from the succeeding vertebrae. The marsupial bones are proportionally longer in this than in the male skeleton : the patellae are unossified in both, and the fibula is immoveably united to the lower half of the tibia. The dentition is at the same stage as in the preceding male skeleton, but the last molars are a little further advanced. Mus. Brookes. 1726. The vertically bisected cranium of a Kangaroo (Macropus major). The four grinders in each moiety consist of the second deciduous molar and the three 321 anterior true molar* : (lie crown of the fourth molar if visible in iu formative alveolus, and the prrmolar is exposed above the deciduou* molar which it was about to displace. Tin- con- ititurut bonn are numbered according to the TABLE or SYNONYM*. Purchased 1727. The disarticulated bones of the head of a young Kangaroo (Macropiis major). They are numbered on coloured label* answering to the TABLB or SYNONYMS. The cite of the jaw* indicate* that the animal had died at the period when the young Kan- garoo ha* begun to quit the pouch, but still return* to it for occasional refuge. The teeth in use are, i £}, m £5 ; or one incisor and two molar* on each cide of both upper and lower jaw*. The incisors are i I , or the first of the three in the upper jaw, and the single long procumbent incisor in the lower jaw. The molar* are the deciduoiu •erie*. and aniwer to the hut two deciduou* molars in the Hog and Dog ; vis. d 3 and d 4. The crown of the second incisor i* visible in the premaxillary bone, and a foramen exposes the germ of the third incisor. The crown of the first permanent true molar, and the germ of that of the second, may be discerned in their formative alveoli. Prftentfd by Prof. 0rr», F.R.S. 1728. The skull of a young Kangaroo (Macropiu major). All the incisor* are permanent : the outer one* above are nearly in place. The deciduou* molar*, d 1 and d '2, are in titu, together with the first true molar, M 1 , in both jaw* : the germ of the premolar, which after the fall of the deciduous molar* become* the first of the permanent eerie*, i* exposed in the cavity of reserve, on the left tide of both up|>cr and lower jaw*. Pretenfed by Mr. Mornay, 1809. 1729. The mutilated skull of a young Kangaroo (.\fatroptu major), exhibiting the permanent premolar teeth in their formative alveoli or cavities of reserve. The molar teeth I'M tit* are the two deciduous molar*, d 1 and d 1, and the first true molar, « ) , on each side of both jaw*. The premolar, which become* the first or foremost of the permanent series, is still incomplete and in its cavity of reserve : this is laid open on the left «ide of the upper and the right side of the under jaw. The element* of the occipital bone being still un-united, the luperoccipital and interparietal have been removed, showing the commencing development of the bony tentorium from the parietals. The nasal bone* are removed, showing the coalesced prefrontal*. The left tympanic i* also removed, in order to •how the continuation of the tympanic cavity into the air-cell of the lygoma, by the pneu- matic foramen at the back part of that proce**. llunttria* 1730. The skull of a Kangaroo (Macropiu major), showing the next stage of den- tition, which consists in the acquisition of an additional (the second true) 2r 322 molar tooth (m 2), and the complete extrication of the crown of the third upper incisor. The dental formula is here, therefore, t ^?, m ^ ; of which the first and second are the deciduous molars ; the third is the first true molar, m 1 ; and the fourth, the second true molar, m 2 : the teeth which are still concealed in the jaws are the premolar, p 4 (the germ of which is exposed on the right side of the upper jaw), and the third and fourth true molars. The sutures of the elements of the occipital bone are still unobliterated : the left exocci- pital, the left tympanic, and the right ramus of the mandible are wanting. Hunterian. 1731. The skull of a female Kangaroo (Macropus major). The dental formula is, t ^~, m ^^ : but it exhibits a more advanced stage than the pre- ceding. The four molars on the left side of the upper jaw are all of the permanent series, the first being the spurious molar or premolar, the others, the first, second and third true molars. On the right side the second deciduous molar has not been shed, and the premolar is exposed immediately above it. In the lower jaw the deciduous molars are shed on both sides, and the grinders in place are the first, second and third true molars : the premolar had not cut the gum on either side, but is most advanced in the right ramus. This is an in- structive stage of dentition. The sutures between the basioccipital and exoccipital are obliterated ; those between the exoccipitals and superoccipital still remain. Purchased. 1732. The skull of a male Kangaroo (Macropus major), showing a corresponding stage of dentition to that of the foregoing specimen. The crown of the second deciduous molar, d 4, still remains on the left side of the upper jaw, and that of its successor, the premolar, p 4, is exposed immediately above it. Both have been removed on the right side, showing the socket for the two long roots of the premolar. The crown of the fourth true molar is still sunk in its alveolus. The right ramus of the lower jaw is preserved, showing the premolar, p 4, and the first, second and third true molars in place, and the summits of the crown of the fourth true molar exposed by artificial removal of part of the alveolus. Hunterian. 1733. The skull of a female Kangaroo (Macropus major). The premolar, p 4, and the three anterior true molars, are in place on each side of both jaws, and the fourth molar is rather more advanced than in the preceding specimen. The elements of the occipital bone have completely coalesced. Hunterian. 323 1734. The skull of a female Kangaroo (Macroptu major). The anterior half of the but molar, M 4, it estricated from itt alveola* : the pmnoUra are •till retained : a portion of the outer alveolar wall hat been removed from the right ramiu, exposing th« wcketa of the anterior molara and the dental canal. From the menagerie at 1735. The cranium of a female Kangaroo (Macroptu major). The last (fourth true) molar, m 4, it in place, the premolar* are ihed and their tockeU obliterated. The caharium hat been removed, allowing the termination of the carotid canaU in the back part of the lella tunica ; and the common cretcentic nature at iu fore part, which answer* to the foramina optica and foramina lacera anterior*. The deep cerebellar fotMB in the petrotalt are also worthy of notice. The entocarotid perforate* the intrrtpace between the ali- and bati-tphenoid, grooving mott deeply the former : it converge*, inclining forward* and upwards, toward* iu fellow, and terminate*, teparated by a median bar of bone equal to the diameter of the canal, from iu fellow. Presented by Prof. Ovent, F.E.S. The four following specimens, from the tame Donor, thow the progrra of development of the molar •trie* in the left ramut of the lower jaw of the Macroptu major, and are figured in the Article TBKTH, 4 Cyclopedia of Anatomy,' vol. iv. 1736. The two deciduous molars, /4. 1738. In this jaw the grinders in use are four in number, as in the preceding speci- 2r2 324 men, but the first milk- molar has been shed, and the third true molar has risen into place. The crown of the premolar has now risen into close contact with that of the second deciduous molar, and has excited absorption of much of its fangs. 1739. In this jaw the grinders in use are also four in number, but they consist of the premolar, p 4, and the three anterior true molars, both milk-molars having been shed. The crown of the fourth molar may be seen in its alveolus, which is here widely open above. The lower jaw of the Macropus laniger in the Palseontological Series also shows four grinding teeth in place, hut these consist of the four true molars, the premolar having been shed. 1740. The skeleton of Bennett's Kangaroo (Macropus Bennettii). The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. The patella is not ossified. The fibula closely adheres to the lower half of the tibia. The seventh (last) cervical vertebra is pierced by the vertebral artery : 13 vertebrae are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 2 are sacral, and 22 are cau- dal : all of the latter have haemapophyses, save the first. The neural arches of the lumbar vertebrae have two small perforations near their anterior margin, or towards their upper part, for the passage of vessels, not nerves. Both metapophyses and anapophyses are developed from the posterior dorsal and lumbar vertebrae, in addition to the ordinary transverse pro- cesses or diapophyses. There are four grinders in use on each side of both jaws, which con- sist of the two deciduous molars and the first and second true molars. Presented by Jacob Sell, Esq., M.P. 1 741. The skull of a rather younger individual of the Macropus Bcnnettii, in which the second true molars, m 2, have scarcely come into place. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 1742. The skull of an older individual of the Macropus Bennettii. There are five molar teeth in use on each side of both jaws, the third true molar having come into place without either of the milk-molars having been shed : the germ of the pre- molar is exposed above the second and part of the first milk-molar. The sutures between the exoccipitals and superoccipital remain : those between the exoccipitals and basioccipital are obliterated. Hunterian. Ill 1 743. The skull of a full-grown specimen of Macroptu Bennett ii, showing the full of permanent grinding teeth in use. These consist of the premolar, f 4, and four true molars, m I — 4, the two deciduous teeth baring been shed, and the premolar and last molar baring come into place : the acquisition of the last molar in this and many other small specie* of Kangaroo is not accompanied by the displacement of the premolar, as in the Maeroptu major. J/HHtfrian. 1744. The skull of a young Kangaroo (Macropiu lanioer), prepared to exhibit the teeth. The permanent premolars are relatively larger and more simple than in Marropm major : the third superior incisors are smaller, and the first superior incisors larger. The palate is entire. The two deciduous molars and the first true molar are in place : the permanent pre- molar i* exposed M tit*, on the left side of both the upper and the lower jaw. The germ of the hut molar, p 4, is not dereloped. The teeth of the left side, with the exception of the pre- molars, are removed and separately displayed : they are the three incisors, i 1, i 2. i 3, the deciduous molars, d \ and d 2, and the first, m \, second, M 2, and third, • 3, true molar* in the upper jaw : the teeth in the lower jaw correspond with those above, except that one huge procumbent incisor is opposed to the three upper incisor*. Ifnn(frian. 1745. The mutilated skull of a small species of Kangaroo (Macropiu Derbianiu). It corresponds in dimensions with the skull of the Macropiu Iluttlmamin, but the third incisor of the upper jaw baa its outer surface entire, and is notched only at its hinder border. It exhibits the full dentition of maturity, m. i ^~, f £{• at jE;- Miu. Brookeg. 1 7 46. The mutilated skull, wanting the lower jaw, of a Kangaroo (Macropiu Parma). It corresponds in site and in the small proportion of the middle incisor of the upper jaw with the specie* of Kangaroo called " Parma " by Mr. Gould. It was referred in the former edition of the 'Osteological Catalogue' (p. 77, No. 482), to the Aroe specie* (Maeroptu Bnaui), but differs in the absence of canine* and the smaller siie of the premolars. Hunterian. 1747. The skull of the Red-bellied Kangaroo (Macropiu Billardierii). Rudimental canine teeth exist in the upper maxillary bone*. The molar series of £ here consists of the two deciduous molan (d 3, d 4), and of the first three true molars (• 1, • 2, M 3) : the crown of the premolar is exposed OB the right tide. .»/•*. Brvokei. 326 1748. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of an older individual of the Red-bellied Kangaroo (Macropm Bittardierii). The molar series of j~ here consists of the premolar and four true molars. A rudimental canine is still preserved on the left side of the upper jaw. Mus. Brookes. 1749. The skull of a male Houtman's Kangaroo (Macropus Houtmanni, Gould). Mus. Gould. 1750. The skull of a female of the same species (Macropus Houtmanni). The adult dentition is shown in both : minute sockets of germs of canines may be seen in the upper jaw of the male. Mus. Gould. 1751. The skull of a Long-tailed Hare-Kangaroo (Lagorchestes leporo'ides), from the north of South Australia. The dental formula is, i ^, c ^, p |^, m jE}=30. The canines are rudimental : the molars in the present individual consist of the two deciduous molars and three anterior true molars. The premolar is exposed on, the right side of the upper jaw. Mus. Gould. 1752. A skull of the Hirsute Hare-Kangaroo (Lagorcliestes hirsutus). The deciduous molars are displaced, and the crown of the premolar exposed on the right side of the upper jaw. The second deciduous molar is preserved on the left side of the upper jaw, and both deciduous molars on each side of the lower jaw. Mus. Gould. 1753. The skull of a young individual of the same species of Hare-Kangaroo. The deciduous molars and the three anterior true molars are in place. The germ of the premolar is exposed on the right side of the upper jaw : there are germs of canines also in the upper jaw. Mus. Gould. 1754. The skull of the Broad-headed Hare-Kangaroo, Lagorchestes campestris (Bet- tonffia campestris, Gould). The affinities to the preceding more typical examples of the subgenus are shown by the very rudimental canines, by the fewer and fainter grooves on the premolar, by the larger size of its posterior inner tubercle, and by the smaller size of this tooth as compared with the typical Hypgiprymni ; by the larger relative size of the true molars, and the stronger deve- lopment of the transverse ridges connecting their outer and inner tubercles ; and above all 327 by the shedding of the deciduous molars before the Lut true molar* come into place, M shown iu the present example, which by its lise appears to hare belonged to a female. Prom South Australia. Pretexted by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. 1755. The skull of a somewhat older individual of the same species of Lagorckrttti. The permanent dentition is in place, and show* the rare variety of a luperaumerary molar tooth on each side of the upper jaw, making the dentition, i £|, e £j, p J-^j, M jEj=32. A portion of the jaw is removed above the right upper premolar, exposing its long fangs, and the absence of any germ of a successor. Pretexted by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. 175G. The skull of a young individual of the same species of Lagorchettet. The deciduous molars are still retained, with the first and second true molars. The crown of the premolar is expoaed on the right side of the upper jaw. Presented by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. The following detached bones are from the Moeropm major. 1757. The atlas and dentata. 1758. The fifth and sixth cervical vertcbne. 1759. Two dorsal vertebrae. 1760. Five lumbar vertebrae. 1761. The ninth caudal vertebra. 1762. The left scapula. 1763. The left radius, in longitudinal section. 1764. The right carpus and metacarpus. 1765. The pelvis, with the marsupial bones. 1706. The left femur. 1767. The right femur, in longitudinal section. 1768. The left tibia and fibula. 1769. The right tibia and fibula, in longitudinal section, showing the distinction of the two closely united bones. 328 1770. The left os calcis. 1771. The left astragalus. 1772. The left scaphoid. 1773. The left tarsus, metatarsus, and phalanges. Hunterian. 1774. The inferior spongy bones of a Kangaroo (Macropus). Hunterian. 1775. The carpal, metacarpal and phalangeal bones of a Kangaroo (Macropus). Hunterian. 1776. The shaft of the right tibia and fibula of the Macropus laniyer, in longitudinal section ; showing the close apposition without confluence of the two bones at their distal halves : also the dense walls and medullary cavity of the tibia, and of the proximal part of the fibula. Presented by John Gould, Esq., F.R.S. Genus Hypsiprymnws. 1777. The skeleton of Hunter's Potoroo, or Kangaroo-Rat (Hypsiprymnus Hunteri). The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. The fabellee, or sesamoid ossicles behind the outer condyle of the femur, are preserved. The large metatarsal of the fourth toe of the left hind-foot is swollen and diseased at its extremity : the toe has been lost. The fibula adheres in the lower two-thirds of its extent with the tibia, but the line of separation s ob- vious : in the Hypsiprymnus myosurus the fibula is quite distinct from the tibia. There are 7 cervical vertebrae, and the transverse process of the sixth is first perforated by the verte- bral artery : 1 3 vertebrse are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 2 sacral, and 24 caudal, of which last the third to the nineteenth inclusive bear hsemapophyses. The generic character is shown by the normal development of the upper canines, and by the large and grooved premolars. Hunterian. 1778. The skull of Hunter's Potoroo (Hypsiprymnus Hunteri). It exhibits the final stage of acquisition of the permanent teeth, the last true molars and all the premolars save one being in place. The right premolar, lower jaw, has not yet dis- placed the two deciduous teeth, which it equals in extent ; and there are, therefore, six teeth in the molar series on this side of the jaw : viz. d 1, d 2, m 1, m 2, m 3, m 4. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1779. The skull of the same species of Potoroo, vertically and longitudinally bisected. Ill All the permanent teeth ore in place : the bones are numbered on coloured labels corresponding with the TABLE op SYNONYMS. Pratnted by Pro/. Owen, F.Jt.S. 1780. The skull of a female of the Rat-tailed Potoroo (Hyptriprymntu murinut). Thk specimen was taken from the »kin originally described by Hunter, ami figured in . White's ' Journal of • Voyage to New South Wale*,' p. 28«, at the " Potoroo." t Dental formula : — 1 £?, e £j, p |£-|, m £J=30. The molar teeth hare been worn quite flat and smooth. Thii skull shows a longer and more tapering face, longer and narrower nasals, more slen- der zygomata, and a more triangular occiput than that of the Hyptiprymntu lltmleri. Hunterian. 1781. The skeleton of a mole of the Rat -tailed Potoroo (Hypsiprymniu muriniu). The inner condyle of the humerui is perforated. There are 7 cervical, 12 dorsal, 7 lum- bar, '2 sacral, and '23 caudal vertebra:. The second to the fifth caudal inclusive bear hsem- apophyte*. The transverse process of the seventh cervical is perforated by the vertebral artery. The fabclke are preserved. The patcllse are not owified. The tibia and fibula are distinct. .!/«. Gould. 1782. A partially disarticulated skeleton of a male Rat-tailed Potoroo (Hypsiprym- nu« inuriniui). The dental formula is, i —?, e ^J, p l—\, m jE;=30. There are 7 cervical, 13 dorsal. 6 lumbar, and 2 sacral vertebra: : the caudal vertebra; are not all preserved. Pretexted by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 1783. The skull of a male llypxiprymnus murinu*, from Murray River, Smitji Australia. Prcaentcd by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. 1784. The skull of a male Hyptiprymniu nmrintu. MM. Gould. 1785. A vertically bisected skull of a male Hypsiprymnu* murintu. Mia. Gould. 1786. The skull of a female of the same species of Potoroo. The canines are relatively smaller than in the male. Purcktued • 1787. The skull of a young female of the same species of Potoroo. The but true molars are nearly in place, but the two deciduous molars are retained. From Mount Bryan, South Australia. Presented by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. 330 1788. The skull of a young male of the same species of Potoroo. The last molars are in place on each side of the upper jaw, and the deciduous molars being still retained, the series of grinders includes six teeth : the progress of dentition is more tardy in the lower jaw. Presented by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. 1789. The skull of a young male of the same species of Potoroo. The last true molars are completely in place, and the deciduous molars are retained : so that the dental formula seems to he, » ~, c ^, p |^|, m — = 34. The crowns of the per- manent premolars of the right side are exposed in both upper and lower jaws. The skull is mutilated behind. Presented by George Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 1790. The skull of a younger individual of the same species of Potoroo. The dentition consists of the permanent incisors and canines, the deciduous molars, and the first permanent true molar : it corresponds with that of the young Kangaroo (No. 1728), but differs in the complete acquisition of the third or outer incisors of the upper jaw, as well as of the canines. Presented by George, Bennett, Esq., F.L.S. 1791. The ossa innominata, with one of the marsupial bones, of a young Hypsi- prymnus myosurus. It shows a small additional ossicle contributing to the acetabulum, and excluding the pubis from any share therein. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. , Tribe RHIZOPHAGA. Genus Phascolomys. 1792. The skeleton of the Wombat (Phascolomys Vombatus). The seventh (last) cervical vertebra is perforated by the vertebral artery : 1 5 vertebrae bear ribs, the first six of which articulate directly with the sternum, and the remaining nine inter- mediately. The twenty-third vertebra from the skull bears a short flattened and horizon- tally expanded pleurapophysis, which is suturally articulated to it ; inclusive of this there are 4 lumbar vertebrae : 4 vertebrae have partially coalesced into a sacrum, but two only of these abut against the ilia. There are 10 caudal vertebrae, none of which have hcemapo- physes. The haemapophysial part of the atlas is not ossified, and the wide interspace of the neurapophyses below is filled by ligamentous substance, upon which the true body of the atlas, here forming a strong odontoid process, rests. The metapophysis rises suddenly from the outside of the prozygapophysis of the twelfth dorsal, increases in length to the second lumbar, diminishes by degrees to the second sacral, and is rudimental in the following sacral and caudal vertebras. A rudiment of the anapophyais is first discernible on the eleventh dorsal : the process gradually increase* to the last doraal, diminishes in the lumbar, and dis- appears in the last of that series. The sutures between the short straight pleura|x>|ili\ »is and diapophysis of the first lumliar rertebra still in a great degree remain ; the anchylosis is only partial, and the proportion of the autogenous and exogenous elements of the w. called 'transverse process' are plainly demonstrated. The diapophrsis, moreover, is not nuppiMHd on the last dorsal vertebra, as in some of the Quadmmana, Carmieora and Rodmtia. The serial homology of the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebra* is here, therefore, mani- fested it) the most unequivocal way ; both metapophyse* and anapophyscs coexist with diapo- physes in the last four dorsal and the first three lumW vertebra. So that, whether the metapophysis or the ana|x>physis be the part called 'tubercle' by some Anthropotomists, neither of them are, in the lumbar vertebra?, the process named • transverse ' in the thoracic vertebra?: that process, to which the name ' diafiophysis ' is restricted in the present Cata- logue, is continued distinctly into the lumbar region, and is there lengthened out by a super- added ' pleurapophysis,' which is ossified from a distinct centre in the Wombat. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., J'.P.R.S. 1793. The skull of the Wombat (Pkascolomy* I'ombatiu). It is remarkable for its breadth, the flatness of the upper surface, the strength of the arched zygomata, and the extraordinary expansion of the inflected angle of the lower jaw. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Sort., F.P.R.S. 1794. The mutilated skull of a Wombat (Pkasrolomy* Vombatut), prepared to ex- hibit the teeth. The formula of these is,' i }=}, p j=i, M £±=24. All the teeth are long, deeply im- planted, curved in segments of a circle, and with an undivided and uncontracted bane. The lower incisors are the least curved. The premolars present no trace of that compressed structure which characterizes them in the Koala and Kangaroos, but hare a wide oval trans- verse section ; those of the upper jaw being traversed on the inner side with a slight longitu- dinal groove. The true molars arc double the size of the premolars : the superior one* are also traversed by an internal longitudinal groove, but this is so deep and wide that it divides the whole tooth into two prismatic portions, with one of the angle* directed inwards. The inferior molars are in like manner divided into two trihedral portions, but the intervening groove is here external, and one of the facets of each prism is turned inwards. Presented by Sir Everard Home, £art., r.P.R.8. 1795. The skull of a Wombat (Phascolomys t'ombattui), longitudinally and vertically bisected. Part of the suture* between the superoccipilal and exoccipitaU remain. The carotids per- forate the basisphenoid. The bones are numbered on coloured labels according to the TABLE or SYNONYMS. Svf 332 1796. The mutilated skull, wanting the lower jaw, of a Wombat (Phascolomys Vom- batus). Although the mature dentition and full size are acquired, the sutures of the occipital ele- ments remain. The right exoccipital has been removed, and the tympanic and mastoid elements of the temporal of the same side have been detached from the equally distinct petrosal and squamous elements. The pterygoids have likewise been removed. Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1797. The detached teeth of the same Wombat, Presented by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. The following parts of the skeleton of a Wombat (Phascolomys Vombatus) were Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1798. The skull. 1799. The lower jaw. The inflection of the angle, characteristic of the Marsupialia generally, is here carried to excess. 1 800. The neurapophyses of the atlas. They are wide apart below, in consequence of the absence of the usual hypapophysis or •wedge-bone of this vertebra. * 1801. The odontoid vertebra. A fissure of the median portion separates the centrum of the atlas, now forming the odon- toid process, from the true centrum of the second cervical. 1802. The third cervical vertebra. 1803. The fourth cervical vertebra. 1804. The fifth cervical vertebra. 1805. The sixth cervical vertebra. 1806. The seventh cervical vertebra. The upper transverse process is long and strong ; the lower one is a small projection only, between which and the former the passage of the vertebral artery is indicated by a notch. 1807. The dorsal vertebrae. They are numbered consecutively from 1 to 15. 333 1308. The ribs of the right side. They arr numbered consecutively from I to 15. 1809. The ribs of the left side. we numbered consecutively from 1 to 15. 1810. The first lumbar vertebra. The tuturei of the pleurapopbyiial parts of the transverse processes are not wholly obliterated. 1811. The second lumbar vertebra. 1812. The third lumbar vertebra. 1813. The fourth lumbar vertebra. 1814. The five next succeeding vertebra; of the same Wombat. Their transverse processes hare coalesced, and their centrum* are united to form a sacrum. The abutment of the ilia is formed by the transverse processes of the two anterior of these coalesced vertebrae. 1815. The first caudal vertebra. 1810. The second caudal vertebra. 1817. The last five caudal vertebrae. 1818. The right scapula. 1819. The left scapula. 1820. The right clavicle. 1821. The left clavicle. 1822. The right humerut. 1823. The left humerus. 1824. The right radius. 1825. The right ulna. 1826. The left radius. 1827. The left ulna. 1828. The right carpal bone*. 334 1829. The right os innominatum, with its marsupial bone artificially attached, in order to show the glenoid cavity at its base articulated to the condyle on the os pubis. 1830. The left os innoininatuni. 1831. The left marsupial bone. 1832. The right femur. 1833. The left femur. 1834. The right tibia. 1835. The right fibula. 1836. The left tibia. 1837. The left fibula. 1838. The right tarsal and metatarsal bones. 1839. The left tarsal and metatarsal bones. 1840. Phalangeal bones. 1841. The skull of a Wombat (Phascolomys platyrhimts). It differs from the Phascolomys Vombatus in its superior size, in the greater relative breadth of the nasal bones, and in the larger and deeper excavation above the tympanic bone. The lower jaw and the molar teeth are wanting. From Australia. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1842. The skull of the same species of Wombat (Phascolomys platyrhinus). The teeth are remarkable for the unequal manner in which they have been worn. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1843. The skull of a Wombat (Phascolomys latifrons). This is a well-marked species, characterized by the great development of the postorbital angles ; the great and sudden expansion of the anterior half of the frontal bones ; the supe- rior breadth of the strip of the maxillary bone ascending in front of the malar and lacrymal bones to join the nasal bones ; and the enormous depth of the supratympanic fossa. From South Australia. Presented by Governor Sir George Grey, C.B. Ill Tribe CARPOPIIAOA. Genus Pktucolarrtot. 1644. The skull of the Kuala (PkaecolarctotfiHctui). It is remarkable for the uniutuJ length of the exoccipital processes, the short mattoid* •butting against the outer side of their base. The sphenoidal Imllir are excessively devr- lojx-d. A bristle is pasted through the left ranali* earoiint, in the side of the basiflphrnoiil, •nd part of the calrarium is removed, showing the entry of the eanal into thr shallow sella turcira. The petronal is impressed by a deep cerebellar pit. The base of the lygomatic pro- cess fa *rar*rl hy an air-cvll communinitiiig with the tympanum, and is perforated by • venous canal. The zygomatic arches are long and strong : the pterygoids are distinct deep plates. The lacrymal foramen is extraorbital. The angle of the jaw is bent upwards and very slightly inwards. Dental formula : — i ^, e ££, p £|, m j^= 3D. The true molars are larger in propor- tion than in the 1'halaugers ; each is besrt with four three-sided pyramids, the rus|>* of which wear down in age, the outer series in the upper teeth being the first to give way , thow of the lower jaw are narrower than those of the upper. Thr spurious molar* are compressed, and terminate in a rutting edge ; in those of thr npprr jaw thrrr is a small parallel ridge along the inner side of the base. The canines slightly exceed in size the posterior incisors . thev terminate in an oblique cutting edge rather than a point , thrir fang is closed at the extre- mity ;* they are situated, a* in the I'halangrrs, close to the intermaxillary suture. The late- ral incisors of the upper jaw are small and obtuse ; the two anterior or middle incisor* are twice as long, broad and thick as the posterior incisors ; they are conical, slightly curved, •uncompressed, bevelled off obliquely to an anterior cutting edge, but differing essentially from the drntet teatprarii of the RoJentia, in being closed at thr extremity of the fang. The two incisors of the lower jaw resemble those of the upper, but are larger and more compressed ; they are also formed by a temporary pulp, and its absorption is accompanied by a closure of the aperture of the pulp-cavity, as in the upper incisors. The Koala, therefore, in regard to the number, kind, and conformation of its treth, closely resembles the Phalaiigrrs, with which it also agrees in its long neoutn and the general conformation of its digestive organs. Pme»tnl hy Sir Ecerard Home, Bart., I'.P.R.S. 1845. The skull of a young Koala (Pha#colarctosfu«ciui). In this Marsupial the permanent premolar comes into place before either the thin! or tin fourth true molars have cut the gum : the canine* are just appearing. The tympanic bone i* removed from the right aide. Presented by Sir Krerard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. 1846. The disarticulated bones of the head of a young Koala (Phcocolarctot futctui). The state of the dentition corresponds with that of the precediag specimen. The bones 336 are numbered on coloured labels according to the TABLE OF SYNONYMS. The posterior angles of the basisphenoid are produced backwards, and the carotid enters between this angle and the alisphenoid bulla, and pierces the basisphenoid obliquely : the internal apertures are separated by a space equal to both their diameters, and open on the posterior third of the basisphenoid, which rises anterior to them to form the chiasmal platform. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. 1847. The atlas, axis, and third cervical vertebra of a Koala (Phascolarctosfuscus). The body of the atlas is anchylosed, as the odontoid process, to the axis ; the hypapo- physis is not ossified ; part of its dried ligamentous remains are preserved. Ossification has extended from the neurapophyses into the under part of the capsule of the primitive noto- chord, and this part of the atlas developes a low tubercle on each side, representing the par- apophysis. The diapophysis is short, broad, depressed, with a constricted base. The ver- tebral artery has notched both the hind and the fore part of this base, in winding round to perforate the neural arch above the anterior articular cavity. The parapophysis and diapo- physis of the two succeeding vertebrae being united by a coalesced rudimental rib, present the usual perforated character. Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. 1848. The left humerus of the Koala (Phascolarctosfuscus). The deltoid ridge extends along its proximal half. The long and broad supinator ridge terminates above in an unciform process ; the inner condyle is widely perforated : the olecranal depression is very feebly marked. ( Presented by Sir Everard Home, Bart., V.P.R.S. Genus Petaurus. 1849. The skeleton of the Long-tailed Petaurist (Petaurus macrourus). The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. The ribs are thicker and broader than usual. The 7 cervical vertebrae have their transverse processes all perforated on the left side, but on the right the last is only notched : 12 vertebrae are dorsal, 7 are lumbar, 3 are sacral, and 26 are caudal : of these only the fifth, sixth and seventh have small rudiments of haem- apophyses. Mm. Brookes. 1850. The skeleton of the Sciurine Petaurist, or Flying Opossum (Petaurus sciurceus). The inner condyle of the humerus is not perforated. The marsupial bones are wanting in this skeleton. There are 7 cervical vertebrae, and the transverse process of the sixth is first pierced by the vertebral artery. The dorsal vertebras are 12 in number, the lumbar 7, the sacral 2, the caudal 19 : in these the haemapophyses, if present, have not been preserved. The species of the genus Petaurus are limited to Australia, and closely resemble, or are identical with, the true Phalangers in their dental characters and the structure of the feet. 337 They, however, present an external character to easily recognisable, and influencing M I rially the locomotive faculties, M to claim for it more consideration than thr modification of the digits or premolars. A fold of the skin is extended on each tide of the body between the fore and hind leg*, which, when outstretched, forms a lateral wing or parachute, but which, when fht legs are in the position for ordinary support or progression, is drawn close to the tide of the animal by the elasticity of the subcutaneous cellular membrane, ami there forms a mere tegumentary ridge. These delicate and beautiful Marsupials have been sepa- rated genetically from the Phalangers under the name of I'rtauru* : they further differ from the Phalangers in wanting the prehensile character of the tail, which, in some Petaurists, ha* a general clothing of long and soft hairs, whilst in others the hairs are arranged in two lateral series. There is as little constancy in the exact formula of the dentition in the Petaurists, as among the Phalangers. The Urgent species of IYtnuri.it (Pet. tayuanoidri), for example, is almost identical in this respect with the PAalaayitta Coolrii, which M. Fr. Cuvier has therefore classed with the Petauri. Those teeth of Pel. tayuanotdet which are .sufficiently developed, and so equal in length, as to exercise the function of grinders, — or, ill other words, the func- tional series of molars,— consist of six teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and fire teeth on each side of the lower jaw. The four posterior molars in each row are true, and bear four pyramidal cusps, excepting the last tooth in the upper jaw, which, as in Pk. Coolrii, lias only three cusps. In the upper jaw the space between the functional false molar* and the incisors is occupied by two simple rudimentary teeth, the anterior representing the canine ; but being relatively smaller than in Pk. Cooicii, the crowns of the two anterior incisors are relatively larger. In the lower jaw the sloping alveolar surface between the functional molars and huge procumbent incisors is occupied by two rudimentary minute teeth. Purchatti. Genus Phalanyi»ta. 1851. The skeleton of the Vulpine Phalanger (l*hnlanyt*ln vulpina). The spinous processes of the third to the sixth ccrricals inclusive are almost obsolete. The inner oondyle of the humcrus is perforated. The patella has not been ossified. The second and third toes are extremely slender, and in the recent animal are inclosed in a common sheath of integument as far as the claw*, — a structure which has suggested the name of the genus. The transverse processes of the 7 cervical* are perforated : 13 vertebrae are dorsal, (i lumbar, and 2 sacral : '22 caudal vertebra* are preserved, and of these the second to the eighteenth inclusive bear hsema|K>physe*. Mtu. Brooicei. 1352. The skull of the Vulpine Phalanger (Phdanguta vulpina). A small detached prcmolar is preserved on the right side of the upper jaw, and there are two rudiments! canines in the lower jaw : in other respects the dental formula is the same aa in the Koala and Ilyptiprymnu*. Pretexted by Henry CK»e, Etq. II 338 1853. The skull of a Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina}. There is a small detached premolar on each side of the upper jaw, implanted by a partially divided base. Presented by II. Everett, Esg. 1854. The skull of a Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). This formed part of the original Hunterian Collection, and the name " Wha-tapoa-roo " was attached to it, indicating it to have been of the same species as the Phalangista vulpina, originally described by Hunter under the above native name in White's ' Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales,' 4to, p. 278, 1790. Hunterian. 1855. The skull of a Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). 4 Its dentition agrees with that of the preceding specimen, but it has belonged to an older individual. The cranium is bisected vertically and transversely, through the cellular bases of the zygomata and the tympanic cavities, exposing the otosteals. The falx extends from the roof to the floor of the prosencephalic chamber of the cranium, but has two perforations. The tentorium is exposed in the hinder moiety of the cranium. Presented by Dr. Ilobson. 1856. The vertically and longitudinally bisected skull of a Vulpine Phalanger (Pha- lanffista vulpina). The numbers indicate the names of the bones according to the TABLE OF SYNONYMS. The detached premolar is wanting on the right side. The carotid perforates the hinder end of the junction between the basi- and ali-sphenoid, and terminates above the hinder third of the basisphenoid. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1857. The skull, wanting the lower jaw, of a Phalanger (Phalanffista vulpina). The occipital segment of the cranium is detached, together with the petrosal, mastoid, and tympanic bones of the right side : and the cellular structure of the expanded base of the squa- mosal is shown. Presented by Henry Everett, Esq. 1858. The last lumbar vertebra, the sacrum, and the first three caudal vertebrae, with the ossa innominata and marsupial bones, of a Vulpine Phalanger (Pha- lanffista vulpina). The specimen is marked " Wha-tapoa-roo." The rudimental heemapophyses are shown between the second and third caudal vertebrae. Hunterian. 1889. The pelvic bones, with two caudal vertebra, of a Vulpine Phalanger (Pka- lanffuta rttipixa). Presented by Henry dine, Etq. 1860. The skull of a small variety or female of the Vulpine Phalanger (Phalatyuta vulptxa). The *nudl deuched premolar is pmcnt on both sides of the upper jaw. Prom the Murray River, South Australia. Pretexted by Dr. Hobton. 1861. The skull of the same variety of Vulpine Phalaiigcr (Phalanffitta vuJpixa). Pretexted by Dr. llob*o* 1962. The skull of the Short-eared Phalanger (Phalang\9ta caxixd). From the Scrub-districts, New South Wale*. . Gould. 1863. The skeleton of Cook's Phalanger (1'lialanyuta Cootii). The spines of the last five cervical vertebra: are obsolete. The inner condyle is perfo- rated. The fibula is much expanded at its proximal end, and supports a sesamoid bone. The transverse process of the sixth cervical is pierced first by the vertebral artery : 7 ver- tebrae are cervical, 13 are dorsal, 6 lumbar, 2 sacral, and 25 caudal : the fourth to the seventh of these last have hirmapophyses. Pretexted by 11. Everett, 1864. The skull of Cook's Phalanger (Phalanguta Cookii). The dental formula is : i £j, e |=|, p £j, M jEq=40. In the upper jaw p 4 and p 3 are close together, and form part of the same continuous series with the true molars : p 2 is detached, and is very minute. In the lower jaw p 4 is the only fully developed premolar : there are the sockets of two radimental premolars, besides that of the minute canine, on the right side. Pretexted by //. Everett, E*q. 1865. The skull of Cook's Phalanger (Phalaxyida Cootii). The dentition of the upper jaw agrees with that of the preceding specimen : there is only one minute premolar between the p 4 and the minute cauiue. Pretexted by Roxald G**x, Etq. 1866. The skull of Cook's Phalanger (Phalanyuta Cookii), in vertical longitudinal section. In this species of Phalanger there are, both in the upper and lower jaws, four true molars 2x2 340 on each side, each heset with four three-sided pyramidal sharp-pointed cusps : thus these essential and most constant teeth correspond in number with those of the Opossum ; but in the upper jaw they differ in the absence of the internal cusp, which gives a triangular figure to the grinding surface of the molars in the Opossum, and the anterior single cusp is wanting in the true molars of the lower jaw. Anterior to the upper grinders in this Phalanger there are two premolars of similar shape and proportions to those in the Opossum ; then a third premolar, too small to be of much functional importance, separated also, like the correspond- ing anterior premolar in the Opossum, by a short interval from those behind. The canine tooth but slightly exceeds in size the above premolar, and consequently here occurs the first great difference between the Phalangers and Opossums ; it is, however, but a difference in degree of development, and in the Ursine and other Phalangers, as well as in the Petaurists, the corresponding tooth presents more of the proportions and form of a true canine. The incisors, which are most variable in number in the Carnivorous section of the order, are here three instead of five on each side of the upper jaw ; but their size, especially that of the first, compensates for their fewness. The lower jaw has but two large procumbent in- cisors, as in all the vegetable-eating Marsupials. In the lower jaw there is the same number of molars and functional premolars as in the Opossums ; the two very minute and functionless molars, which form part of the same con- tinuous series, represent the small premolars of the upper jaw ; and anterior to these there is one very small canine and one very large and procumbent incisor on each side. The interspace between the functionally developed incisors and molars in both jaws always contains in the Phalangers teeth of small size and little functional importance, and variable not only in their proportions but their number. The constant teeth in the Phalangers are the £~ true molars, and the ^ incisors. The canines are constant in regard to their presence, but variable in size ; they are always very small in the lower jaw. With respect to the functional premdlars |^, these are always in contact with the molars, and their crowns reach to the same grinding level ; sometimes a second premolar is similarly developed in the upper jaw, as in the Ph. Cookii, and as in the great flying Phalangers (Pet. Taguanoides), but it is commonly absent, or replaced by a very minute tooth, shaped like a canine ; so that in the upper jaw, between' the posterior or functional premolar and the in- cisors, we may find three teeth, of which the posterior is the largest, as in Ph. Cookii, or the smallest, as in Ph. cavifrons ; or there may be only two teeth, as in Ph. ursina and Ph. vul- pina, and the species, whatever that may be, which M. Fr. Cuvier has selected as the type of the dentition of the genus. In the lower jaw similar varieties occur in these small and unimportant teeth ; e. g. there may be between the procumbent incisors and the posterior premolar, either three teeth, as in Ph. Cookii and PA. cavifront, or two, as in Ph. ursina, Ph. maculata, and Ph. chrysorrhoos ; or, finally, one, as in Ph. vulpina and Ph.fuliginosa. The most important modification is presented by the little Ph. gliriformis of Bell, which has only three true molars on each side of each jaw. As these modifications of the teeth are unaccompanied by any change of general structure or of habit, whilst those teeth which most influence the diet are constant, 341 it i. obriout that these differences of dnttition are unimportant, and afford no ju»t grounds for •M!MWTU> r4 ' t ' n«**wM* The Phalangers, being provided with hinder hand* and prehensile tails, are strictly arboreal animals, and hare a ckwe external reamiblanre to toe Opossums, by which namr they are gwerally known in Australia and the islands of the Indian Archipelago, where alone they hare hitherto been found. They differ from the Opossums chiefly in their dentition ; and in accordance with this difference their diet is more decidedly of a vegetable kind. The Australian Phalangers feed chiefly on the tender buds and the leave* of Eucalypti ; but accord- ing to Temminck, the Indian Phalangers are omnivorous, and combine insects with fruiu and leaves. Pretexted by Ronald GMHH, Jvuf. Tribe EKTOMOPHAGA. Genus Didelpkit. 1867. The skeleton of the Virginian Opossum (Diddjihit llrginiana). The median crest of thr cranium is developed from the frontal, parietal and niperoccipital bones, and is of unusual height : the transverse superoccipital crest is also strongly developed. The second to the fifth cervical vertebra are remarkable for the large site of their spinous processes, which form a thick four-sided mass of bone. The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. The marsupial bones are strongly developed : an ossified patella is preserved in the right leg. The transverse processes of sis cervical* are perforated ; those of the seventh are notched. 13 vertebra- are dorsal, 6 lumbar, I sacral, and 17 caudal, of which hut the third to the eleventh inclusive bear bjeniapophyses. MM*. lirookn. 1868. The skull of a Virginian Opossum (Didelphi* Firyiniamd), prepared to cxlnlut the teeth. The dental formula of the genus QiMpAu is: i tri, e {={, p ^, « £ m 50. The Opossums resemble, in their dentition, the Bandicoots more than the Dasyures ; but they closely resemble the latter in the tuberculous structure of the molars. The two middle incisors of the upper jaw are more produced than the others, from which they are also separated by a short interspace. The canines are well developed ; the upper being alway* stronger than the lower. The false molars are simply conical, but are more compressed than in the carnivorous Marsupial*. The posterior false molar is the largest in the upper jaw : the middle one is the largest in the lower jaw : the anterior one is the smallest in both jaws. The true molar* are beset with sharp cusps, which wear down into tubercles as the animal advances in age. The crowns of the upper molars present a triangular horaontal section : the base of the triangle is turned forward in the posterior molar ; and obliquely inwards and outward* in the rest. In the lower jaw the true molars an narrower aad of more equal sue 342 than in the upper jaw : there are five tubercles on each, four placed in two transverse pairs, the anterior being the highest, and a fifth forming the anterior and internal angle of the tooth : the anterior and external angle seems as if it were vertically cut off. The smaller species of Didelphis, which are the most numerous, fulfil in South America the office of the insectivorous Shrews of the old continent. Their external resemblance is so close, that some have been described as species of Sorex, but no true representative of this placental genus has hitherto been discovered in South America. The larger Opossums resemble in their habits, as in their dentition, the carnivorous Dasyures, and prey upon the smaller quadrupeds and birds ; but they have a more omnivorous diet, feeding on reptiles and insects, and even fruit. One large species (D. cancrivora) prowls about the sea-shore, and lives, as its name implies, on crabs and other crustaceous animals. Another species, the Yapock, frequents the fresh waters, and preys almost exclusively on fish. Hunterian. 1869. The skull of a Virginian Opossum (Didelphis Virginiand). Hunterian. 1870. The separated bones of the head of a young Opossum (Didelphis Virginiand). The carotid enters between the basi- and ali-sphenoid, in advance of the hinder end of the latter bone, and opens above at the hinder fourth of the basisphenoid, separated from its fellow by an interval of twice the diameter of the canal, at the sides of the depressed sella turcica. Hunterian. 1871. The axis vertebra of the Virginian Opossum (Didelphis Virginiand). It is chiefly remarkable for the thickness as well as height, and antero-posterior extent of the spine, and for the hypapophysial ridge of the centrum. Hunterian. 1872. The third cervical vertebra of the same Opossum. The hypapophysial ridge is here also developed, but the vertebra is chiefly remarkable for the thick four-sided column of bone formed by the neural spine. Hunterian. Genus Peramcles. 1873. The skeleton of the Perameles or Bandicoot Opossum (Perameles nasutd). The anterior dorsal and the lumbar vertebra are remarkable for the length and slenderness of their spinous processes, which incline towards each other. The marsupial bones are long and slender. The inner condyle of the hunierus is perforated. The first and fifth digits of the hand are almost obsolete ; the fourth is short and weak ; the second and third are of equal length ; the third is the strongest. The ungual phalanges are cleft in the foot : the fourth toe is the longest and strongest. The ungual phalanx of this and of the fifth toe are S4S daft. The neond and third toes are extremely short and slender, reduced to the function of draining thr fur. The innermost toe is (till shorter, ha* but one phalanx, and no rlaw. The transverse processes of fix of the seven evrviraU are perforated. 13 vertebne are dorsal, 6 lumbar. 2 sacral, and 16 caudal, of which last the second to the tenth inclusive bear tuetn- apophyses. The dental formula it : i £3, e £j, p ££, m £= 48. Pretexted by Dr. Hobo*. 1874. The skull of a Bandicoot (Peramelet obemla). Presented by Gov. Sir Gto. Grey, C.B. 1875. The skull of a Bandicoot (Peramelea ooemla?), from Port Philip. rrrmted by Dr. J/odton. • 1876. The skull of the Large-banded Bandicoot (Peramelesfatciata). Mtu. Gould. 1877. The skull of the Saddle-backed Bandicoot (Ptramdtt myotwrui). .!///*. Gould. 1878. The skull of the Striped Bandicoot (Ptramelet ttriata). Prevented by Dr. Hobmn. 1879. The mutilated skull of a Bandicoot (Peramele*). Presented by //. Everett, E*q. 1880. The partially disarticulated skeleton of the Rabbit-eared IVrnmclcs (Pcramrle* Layotu). In the skull may be observed the large bulla ossea formed by the alisphenoid, and behind this the smaller bulla formed by the petrosal. The bony roof of the mouth is perforated by a wide oral space extending from the second prcmolars to the penultimate molars, exposing to riew the vomer and the convolutions of the inferior spongy bones in the nasal cavity. Be- hind this space there are six small perforations, two in a transverse line midway between the great vacancy and the posterior margin of the bony palate, and four in a transverse line close to that margin. There are 7 cervical, 13 dorsal, 6 lumbar, and 2 sacral vertebne : 1 7 caudal vertebra: are preserved, beneath a few of which the hiemapophysea have been preserved. The metapophyses begin to be developed on the ninth dorsal, and rapidly increase in the succeeding ones : the diapophyses remarkably increase in length in the tenth, eleventh and twelfth dorsals, suddenly diminish in the thirteenth, and reappear in the first lumbar with a change of direction. Eight pairs of ribs join the sternum, which has six bones. The hmncrus is perforated between the oondyles and above the inner condyle. There is no ossified patella. The fibula is immoveably fixed to the lower half of the tibia. PurtJuued. 344 1881. The mutilated skull of the Perameles Lagotis, exhibiting the dentition. The carotid enters the fissure between the back-part of the basi- and ali-sphenoid, and pierces the upper half of the side of the hinder fourth of the basisphenoid obliquely inwards and upwards, scarcely inclining forwards : the two inner orifices are divided by a slender bar of bone. Presented by the Zoological Society of London. Genus Myrmecobius. 1882. The skeleton of the Banded Myrmecobius (Myrmecobius fasciatus). This genus .is remarkable for the small size, the great number, and separate implantation of the teeth ; the dental formula being : — i ^, c j^J, p ^, m ^5=54. From this formula it will be seen that the number of molars, eighteen in both jaws, exceeds that of any other known existing Marsupial, and nearly approaches the peculiar dental formula of the extinct Thylacotherium, and that which characterizes some of the existing Armadillos. The resem- blance to the genus Dasypus is further carried out in the small size of the molar teeth, their separation from each other by slight interspaces, and their implantation in sockets, which are not formed upon a well-developed alveolar ridge or process. The molars, however, present a distinct multicuspidate structure, and both the true and false ones possess two or more sepa- rate fangs, as in other Marsupials. The inferior molars are directed obliquely inwards, and the whole dental series describes a slight sigmoid curve. The false molars present the usual compressed triangular form with the apex slightly recurved, and the base more or less obscurely notched before and behind. The canines are very little longer than the false molars : the incisors are minute, slightly compressed and pointed ; they are separated from each other and the canines by wide intervals. The inner condyle of the humerus is perforated. There is a sesamoid behind the outer condyle of each femur. The inner toe is reduced to a rudimental metacarpal. The transverse processes of the seventh as well as those of the other six cervical vertebrae are pierced by the vertebral artery. 13 vertebrae are dorsal, 6 lumbar, 3 sacral, and 22 caudal, the fourth to the ninth of which last have hsemapophyses. The Myrmecobians are insectivorous, and shelter themselves in the hollows of trees, frequenting most, it is said, those situations where the Port-Jackson willow abounds. In the structure and proportions of the hind feet they resemble the Dasyurine family ; in the slightly developed canines, the smooth external surface of the skull, the breadth between the zygo- mata, and the absence of the interparietal ridges, as well as in its general external form and bushy tail, the present species offers an especial approximation to the genus Phascogale. Mm. Gould. 1883. The skull of the Myrmecobius fasciatus. It has been longitudinally and vertically bisected. The numbers on the bones refer to the TABLE OF SYNONYMS. Mus. Gould. Ml Tribe SARCOPHAOA. Genus Phascogalc. 1884. The skeleton of the Yellow-footed Phascogale (Pha«cogalf Jlaviptt). The inner condyle of the humenu is perforated. Of the cerrical Tcrtebne only the second, sixth and seventh hare neural spines. The transverse proctM of the sixth cerrical appear* to be first pierced by the vertebral artery: " vertebral are cerrical, 13 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 3 Mcral, and 23 caudal. All of these hut appear to hare hsrmapophyies. Dental formula :— j ^ e {={, p & » S=<6- In the present dental formula may be discerned a step in the transition from the Dasyures to the Opossums, not only in the increased number of spurious molars, but also in the shape and proportions of the incisors. In the upper jaw the two middle incisors arc longer than the rest, and separated from them by a brief interval ; they are more curved and project more forward. The three lateral incisors diminish in siie to the outermost. The middle incisors of the lower jaw also exceed the lateral ones in size, and project beyond them, but not in the same degree ; nor are they separated from them by an interval, as in the upper jaw. The canines are relatively smaller than in the Dasyures. The spurious molars present a similar form, but the third in the lower jaw is smaller and simpler than the two preceding ones. The true molars resemble those of the Dasyures. .!//«. Gould. 18S5. The mutilated skull of a Phascogale (PhoKogtde calura). Miu. Gould. 1886. The feet and tail of the same Phascogale. Mia. Gould. Genus Da*yuru«. 1887. The skeleton of the Long-tailed Dasyure (Dasyurus macrouru*). The inner condyle of the humerus is not perforated. The head of the fibula supports a large sesamoid (fabella). The transverse process of the sixth cervical u first pierced by the vertebral artery : 7 vertebra; are cervical, 13 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 2 sacral, and 20 caudal : the fourth to the twelfth inclusive of these last have hjemapophyses. The dental formula is : i ££, e |— • P iE* "• ;Ei=42- *^ne *H5nt »nci»or» of the upper jaw are of the same length and simple structure, and are arranged in a regular semicircle, without any median interval. The six incisors of the lower jaw are similarly arranged, but have thicker crowns than the upper ones. The canine* present the same or even a greater relative development than in the Tliylacine. The spurious molars have a pointed com- pressed triangular crown, with a rudimental tubercle at the anterior and posterior pan of its base. The grinding surface of the true molars in the upper jaw is triangular : the first prr- 2 T 346 sents four sharp cusps ; the second and third, each five ; the fourth, which is the smallest, only three. In the lower jaw the last molar is nearly of equal size with the penultimate one, and is bristled with four cusps, the external one being the longest ; the second and third molars have five cusps, three on the inner and two on the outer side ; the first molar has four cusps : these are all sharply pointed in the young animal, in which the posterior tubercle of the posterior molar in the lower jaw is divided into two small cusps. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1888. The skull of a male Long-tailed Dasyure (Dasyurus macrourus). Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1889. The skull of a female Long-tailed Dasyure (Dasyurus macrourus). Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1890. The anterior part of a mutilated skull of the Long-tailed Dasyure (Dasyurus macrourus), exhibiting the teeth. Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1891. The left humerus of a Long-tailed Dasyure : its inner condyle is imperforate. Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1892. The skull of the Viverrine Dasyure (Dasyurus viverrinus). Hunterian. 1893. The partially disarticulated skeleton of Mauge's Dasyure (Dasyurus Maugei). Presented by Ronald Ghtnn, Esq. 1894. The skull of the Dasyurus Maugei. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1895. The vertically and longitudinally bisected skull of the Dasyurus Maugei. Presented by Dr. Hobson. 1896. The horizontally bisected skull of the Dasyurus Maugei. Presented by H. Everett, Esq. 1897. The vertically and transversely bisected cranium of the Dasyurus Maugei. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1898. The skeleton of the Ursine Dasyure (Dasyurus ur sinus). The left humerus is perforated above the inner condyle, but not the right. The clavicles are relatively short and slender. The marsupial bones are proportionally large. The fibula supports a large sesamoid (fabella) at its proximal end. The inner digit of the hind foot is reduced to a rudimeutal metatarsal. The transverse processes of the atlas are unusually long. 847 The spine* of the third to the wreath cervical are short and of equml length : in the Dotyunu maeronnu the spines progressively increase in the U*t three cervical*. Besides the noo- deveJopment of the hallux, the t'nuuc Dasyure differ* from the cnudler apeeiM at Dasyure in the massive character of the head and teeth, which haa led to iU separation aa a distinct (••a, under the name of SarropAHut. The transverse proceaaea of the aixth cerriral ver- tebra are first pierced by the rertebral artery : 7 mtebnc are cenrical. 13 are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, S are sacral, and 1 7 are caudal : of the but, the third to the tenth inclusive hare hsrmapophyaes. Both anapophysc* and metapophyica commence at the elereuth dorsal : the anapophyses increase to the aecond lumbar, diminish in the two following, and disappear in the fifth : they undcrlap the metapophyset of the first three lumbar vertebrae. The met- apophyses are continued throughout the sarral and a great part of the caudal region, in which the lygapophyaea ceaae to be developed at the eighth vertebra. The diapophyte* are not obliterated in the last dorsal vertebra, which render* their aerial bomology distinctly traceable along the lumbar region. Pretexted by Ronald Guxx, Etq. 1899. The akull of an Ursine Dasyure (Dasyuritt urtixut). Pretexted by H. Everett, E*q. 1900. The skull of the Ursine Dasyiire, longitudinally and vertically bisected. Pretexted by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 1901. The mutilated skull of an Ursine Dasyure (Datyurtu urrima). Pretexted by Ronald Gunn, K»(j. 1902. The greater part of the maxillary, premaxillary, and mandibular bones, with the teeth, of an Ursine Dasyure. The last upper molar tooth of the left side is wanting. Pretexted by Ronald Guxx, faq Genus Thylacixxt. 1903. The skeleton of a male Thylacine, or Pouched Hyaena of the Tasmanian Colonists (TliylacintiH cynocephaltu). The atlas equals the occiput in breadth : the spines of the but four cervical* progreativdy increase. The convergence of those of the dorsal and lumbar vertebra? toward* the tenth dorsal indicate* that to have been the centre of motion in the trunk. There are no ossified marsupial bones in this genus. The inner condyle of the hunieni* is widely perforated. There is a large internal cuneiform bone, but no trace of the inner toe. Neither the patella nor fabellie appear to have been ossified. The seventh (but) cervical vertebra i* pierced by the vertebral artery : 13 vertebra: are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 1 are sacral, and 23 are caudal ; of these last, the fifth to the ninth inclusive have hcmapophyse*. The dental formula it : — i!=^e\^,pf^m±±=46. The incisor* are of equal length, and regularly arranged in the segment of a circle, with an interspace in the middle of the scfatt of both jaws. The 2 T 2 348 external incisor on each side is the strongest. The laniary or canine teeth are long, strong, curved, and pointed, like those of the dog-tribe. The spurious molars in this as in all other Marsupials have two roots ; their crown presents a simple, compressed, conical form, with a posterior tubercle which is most developed on the hindmost. The true molars in the upper jaw are unequally triangular, the last being much smaller than the rest : the exterior part of the crown is raised into one large pointed middle cusp and two lateral smaller cusps obscurely developed; a small strong obtuse cusp projects from the inner side of the crown. The molars of the lower jaw are compressed, tricuspidate, the middle cusp being the longest, especially in the last two molars, which resemble closely the sectorial teeth (dents carnassiers) of the dog and cat. ; .' •' The fore feet are 5-digitate, the hind feet 4-digitate. On the fore foot the middle digit is the longest, the internal one or pollex the shortest , but the difference is slight. On the hind foot the two middle toes are of nearly equal length, and longer than the two lateral toes, which are equal. All the toes are armed with strong, blunt, and almost straight claws. The only known species of this genus, the Thylacine (Thylacinus Harrisii, Temm., Di- delphys Cynocephalus, Harris), is a native of Van Diemen's Land, and is called by the colonists the " Hysena." It is the largest of the carnivorous Marsupials, equalling in size the shepherd's dog, but stands lower on its legs, with a head of disproportionate magnitude. The principal characteristic of its colour is the transverse black bands which traverse the back. It dwells in caverns and holes in the rocks, and seeks its prey by night, devouring the smaller native quadrupeds, and at the present day committing destructive ravages on the numerous flocks of sheep which have been introduced by the European settlers into the island. Even the spines of the Echidna seem to be no defence against the destructive and voracious pro- pensities of the powerful Thylacine, for the partly digested remains of one of these monotremes have been found in its stomach. Prepared from a specimen presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1904. The skeleton of the female Thylacine (Thylacinus cynocephalm). This shows well the characteristic inferiority of size of the female in the majority of the Marsupials. The marsupial bones are equally wanting in this sex. The seventh (last) cer- vical vertebra is first perforated by the vertebral artery : 13 vertebrse are dorsal, 6 are lumbar, 2 are sacral, and 23 are caudal : of these last the fifth to the ninth inclusive have heemapo- physes. The anapophysis appears first upon the ninth dorsal, as a pointed process projecting from the back of the diapophysis ; it increases in size and ascends in position on the tenth ; is large, obtuse, and underlaps the metapophysis of the succeeding vertebra in the last two dorsals ; it progressively diminishes in the lumbar vertebra:, and disappears on the fourth of ,that series. The metapophysis is developed abruptly on the tenth dorsal external to the prozygapophysis, increases in size in the following dorsals, diminishes in the lumbar vertebrae, but is present throughout the series as a strong obtuse process : it is continued, also, through a great part of the caudal series, in which the zygapophyses become obsolete at the eighth vertebra. The scaphoid and lunar bones are distinct in the carpus. Prepared from a specimen presented by llonald Gunn, Esq. Ml 1905. The skull of a Thylurine (ThylacinH* tynncrphaltui). A longitmlinsJ and horuooul section has been made to exhibit the cranial rarity. Thi» if much smaller than in the dog or other placenta! carnirorr of equal sue with the Thylacine. Neither falx nor tentorium it OMJntd. The petro**! is impressed by a deep and large cere- bellar pit. A brutle if nsssfd through the canals for the jugular and Mjuamotal veins. The rhinenoephalk division of the cranium i* relatively large and well-defined : the lella turcica is initirated only by the internal orificet of the carotid canab. The lacrymal bone U perforated both within and without the orbit. The posterior palatal vacuities are wide, and expo* the turbinal bone* to new. The frontal sinuses are much expanded. 1'rrtented by //. Everett, E»q. 1906. The skull of a female Thylacinc (Tkylacintu cynocephalm). vertically and longitudinally bisected. A brutle u patted through the precondyloid and carotid canali. Presented by Capt. Sir John FranUin, R.N. 1907. The partially disarticulated cranium of a male Thylacinc (Thylacimu cynoce- pkaliu). Presented by Capt. Sir John Franklin, R.N. 190S. The disarticulated bones of the head of a full-grown Thylacinc (Thylacintu cynocepkaliu). The baiioccipital hat coalesced with the exoocipitals, which almost meet above the foramen magnum. The lateral finut impresses the fore part of each exocripital, and tbrn sinks into a canal which communicates or opens into the precondyloid canal : from this another canal extends forwards through the side of the basioccipital. The superoccipital has coalesced with the |Muietals and interparietal. The basisphenoid has coalesced with the alispbcnoids and the presphenoid, but not with the pterygoids : it has no ' sella ' nor clinoid processes. The coalesced presphenoid rises into a convex prominence above ; it is perforated by the carotid at its back and outer angle : the canals converge forwards and slightly upwards, and terminate above the middle of the basisphenoid. The alisphenoid* have the foramen ovale nrar their posterior borders : the foramen rotundum is a longer canal. The posterior angles of the aliaphenoid expand into tympanic bull*- : ectopterygoid processes are sent off in advance of those which join both pterygoids and palatines. The parietals hare coalesced with each other, with the frontal, with the interparietal, and the occipital. The orbitosphenoids are very small ; their coalesced bases arch backwards over the optic nerves and presphenoidal pro- longation of the basisphenoid, as in the bird, and their under part is grooved (not perforated) by the optic nerves, which escape by the fissura lacera anterior. The nasal portion of the coalesced frontal* is more expanded than the cerebral part : the frontal sinuses extend to the coronal suture, and raise the outer far above the vitreous table : in this table the frontal and coronal sutures remain, but they are obliterated in the outer table. 350 The vomer is carinate below. The nasals are distinct from each other and from the frontals : they are grooved externally for the premaxillaries. The petromastoid, tympanic and temporal bones continue permanently separate, though confluent ossification proceeds to blend the occipital, parietal and frontal into one hone. The petrosal is small, its tentorial ridge or angle is sharp, and its cerebellar fossa very deep, though small : a branch of the lateral sinus per- forates the petromastoid and the adjoining part of the temporal to open behind the root of the zygoma : the mastoid part is compressed and abuts against the outer side of the base of the paroccipital. The tympanic is a simple scoop-shaped bone, or half-cylinder, cut obliquely. The inferior turbinals are perforated like fine lace-work. The palatine process of the pre- maxillary is very deeply notched, and is excavated behind the outer incisor. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1909. The detached bones of the skull of the very young, or mammary foetus of the Thylacine (Thylacinus cynocephalus). They are numbered in accordance with the TABLE OF SYNONYMS. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1910. The upper jaw and most of the teeth of a young Thylacinus cynocephalus. The formative cell of the last molar is shown ; the crown of the penultimate molar is protruding from the socket. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1911. The atlas vertebra of a Thylacinm cynocephalus. The bony circle is completed by the meeting of the neurapophyses below : the transverse process, as well as the neural arch, are perforated by the vertebral artery. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1912. The axis vertebra of the same Thylacine. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. 1913. The remaining cervical vertebrae and first dorsal vertebra of the same Thy- lacine. The parapophysial part of the transverse process is extended downwards in the last four cervicals, and in the seventh it does not join the diapophysial part : this contributes, with the diapophysis of the first dorsal, to form the articular cavity for the tubercle of the first rib. Presented by Ronald Gunn, Esq. RETURN BIOSCIENCE & NATURAL RESOURSES LIBRARY TO — •*> 2101 VALLEY LIFE SCIENCES BLDG. 642-2531 LOAN PERIOD 1 ONE MONTH LOAN 4 V '*• JTl W 1 v 1 1 ^ ttWiaB™ ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS MPED BELOW SUBJECT TO REC IMMEDIATELY ALL , r 4 iML\0?*9P"d T \l\wt. UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA, BERKELEY FORM NO. DDO. 50m, 1 1/94 BERKELEY, CA 94720 IMS <; K,/ HO THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY